WlHi 
 
 'i\iVi:i'j 
 
 |lii!li<i 
 
 !!!): 
 
 i ili 
 
 Dili 
 
 lliiii 
 
 iiliiiiii 
 
 m 
 
 }{j:.:i:'.!;i>!.s 
 
 
 1) 
 
 rj:i 
 
 ii 
 
 ijiliiiiijiliij 
 
 i !!t!i'!-. 
 
 ilil M 
 
 / is^^ ? I'M! IP* ( *? ??:■) J';'i <-J M 
 
 !'5»! r' » k* F' *i^ I :^ i'{ ; ? ?^^J I 
 
 
 
 
 IPiilil'i 
 
 iljilp ijHlil 
 
 ii I ! 
 
 
 ?? 
 

 .^^ -^^^ 
 
 
 ■V 
 
 '*A V^' 
 
 •Jl 
 
 v.". 
 
 
 
 %. 
 
 %/' 
 
 

 '\ 
 
 
 
 
 
%nMm Scries of f atin Bt\}m\ ^mh. 
 
 PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 
 
 47 WASHINGTON STREET, BOSTON. 
 
 THE LATIN SCHOOL BOOKS prepared by Prof. E. A. Andrews, exclu 
 sive of his Latin-English Lexicon, founded on the Latin-German Lexicon of 
 Dr. Frennd, cohstitute two distinct series, adapted to different and distinct pur- 
 poses. The basis of the First Series is Andrews' First Latin Book; of the 
 Second, Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar. 
 
 FIRST SERIES. 
 
 This Series is designed expressly for those who commence the study of Latin 
 at a very early age, and for such as intend to pursue it to a limited extent only, 
 or merely as subsidiary to the acquisition of a good English education. It con- 
 sists of the following works, viz. : — 
 
 1. Andrews' First Latin Book : or Progressive Les- 
 sons in Eeuiling and Writing Latin. This small volume contains most of the 
 leading principles and grammatical forms of the Latin language, and, by the 
 logical precision of its rules and definitions, is admirably fitted to serve as an 
 introduction to the study of general grammar. Th« work is divided into les- 
 sons of convenient length, which are so arranged that the student will, in all 
 cases, be prepared to enter upon the study of each successive lesson, by pos- 
 sessing a thorough knowledge of those Avhich preceded it. The lessons gen- 
 erally consist of three parts : — 1st. The statement of important principles in 
 the form of rules or definitions, or the exhibition of orthographical or etymo- 
 logical forms; 2cl. P^xercises, designed to illustrate such principles or forms; 
 aiul 3d. Questions, intended to assist the student in preparing his lesson. In 
 addition to the grammatical lessons contained in this voliitne, a few pages 
 of Reading Lessons are amiexed, and these are followed by a Dictionary com- 
 prising all the Latin Avords contained in the work. This book is adapted to 
 the use of all schools above the grade of primary schools, including also Acad- 
 emies and Female Seminaries. It is prepared in such a manner that it can be 
 used with little difficulty by any intelligent parent or teacher, with no previous 
 knowledge of the language. 
 
 2. The Latin Reader, with a Dictionary and Notes, 
 
 containing explanations of difficult idioms, and numerous references to the 
 Lessons contained in the First Latin Book. 
 
 3. The Viri Romae, with a Dictionary and Notes, re- 
 ferring, like those of the Reader, to the First Latin Book. Tliis series of three 
 small volumes, if faithfully studied according to the directions contained in them, 
 will not only render the student a very tolerable proficient in the principles of 
 the Latin language and in the knowledge of its roots, from which so many words 
 of his English language are derived, but will constitute the best prepai'atiou for 
 a thorough study of tlie English grammar. 
 
 SECOND SERIES. 
 
 Note. — The "Latin Reader" aad the "Viri Romae," iu this series, are the same as in 
 -the first series. 
 
 This Series is designed more especially for those who are intending to become 
 thoroughly acquainted with the Latin language, and with the principal classical 
 authors of that language. It consists of the following works: — 
 
 1. Latin Lessons. This small volume is designed for the 
 younger classes of Latin students, who intend ultimately to take up the larger 
 'Grammar, but to whom that work w^ould, at first, appear too fonxiidabie. It 
 contains the prominent principles of Latin grammar, expressed in the same 
 language as in the larger Grammar, and likewise Reading and Writing Lessons, 
 with a Dictionary of the Latin words and phrases occurring in the Lessons. 
 1 
 
KEW SERIES OF LATIN SCHOOL BOOKS. 
 
 2. Latin Grammar. Revised, with Corrections and Ad- 
 ditions. A Grammar of the Latin Language, for the use of Schools and Col- 
 leges. By Professors E. A. Anokews and S. Stoddard. This work, which 
 for many years hiis been the text-book in the department of I^atin Grammar, 
 claims the merit of having first introduced into the schools of tliis country tlie 
 subject of grammatical analysis, which now occupies a conspicuous ]>lace in 
 so many grammars of the English language. More than twenty j^ears have 
 elapsed since the first publication of this Granmiar, and it is hardly necessary 
 to say that its merits — placing it in a practical view, preHmineutly above every 
 other Latin Grammar — liave been so fully appreciated that it iias been adopted 
 as a Text Book in nearly every College aiid Seminary in the country. 'I'he 
 present edition has not only been thovouyhhj revised and corrected {two years of 
 continuous labor havintj been dtvoted to its careful revision, and to the purpose of 
 renderiny it tonfuniu(ble in all rtS2)etts to the advanced position irldih it aims to 
 OLCupy,) but it contains at least one third more matter than the previous editions. 
 To unite the acknowledged excellencies of the older English manuals, and of 
 the more recent German grammars, was the special aim of the authors of this 
 "work; and to this end jjarticular attention was direct?ed: — 1st. To the prepara- 
 tion of more extended rules for the pronunciation of the language ; 2d. 71* a cle(hr 
 e.vp>ositivn of its wflectioncd changes ; 3d. To a proper basis of its syntax; and 
 4tli. To greater precisio-n in rules and definitions. 
 
 3. Questions on the Grammar. This little volume is 
 
 intended to aid the student in preparing his lessons, and the teacher in con- 
 ducting his recitations. 
 
 4. A Synopsis of Latin Grammar, comprising the 
 
 Latin Paradigms, and the Principal Rules of Latin Etymology and Syntax. 
 The few pages copposing this work contain those portions of the Grammar to 
 which the student lias occasion to refer most frequently in the preparation of 
 his daily lessons. 
 
 5. Latin Reader. The Reader, by means of two separate 
 
 and distinct sets of notes, is equally adapted for use m connection either with 
 the First Latin Book or the Latin (xrammar. 
 
 6. Viri RomSB. This volume, like the Reader, is furnish- 
 ed with notes and references, both to the First Latin Book and to the Latin 
 Grammar. The principal difference in the two sets of notes found in each of 
 these volumes consists in the somewhat gi-eater fulness of those wliicli belong 
 to tlie smaller series. 
 
 7. Latin Exercises. This work contains exercises in 
 
 every department of the Latin Grammar, and is so arranged that it may be 
 studied in connection with the Grammar through every stage of the prepara- 
 tory course. It is designed to prepare the way for original composition in the 
 Latin language, botii in prose and verse. 
 
 8. A Key to Latin Exercises. This Key, in which 
 
 all the exercises in the preceding volume are fully corrected, is intended for 
 the use of teachers onh*. 
 
 9. Cgesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War, with a 
 
 Dictionary and Notes. The text of this edition of Caesar has been formed by 
 reference to the best German editions. The Notes are principally grammatical. 
 The Dictionary, -which, like all the others in the series, was prepared with great 
 laboi-, contains the usual significations of the words, together with an explana- 
 tion of all such phrases as might otherwise perplex the student. 
 
 10. Sallust. Sallust's Jugurthine War and Conspiracy 
 
 of Cataline, with a Dictionary and Notes. The text of this work, which was 
 based upon that of Cortlus, has been modified by reference to the best modem 
 editions, especially by those of Kritz and Geriach; and its orthography is, in 
 
 2 
 
NEW SERIES OF LATIN SCHOOL BOOKS. 
 
 general, conformed to that of Pottier and Planche. The Dictionaries of Caesar 
 and Sallust connected with this series are original works, and, in connection 
 with the Notes in each volume, furnish a very complete and satisfactory appa- 
 ratus for the study of these two authors. 
 
 11, Ovid. Selections from the Metamorphoses and Hej'oides 
 of Ovid, with Notes, Grammatical References, and Exercises in Scanning. 
 These selections from Ovid are designed as an introduction to Latin poetry. 
 They are accompanied with numerous brief notes explanatory of difficult 
 phrases, of obscure historical or mythological allusions, and especially of gram- 
 matical difficulties. To these are added such Exei-cises in Scanning as serve 
 fully to introduce the student to a knowledge of Latin prosody, and especially 
 of the structure and laws of hexameter and pentameter verse" 
 
 In announcing the Revised Edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin 
 Grammar, the Publishers believe it to be quite unnecessary to speak of the 
 merits of the work. The fact that in the space of about Tioeniy Years, Sixty- 
 Five Editions, numbering above Two Hundred Thousand Copies, 
 
 have been required for the purpose of meeting the steadily increasing demand 
 for the work, sufficiently evinces the estimation in which it has been held. 
 In preparing this Revised and Enlarged Edition, every portion of the original 
 work has been reconsidered in the light of the experience of twentj' years 
 spent by the present editor in studies connected with this department of edu- 
 cation, and with the aid of numerous publications in the same department, 
 which, during this period, have issued from the European press. The results 
 of this labor are apparent on almost every page, in new modifications of the 
 old materials, and especially in such additional information in regard to its 
 various topics as the present advanced state of classical education in this 
 coimtry seemed obviously to demand. The publishers commend this new 
 edition to the attention of Teachers throughout the country, and express the 
 hope that in its present form it will be deemed worthy of a continuance of the 
 favor which it has so long received. 
 
 The following are extracts from a few of the many letters the Pxiblishers 
 have received from teachers from all parts of the country in commendation 
 of this work : — 
 
 The revised edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar is without doubt the 
 best published in America I have no doubt that the time is near at hand when this 
 series of works will, by all lorers of the classics, be considered as the • National Series.' 
 The pronunciation is now by the same class considered the American Standard. I will 
 hail with joy the day when every college and school in our country shall have adopted 
 Prof Andrews' series as the foundation of true classic knowledge. As such I consider 
 it, and for that reason have I used it since I first knew its existence. — Martin Armstrong, 
 Potomac Seminary, Roinnty, Va. 
 
 Allow me to say, after a careful examination, that, in my judgment, it is the best 
 manual of Latin Grammar to be found in the English language. In revising it the 
 author has preserved the happy medium between saying too much and too little, so de- 
 sirable for a Latin text-book for this country. In philosophical arrangement, simplicity 
 of expression, and for bf»Tity and fulness, it must entitle the author to the first rank 
 in American classical scholarship. I shall use it in my classes, and recommend it to all 
 teachers of Latin in this country —N. E. Cobleigh, Professor of Ancieiit Languages and 
 Literature, in Lawrence University, A^^pleton, Wis. 
 
 I mosi heartily concur in the above recommendation. — F. 0. Blair, Professor in Law- 
 rence University. 
 
 The Grammar, as revi..<ed. is, I think, for school purposes supei-ior to any work of the 
 kind yet published in America. Philosophic in its arrangement and definitions, and full 
 and accurate in its details, i* sets forth the results of the learned researches of the Ger- 
 mans in language easy of comprehension and suitable for reference in daily recitations. — 
 L. H. Deneen, Lebanon, Illtnois. 
 
 I am highly pleased with the Revised Edition, and consider the additions as decided 
 Improvements. In my opinion Dr. Andrews' works surpass all others in the market. 
 I gee no reason why the Grammar should not now supersede even Zumpt'i both in the 
 Btudy and recitation rooms. — Sidney A. Norton, Hamilton, Ohio. 
 
 3 
 
NEW SERIES OF LATIN SCHOOL BOOKS. 
 
 T haye reason to believe that the improvements, introduced into the last edition of 
 Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar by my respected and lamented friend Dr. An- 
 drews, a little before his death, add very decidedly to the value of a work, which has 
 done more to give the knowledge of that language to the youth of this country than any, 
 perhaps than all others.— TAfoJore W. Woohey, President of Yale College^ New Haven. 
 
 No book, probably, has done more to improve classical training in American schools 
 than Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar. Its use is almost universal ; and where it 
 has not itself been adopted as a manual, it has made grammars of similar excellence 
 necessary. The last edition, the sixty -fifth, was carefully re\ised by the lamented Dr. 
 Andrews, not long before his death, by whom it was greatly enlarged by the incorpora- 
 tion of much valuable information, derived mainly from the last edition of the Latin 
 Grammar of Professor Zonipt. It will therefore be fouud to be much improved as a i"e- 
 pository of the principles and facts of the Latin language.— T/io^ias A. Thacher, Profes- 
 sor of Latin in Yule College, New Haven. 
 
 It is unneces.sary to commend a Latin Grammar, which has been for twenty year.s in 
 common use in our Colleges, and has generally superseded all others. Tne I{evised 
 Edition contains the results of the labors of Dr. Andi-ews, during all that time, on va- 
 rious Latin Classics, and on his great Latin Lexicon; and cannot, tlierefore, but be 
 greatly improved. — Eilward Robinson, D. B., LL. Z)., Prof, of Biblicid Lterature in 
 Union Tiieol. Seminary, Neio York City. 
 
 I regard Andrews' and Stoddard's new Latin Grammar, as an exceedingly valuable 
 work. It evidently contains the results of the Author's careful and long coutinued in- 
 vestigation, and from itz fulness, clearness, and accuracy, will undoubtedly become the 
 Standard Latin Grammar of this Continent. In Western New York, we have for a long 
 time been using the earlier editions, and the}'' have rapidly won upon the public regard. 
 This new edition will give it a stronger claim upon our favor. It must rapidly super- 
 sede all others. I can unhesitatingly recommend the New Grammar as the best in use. — 
 Lewis H. Clark, Principal of So dies Academy, Wayne Co., N. Y. 
 
 I have looked over the new edition of the Grammar with great interest. It is now 
 eighteen years since I introduced it into this college, and I have never felt inclined to 
 change it for any other. The revision, without changing its genenil character, ha,s added 
 greatly to its fulness and completeness. It is now fully equal to Zumpt's in these re- 
 spects, and far superior to it in adaptation to the class room. There is no other school 
 grammar that can pretend to compare with it. I have introduced the new edition here, 
 and have no idea I shall ever wish to substitute another. The services of Prof. Andrews 
 in the cause of classical learning in the United States cannot be over estimated. — ill. Stiir- 
 giis, Professor in Hanover College, Indiaiia. 
 
 I am willing to say that I am decidedly in favor of Andrews' Latin Series. — Geo. Gale, 
 Galesville University, Wisconsin. 
 
 Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar I consider decidedly the best Latin Grammar 
 ever published. — Ranso?n Norton, North Livermore, Maine. 
 
 Such a work as Andrews and Stoddard's Revised Latin Grammar needs no recommend- 
 ation, it speaks for itself. — A. A. Keen, Professor of Greek and Latin. Tufts College, 
 Medford, Ms. 
 
 I have examined the revised edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar, and 
 think it a complete success. I see it has all of Zumpt's merits and none of his defects, 
 and welcome its advent with great pleasure. — James M. Wliiton, Hopkins Grammar 
 School, New Haven, Conn. 
 
 I have examined Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar, and say. without hesita- 
 tion, that the principles of the Latin language can be more easily and systematically 
 acquired from it than any woi-k I have ever seen. The arrangement and simplicity of its 
 terms are such as to make it easily comprehended by the beginner, while, at the same 
 time, its copiousness is sufficient for the most advanced student. The author has evi- 
 dently noted and profited by the defects in this respect of most of the Latin Grammars 
 now in use. — C. W. Field, Ma-uch Cliunk. Pa. 
 
 The superior merits of the original work are too well known and appreciated to need 
 any commendation from me. I have had some means of knowing ho.v great pains and 
 labor Dr. Andrews has bestowed upon this final revision and improvement of the work, 
 and. therefore, was not uisprepared to find its acknowledged excellence materially in- 
 crea.«ed. and I do not hesitat« to suv, that its value has been greatly enhanced, and that 
 it has been brought as ne;ir ;•►; pra(:tic!il)le to tlie present state of philological science.— 
 John D. Phiibrick, Super! nt$itjdent of Public Schools, city of Boston. 
 
 I have looked the Grammar through with much care and a great degree of satisfaction, 
 and T unhesitatingly pronounce it superior to any Latin Grammar in metliod and man- 
 ner of di.-;cussiOi), and happily adajited to the wants of both teachers and pupils. — /. W 
 Simonds, Principal of Neiv Stigtund Christian Institute, Andover, N. H. 
 
 4 
 
NEW SERIES OF LATIN SCHOOL BOOKS. 
 
 We have lately introdured the Revised Edition, and regard it as a great improvement 
 upon former editions. We shall use it exclusively in future. — E. Flint, Jr., Principal 
 of Lee High School. 
 
 After a due examination, I am happy to state that the Author has admirably accom- 
 plished the objects which he aimed at in making this last revision. He lias added much 
 that is in the highest degree valuable without materially changing the arrangement of 
 the oi-iginal work. The work appears to me well adapted to the daily use of our Classi- 
 cal Schools, a'nd I shall hereafter direct my classes to use it. — C. L. Cits/nnaii, Principal 
 of Peabody High School, South Danvers, Bis. 
 
 The Revised Grammar seems to me greatly improved and to be every thing a scholar 
 could wish. — Z. B. Sturgis, C/iarlextown, Indiana. 
 
 I have subjected the Revised Edition to the test of actual use in the recitation room, 
 and am persuaded that in its present form it decidedly surpasses every other Latin (Gram- 
 mar in point of adfiptation to the wants of students in our Academies, Iligh Schools 
 and Colleges. — William S. Palmer, Central High School, Cleaveland, Ohio. 
 
 I think Andrews' Series of Latin Works the most systematic and best arranged course I 
 have ever seen, — and belittve if our pupils would use them altogether, we should find 
 them much better scholars. I shall use them Avholly in my school. — A. C. Slockin^ 
 Principal of Mnm7iouth Academy, Maine. 
 
 The examination of the Revised Edition has afforded me very great pleasure, and leads 
 me to express the deep and sincere conviction that it is the most complete Grammar of 
 the Latin language with which I am acquainted, and best adapted for ready consultation 
 upon any subject connected with the study of Latin Authors. The paper, the typography, 
 and the bindi^^g. — the whole style of publication — are such as to commend the good taste 
 and judgment of the Publishers. — J. R. Boyd, Principal of It'kipleivood Young Ladies 
 In.stitiite. Pittsfidd, Mass. 
 
 T find the Revised Edition to be just what is needed for a Latin Grammar, - rU;ar. com- 
 prehensive, vet concise, in the subject matter. I shall introduce it as a permanent text- 
 book.— 5. F. Dake, Principal of Clyde High School, Wayne Co., N. Y. 
 
 I have carefnlly examined your Revised Edition throughout, particularly the Correc- 
 tions and Additions. It now appears to me all that can be desired. It seems like part- 
 i-'g with a familiar friend to lay aside the old edition, with its manj' excellencies, and 
 adopt the nfir. but 1 .shall cheerfully make the sacrifice for the greater ber.ent that will 
 accrue to those commencing the study of Latin from time to time. — J. H. Graham., Prin- 
 cipal of Nort.'i/itld Institution, Vermont. 
 
 ' T thought before that the old edition was entitled to the appellation of " The Latia 
 Grammar," but 1 pei'ceive its value has been much increavsed by the numerous emenda- 
 tions and additions of Prof. Andrews. The Grammar is now fitted to be a complete 
 h;ind-bnok for the Latin scholar during his whole course. — E. W. Johnson, Canton Acad- 
 eirri/, Cunlon, N. Y. 
 
 I unhesitatinglj- pronounce the Revised Edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin 
 Grimmar the best Grammar of the Latin Language, and shall certainly use my influence 
 in its behalf-—//. E. J. Clute, Edinhoro\ Pa. 
 
 After a thorough examination, I have no hesitation in pronouncing it the best Latin 
 Gramm.ar for the purposes of the recitation room that I have ever examined. In its 
 present form it ought certainly to displace a large majority of the Grammars in common 
 use. Its rules of Syntax are expressed with accui-a,cy and precision, and are in fact, 
 wliat all rules ought to be. reliable guides to the learner. — James W. Andrews, Principcd 
 of Hj/ieu-ell Academy, Pmn. 
 
 Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar, in the arrangement and adaptation to the 
 learner. h;is excelled all others, and the revised edition Ls certainly a great improvement, 
 and I do believe is better adapted to the wants of the .student than any other. The 
 whole seems to be critically revised and corrected. Prof. Andrews was truly the stu- 
 dent's benefactor. — M. L. Severance, North Troy, Vermont. 
 
 It gives me great pleasure to bear my testimony to the superior merits of the Latin 
 Grammar edited by Professor Andrews and Mr. Stoddard. I express most cheerfully, 
 unhesitatir.gly, and decidedly, my preference of this Gramm^ar to that of Adam, which 
 has, for so long a time, kept almost undisputed sway in our schools. — Dr. C. Btck, Cam- 
 bridge. 
 
 I know of no Grammar published in this country, which promises to answer so w>ll 
 the pur>»ose.«i of elementarj- classical instruction, and shall be glad to see it introduced 
 into our best schools. — CharUs K. DUlaway, Boston. 
 
 Your new liatin Grammar appears to me much better suited to the use of students 
 than any other grammar I am acquainted with. — Prof. Wm. M. Holland, Hartford, Ct. 
 
 5 
 
NEW SEEIES OF LATIN SCHOOL BOOKS. 
 
 T have adopted the Latin Grammar of Andrews aud Stoddard in the school under my 
 charge, believing it better adapted, upon the whole, for elementarj- instruction than any 
 similar work which I have examined. It combines the improvements of the recent Ger- 
 man works on the subject with the be.<t features of that old favorite of the schools, Ur. 
 Adam's Latin Grammar. — Htiinj Dris'er. Professor of Latin in Columbia College. 
 
 A careful review of the I\evii*ed Edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar, 
 shows that this favorite text-book still continues to deserve the affections and confidence 
 of Teachers and Pupil.*;, incorporating as it does the results of Prof. Andrews' own con- 
 stant study for many years with the investigations of English aud German Philologists. 
 No other Grammar is now so well fitted to meet the wants of the country as the rapid 
 demand for it will show beyond doubt. — A. S. HartwtU, Universiti/ of Si. Louis. 
 
 This Grammar of the Latin Language, now universally pronounced the venj lest, is 
 greatly improved by the corrections, revisions and additions of this revised edition. We 
 do not believe a text-book was ever written which introduced so great an im]>rovemeut 
 in the metbod of teaching Latin, as this has done. We wish the revised edition the 
 greatest success, which we are sure it merits. — EJiode Island School-master. 
 
 I have examined your revised edition with considerable care, and do not hesitate to 
 pronounce it a great improvement upon the old editions, and as near perfection as we 
 are likely to have. I have no doubt it will come into general use. — A. Williams, Professor 
 of Latin. .Teffe.rson College, Canonsbiirg, Pa. 
 
 1 have been much interested in the Revised Edition. The improvement is very striking, 
 aud I shall no longer think of givi)ig it up and putting Znmpt in its place. I am much 
 pleased with the great improvement in the typograpliy. You have given to our .-••choois a 
 book fifty per cent better in every respect, asid I trust you will have your reward in 
 largely increased sales. — William J. Ko'fe, 3'Ia.^ter of Oliver High School, Lawrence, Ms. 
 
 I can with much pleasure say that your Grammar seems to me much better adapted 
 to the present condition and wants of our schools than any one with which 1 am ac- 
 quainted, and to supply that which h;:s loi/g bteu wanted — a good Latiu Grammar for 
 common use. — F. Gardner, Principal of Boston Latin School. 
 
 The Latin Grammar of Andrews and Stoddard is deserving, in mj' opinion, of the ap- 
 probation which so many of our ablest teachers have bestowed upon it. It is believed 
 that, of all the grammars before the public, this has greatly the advantage, in regard 
 both to t!ie excellence of its arrangement, and the accuracy and copiousness of its infor- 
 nnition. — H. B. Hackelt, Prof, of Biblical Literature in Neicton Theological Seminary. 
 
 The universal favor with which this Gi-ammar is received was not unexpected. It wil] 
 bear a thorough and discriminating examination. In the use of well-defined and ex 
 pre^sive terms, especially in the syntax, we know of no Latin or Gi'eek grammar which 
 is to be compared to tliis. — American Qnnrtirtij Register. 
 
 Th(;se works will furnish a series of elementary publications for the study of Latin 
 altogether in advance of any thing which has hitiierto appeared, either in this country 
 or in England. — American Biblical Repository. 
 
 I cheerfully and decidedly bear testimony to tlie superior excellence of Andrews and 
 Stoddard's Latin Grammar to any manual of the kind with which I am acquainted. 
 Every part bears the impress of a careful conspiler. The principles of syntax are happily 
 developed in the rules, wliilst those relating to the moods and tenses su])ply an important 
 denciencj' in our former grammars. The rules of prosody are also clearly and fully ex- 
 hibited. — Kec. Lyman Coleman, Manchester, Vt. 
 
 This work bears evident marks of great care and skill, and ripe and accurate schclar- 
 hhip in the authors. We cordially commend it to the student and teacher. — Biblical 
 Bejiository. 
 
 Andrews and Stoddard's T^atin Grammar is what I expected it would he— an excellent 
 book. We cannot hesitate a moment in laying a.side the books now in use, and intro- 
 ducing this. — Re.v. J. Penney, D. D., New York. 
 
 Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar beiirs throughout evidence of original and 
 thorough investigation and sound criticism. It is, in my appreiiension. so fir as sim- 
 plicity is concerned, on the one hand, and philo.«ophical views and sound scholarship on 
 the other, far preferable to other grammars; a work at the same time highly creditable to 
 Its authors and to our country. — Professor A. Packard, Boiodvin College, Maine. 
 
 I do not liesitate to pronounce Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar superior to 
 any other with which I am acquainted. 1 have never seen, any where, a greater amount 
 of vahiabbe matter comprcs.sed within limits equally narrow. — Hon. John Hall^ Principal 
 of Ellington School, Conn. 
 
 Wb have no hesitation in pronouncing this Grammar decidedly superior to any now 
 In use. — Boston Recorder. 
 
VALUABLE CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 Robinson's Hebrew Lexicon. Sixth Edition, Revised 
 
 and Stereotyped. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, in- 
 clutliiig the'Biblical Chaldee. Translated from the Latin of William Gesenius, 
 late Professor of Theology in the University of Halle-Wittembcrg By Edwa nn 
 Robinson, 1). I)., LL. D., Professor of Biblical Literatui-e in the IJnion The- 
 ological Seminary, New York. A new edition, with corrections and large ad- 
 ditions, partly furnished by the author in manuscript, and partly condensed 
 from his larger Thesaurus, as compiled by Roediger. These corrections and 
 additions wei-e made by Dr. Gesenius, during an interval of several years, 
 while carrying his Thesaurus through the press, and were transcribed and fur- 
 nished by him expressly for this edition. They will be found to be very 
 numerous, every page having been materially corrected and enlarged, and a 
 large number of articles having been re-written. It is printed on a new type, 
 the face ;ind cut of which is very beautiful, and has been highly commended 
 and approved. 
 
 Dr. Eobinson had already been trained to the business of lexicographical labor, when 
 he began the translation of the present work. He is, in an uncommon degree, master 
 of his own native tongue. He has diligence, patience, perseverance — yea, the iron dili- 
 gence of Gesenius himself. i"or aught that I have yet been able to discover, all that can 
 reasonably be expected or desired, has been done by the translator; not only as to ren- 
 dering the work into English, but as to the manner and the accuracy of printing. The 
 work will spoiik for itself, on the fii'st opening. It does honor, in its appearance, to edi- 
 tor, printers, and publishers. I have only to add my hearty wish, that its beautiful 
 white pages may be consulted and turned over, until they become thoroughly worn with 
 the bauds of the purchasers. — Prof. Stuart, in the Biblical Repository, 
 
 There is no lexicon in English that can be put on a level with Robinson's. I recommend 
 the present as th'i best Lexicon of the Hebrew and Biblical Ohaldee which an English 
 scholar can haA'e. — Rev. Dr. Samuel Davidson., of London. 
 
 Gesenius' Lexicon is known wherever Hebrew is studied. On the merits of this work 
 critici^ra has long ago pronounced its verdict of approval. — London Jewish Chronicle. 
 
 This is a ver3^ beautiful and complete edition of the best Hebrew Lexicon ever yet 
 produced. Gesenius, as a Hebrew philologist, is unequalled. — London Clerical Journal. 
 
 This is decidedly the most complete edition of Gesenius' Manual Hebrew Lexicon. — 
 London Journal of Sacred Literature. 
 
 Robinsons parmong of % iospels, m ireeL 
 
 A Harmony of the Four Gospels, in Greek, accord- 
 ing to the text of Hahn. Newly arranged, with Explanatory Notes, by Edward 
 IvoniNsoN, 1). D., LL. D., Professor of Biblical Literature in the Union The- 
 ologic;il Seminary, New York. Revised Edition. 
 
 This work of Dr. Robinson confines itself to the legitimate sphere of a Harmony of the 
 Gospels ; and we do not hesitate to say that in this sphere it will be found to be all that 
 a Harmony need or can be. The original text is printed with accuracy and elegance. 
 It is a feast to the eyes to look upon a page of so much beauty. Its arrangement is dis- 
 tinguished for simplicity and convenience. No one will ever be able to comprehend the 
 relations of the Gospels to each other, or acquire an exact knowledge of their contents, 
 unless he studies them with the aid of a Harmony. The present work furnishes in this 
 respect just the facihty which is needed; and we trust that among its other effects, it 
 will serve to direct attention more strongly to the importance of this mode of study. — 
 Prof, llacketl, if Neivton Theological Seminary. 
 
 Arithmetic, Oral and Written, practically applied by means 
 
 of Suggestive Que^ions. By Thomas H. Palmer, Author of the Prize 
 Essay on Education, entitled the " Teacher's ^lanual,'' " The Moral Instruc- 
 tor," etc. 
 
 7 
 
VALUABLE CLASSICAL WORKS. 
 
 Ilabinscn s DctnnonD of i\t iosptls, m €^h\. 
 
 A Harmony of the Four Gospels, in English, accord- 
 ing to the coramoii version; newly tu-ranged, with Expl.'Uiatoiy Notes. By 
 Edward Eobixsox, D. D., LL. D/ 
 
 The object of tliis work is to obtain a full and consecutive account of all the 
 facts of our Lord's life and ministry. In order to do this, tlie four gospel nar- 
 ratives have been so brought together, as to present as nearly as possible the 
 tiiie chronologicnl order, and wJiere the same transaction is described by more 
 than one writer, the difl'erent accounts are placed side by side, so as to fill out 
 and supply each other. Such an arrangement affords the only full and jierfect 
 survey of all the testimony relating to any and eveiy portion of our Lord's his- 
 tory. The evangelists are thus made their own best interpreters; and it is 
 shown how wonderfully they sn-e supplementary to each other in minute as 
 well as in im])0rtant particulars, and in this way is brought out fully and 
 cleji.rly the fundamental ch;iruoteristics of their testimony, unity in diversity. 
 To Bible classes, Sabbath schools, and all who love and seek the truth in their 
 closets and in their families, this work will be found a useful assistant. 
 
 I have used " Robinson's English Harmony '' in teaching a Bible Class. The result, in 
 my ONVu mind, is fi convirtion of the great merits of this work, and its adaptation to im- 
 part the liighest life ar.d interest to Bible Class exercises, and generally to the diligent 
 study of the Gospel. It is much to be desired that everyone accustomed to searching 
 the Scriptures should liave this invaluable aid. — Ke.v. Dr. Skinner^ New York. 
 
 Sobinson's Bible Dictionary. A Dictionary for the 
 
 use ol' Scho(jls and Young Persons. By Edwahd Robinson, D. D., LL. D. 
 
 Illustrated with Engravings on wood, and Maps of Canaan, Judea, Asia Minor, 
 and the Peninsula of ]\Iount Sinai, Idumea, etc. 
 
 ^Uments of 3istr0itjom2. 
 
 The Elements of Astronomy ; or The World as it is 
 
 and as it Appears. By the author of " Theory of Teaching," " Edward's First 
 Lessons in Grammar,'' etc. Revised in manuscript by George P. Bond, Esq., 
 of the Cambridge Observatory, to whom the author is also indebted for super- 
 intending its passage through"^ the press. 
 
 St0tt's lamilg §iI)lK 
 
 Scott's Family Bible. Boston Stereotype Edition. 
 6 vols, royal 8vo., containing all the Notes, Practical Observations, Marginal 
 References, and Critical Remarks, as in the most approved London edition, 
 with a line engraved likeness of the Author, Family Record, etc. 
 
 This Edition is the only one that has, or can have, the benefit of the final 
 Additions and Emendations of the Author. The extent of these may be 
 judged from the f\ict that upwards of Four Hundred Pages of letter-press were 
 addzd ; and as they consist chiefly of Critical Remarks, their importance to 
 the Biblical student is at once apparent. The Preface to the entire work con- 
 tains an elaborate and compendious view of the evidences that the Holy Scrip- 
 tui-es were given by inspiration of God. Pi-efixed to each Book, both in the 
 Old and New Testament, is an Introduction, or statement of its purport and 
 intent. There are also copious Marginal References, with various Tables, a 
 Chronological Index, and a copious Topical Index. 
 
 J^' Orders solicited. 
 8 
 
VIEGIL'8 
 
 ECLOGUES AND GEORGICS, 
 
 WITH NOTES 
 
 HORACE ANDREWS, M. A. 
 
 BOSTON: 
 PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 
 
 47 Washington Street. 
 1862. 
 
4b^ 
 
 ^^> 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congres?, in the year 1862, 
 
 BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 
 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts. 
 
 2 2, 4 ^ 4^ 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Among a number of unfinished works of my honored father, 
 the late Prof. E. A. Andrews, was a commentary on the poems 
 of Virgil, which suggested, and to a considerable extent has 
 formed the basis of this edition of the Eclogues and Georgics. 
 His annotations, it is true, extended through a portion only of 
 the Eclogues and Aeneid, and in their preparation he did not 
 have the aid to be derived from some of the later editors of the 
 poet ; but what he had completed was sufficient to show the 
 plan which he had devised for an edition of Virgil, and, as was 
 to be expected in the work of so ripe and accurate a scholar, 
 little was found in his notes which required to be changed ; 
 though frequently other explanations and illustrations have been 
 added. 
 
 The text of this edition is, with few exceptions, that of Wag- 
 ner's revision of Heyne. In no instance however has a read- 
 ing been adopted which is entirely without external authority ; 
 for although the be&t editions have deviated from this course in 
 some few passages, to which attention is called in the notes, the 
 necessity for such change did not seem to me anywhere so great 
 as clearly to require it in a work the text of which is confess- 
 edly so free from suspicion. 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 The orthography is generally that of the prevalent usage, as 
 given in the recent Latin Lexicons, particularly those of Freund 
 and Klotz ; and does not differ widely from that of Wagner's 
 small edition, except that he uses the form is instead of es in 
 the terminations of some accusatives plural ; the character i, 
 instead of J, to denote the consonant ; and cum for quum. The 
 spelling Vergilius is adopted, as having the best Ms. authority. 
 An abridgment of Wagner's Orthographia Vergiliana, appended 
 to the notes, will serve to give an idea of the orthography which 
 Vii'gil himself employed. 
 
 The punctuation is mainly that given by Wagner, in his 
 smaller edition ; but with some of Conington's modifications. 
 
 The number of commentaries on Virgil which are of ac- 
 knowledged merit is not small, and some of them are quite 
 voluminous ; so that the amount of labor required of an editor, 
 to examine and weigh the various expositions contained in even 
 a portion of them, in connection with his own study of the 
 poet's meaning and commenting thereon, is more than will 
 readily be appreciated, except by actual experiment. Added 
 to this, in the present edition, many references have been made 
 to the Grammar, when peculiarities of construction or other 
 particulars seemed worthy of notice ; and to the Lexicon, to 
 point out the place where an explanation could be found or 
 learned, rather than to give it in the notes. It need not there- 
 fore be matter of surprise that, with all its imperfections, the 
 work has occupied whatever time could be spared from my pro- 
 fessional pursuits during the past three years. 
 
 The notes are derived, in large measure, from the labors 
 of those who have preceded in the same field ; and in selecting 
 from the notes of others it has been my intention, as being more 
 
PREFACE. V 
 
 just to them, not only to indicate in each instance the source 
 from which a note is taken, but ordinarily to quote the very 
 words of the writer, if in English. Where the same note stands 
 credited to more than one editor, it has been done either to 
 show that the explanation given has their joint approval, or 
 that the note is formed from then' several interpretations; 
 usually the former. It wUl be observed that often two or more 
 explanations are given of the same word or passage : if these 
 are inconsistent with each other, my preference, when not other- 
 wise expressly declared, is shown by placing that first in order 
 which seems to me the best. 
 
 My aim has been to make the notes such as to be useful to 
 the student, in the spirit of the motto selected by my father for 
 his own notes, from Heyne's preface : Imprimis illud aureum 
 Plinii dictum memoria excidere non passus sum : ut nihil ad 
 ostentationem, omnia ad conscientiam referrem ; hoc est, ut non 
 mihi notas appingerem, sed legenti. It is hoped that the use 
 of the notes, when accompanied with a constant resort to the 
 Lexicon and occasional reference to Ancient Geography and 
 the Classical Dictionary, will enable the student to arrive at 
 the meaning, and in some degree to appreciate the merits of the 
 poet. 
 
 The principal editions which have been consulted by me are, 
 Peter Burmann's edition of Nicholas Heinsius' Commentary, 
 published at Amsterdam in 1746, with the notes of Servius and 
 Philargyrius ; Heyne's edition; Wagner's Heyne, containing 
 notes of Spolm and Wunderlich ; also Wagner's small edition 
 of 1848 ; the Delphin edition ; Forbiger's, 1852 ; Ladewig's, 
 1852 ; Voss' translation ; Martyn's Bucolics and Georgics, Lon- 
 don, 1749 ; Keightley's Notes ; Valpy's edition ; Bryce's, and 
 
VI rHEFACE. 
 
 John Coiiington's, London, 1858. Of these, Heyne, Wagner 
 and Conington have been found the most valuable for explana- 
 tory notes ; Martjn and Keightley for botanical and agricul- 
 tural information, and Forbiger for attention to grammatical 
 points. No modern editor seems to me, at once so thorough 
 and judicious in his explanations as Conington. 
 
 Daubeny's "Lectures on Roman Husbandry," Oxford, 1857, 
 have been read with profit, in the study of the Georgics, and 
 will be found quoted from in the notes. 
 
 The edition of Lucretius referred to is that of Lachmann. 
 
 The Latin Lexicon and Grammar, to which references are 
 made, are Andrews' Lexicon and Andrews and Stoddard's 
 Grammar, revised edition. 
 
 In a body of notes comprising so great a number of details, 
 errors will doubtless be found, not only in the citations and 
 references, but where their existence may be both less excusa- 
 ble and more injurious. The reader will confer a favor by 
 communicating to the editor any errors which may come under 
 his observation. 
 
 HOEACE ANDREWS. 
 
 New York, July, 1862. 
 
 I 
 
EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 A. — Aeneid. 
 
 ahl. — ablative. 
 
 abs. — absolute or absolutely. 
 
 ace. — accusative. 
 
 adj. — adjective. 
 
 adv. — adve?rb. 
 
 Br. — Bryce. 
 
 Burm. — Burraannus. 
 
 cf. — confer, (compare). 
 
 comp. — comparative. 
 
 Con. — Conington. 
 
 dot. — dative. 
 
 decl. — declension. 
 
 -E".— Eclogue. 
 
 e. g. — exempli gratia. 
 
 etc. — et cetera. 
 
 Forh. — Forb iger. 
 
 fut. — future. 
 
 G. — Georgic. 
 
 gen. — genitive. 
 
 H. — Heynius. 
 
 i. e. — id est. 
 
 i. q. — idem quod. 
 
 ih. — ibidem. 
 
 id. — idem. 
 
 impers. — impersonal. 
 
 indlc. — indicative. 
 
 inf. — infinitive. 
 
 iT.— Keigbtley. 
 
 J. or Jahn. — Jahnius. 
 
 Lade. — Ladewig. 
 
 M. — Martyn. 
 
 Ms., Mss. — manuscript, — s. 
 
 nom. — nominative. 
 
 part. adj. — participial adjective. 
 
 per/. — perfect. 
 
 Philarg. — Pkilargyrius. 
 
 pi. or ^?Mr.— ^plural. 
 
 prep. — preposition. 
 
 pr^. — present. 
 
 q. V. — quod videas. 
 
 H. — Kuaeus. 
 
 s. V. — sub voc-e. 
 
 sc. or scil. — scilicet, (supply). 
 
 Sei'v. — Servius. 
 
 sing. — singular. 
 
 Sp. — Spohnius. 
 
 sq. sqq. — sequens, — tia, (and the fol- 
 lowing). 
 
 siibj. — subjunctive. 
 
 sup. — superlative. 
 
 S. cf Z. — Smith and Zumpt. 
 
 V. — Valpy. 
 
 voc. — vocative. 
 
 V. vs. — verse, verses. 
 Voss. — Vossius. 
 
 Wch. or TrM«(f.— Wunderlichius. 
 Wr. — Wagnerus. 
 
 Gr. — Andrews and Stoddard's Latin 
 Grammar, Revised edition. 
 
 Lex. — Andrews' Freund's Latin Lex- 
 
c 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS 
 
 BUCOLICON 
 
 LIBER. 
 
 ECLOGA I. 
 
 T I T Y R U S . 
 
 MELIBOEUS. TITYRUS, 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 Tityre, tu patulae recubans sub tegmine fagi 
 Silvestrem tenui Musam meditaris avena ; 
 Nbs patriae fines et dulcia linquimus arva : 
 Nos patriam fugimus ; tu, Tityre, lentus in umbra 
 Formosam resonare doces Amaryllida silvas. 5 
 
 TiTYRUS. 
 
 O Meliboee, deus nobis haec otia fecit. 
 
 Namque erit ille mihi semper deus ; illius aram 
 
 Saepe tener nostris ab ovilibus imbuet agnus. 
 
 Ille meas errare boves, ut cernis, et ipsum 
 
 Ludere, quae vellem, calamo permisit agresti. 10 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 Non equidem invideo ; miror magis : undique totis 
 Usque adeo turbatur agris. En, ipse capellas 
 
25 P. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 Protinus aeger ago ; hanc etiam vix, Tityre, duco. 
 
 Hie inter clensas corylos modo namqiie gemellos, 
 
 Spem gregis, ali 1 sillce in iiuda connixa reliquit. 15 
 
 Saepe malum lioc nobis, si mens non laeva fuisset, 
 
 De caelo tactas memirii praedicere quercus. 
 
 [Saepe sinistra cava praedixit ab ilice cornix.] 
 
 Sed tamen, iste deus qni sit, da, Tityre, nobis. 
 
 TlTYRUS. 
 
 Urbem, quam diciint Romam, Meliboee, pntavi 20 
 
 Stultns ego lintc nostrae -imilem, quo saepe soleimis 
 
 Pastorcs ovium teneros depellere fetus. 
 
 Sic canibus catulos similes, sic matribus liaedos 
 
 Noram, sic parvis compbnere magna solebam. 
 
 Verum haec tantum alias tnter caput extulit iurbes, 25 
 
 Quantum lenta solent inter viburna cupressi. 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 Et quae tanta fiiit Rbmam tibi' causa videndi ? 
 
 TlTYRUS. 
 
 Libertas ; quae sera, tamen respexit inertem, 
 
 Candidior postquam tondenti barba cadebat ; 
 
 Respexit tamen, et longo post tempore venit, 30 
 
 Postquam nos Amaiyllis habet, Galatea reliquit. 
 
 Namque, fatebor enim, dum me Galatea tenebat, 
 
 Nee spes llbortatis erat, nee cura peeuli. 
 
 Quamvis multa meis exiret victima septis, 
 
 Ping-uis et ingratac prcmeretur caseus urbi, 35 
 
 Non umquam gravis aere domum mibi dextra redibat. 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 Mirabar, quid maesta deos, Amarylli, vocares, 
 Cui pendere sua patereiis in aibore poma : 
 Tityrus hinc aberat. Ipsac te, Tityre, pinus, 
 
ECLOGA I. 6 
 
 Ipsi te foiites, ipsa liaec arbusta vocabant. 40 
 
 TlTYRUS. 
 
 Qutd facerem ? neqne servitio me exire llcebat, 
 
 Nee tarn ])raesentes alibi cognoscere clivos. 
 
 Hie ilium vidl juvenem, Meliboee, quot annis 
 
 Bis seiios cui nostra dies altaria fiimant. 
 
 Hie mihi responsum primus dedit ille petenti : 45 
 
 " Pascite, ut ante, boves, pueri ; submittite tauros." 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 
 Fortunate senex, ergo tua rura manebunt ! 
 
 Et tibl magna satis ; quamvis lapis omnia nudus 
 
 Liinosoque palus obducat pascua junco. 
 
 ISTon ihsueta graves tentabunt pabula fetas, 50 
 
 Nee mala vieini pecoris contagia laedent. 
 
 Fortunate senex, liic, inter flumina nota 
 
 Et fontes sacros, frigus captabis opaeum ! 
 
 Hinc tibi, quae semper, vieino ab limite, sepes 
 
 Hyblaeis apibus fiorem depasta salicti, 55 
 
 Saepe levi sominim suadebit inire susurro ; 
 
 Hinc alta sub rupc canet frondator ad auras ; 
 
 Nee tamen interea I'aucae, tua cura, palumbes, 
 
 Nee gemere aeria cessabit turtur ab ulmo. 
 
 TiTYRUS. 
 
 Ante leves ergo pascentur in aether e cervi, 60 
 
 Et freta destituent nudos in litore pisces, 
 
 Ante, pererratis amborum finibus, exsul 
 
 Aut Ararim Par thus bibet, aut Germania Tigrim, 
 
 Quam nostro illius labatur pectore vultus. 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 At nos hinc alii sitientes ibimus Afros, 65 
 
 Pars Scytliiam et rapidum Cretae veniemus Oaxen, 
 
4 P. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 Et penltus toto divlsos orbe Britannos. 
 
 En urnqnam patrlos longo post tempore fines, 
 
 Pauperis et tuguri congestnm caespite cnlmen, 
 
 Post aliquot, mea regna viclens, mirabor aristas ? 70 
 
 Impius liaec tarn culta novalia miles habebit ? 
 
 Barbarus lias segetes ? en, quo discordia cives 
 
 Produxit miseros ! en, quis consevimus agros ! 
 
 Insere nunc, Meliboee, piros, pone ordine vites. 
 
 Ite meae, felix qiiondam pecusj ite capellae. , 75 
 
 Non ego vos postliac, viridi projectus in antro, 
 
 Dumosa pendere procul de rupe videbo ; 
 
 Carmina nulla canam ; non, me })ascente, capellae, 
 
 Florentem cytisum et salices carpetis amaras. 
 
 TiTYRUS. 
 
 Hie tamen banc mecum poteras requiescere noctem 80 
 Fronde super viridi : sunt nobis mitia poma, 
 Castaneae molles et pressi copia lactis ; 
 Et jam summa procul villarum culmina fumant 
 Majoresque cadunt altis de montibus umbrae. 
 
 ECLOGA n. 
 
 ALEXIS 
 
 Formosum pastor Cory don ardebat Alexim, 
 Delicias domini, nee, quid speraret, babebat. 
 Tantum inter densas, umbrosa cacumina, fagos 
 Assidue veniebat. Ibi baec incondita solus 
 Montibus et silvis studio jactabat inani : 
 
 " O crudelis Alexi, nihil mea carmina curas ? 
 Nil nostri miserere ? mori me denique coges. 
 
ECLOGA II. 5 
 
 Nunc etiam pecucles umbras et frigora captant ; 
 Nunc virides etiam occultant splneta lacertos, 
 Thestylis et rapido fessis messoribus aestu 10 
 
 Allia serpillumque herbas contundit olentes. 
 At mecum raucis, tua dum vestigia lustro, 
 Sole sub ardenti resonant arbusta cicadis. 
 Nonne fait satiiis, tristes Amaryllidis iras 
 Atque superba pati fastidia ? nonne Menalcan ? 15 
 
 Quamvis ille niger, quamvis tu candidus esses. 
 O formose puer, nimimn ne crede colori ! 
 Alba ligustra cadunt, vaccinia nigra leguntur. 
 Despectus tibi sum, nee, qui sim, quaeris, Alexi, 
 Quam dives pecoris, nivei quam lactis abundans. 20 
 
 Mille meae Siculis errant in montibus agnae ; 
 Lac milii non aestate novum, non frigore defit. 
 Canto, quae solitus, si quando armenta vocabat, 
 Amphion Dircaeus in Actaeo Aracyntlio. 
 Nee sum adeo informis : nuper me in litore vidi, 25 
 
 Quum placidum ventis staret mare ; non ego Daphnim 
 Judice te metuam, si numquam fallit imago. 
 O tantum libeat mecum tibi sordida rura 
 Atque liumiles liabitare casas et figere cervos 
 Haedorumque gregem viridi compellere liibisco ! 30 
 
 Mecum una in silvis imitabere Pana canendo. 
 Pan primus calamos cera conjungere plures 
 Instituit ; Pan curat oves oviumque magistros. 
 Nee te poeniteat calamo trivisse labellum : 
 Haec eadem ut sciret, quid non faciebat Amyntas ? 35 
 Est milii disparibus septem compacta cicutis 
 Fistula, Damoetas dono milii quam dedit olim, 
 Et dixit moriens : " Te nunc habet ista secundum." 
 Dixit Damoetas ; invidit stultus Amyntas. 
 Praeterea duo, nee tuta mihi valle reperti, 40 
 
 1* 
 
6 p. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 Capreoli, spar sis etiam nunc pellibus albo ; 
 
 Bina die siccant ovis ubera ; quos tibi servo. 
 
 Jam pridem a me illos abducere Thestylis orat ; 
 
 Et faciei, quoniam sordent tibi munera nostra. 
 
 Hue ades, o formose puer : tibi lilia plenis 45 
 
 Ecce ferunt Nymphae calatliis ; tibi Candida Nais, 
 
 Pallentes violas et smnma papavera carpens, 
 
 Narcissum et florem jungit bene olentis anethi ; 
 
 Turn, casia atque aliis intexens suavibus herbis, 
 
 MoEia luteola pingit vaccinia caltha. 50 
 
 Ipse ego cana legam tenera lanugine mala, 
 
 Castaneasque nuces, mea quas Amaryllis amabat ; 
 
 Addam cerea pruna : honos erit buic quoque pomo ; 
 
 Et vos, o lauri, carpam, et te, proxima myrte. 
 
 Sic positae quoniam suaves miscetis odores. 55 
 
 Rusticus es, Corydon : nee munera curat Alexis, 
 
 Nee, si muneribus certes, concedat lollas. 
 
 Heu, heu, quid volui misero milii ! floribus Austrum 
 
 Perditus et liquidis immisi fontibus apros. 
 
 Quem fugis, ah, demens ? liabitarunt di quoque silvas 60 
 
 Dardaniusque Paris. Pallas, quas condidit arces. 
 
 Ipsa colat ; nobis placeant ante omnia silvae. 
 
 Torva leaena lupum sequitur ; lupus ipse capellam ; 
 
 Florentem cytisum sequitur lasciva capella ; 
 
 Te Corydon, o Alexi : traliit sua quemque voluptas. 65 
 
 Aspice, aratra jugo referunt suspensa juvenci, 
 
 Et sol crescentes decedens duplicat umbras : 
 
 Me tamen urit amor ; quis enim modus adsit amori ? 
 
 Ah, Corydon, Corydon, quae te dementia cepit ! 
 
 Semiputata tibi frondosa vitis in ulmo est. 70 
 
 Quin tu aliquid saltem potius, quorum indiget usus, 
 
 Viminibus mollique paras detexere junco ? 
 
 Invenies alium, si te hie fastidit, Alexim.'' 
 
ECLOGA III. 
 
 ECLOGA in. 
 
 PALAEMON. 
 
 MENALCAS. DAMOETAS. PALAEMON. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Die mihi, Damoeta, cujum pecus ? an Meliboei ? 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Non, verum Aegonis ; nuper mihi tradidit Aegon. 
 
 Mei^alcas. 
 Infelix o semper, oves, pecus ! ipse Neaeram 
 Dum fovet, ac, ne me sibi praeferat ilia, veretur, 
 Hie alienus oves eustos bis mulget in hora ; 5 
 
 Et suens peeori et lae subdueitur agnis. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Parcius ista viris tamen objicienda memento. 
 Novimus, et qui te, transversa tuentibus hireis, 
 Et quo — sed faciles Nympliae riser e — saeello. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Turn, credo, quum me arbustum videre Mieonis 10 
 
 Atque mala vites incidere falce novellas. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Aut hie ad veteres fagos quum Dapbnidis areum 
 Fregisti et calamos : quae tu, perverse Menalca, 
 Et, quum vidisti puero donata, dolebas, 
 Et, si non aliqua nocuisses, mortuus esses. 15 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Quid domini faeiant, audent quum talia fures ! 
 
8 p. YEllGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA, 
 
 Non ego te vidi Damonis, pessime, caprum 
 
 Excipere insidiis, multum latantre Lycisca ? 
 
 Et quum clamarem : " Quo nunc se proripit ille ? 
 
 Tityre, coge pecus " ; tu post carecta latebas. 20 
 
 Damoetas. 
 An mihi cantando victus non redderet ille, 
 Quern mea carminibus meruisset fistula caprum ? 
 Si nescis, mens ille caper fuit ; et milii Damon 
 Ipse fatebatur ; sed reddere posse negabat. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Cantando tu ilium ? aut umquam tibi fistula cera 25 
 
 Juncta fuit ? non tu in triviis. indocte, solebas 
 Stridenti miserum stipula disperdere carmen ? 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Vis ergo, inter nos, quid possit uterque, vicissim 
 Experiamur ? ego banc vitulam — ne forte recuses, 
 Bis venit ad mulctram, binos alit ubere fetus — 30 
 
 Depono : tu die, mecum quo pignore certes. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 De grege non ausim quicquam deponere tecum : 
 Est mihi namque domi pater, est injusta noverca ; 
 Bisque die numerant ambo pecus, alter et liaedos. 
 Verum, id quod multo tute ipse fatebere majus, 35 
 
 Insanire libet quoniam tibi, pocula ponam 
 Fagina, caelatum divini opus Alcimedontis : 
 Lenta quibus torno facili superaddita vitis 
 Diffusos hedera vestit pallente corymbos. 
 In medio duo signa, Conon, et — quis fuit alter, 40 
 
 Descripsit radio totum qui gentibus orbem, 
 Tempora quae messor, quae curvus arator haberet ? 
 Necdum illis labra admovi, sed condita servo. 
 
ECLOGA III. if 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Et nobis idem Alcimedon duo pocula fecit, 
 Et molli circum est ansas amplexus acantho, 45 
 
 Orpheaque in medio posuit silvasque seqnentes. 
 Necdum illis labra admovi, sed condita servo. 
 Si ad vitulam spectas, nihil est, quod pocula laudes. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Numquam hodie effiigies ; veniam, quocumque vocaris. 
 Audiat haec tantum — vel qui venit, ecce, Palaemon. 50 
 Efficiam postliac ne quemquam voce lacessas. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Quin age, si quid habes, in me mora non erit uUa, 
 Nee quemquam fugio : tantum, vicine Palaemon, 
 Sensibus haec imis, res est non parva, reponas. 
 
 Palaemon. 
 Dicite, quandoquidem in molli consedimus herba. 55 
 
 Et nunc omnis ager, nunc omnis parturit arbos ; 
 Nunc frondent silvae ; nunc formosissimus annus. 
 Incipe, Damoeta ; tu deinde sequere, Menalca. 
 Alternis dicetis ; amant alterna Camenae. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Ab Jove principium, Musae ; Jovis omnia plena ; 60 
 
 Ille colit terras ; illi mea carmina curae. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Et me Phoebus amat ; Phoebo sua semper apud me 
 Munera sunt, lauri et suave rubens hyacinthus. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Malo me Galatea petit, lasciva puella, 
 Et fugit ad salices, et se cupit ante videri. 65 
 
10 p. vep.gili maronis bucolica. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 At mihi sese ofFert ultro, mens Ignis, Amjmtas, 
 Notior ut jam sit canibus non Delia nostris. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Parta meae Veneri sunt munera : namque notavi 
 Ipse locum, aeriae quo congessere palumbes. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Quod potui, puero silvestri ex arbore lecta 70 
 
 Aurea mala decem misi ; eras altera mittam. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 O quoties et quae nobis Galatea locuta est ! 
 Partem aliquam, venti, divum refer atis ad aures ! 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Quid prodest, quod me ipse animo non spernis, Amynta, 
 Si, dum tu sectaris apros, ego retia servo ? 75 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Pliyllida mitte milii : meus est natalis, lolla ; 
 Quum faciam vitula pro frugibus, ipse venito. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Pliyllida amo ante alias ; nam me discedere flevit, 
 Et longum " Formose, vale, vale," inquit, loUa. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Triste lupus stabulis, maturis frugibus imbres, 80 
 
 Arboribus venti, nobis Amaryllidis irae. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Dulce satis liumor, depulsis arbutus liaedis, 
 Lenta salix feto pecori, mihi solus Amyntas. 
 
ECLOGA m. 11 
 
 Damoetas. 
 PoUio amat nostram, quamvis est rustica, Musam : 
 Pierides, vitulam lectori pascite vestro. 85 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Pollio et ipse facit nova carmina : pascite taurum, 
 Jam cornu petat et pedibus qui spargat arenam. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Qui te, Pollio, amat, veniat, quo te quoque gaudet ; 
 Mella fluant illi, ferat et rubus asper amomum. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Qui Bavium non odit, amet tua carmina, Maevi, 90 
 
 Atque idem jungat vulpes et mulgeat hircos. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Qui legitis flores et humi nascentia fraga, 
 Frigidus, o pueri, fugite liinc, latet anguis in herba. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Parcite, oves, nimium procedere : non bene ripae 
 Creditur ; ipse aries etiam nunc vellera siccat. 95 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Tityre, pascentes a flumine reice capellas : 
 Ipse, ubi tempus erit, omnes in fonte lavabo. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Cogite oves, pueri ; si lac praeceperit aestus, 
 Ut nuper, frustra pressabimus ubera palmis. 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Heu, beu, quam pingui macer est mihi taurus in ervo ! 100 
 Idem amor exitium pecori pecorisque magistro. 
 
12 p. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 MejSTALCAS. 
 
 His certe neque amor causa est ; vix ossibus liaerent. 
 Nescio quis teneros oeulus milii fascinat agnos, 
 
 Damoetas. 
 Die, quibus in terris — et eris mihi magnus Apollo — 
 Tres pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas. 105 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Die, quibus in terris inseripti nomina regum 
 Naseantur flores ; et Pliyllida solus habeto. 
 
 Palaemon. 
 Non nostrum inter vos tantas eomponere lites. 
 Et vitula tu dignus, et hie : et quisquis amores 
 Aut metuet dulces, aut experietur amaros. 110 
 
 Claudite jam rivos, pueri : sat prata biberunt. 
 
 ECLOGA IV. 
 
 P L L I . 
 
 Sicelides Musae, paulo majora canamus ! 
 Non omnes arbusta juvant liumilesque myricae ; 
 Si eanimus silvas, silvae sint Consule dignae. 
 Ultima Cumaei venit jam earminis aetas ; 
 Magnus ab integro saeelorum nascitur ordo. 
 Jam redit et Virgo, redeunt Saturnia regna ; 
 Jam nova progenies caelo demittitur alto. 
 Tu modo naseenti puero, quo ferrea primum 
 Desinet ac toto surget gens aurea mundo, 
 
ECLOGA IV. 13 
 
 Casta, fave, Lucina : tuus jam regnat Apollo. 10 
 
 Teque adeo decus hoc aevi, te Consule, inibit, 
 
 Pollio, et incipient magni procedere menses ; 
 
 Te duce, si qua manent sceleris vestigia nostri, 
 
 Irrita perpetua solvent formidine terras. 
 
 lile deum vitam accipiet divisque videbit 15 
 
 Permixtos lieroas et ipse videbitur illis, 
 
 Pacatumque reget patriis virtutibus orbem. 
 
 At tibi prima, puer, nullo munuscula cultu 
 
 Errantes liederas passim cnm baccare tellus 
 
 Mixtaque j'identi colocasia fundet acantho. 20 
 
 Ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae 
 
 Ubera, nee magnos metuent armenta leones. 
 
 Ipsa tibi blandos fun dent cunabula flores. 
 
 Occidet et serpens, et fall ax lierba veneni 
 
 Occidet ; Assyrium vulgo nascetur amomum. 25 
 
 At simul lieroum laudes et facta parentis 
 
 Jam legere et quae sit poteris cognoscere virtus : 
 
 Molli paulatim flavescet campus ansta, 
 
 Incultisque rubens pendebit sentibus uva, 
 
 Et durae quercus sudabunt roscida mella. ' 30 
 
 Pauca tamen suberunt priscae vestigia fraudis, 
 
 Quae tentare Thetim ratibus, quae cingere muris 
 
 Oppida, quae jubeant telluri infindere sulcos. 
 
 Alter erit tum Tipliys, et altera quae vehat Argo 
 
 Delectos heroas ; erunt etiam altera bella, 35 
 
 Atque iterum ad Trojam magnus mittetur Achilles. 
 
 Hinc, ubi jam firmata virum te fecerit aetas, 
 
 Ccdet et ipse m^ari vector, nee nautica pinus 
 
 T\Iutabit merces : omnis ferct omnia tellus. 
 
 Non rastros patietur humus, non vinea falcem ; 
 
 Robustus quoque jam tauris juga solvet arator ; 
 
 Nee varios discet mentiri lana colores, 
 
14 p. VERGILI MAR0NI3 BUCOLICA. 
 
 Ipse sed in pratis aries jam suave rubenti 
 
 Murice, jam croceo mntabit vellera Into ; 
 
 Sponte sua sandyx pascentes vestiet agnos. 45 
 
 " Talia saecla," suis dixerunt, " currite," fusis 
 
 Concordes stabiii fatorum numine Parcae. 
 
 Aggredere o magnos — aderit jam tempus — bonores, 
 
 Cara deum suboles, magnmn Jovis incrementum ! 
 
 Aspice convexo nutantem pondere mundum, 60 
 
 Terrasque tractusque maris caelumque profundum, 
 
 Aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo ! 
 
 O mibi tam longae maneat pars ultima vitae, . 
 
 Spiritus et, quantum sat erit tua dicere facta : 
 
 Non me carminibus vincet nee Tbracius Orpheus, 55 
 
 Nee Linus, buic mater quamvis atque huic pater adsit, 
 
 Orpbei Calliopea, Lino formosus Apollo. 
 
 Pan etiam, Arcadia mecum si judice certet, 
 
 Pan etiam Arcadia ddcat se judice victum. 
 
 Incipe, parve puer, risu cognoscere matrem : 60 
 
 Matri longa decem tulerunt fastidia menses. 
 
 Incipe, parve puer : cui non risere parentes. 
 
 Nee deus bunc mensa, dea nee dignata cubili est. 
 
 ECLOGA Y. 
 
 D A P H N I S . 
 
 ]\I E N A L C A S . M P S U S . 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Cur non, Mopse, boni quoni^m convenimus ambo, 
 Tu calamos inflare leves, ego dicere versus, 
 Hie corylis mixtas inter considimus ulmos ? 
 
ECLOGA V. 15 
 
 Mopsus. 
 Tu major ; tibi me est aequum parere, Menalca, 
 Sive sub incertas Zephyr is motantibus umbras, 5 
 
 Sive antro potius succedimus. Aspice, ut antrum 
 Silvestris raris sparsit labrusca racemis. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Montibus in nostris solus tibi certat Amyntas. 
 
 Mopsus. 
 Quid, si idem certet Phoebum superare canendo ? 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Incipe, Mopse, prior, si quos aut Phyllidis ignes, 10 
 
 Aut Alconis babes laudes, aut jurgia Codri. 
 Incipe ; pascentes servabit Tityrus baedos. 
 
 Mopsus. 
 Immo haec, in viridi nuper quae cortice fagi 
 Carmina descripsi et modulans alterna notavi, 
 Experiar : tu deinde jubeto ut certet Amyntas. 15 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Lenta salix quantum pallenti cedit olivae, 
 Puniceis bumilis quantum saliunca rosetis, 
 Judicio nostro tan turn tibi cedit Amyntas. 
 
 Mopsus. 
 Sed tu desine phira, puer ; successimus antro. 
 
 Exstinctum Nympbae crudeli funere Dapbnim 20 
 
 Flebant ; vos coryli testes et flumina Nympbis ; 
 Quum complexa sui corpus miserabile nati, 
 Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater. 
 Non ulH pastos illis egere diebus 
 Frigida, Dapbni, boves ad flumina ; nulla nee amnem 25 
 
16 p. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 Libavit quadrupes, nee graminis attlgit lierbam. 
 
 Daphni, tuum Poenos etiam ingemuisse leones 
 
 Interitum montesque feri silvaeque loquuntur. 
 
 Daplmis et Armenias curru subjungere tigres 
 
 Instituit, Daphnis thiasos inducere Bacclii 30 
 
 Et foliis lentas intexere mollibus hastas. 
 
 Vitis ut arboribus decori est, ut vitibus uvae, 
 
 Ut gregibus tauri, segetes ut pinguibus arvis : 
 
 Tu decus omne tuis. Postquam te fata tulerunt, 
 
 Ipsa Pales agros atque ipse reliquit Apollo. 35 
 
 Grandia saepe quibus mandavimus bordea sulcis, 
 
 Infelix lolium et steriles nascuntur avenae ; 
 
 Pro moUi viola, pro purpureo narcisso, 
 
 Carduiis et spinis surgit paliums acutis. 
 
 Spargite humum foliis, inducite fontibus umbras, 40 
 
 Pastores ; mandat fieri sibi talia Daplmis ; 
 
 Et tumulum facite, et tumulo superaddite carmen : 
 
 '' Daphnis ego in silvis, bine usque ad sidera notus, 
 
 Formosi pecoris custos, formosior ipse." 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Tale tuum carmen nobis, divine poeta, 45 
 
 Quale sopor fessis in gramine, quale per aestum 
 Dulcis aquae saliente sitim restinguere rivo. 
 Nee ealamis solum aequiparas, sed voce magistrum. 
 Fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo. 
 Nos tamen baee quocumque modo tibi nostra vicissim 50 
 Dicemus, Dapbnimque tuum tollemus ad astra ; 
 Dapbnin ad astra feremus : amavit nos quoque Daplmis. 
 
 Mopsus. 
 An quicquam nobis tali sit munere majus ? 
 Et puer ipse fuit cantari dignus, et ista 
 Jam pridem Stimicon laudavit carmina nobis. 55 
 
ECLOGA V. 17 
 
 Menalcas. 
 
 Candidus insuetum miratiir limen Oljmpi 
 Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera Daphnis. 
 Ergo alacris silvas et cetera rura voluptas 
 Panaque pastoresque tenet Dryadasque puellas. 
 Nee lupus insidias pecori, nee retia cervis 60 
 
 Ulla dolum meditantur ; amat bonus otia Daphnis. 
 Ipsi laetitia voces ad sidera jactant 
 Intonsi montes ; ipsae jam carmina rupes, 
 Ipsa sonant arbusta : " deus, deus ille, Menalca " ! 
 Sis bonus o felixque tuis ! en quattuor aras : 65 
 
 Ecce duas tibi, Daplmi, duas altaria Phoebo. 
 Pocula bina novo spumantia lacte quot annis 
 Crater asque duos statuam tibi pinguis olivi, 
 Et multo in primis hilarans convivia Baccho, 
 Ante focum, si frigus erit, si messis, in umbra, 70 
 
 Vina novum fundam calatbis Ariusia nectar. 
 Cantabunt mihi Damoetas et Lyctius Aegon ; 
 Saltantes Satyros imitabitur Alphesiboeus. 
 Haec tibi semper erunt, et quum sollemnia vota 
 Reddemus Nymphis, et quum lustrabimus agros. 75 
 
 Dum juga montis aper, fluvios dum piscis amabit, 
 Dumque tliymo pascentur apes, dum rore cicadae, 
 Semper honos nomenque tuum laudesque manebunt. 
 Ut Baccho Cererique, tibi sic vota quot annis 
 Agi'icolae facient ; damnabis tu quoque votis. 80 
 
 Mopsus. 
 
 Quae tibi, quae tali reddam pro carmine dona ? 
 Nam neque me tantum venientis sibilus Austri, 
 Nee percussa juvant fluctu tam litora, nee quae 
 Saxosas inter decurrunt flumina valles. 
 
18 p. vergili maronis bucolica. 
 
 Menalcas. 
 Hac te nos fragili donabimus ante cicuta. 85 
 
 Haec nos, " Formosum Corydon ardebat Alexim," 
 Haec eadem docuit, " Cujum pecus ? an Meliboei ? " 
 
 Mopsus. 
 At tu sunie pedum, quod, me quum saepe rogaret, 
 Non tulit Antigenes — et erat tum dignus amari — 
 Formosum paribus nodis atque aere, Menalca. 90 
 
 ECLOGA VI. 
 
 Y A E U S . 
 
 Prima Syracosio dignata est ludere versu 
 Nostra neque erubuit silvas habitare Thalia. 
 Quum canerem reges et proelia, Cynthius aurem 
 Vellit, et admonuit : " Pastorem, Tityre, pingues 
 Pascere oportet oves, deductum dicere carmen." 5 
 
 Nunc ego — ^namque super tibi enint, qui dicere laudes, 
 Vare, tuas cupiant et tristia condere bella — 
 AoTestem tenui meditabor arundine Musam. 
 Non injussa cano. Si quis tamen haec quoque, si quis 
 Captus amore leget, te nostrae, Vare, myricae, 10 
 
 Te nemus omne canet ; nee Phoebo gratior ulla est, 
 Quam sibi quae Vari praescripsit pagina nomen. 
 Pergite, Pierides. Chromis et Mnasylos in antro 
 Silenum pueri sorano videre jacentem, 
 Inflatum hesterno venas, ut semper, laccho ; 15 
 
 Serta procul, tantum capiti delapsa, jacebant, 
 Et gravis attrita pendebat cantharus ansa. 
 
ECLOGA VI. 19 
 
 Aggressi — ^nam saepe senex spe carminis ambo 
 
 Luserat — injiciunt ipsis ex vincula sertis. 
 
 Addit se sociam timidisque supervenit Aegle, 20 
 
 Aegle, Naladum pulcherrima, jamque videnti 
 
 Sanguineis frontem moris et tempora pingit. 
 
 Ille dolum ridens, " Quo vincula nectitis" ? inquit. 
 
 " Solvite me, pueri ; satis est potuisse videri. 
 
 Carmina, quae vultis, cognoscite ; carmina vobis, 25 
 
 Huic aliud mercedis erit." Simul incipit ipse. 
 
 Turn vero in numerum Faunosque ferasque videres 
 
 Ludere, turn rigidas motare cacumina quercus ; 
 
 Nee tantum Phoebo gaudet Parnasia rupes, 
 
 Nee tantum Rliodope mirantur et Ismarus Orphea. 30 
 
 Namque canebat, uti magnum per inane coacta 
 
 Semina terrarumque animaeque marisque fuissent 
 
 Et liquidi simul ignis ; ut his exordia primis 
 
 Omnia et ipse tener mundi concreverit orbis ; 
 
 Tum durare solum et discludere Nerea ponto 35 
 
 Coeperit et rerum paulatim sumere formas ; 
 
 Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, 
 
 Altius atque cadant submotis nubibus imbres ; 
 
 Incipiant silvae quum primum surgere, quumque 
 
 Kara per ignaros errent animalia montes. 40 
 
 Hinc lapides Pyrrliae jactos, Saturnia regna, 
 
 Caucasiasque refert volucres furtmnque Promethei. 
 
 His adjungit, Hylan nautae quo fonte relictum 
 
 Clamassent, ut litus, " Hjla, Hyla," omne sonaret ; 
 
 Et fortunatam, si numquam armenta fuissent, 45 
 
 Pasipliaen nivei solatur amore juvenci. 
 
 Ail, virgo infelix, quae te dementia cepit ! 
 
 Proetides implerunt falsis mugitibus agros : 
 
 At non tam turpes pecudum tamen ulla secuta est 
 
 Concubitus, quamvis collo timuisset aratrum 50 
 
2a 
 
 p. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 Et saepe in levi quaesisset cornua fronte. 
 
 All, virgo infelix, tu nunc in montibus erras : * 
 
 Ille, latus niveum molli fultus hyacintho, 
 
 Ilice sub nigra pallentes ruminat lierbas, 
 
 Aut aliquam in magno sequitur grege. " Claudite, 
 
 Nymphae, 55 
 
 Dictaeae Nymphae, nemorum jam claudite saltus, 
 Si qua forte ferant oculis sese obvia nostris 
 Errabunda bovis vestigia ; forsitan ilium, 
 Aut lierba captum viridi, aut armenta secutum, 
 Perducant aliquae stabula ad Gortynia vaccae." 60 
 
 Tum canit Hesperidum miratam mala puellam ; 
 Turn Phaethontiadas musco circumdat amarae 
 Corticis, atque solo proceras erigit alnos. 
 Tum canit, errantem Permessi ad flumina Galium 
 Aonas in montes ut duxerit una sororum, 65 
 
 Utque viro Phoebi chorus assurrexerit omriis ; 
 Ut Linus liaec illi, divino carmine pastor, 
 Floribus atque apio crines ornatus amaro, 
 Dixerit : " Hos tibi dant calamos, en accipe, Musae, 
 Ascraeo quos ante seni ; quibus ille solebat 70 
 
 Cantando rigidas deducere montibus ornos. 
 His tibi Grynei nemoris dicatur origo, 
 Ne quis sit lucus, quo se plus jactet Apollo.'* 
 Quid loquar, aut Scyllam Nisi, quam fama secuta est 
 Candida succinctam latrantibus inguina monstris 75 
 
 Dulicbias vexasse rates et o-urmte in alto 
 Ab ! timidos nautas canibus lacerasse marinis, 
 Aut ut mutatos Terei narraverit artus, 
 Quas illi Philomela dapes, quae dona pararit, 
 Quo cursu deserta petiverit, et quibus ante 80 
 
 Infelix sua tecta supervolitaverit alis ? 
 Omnia, quae, Phoebo quondam meditante, beatus 
 
 ' 
 
ECLOGA VII. 21 
 
 Audiit Eurotas jussitque ediscere laurus, 
 
 Ille canit ; pulsae referunt ad sidera valles ; 
 
 Cogere donee oves stabulis numerumque referri 85 
 
 Jussit et invito processit Vesper Oljmpo. 
 
 ECLOGA VIL 
 
 MELIBOEUS. 
 
 MELIBOEUS. CORY DON. THYRSIS. 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 
 Forte sub arguta consederat ilice Daplmis, 
 
 Compulerantque greges Cory don et Thy r sis in unum, 
 
 Thyrsis oves, Corydon distentas lacte capellas, 
 
 Ambo florentes aetatibus, Arcades ambo, 
 
 Et cantare pares, et respondere parati. 5 
 
 Hue mibi, dum teneras defendo a frigore myrtos, 
 
 Vir gregis ipse caper deerraverat ; atque ego Daphnim 
 
 Aspicio. Ille nbi me contra videt : " Ocius," inquit, 
 
 " Hue ades, o Meliboee 1 caper tibi salvus et haedi ; 
 
 Et, si quid eessare potes, requiesce sub umbra. 10 
 
 Hue ipsi potum venient per prata juvenei ; 
 
 Hie virides tenera praetexit arundlne ripas 
 
 Mineius, eque sacra resonant examina quercu." 
 
 Quid faeerem ? neque ego Alcippen, neque Phyllida 
 
 babebam, 
 Depulsos a lacte domi quae clauderet agnos ; 15 
 
 Et certamen erat, Corydon cum Thyrside, magnum. 
 Postbabui tamen illorum mea seria ludo. 
 
22 p. VEP.GILI MARONIS BUCOLIC A. 
 
 Alternis igltur contendere versibus ambo 
 
 Coepere ; alternos Musae meminisse volebant. 
 
 Hos Coiydon, illos referebat in ordine Thyrsis. 20 
 
 CORYDON. 
 
 Nympbae, noster amor, Libetbrides, aut mibi carmen, 
 Quale meo Codro, concedite ; proxima Pboebi 
 Versibus ille facit ; aut, si non possumus omnes, 
 Hie arguta sacra pendebit fistula pinn. 
 
 Thyrsis. 
 
 Pastores, liedera nascentem ornate ]3oetam, 25 
 
 Arcades, invidia rumpantur ut ilia Codro ; 
 Aut, si nltra placitum laudarit, baccare frontem 
 Cingite, ne vati noceat mala lingua futuro. 
 
 CORYDON. 
 
 Setosi caput boc apri tibi, Delia, parvus 
 
 Et ramosa Micon vivacis cornna cervi. 30 
 
 Si proprinm boc fuerit, levi de marmore tota 
 
 Puniceo stabis suras evincta cotliurno. 
 
 Thyrsis. 
 
 Sinum lactis et haec te liba, Priape, quot annis 
 Exspectare sat est ; custos es pauperis horti. 
 Nunc te marmoreum pro tempore fecimus ; at tu, 35 
 
 Si fetura gregem siippleverit, aureus esto. 
 
 CORYDON. 
 
 Nerine Galatea, tbymo mibi dulcior Hyblae, 
 
 Candidior cycnis, bedera formosior alba, 
 
 Quum primum pasti repetent praesepia tauri, 
 
 Si qua tui Corydonis babet te cura, venito. 40 
 
ECLOGA vn. 23 
 
 Thyhsis. 
 Immo ego Sardoniis videar tibi amarior herbis, 
 Horridior rusco, projecta vilior alga, 
 Si milii non liaec lux toto jam longior anno est. 
 Ite donrnm pasti, si quis pudor, ite juvenci. 
 
 CORYDON. 
 
 Muscosi fontes et somno moUior herba, 45 
 
 Et quae vos rara viridls tegit arbutus umbra, 
 Solstitium pecori defendite ; jam venit aestas 
 Torrida, jam laeto turgent in palmite gemmae. 
 
 Thyrsis. 
 Hie focus et taedae pingues, liic plurimus ignis 
 Semper, et assidua postes faligine nigri ; 50 
 
 Hie tantum Boreae curamus frigora, quantum 
 Aut numerum lupus, aut torrentia flumina ripas. 
 
 CORYDON. 
 
 Stant et juniperi et castaneae hirsutae ; 
 Strata jacent passim sua quaeque sub arbore poma ; 
 Omnia nunc rident : at, si formosus Alexis 55 
 
 Montibus liis abeat, videas et flumina sicca. 
 
 Thyrsts. 
 Aret ager ; vitio moriens sitit aeris lierba ; 
 Liber pampineas invidit collibus umbras : 
 Phyllidis adventu nostrae nemus omne virebit, 
 Juppiter et laeto descendet plurimus imbri. 60 
 
 CORYDON. 
 
 Populus Alcidae gratissima, vitis lacclio, 
 Formosae myrtus Veneri, sua laurea Phoebo ; 
 Phyllis amat corylos ; illas dum Phyllis amabit, 
 JSTec myrtus vincet corylos, nee laurea Phoebi. 
 
24 p. vergili maronis bucolic a. 
 
 Thyrsis. 
 
 Fraxinus in silvis pulcherrima, pinus in hortis, 65 
 
 Populus in fluviis, abies in montibus altis ; 
 Saepius at si me, Lycida formose, revisas, 
 Fraxinus in silvis cedat tibi, pinus in hortis. 
 
 Meliboeus. 
 
 Haec memini, et victum frustra contendere Thyrsim. 
 Ex illo Cory don Cory don est tempore nobis. 70 
 
 ECLOGA vm. 
 
 PHARMACEUTEIA. 
 
 DA LI ON. ALPHESIBOEUS. 
 
 Pastorum Musam Damonis et Alphesiboei, 
 
 Immemor herbarum quos est mirata juvenca 
 
 Certantes, quorum stupefactae carmine lynces, 
 
 Et mutata suos requierunt flumina cursus, 
 
 Damonis Musam dicemus et Alphesiboei. 5 
 
 Tu mihi seu magni superas jam saxa Timavi, 
 Sive Oram Illyrici legis aequoris, en erit umquam 
 Ille dies, mihi cum liceat tua dicere facta ? 
 En erit, ut liceat totum mihi ferre per orbem 
 Sola Sophocleo tua carmlna digna cothurno ? 10 
 
 A te principium, tibi deslnet. Accipe jussis 
 Carmina coepta tuis, atque banc sine tempora circum 
 Inter victrices hederam tibi serpere laurus. 
 
ECLOGA VIII. 25 
 
 Frigida vix caelo noctis decesserat umbra, 
 Quiim ros in tenera pecori gratissimus herba, 15 
 
 Incumbens tereti Damon sic coepit olivae : 
 
 Damon. 
 
 Nascere, praeque diem veniens age, Lucifer, almum, 
 Conjugis indigno Nisae deceptus amore 
 Dum queror, et divos, quamquamnil testibus illis 
 Profeci, extrema moriens tamen alloquor bora. 20 
 
 Incipe Maenalios mecum, mea tibia, versus. 
 Maenalus argutumque nemus pinosque loquentes 
 Semper babet ; semper pastorum ille audit amores, 
 Panaque, qui primus calamos non passus inertes. 
 Incipe Maenalios mecum, mea tibia, versus. 25 
 
 Mopso Nisa datur : quid non speremus amantes ? 
 Jungentur jam gryphes equis, aevoque sequenti 
 Cum canibus timidi venient ad pocula damae. 
 Mopse, novas incide faces : tibi ducitur uxor ; 
 Sparge, marite, nuces : tibi deserit Hesperus Oetam. 30 
 Incipe Maenabos mecum, mea tibia, versus. 
 O digno conjuncta viro ! dum despicis omnes, 
 Dumque tibi est odio mea fist#a dumque capellae 
 Hirsutumque supercilium promissaque barba. 
 Nee curare deum credis mortalia quemquam. 35 
 
 Incipe Maenabos mecum, mea tibia, versus. 
 Sepibus in nostris parvam te roscida mala — 
 Dux ego vester eram — vidi cum matre legentem. 
 Alter ab undecimo tum me jam acceperat annus ; 
 Jam fragiles poteram ab terra contingere ramos. 40 
 
 Ut vidi, ut perii ! ut me malus abstulit error ! 
 Incipe Maenalios mecum, mea tibia, versus. 
 Nunc scio, quid sit Amor ; duris in cotibus ilium 
 Aut Tmaros, aut Rhodope, aut extremi Garamantes, 
 
26 p. VERGILI MAUONIS BUCOLICA." 
 
 Nec generis nostri puerum nee sanguinis eclunt. 
 
 Incipe Maenalios mecum, mea tibia, versus. 
 
 Saevus Amor docuit natorum sanguine matrem 
 
 Conimaculare manus ; crudelis tu quoque, mater ; 
 
 Crudelis mater magis, an ])uer improbus ille ? 
 
 Improbus ille puer ; crudelis tu quoque, mater. 50 
 
 Incipe Maenalios mecum, mea tibia, versus. 
 
 Nunc et oves ultro fugiat lupus, aurea durae 
 
 Mala ferant quercus, narcisso floreat alnus, 
 
 Pinguia corticibus sudent electra myricae, S 
 
 Certent et cycnis ululae, sit Tityrus Orpheus, 55 ^ 
 
 Orpheus in silvis, inter delphuias Arion. 
 
 Incipe Maenalios mecum, mea tibia, versus. 
 
 Omnia vel medium fiant mare. Vivite, silvae : 
 
 Praeceps aerii specula de montis in undas 
 
 Deferar ; extremum hoc munus morientis habeto. 60 
 
 Desine Maenalios, jam desine, tibia, versus. 
 
 Haec Damon ; vos, quae responderit Alphesiboeus, 
 Dicite, Pierides ; non omnia possumus omnes. 
 
 Alphesiboeus. 
 Effer aquam, et molli cmge haec altaria vitta, 
 Verbenasque adole pingues et inascula tura : 65 
 
 Conjugis ut magicis sanos avertere sacris 
 Experiar sensus ; nihil hie nisi carmina desunt. 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 
 Carmina vel caelo possunt deducere Lunam ; 
 Carminibus Circe socios mutavit Ulixi ; 70 
 
 Frigidus in pratis cantando rumpitur anguis. 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 
 Terna tibi haec primum triplici diversa colore 
 Licia circumdo, terque haec altaria circum 
 Eihgiem duco ; numero deus impare gaudet. 75 
 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 
 
ECLOGA VITI. 2T 
 
 Necte tribus nodis ternos, Amarylli, colores ; 
 
 Necte, Amarylli,modo,et, "Veneris," die, "vinculanecto." 
 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daplinim. 
 
 Limus ut hie dureseit, et haec ut eera liqueseit 80 
 
 Uno eodemque igni : sie nostro Daplmis amore. 
 
 Sparge molam, et fragiles incende bitumine laurus. 
 
 Daphnis me malus urit, ego banc in Daphnide laurum. 
 
 Ducite ab nrbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 
 
 Talis amor Dapbnim, qualis quum fessa juvencum 85 
 
 Per nemora atque altos quaerendo bucula lucos 
 
 Propter aquae rivum viridi procumbit in ulva, 
 
 Perdita, nee serae meminit decedere nocti, 
 
 Talis amor teneat, nee sit mihi cura mederi. 
 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 90 
 
 Has olim exuvias mihi perfidus ille reliquit, 
 
 Pignora cara sui ; quae nunc ego limine in ipso, 
 
 Terra, tibi mando ; del^ent haec pignora Daphnim. 
 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 
 
 Has herbas atque haec Ponto mihi lecta venena 95 
 
 Ipse dedit Moeris ; nascuntur plurima Ponto. 
 
 His ego saepe lupum fieri et se condere silvis 
 
 Moerim, saepe animas imis excire sepulcris 
 
 Atque satas alio vidi traducere messes. 
 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 100 
 
 Fer cineres, Amarylli, foras, rivoque fluenti 
 
 Transque caput j ace ; nee respexeris. His ego Daphnim 
 
 Aggrediar ; nihil ille deos, nil carmina curat. 
 
 Ducite ab urbe domum, mea carmina, ducite Daphnim. 
 
 Aspice, corripuit tremulis altaria flammis 105 
 
 Sponte sua, dum ferre moror, cinis ipse. Bonum sit ! 
 
 Nescio quid certe est, et Hylax in limine latrat. 
 
 Credimus ? an, qui amant, ipsi sibi somnia fingunt ? 
 
 Parcite, ab urbe venit, jam parcite, carmina, Daphnis. 
 
28 p. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 ECLOGA IX. 
 
 M E K I S . 
 
 LYCIDAS. MOERIS. 
 
 Lycidas. 
 Quo te, Moeri, pedes ? an, quo via ducit, in urbem ? 
 
 MoERis. 
 O Lycida, vivi pervenimus, advena nostri, 
 Quod numquam veriti sumus, ut possessor agelli 
 Diceret : " Haec mea sunt ; veteres migrate coloni." 
 Nunc victi, tristes, quoniam Fors omnia versat, 5 
 
 Hos illi — quod nee vertat bene — mittimus liaedos. 
 
 Lycidas. 
 Certe equidem audieram, qua se subducere colles 
 Incipiunt, mollique jugum demittere clivo, 
 Usque ad aquam et veteres, jam f'racta cacumina, fagos 
 Omnia carminibus vestrum servasse Menalcan. 10 
 
 MoiKRIS. 
 
 Audieras, et fama fuit ; sed carmina tan turn 
 
 Nostra valent, Lycida, tela inter Martia, quantum 
 
 Chaonias dicunt aquila veniente columbas. 
 
 Quod nisi me quacumque novas incidere lites 
 
 Ante sinistra cava monuisset ab ilice cornix, 15 
 
 Nee tuus hie Moeris, nee viveret ipse Menalcas. 
 
 Lycidas. 
 Heu, cadit in quemquam tantum scelus ? heu, tua nobis 
 Paene simul tecum solatia rapta, Menalca ? 
 
ECLOGA IX. 29 
 
 Quis caneret Nymphas ? quis liumum florentibus herbis 
 Spargeret, aut viridi fontes induceret umbra ? 20 
 
 Vel quae sublegi tacitus tibi carmina nuper, 
 QuTim te ad delicias ferres, Amaryllida, nostras ? 
 " Tityre, dum redeo — brevis est via — ^pasce capellas, 
 Et potum pastas age, Tityre, et inter agendum 
 Occursare capro, cornu ferit ille, caveto." 25 
 
 MOERIS. 
 
 Immo haec, quae Varo nee dum perfecta canebat : 
 " Vare, tuum nomen, super et mo do Mantua nobis, 
 Mantua, vae, miser ae nimium vicina Cremonae, 
 Cantantes sublime ferent ad sidera cycni." 
 
 Lycidas. 
 Sic tua Cymeas fagiant examina taxos ; 30 
 
 Sic cytiso pastae distendant ubera vaccae : 
 Incipe, si quid babes. Et me fecere poetam 
 Pierides ; sunt et mihi carmina ; me quoque dicunt 
 Yatem pastores ; sed non ego credulus illis. 
 Nam neque adhuc Vario videor, nee dicere Cinna 35 
 
 Digna, sed argutos inter strepere anser olores. 
 
 MOERIS. 
 
 Id quidem ago et tacitus, Lycida, mecum ipse voluto, 
 Si valeam meminisse ; neque est ignobile carmen. 
 " Hue ades, o Galatea ; quis est nam ludus in undis ? 
 Hie ver purpureum, varios hie flumina circum 40 
 
 Fundit humus flores, hie Candida populus antro 
 Imminet, et lentae texunt umbracula vites. 
 Hue ades ; insani feriant sine litora fluctus." 
 
 Lycidas. 
 Quid, quae te pura solum sub nocte canentem 
 Audieram ? numeros memini, si verba tenerem. 45 
 
 3* 
 
30 p. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICA. 
 
 MOERIS. 
 
 " Daplini, quid antlquos signorum suspicis ortus ? 
 
 Ecc^Dionaei^ocessit Caesarls astrum, 
 
 Astrum, quo segetes gauderent frugibus, et quo 
 
 Duceret apricis in collibus uva colorem. 
 
 Insere, Daplini, piros ; carpent tua poma nepotes." 50 
 
 Omnia fert aetas, animum quoque ; saepe ego longos 
 
 Cantando puerum niemini me condere soles : 
 
 Nunc oblita mihi tot carmina ; vox quoque Moerim 
 
 Jam fugit i2:>sa ; lupi Moerim videre priores. 
 
 Sed tamen ista satis referet tibi saepe Menalcas. 5b 
 
 Lycidas. 
 
 Causando nostros in longum ducis am ores. 
 Et nunc omne tibi stratum silet aequor, et omnes, 
 Aspice, ventosi ceciderunt murmuris aurae ; 
 Hinc adeo media est nobis via ; namque sepulcrum 
 Incipit apparere Bianoris : liic, ubi densas 60 
 
 Agricolae stringunt frondes, liic, Moeri, canamus ; 
 Hie liaedos depone, tamen veniemus in urbem. 
 Aut si, nox pluviam ne colligat ante, veremur, 
 Cantantes licet usque — minus via laedit — eamus ; 
 Cantantes ut eamus, ego hoc te fasce levabo. 66 
 
 MOERIS. 
 
 Desine plura, puer, et, quod nunc instat, agamus. 
 Carmina tum melius, quum venerit ipse, canemus. 
 
 i 
 
ECLOGA X. 31 
 
 ECLOGA X. 
 
 G A L L U S . 
 
 Extremum liunc, Arethusa, mihi concede laborem. 
 
 Pauca meo Gallo, sed quae legat ipsa Lycoris, 
 
 Carmina sunt dicenda : neget quis carmina Gallo ? 
 
 Sic tibi, quum fluctus subterlabere Sicanos, 
 
 Doris amara suam non intermisceat undam : 5 
 
 Incipe ; sollicitos Galli dicamus amores, 
 
 Dum tenera attondent simae virgulta capellae. 
 
 Non canimus surdis ; respondent omnia silvae. 
 
 Quae nemora, aut qui vos saltus habuere, puellae 
 Naides, indigno quum Gallus am ore peribat ? 10 
 
 Nam neque Parnasi vobis juga, nam neque Pindi 
 Ulla moram fecere, neque Aonie Aganippe. 
 Ilium etiam lauri, etiam flevere myricae ; 
 Pinifer ilium etiam sola sub rupe jacentem 
 Maenalus et gelidi fleverunt saxa Lycaei. 15 
 
 Stant et oves circum ; — nostri nee poenitet illas, 
 Nee te poeniteat pecoris, divine poeta : 
 Et formosus oves ad flumina pa^dt Adonis — 
 Venit et upilio ; tardi venere subulci ; 
 Uvidus hiberna venit de glande Menalcas. 20 
 
 Omnes " Unde amor iste," rogant, " tibi ? " Yenit Apollo : 
 " Galle, quid insanis?" inquit) "tua cura Lycoris 
 Perque nives alium perque horrida castra secuta est." 
 Venit et agresti capitis Silvanus lionore, 
 Florentes ferulas et grandia lilia quassans. 25 
 
 Pan deus Arcadiae venit, quem vidimus ipsi 
 'Sanguineis ebuli baccis minioque rubentem, 
 "Ecquis erit modus ?" inquit ; "Amor non talia curat; 
 
32 p. YEUGILI MAPcONIS BUCOLIC A. 
 
 Nee lacrimis crudelis Amor, nee gramina rivis, 
 
 Nee cytiso saturantur apes, nee fronde capellae." 30 
 
 Tristis at ille : " Tamen cantabitis, Arcades," in quit, 
 
 " Montibus haec vestris, soli can tare periti 
 
 Ai'cades. O mibi turn quam molliter ossa qniescant, 
 
 Vestra meos olim si fistula die at amores I 
 
 Atque utinam ex vobis unus, vestrique fuissem 35 
 
 Aut custos gregis, aut maturae vinitor uvae ! 
 
 Certe, sive milii Phyllis, sive esset Amyntas, 
 
 Seu quicumque furor, — quid turn, si fuscus Amyntas ? 
 
 Et nififrae violae sunt et vaccinia nigra — 
 
 Mecum inter salices lenta sub vite jaceret ; 40 
 
 Serta mihi Pli3dlis legeret, cantaret Amyntas. 
 
 Hie gelidi fontes, hie mollia prata, Lycori, 
 
 Hie nemus ; hie ipso tecum consumer er aevo. 
 
 Nunc insanus amor duri me Martis in armis 
 
 Tela inter media atque adversos detinet hostes : 45 
 
 Tu procul a patria — nee sit mihi credere tantum ! — 
 
 Alpinas ah, dura, nives et frigora Rheni 
 
 Me sine sola vides. Ah, te ne frigora laedant ! 
 
 Ah, tibi ne teneras glacies secet aspera plantas ! 
 
 Ibo, et, Chalcidico quae sunt mihi condita versu 50 
 
 Carmina, pastoris Siculi modulabor avena. 
 
 Certum est in silvis, inter spelaea ferarum 
 
 Malle pati tenerisque meos ineidere amores 
 
 Arboribus ; crescent illae, crescetis, amores. 
 
 Interea mixtis lustrabo Maenala Nymphis, 55 
 
 Aut acres venabor apros. Non me ulla vetabunt 
 
 Frigora Partheiiios canibus circumdare saltus. 
 
 Jam mihi per rupes videor lucosque sonantes 
 
 Ire ; libet Partho torquere Cydonia cornu 
 
 Spicula. — Tamquam haec sit nostri medicina fiiroris, 60 
 
 Aut deus ille malis hominum mitescere discat ! 
 
ecloga X. 33 
 
 Jam neque Hamad ryades rursus nee carmina nobis 
 
 Ipsa placent ; ipsae rursus concedite silvae. 
 
 Non ilium nostri possunt mutare labores, 
 
 Nee si frigoribus mediis Hebrumque bibamus, 65 
 
 Sitlioniasque nives hiemis subeamus aquosae, 
 
 Nee si, quum moriens alta liber aret in ulmo, 
 
 Aetliiopum versemus oves sub sidere Cancri. 
 
 Omnia vincit Amor ; et nos cedamus Amori. " 
 
 Haee sat erit, divae, vestnim cecinisse poetam, 70 
 
 Dum sedet et gracili fiscellam texit hibiseo, 
 Pierides ; vos liaee faeietis maxima Gallo, 
 Gallo, cujus amor tantum mihi ereseit in horas, 
 Quantum vere novo viridis se subjieit alnus. 
 Surgamus : solet esse gravis eantantibus umbra ; 75 
 
 Juniperi gravis umbra ; noeent et frugibus umbrae. 
 Ite domum saturae, venit Hesperus, ite capellae. 
 
p. VERGILI MAHONIS 
 
 GEORGICON 
 
 LIBER PRIMUS. 
 
 Quid laciat laetas segetes, quo siclere terrain 
 
 Vertere, Maecenas?, iilmisque acljungere vites 
 
 Conveniat, qnae;cm^a bourn, qiiT cultiis liabendo 
 
 Sit pecorfi^ apibiis quanta experientia parcis, 
 
 Hinc cai'ior^ iiicij-iani. Vos, o clarfssima mundi 5 
 
 Lumina, labentem caelo quae ducitis annum ; 
 
 Liber et alma Ceres, vestro si munere tellus 
 
 Chaoniam pingui glandem muta^-it arista, 
 
 Poculaquc inventis Acheloia miscuit uvis ; 
 
 Et vos, agrestum praesentia numina, Fauni, 10 
 
 Ferte simul Faunique pedem Dryadesque puellae : 
 
 Muiiera vestra cano. Tuque o, cui prima frementem 
 
 Fudit equum magno tellus percussa tridouti, 
 
 Neptune; et cultor neniovviiii, vul niuguia Ceae 
 
 Ter centum nivei tondent dumeta juvenci ; 15 
 
 Ipse, nemus linquens patrium saltusque Lycaei, 
 
 Pan, ovium custos, tua si tibi Maenala curae, 
 
 Adsis, o Tegeaee, favens, oleaeque Minerva 
 
 Inventrix, uncique puer monstrator aratri, 
 
 Et teneram ab radrce fereus, Silvane, cupressum, 20 
 
 Diquc deaeque omnes, studium quibus arva tueri, 
 
 Qutque novas aliiis noii iiUo semine fruges, 
 
 i 
 
I 
 
 ^ LIBER PRIMUS. OO 
 
 Quique satis largum caelo demittitis imbreni ; 
 
 Tuque iiclco, qucm mox quae stnt habitura deoriim 
 
 Concilia, iiicertum est, urbesne invisere, Caesar, 25 
 
 Terrarunique velis curam, et te maximus orbis 
 
 Auctorem fruguni teni]^e5.tatumque potentem 
 
 Accipiat, cingens materna tempora myrto, 
 
 An dens iinmensi venias maris, ac tua nautae 
 
 Numina sola colant, tibi serviat ultima Thule, 30 
 
 Teque sibi generum Tetliys emat omnibus undis ; 
 
 Anne novum tardis sidus te mensibus addas. 
 
 Qua locus Erigonen mter Ciielasque sequentes 
 
 Panditur ; ipse tibi jam bracliia contrahit ardens 
 
 Scorpios, et caeli jiista plus parte reliquit; 35 
 
 Quidquid eris, — nam te nee sperant Tartara regem, 
 
 Nee tibi regnandi veniat tarn dira cupido ; 
 
 Quamvis Eljsibs miretur Graecia campos, 
 
 Nee repctita. sequi curet Proserpina matrem — 
 
 Da facilem cursum, atque audacibus annu : coeptis, 40 
 
 Ignarosque viae mecum miseratus agreste^ 
 
 Ingredere, et votis jam nunc assuesce vocari. 
 
 Vere noA'o, gelidus canis quum montibus humor 
 Licpiitur et Zepliyro putris se gieba resolvit, 
 Depresso rncipiat jam turn milii taui^us aratro 45 
 
 Ingemere, et sulco attritus splendescere vomer. 
 Ilia seges demum voti^ respondet aivari 
 Agricolae, bis quae solem, bis frigora sensit ; 
 Illius immensae ruperunt liorrea messes. 
 Ac prius ignbtum ferro quam scindimus aequor, 50 
 
 Ventos et varinm caeli praediscere morem 
 Cura sit ac patrios cultusque-habitusque locorum, 
 Et quid quaeque ferat regi^, et quid quaeque recuset. 
 Hie segetes, illic veniunt felicius uvae ; 
 Arborei fetus alibi, atque inju?sa virescunt 55 
 
36 p. VERGILI MAR0NI3 GEORGICON 
 
 Gramina. Nonne viclcs, croceos ut Tmolus odores, 
 
 India mittit ebur, molles sua tura Sabaei, 
 
 At Glial} bes nudi ferrum, \'irosa(][ne Pontus 
 
 Gastorea, Elladum palmas Epirus equarum ? 
 
 Gontinuo has leges aeternaque foedera certis 60 
 
 Imposuit natiira locis, quo tempore primum 
 
 Deucalion vacuum lapides jactavit in orbem, 
 
 Unde homines nati, durum genus. Ergo age, terrae 
 
 Pingue solum primis extemplo a mensibus anni 
 
 Fortes invertant tauri, glebasque jacentes 65 
 
 Pulverulenta coquat maturis solibus aestas ; 
 
 At si non fuerit tellus fecunda, sub ipsum 
 
 Arcturum tenui sat erit suspendere sulco ; 
 
 Illic, officiant laetis ne frugibus herbae, 
 
 Hie, sterilem exiguus ne deserat humor arenam. 70 
 
 Alternis idem tonsas cessare novales, 
 Et segnem patiere situ durescere campum ; 
 Aut ibi flava seres mutato sidere farra, 
 Unde prius laetum siliqua quassante legumen 
 Aut tenuis fetus viciae tristisque lupini 75 
 
 Sustuleris fraglles calamos silvamque sonantem. 
 Urit enim lini campum seges, urit avenae, 
 Urunt Lethaeo perfusa papavera somno i 
 Sed tamen alternis facilis labor ; arid a tantiim 
 Ne saturare iimo ping-ui pudeat sola, neve 80 
 
 Effetos cinerem immundum jactare per agros. 
 Sic quoque mutatis requlescunt fetibus arva. 
 Nee nulla interea est inaratae gratia terrae. ' 
 
 Saepe etiam steriles incendere profuit agros 
 Atque levem stipulam crepitantibus urere flammis : 85 
 Sive inde occultas vires et pabula terrae 
 Pinguia eoncipiunt ; sive illis omne per ignera 
 Excoquitur vitium, atque exsudat inu tills humor ; 
 
 i 
 
LIBER PRIMUS. 
 
 37 
 
 Seu plures calor ille vias et caeca relaxat 
 
 Spiramenta, novas veniat qua sucus in herbas ; 90 
 
 Seu durat magis, et venas astringit hiantes, 
 
 Ne tenues pluviae, rapidlve potentia solis 
 
 Acrior, aut Boreae penetrabile frigns adurat. 
 
 Multum adeo, rastris glebas qui frangit inertes 
 Vimineasqne traliit crates, juvat arva ; neque ilium 95 
 Flava Ceres alto nequicquam spectat Olympo ; 
 Et qui, proscisso quae suscitat aequore terga, 
 Rursus in obliquum verso perrumpit aratro, 
 Exercetque frequens tellurem, atque imperat arvis. 
 
 Humida solstitia atque liiemes orate serenas, 100 
 
 Agricolae ; hiberno laetissima pulvere farra, 
 Laetus ager : nullo tantum se Mysia cultu 
 Jactat et ipsa suas mirantur Gargara messes. 
 Quid dicam, jacto qui semine comminus arva 
 Insequitiu' cumulosque ruit male pinguis arenae ? 105 
 Delude satis fluvium inducit rivosque sequentes, 
 Et, quum. exustus ager morientibus aestuat herbis, 
 Ecce supercilio clivosi tramitis undam 
 Elicit ? ilia cadens raucum per levia murmur 
 Saxa ciet, scatebrisque arentia temperat arva. 110 
 
 Quid, qui, ne gravidis procumbat culmus aristis, 
 Luxuriem segetum tenera depascit in berba, 
 Quum primum sulcos aequant sata ? quique paludis 
 Collectum bumorem bibula deducit arena ? 
 Praesertim incertis si mensibus amnis abundans 115 
 
 Exit, et obducto late tenet omnia limo, 
 Unde cavae tepido sudant humore lacunae. 
 
 Nee tamen, liaec quum sint hominumque boumque 
 labores 
 Versando terram expert!, nibil improbus anser 
 Strymoniaeque gi'ues et amaris intuba fibris 120 
 
 4 
 
38 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON- 
 
 Officiunt aut umbra nocet. Pater ipse colendi 
 
 Haud facilem esse viam voluitj primusque per artem 
 
 Movit agros, curis acuens mortalia corda, 
 
 Nee torpere gravi passus sua regna veterno. 
 
 Ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni ; 125 
 
 Ne signare quidem aut partiri limite campum 
 
 Fas erat : in medium quaerebant, ipsaque tellus 
 
 Omnia liberius, nullo poscente, ferebat. 
 
 Ille malum virus serpentibus addidit atris, 
 
 Praedarique lupos jussit, pontumque moveri, 130 
 
 Mellaque decussit foliis, ignemque removit, 
 
 Et passim rivis currentia vina repressit, 
 
 Ut varias usus meditando extunderet artes 
 
 Paulatim, et sulcis frumenti quaereret herbam, 
 
 Ut silicis venis abstrusum excuderet ignem. 135 
 
 Tunc alnos primum fluvii sensere cavatas ; 
 
 Navita tum stellis numeros et nomina fecit, 
 
 Pleiadas, Hyadas, claramque Lycaonis Arcton ; 
 
 Tum laqueis captare feras,et fallere visco 
 
 Inventum, et magnos canibus circumdare saltus. 140 
 
 Atque alius latum funda jam verberat amnem 
 
 Alta petens, pelagoque alius trahit humida Una. 
 
 Tum ferri rigor atque argutae lamina serrae, — 
 
 Nam primi cuneis scindebant fissile lignum — 
 
 Tum variae venere artes. Labor omnia vicit 145 
 
 Improbus et duris urgens in rebus egestas. 
 
 Prima Ceres ferro mortales vertere terram 
 
 Instituit, quum jam glandes atque arbuta sacrae 
 
 Deficerent silvae et victum Dodona negaret. 
 
 Mox et frumentis labor additus, ut mala culmos 150 
 
 Esset robigo segnisque horreret in arvis 
 
 Carduus ; intereunt segetes, subit aspera silva, 
 
 Lappaeque tribulique^ interque nitentia culta 
 
LIBER PRIMUS. 39 
 
 Infelix lolium et steiiles dominant ur avenae. 
 
 Quod nisi et assiduis lierbam insectabere rastris, 155 
 
 Et sonitu terrebis aves, et ruris opaci 
 
 Falce premes umbram, votisque vocaveris imbrem, 
 
 Heu, magnum alterius frustra spectabis acervum, 
 
 Concussaque famem in silvis solabere quercu. 
 
 Dicendum et, quae sint duris agrestibus arma, 160 
 
 Quis sine nee potuere seri nee surgere messes : 
 Vomis et inflexi primum grave robur aratri, 
 Tardaque Eleusinae matris volventia plaustra, 
 Tribulaque, trabeaeque, et iniquo pondere rastri ; 
 Virgea praeterea Celei vilisque supellex, 165 
 
 Arbuteae crates et mystica vannus laccbi. 
 Omnia quae multo ante memor provisa repones, 
 Si te digna manet divini gloria ruris. 
 Continuo in silvis magna vi flexa domatur 
 In burim et curvi formam accipit ulmus aratri. 170 
 
 Huic ab stirpe pedes temo protentus in octo, 
 Binae aures, duplici aptantur dentalia dorso. 
 Caeditur et tilia ante jugo levis, altaque fagus 
 Stivaque, quae currus a tergo torqueat imos ; 
 Et suspensa focis explorat robora fumus. 175 
 
 Possum multa tibi veterum praecepta referre, 
 Ni refugis tenuesque piget cognoscere curas. 
 Area cum primis ingenti aequanda cylindro 
 Et vertenda manu et creta solidanda tenaci, 
 Ne subeant herbae, neu pulvere victa fatiscat, 180 
 
 Tum variae illudant pestes : saepe exiguus mus 
 Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit ; 
 Aut oculis capti fodere cubilia talpae ; 
 Inventusque cavis bufo, et quae plurima terrae 
 Monstra fenint ; populatque ingentem farris acervum 185 
 Curculio, atque inopi metuens formica senectae. 
 
40 p. VERGILI MAR0NI3 GEORGICON 
 
 Contemplator item, qunm se nnx plurima silvis 
 Induet in florem, et ramos curvabit olentes : 
 Si superant fetus, pariter fr amenta sequentur, 
 Magnaqne cum magno veniet tritura calore ; 190 
 
 At si luxuria foliorum exuberat umbra, 
 Nequicquam pingues palea teret area culmos. 
 
 Semina vidi equidem multos medicare serentes 
 Et nitro prius et nigra perfundere amurca, 
 Grandior ut fetus siliquis fallacibus esset, 195 
 
 Et, quamvis igni exiguo, properata maderent. 
 Yidi lecta diu et multo spectata labore 
 Degenerare tamen, ni vis humana quot annis 
 Maxima quaeque manu legeret. Sic omnia fatis 
 In pejus ruere, ac retro sublapsa referri ; 200 
 
 Non aliter, quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum 
 Remigiis subigit, si bracliia forte remisit, 
 Atque ilium in praecejos prono rapit alveus amni. 
 
 Praeterea tarn sunt Arcturi sidera nobis 
 Haedorumque dies servandi et lucidus Anguis, 205 
 
 Quam quibus in patriam ventosa per aequora vectis 
 Pontus et ostriferi fauces tentantur Abydi. 
 Libra die somnique pares ubi fecerit lioras, 
 Et medium luci atque umbris jam dividit orbem, 
 Exercete, viri, tauros, serite hordea campis, 210 
 
 Usque sub extremum brumae intractabilis imbrem ; 
 Nee non et lini segetem et Cereale papaver 
 Tempus liumo tegere, et jamdudum incumbere aratris, 
 Dum sicca tellure licet, dum nubila pendent. 
 Yere fabis satio ; turn te quoque, Medica, putres 215 
 
 Accipiunt sulci, et milio venit annua cura : 
 Candidus auratis aperit quam cornibus annum 
 Taurus, et adverso cedens Canis occidit astro. 
 At si triticeam in messem robustaque farra 
 
LIBER PRIMUS. 41 
 
 Exercebis Immum solisque instabis aristis, 220 
 
 Ante tibi Eoae Atlantides abscondantur 
 
 Gnosiaque ardentis decedat stella Coronae, 
 
 Debita quam sulcis committas semina, quamque 
 
 Invitae proper es anni spem credere terrae. 
 
 Multi ante occasum Maiae coepere ; sed illos 225 
 
 Exspectata seges vanis elusit aristis. 
 
 Si vero viciamque seres vilemque phaselum 
 
 Nee Pelusiacae curam aspernabere lentis, 
 
 Haud obscura cadens mittettibi signa Bootes : 
 
 Incipe, et ad medias sementem extende pruinas. 230 
 
 Idcirco certis dimensum partibns orbem 
 Per duodena regit mmidi Sol aureus astra. 
 Quinque tenent caelum zonae ; quarum una corusco 
 Semper sole rubens et torrida semper ab igni ; 
 Quam circum extremae dextra laevaque traliuntur, 235 
 Caerulea glacie concretae atque imbribus atris ; 
 Has inter mediamque duae mortalibus aegris 
 Munere concessae divum ; et via secta per ambas, 
 Obliquus qua se signorum verteret ordo. 
 Mundus, ut ad Scythiam Rliipaeasque arduus arces 240 
 Consurgit, premitur Libyae devexus in Austros. 
 Hie vertex nobis semper sublimis ; at ilium 
 Sub pedibus Styx atra videt Manesque profundi. 
 Maximus liic flexu sinuoso elabitur Anguis 
 Circum perque duas in morem fluminis Arctos, 245 
 
 Arctos Oceani metuentes aequore tingi. 
 Illic, ut perliibent, aut intempesta silet nox, 
 Semper et obtenta densantur nocte tenebrae ; 
 Aut redit a nobis Aurora diemque reducit ; 
 Nosque ubi primus equis Oriens afflavit anhelis, 250 
 
 Illic sera rubens accendit lumina Vesper. 
 Hinc tempestates dubio praediscere caelo 
 
 4* 
 
42 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEOUGICON 
 
 Possumus, hinc messisque diem tempusque serendi, 
 
 Et quando infidum remis impellere marmor 
 
 Conveniat, quando armatas deducere classes, 255 
 
 Ant tempestivam silvis evertere pinum : 
 
 Nee frustra signorum obitus speculamur et ortus, 
 
 Temporibusque parem diversis quattuor annum. 
 
 Frigidus agricolam si quando continet imber , 
 Multa, forent quae mox caelo properanda sereno, 260 
 Maturare datur : durum procudit arator 
 Vomeris obtusi dentem ; cavat arbore lintres ; 
 Aut pecori signum aut numeros impressit acervis. 
 Exacuunt alii vallos furcasque bicornes, 
 Atque Amerina parant lentae retinacula viti. 265 
 
 Nunc facilis rubea texatur fiscina vircra ; 
 Nunc torrete igni fruges, nunc frangite saxo. 
 Quippe etiam festis quaedam exercere diebus 
 Fas et jura sinunt : rivos deducere nulla 
 Religio vetuit, segeti praetendere sepem, 270 
 
 Insidias avibus moliri, incendere vepres, 
 Balantumque gregem iluvio mersare salubri. 
 Saepe oleo tardi costas agitator aselli 
 Vilibus aut onerat pomis ; lapidemque revertens 
 Incusum aut atrae massam picis urbe reportat. 275 
 
 Ipsa dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna 
 Felices operum. Quintam fuge : pallidus Orcus 
 Eumenidesque satae ; tum partu Terra nefando 
 Coeumque lapetumque creat, saevumque Typlioea, 
 Et conjuratos caelum rescindere fratres. 280 
 
 Ter sunt conati imponere Pelio Ossam 
 Scilicet, atque Ossae frondosum involvere Olympum ; 
 Ter Pater exstructos disjecit fulmine montes. 
 Septima post decimam felix et ponere vitem, 
 Et prensos domitare boves, et licia telae 285 
 
LIBER PRIMUS. 43 I 
 
 I 
 
 Addere ; nona fugae melior, contraria ftirtis. ; 
 
 Multa adeo gelida melius se nocte dedere, ' 
 
 Aut quum sole novo terras irrorat Eous. 
 
 Nocte leves melius stipulae, nocte arida prata j 
 
 Tondentur ; noctes lentus non deficit humor. 290 j 
 
 Et quidam seros hiberni ad luminis ignes ] 
 
 Pervigilat, ferroque faces inspicat acuto ; ! 
 
 Interea longum cantu solata laborem ; 
 
 Arguto conjux percurrit pectine telas, j 
 
 Aut dulcis musti Vulcano decoquit humorem 295 
 
 Et foliis undam trepidi despumat aeni. 
 
 At rubicunda Ceres medio succiditur aestu, 
 Et medio tostas aestu terit area fruges. , 
 
 Nudus ara, sere nudus : hiems ignava colono. 
 Frigoribus parto agricolae plerumque fruuntur, 300 ; 
 
 Mutuaque inter se laeti convivia curant ; \ 
 
 Invitat genialis hiems curasque resolvit : 
 Ceu pressae quum jam portum tetigere carinae, 
 Puppibus et laeti nautae imposuere coronas. i 
 
 Sed tamen et quernas glandes turn stringere tempus 305 ] 
 
 Et lauri baccas oleamque cruentaque myrta ; 
 Tum gruibus pedicas et retia ponere cervis, 
 Auritosque sequi lepores ; tum figere damas, 
 
 Stuppea torquentem Balearis verbera fundae, i 
 
 Quum nix alta jacet, glaciem quum flumina trudunt. 310 
 
 Quid tempestates auctumni et sidera dicam, 
 Atque, ubi jam breviorque dies et mollior aestas, 
 Quae vigilanda viris ? vel quum ruit imbriferum ver, ] 
 
 Spicea jam campis quum messis inhorruit, et quum ' 
 
 Frumenta in viridi stipula lactentia turgent ? 315 ' 
 
 Saepe ego, quum flavis messorem induceret arvis , 
 
 Agricola et fragili jam stringeret hordea culmo, i 
 
 Omnia ventorum concurrere proelia vidi, • 
 
44 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICOI^ 
 
 Quae gravidam late segetem ab radicibus imis 
 Sublimem expulsam eruerent ; ita turbine nigro 320 
 
 Ferret hiems culmumque levem stipulasque volantes. 
 Saepe etiam immensum caelo venit agmen aquarum, 
 Et foedam glomerant tempestatem imbribus atris 
 CoUectae ex alto nubes ; ruit arduus aether, 
 Et pluvia ingenti sata laeta boumque labores 325 
 
 Diluit ; implentur fossae, et cava flumina crescunt 
 Cum sonitu, fervetque fretis spirantibus aequor. 
 Ipse Pater media nimborum in nocte corusca 
 Fulmina molitur dextra ; quo maxima motu 
 Terra tremit ; fngere ferae, et mortalia corda 330 
 
 Per gentes humilis stravit pavor ; ille flagranti 
 Aut Atlion, aut Rliodopen, aut alta Ceraunia telo 
 Dejicit ; ingeminant Austri etdensissimus imber ; 
 Nunc nemora ingenti vento, nunc litora plangunt. 
 
 Hoc metuens, caeli menses et sidera serva ; 335 
 
 Frigida Saturni sese quo stella receptet ; 
 Quos ignis caelo Cyllenius erret in orbes. 
 In primis venerare deos, atque annua magnae 
 Sacra refer Cereri laetis operatus in lierbis, 
 Extremae sub casum hiemis, jam vere sereno. 340 
 
 Tum pingues agni, ettum mollissima vina ; 
 Tum somni dulces densaeque in montibus umbrae. 
 Cuncta tibi Cererem pubes agrestis adoret ; 
 Cui tu lacte favos et miti dilue Baccho ; 
 Terque novas circum felix eat hostia fruges, 345 
 
 Omnis quam chorus et socii comitentur ovantes, 
 Et Cererem clamore vocent in tecta ; neque ante 
 Falcem maturis quisquam supponat aristis, 
 Quam Cereri torta redimitus tempora quercu 
 Det motus incompositos et carmina dicat. 350 
 
 Atque haec ut certis possemus discere signis, 
 
LIBER PRIMUS. 45 
 
 Aestusque, pluvlasque, et agentes frigora ventos, i 
 
 Ipse Pater statuit, quid menstrua Luna moneret ; ■ 
 
 Quo signo caderent Austri ; quid saepe videntes j 
 
 Agricolae propius stabulis armenta tenerent. 355 | 
 
 Continue, ventis surgentibus, aut freta ponti ' 
 
 Incipiunt agitata tumescere et aridus altis j 
 
 Montibus audiri fragor, aut resonantia longe i 
 
 Litora misceri et nemorum increbrescere murmur. ! 
 
 Jam sibi tum a curvis male temperat unda carinis, 360 1 
 
 Quum medio celeres revolant ex aequore mergi 
 
 Clamoremque ferunt ad litora, quumque marinae ; 
 
 In sicco ludunt fulicae, notasque paludes 
 
 Deserit atque altam supra volat ardea nubem. | 
 
 Saepe etiam stellas, vento impendente, videbis 365 j 
 
 Praecipites caelo labi, noctisque per umbram ] 
 
 Flammarum longos a tergo albescere tractus ; \ 
 
 Saepe levem paleam et frondes volitare caducas, 
 
 Aut summa nantes in aqua colludere plumas. 
 
 At Boreae de parte trucis quum fulminat, et quum 370 ; 
 
 Eurique Zephjrique tonat domus ; omnia plenis 
 
 Rura natant fossis, atque omnis navita ponto 
 
 Humida vela legit. Numquam imprudentibus imber 
 
 Obfait : aut ilium suro-entem vallibus imis 
 
 C5 
 
 Aeriae fuo:ere oTues, aut bucula caelum 375 
 
 Suspiciens patulis captavit naribus auras, 
 
 Aut arguta lacus circumvolitavit hirundo, 
 
 Et veterem in limo ranae cecinere querelam. 
 
 Saepius et tectis penetralibus extulit ova ; 
 
 Angustum formica terens iter ; et bibit ingens 380 ] 
 
 Arcus ; et e pastu clecedens agmine magno 
 
 Corvorum increpuit densis exercitus alls. ' 
 
 Jam variae pelagi volucres, et quae Asia circum I 
 
 Dulcibus in stagnis rimantur prata Caystri, : 
 
46 p. VEEGILI MAROXIS GEORGICON 
 
 Certatim largos liumeris infundere rores, 385 
 
 Nunc caput object are fretis, nunc currere in undas, 
 Et studio incassum videas gestire lavandi. 
 Turn cornix plena pluviam vocat improba voce 
 Et sola in sicca secum spatiatur arena. 
 Ne nocturna quidem carpentes pensa puellae 390 
 
 Nescivere biemem, testa quum ardente viderent 
 Scintillare oleum et putres concrescere fungos. 
 
 Nee minus ex imbri soles et aperta serena 
 Prospicere et certis poteris cognoscere signis : 
 Nam neque turn stellis acies obtusa videtur, 395 
 
 Nee fratris radiis obnoxia surgere Luna, 
 Tenuia nee lanae per caelum vellera ferri ; 
 Non tepidum ad solem pennas in litore pandunt 
 Dilectae Tlietidi alcyones, non ore solutos 
 Immundi meminere sues jactare maniplos. 400 
 
 At nebulae magis ima petunt campoque recumbunt, 
 Solis et occasum servans de culmine summo 
 Nequicquam seros exercet noctua cantus. 
 Apparet liquido sublimis in aere Nisus, 
 Et pro purpureo poenas dat Scylla capillo ; 405 
 
 Quacumque ilia levem fugiens secat aetbera pennis, 
 Ecce inimicus, atrox, magno stridore per auras 
 Insequitur Nisus ; qua se fert Nisus ad auras, 
 Ilia levem fugiens raptim secat aethera pennis. 
 Tum liquidas corvi presso ter gutture voces 410 
 
 Aut quater ingeminant, et saepe cubilibus altis, 
 Nescio qua praeter solitum dulcedine laeti, 
 Inter se in foliis strepitant ; juvat imbribus actis 
 Progeniem parvam dulcesque revisere nidos ; 
 Hand equidem credo, quia sit divinitus illis 415 
 
 Ingenium aut rerum fato prudontia major ; 
 Verum, ubi tempestas et caeli mobilis Immor 
 
LIBER PRIMUS. 47 
 
 Mutavere vias et Juppiter uvidus Austris 
 
 Denset, erant quae rara modo, et, quae densa, relaxat, 
 
 Vertuntur species animorum, et pectora motus 420 
 
 Nunc alios, alios, dum nubila ventus agebat, 
 
 Concipiunt : hinc ille avium concentus in agris, 
 
 Et laetae pecudes, et ovantes gutture corvi. 
 
 Si vero solem ad rapidum lunasque sequentes 
 Ordine respicies, numquam te crastina fallet 425 
 
 Hora, neque insidiis noctis capiere serenae. 
 Luna, revertentes quum primum coUigit ignes, 
 Si nigrum obscuro comprenderit aera cornu, 
 Maximus agricolis pelagoque parabitur imber ; 
 At si virgineum suffaderit ore ruborem, 430 
 
 Ventus erit ; vento semper rubet aurea Phoebe. 
 Sin ortu quarto — ^namque is certissimus auctor — 
 Pura neque obtusis per caelum cornibus ibit, 
 Totus et ille dies, et qui nascentur ab illo 
 Exactum ad mensem, pluvia ventisque carebunt, 435 
 
 Votaque servati solvent in litore nautae 
 Glauco et Panopeae et Inoo Melicertae. 
 
 Sol quoque et exoriens, et quum se condet in undas, 
 Signa dabit ; solem certissima signa sequuntur, 
 Et quae mane refert, et quae surgentibus astris. 440 
 
 Ille ubi nascentem maculis variaverit ortum 
 Conditus in nubem, medioque refugerit orbe, 
 Suspecti tibi sint imbres ; namque urget ab alto 
 Arboribusque satisque Notus pecorique sinister. 
 Aut ubi sub lucem densa inter nubila sese 445 
 
 Diversi rumpent radii, aut ubi pallida surget 
 Tithoni croceum linquens Aurora cubile, 
 Heu, male tum mites defendet pampinus uvas : 
 Tam multa in tectis crepitans salit horrida grando. 
 Hoc etiam, emenso quum jam decedit Olympo, 450 
 
"48 p. VERGILI MAR0XI3 GEORGICON 
 
 Profuerit meminisse magis ; nam saepe videmus 
 
 Ipsius in vultu varies errare colores : 
 
 Caeruleus pluviam denuntiat, igneiis Euros ; 
 
 Sin maculae incij)ient rutilo immiscerier igni, 
 
 Omnia tum pariter vento nimbisque videbis 455 
 
 Fervere. Non ilia quisquam me nocte per altum 
 
 Ire, neque a terra moneat convellere funem. 
 
 At si, quum referetque diem condetque relatum, 
 
 Lucidus orbis erit, frustra terrebere nimbis, 
 
 Et claro silvas cernes Aquilone moveri. 460 
 
 Denique, quid vesper serus veliat, unde serenas 
 
 Ventus agat nubes, quid cogitet liumidus Auster, 
 
 Sol tibi signa dabit. Sol em quis dicere falsum 
 
 Audeat ? Ille etiam caecos instare tumultus 
 
 Saepe monet, fraudemque et operta tumescere bella. 465 
 
 Ille etiam exstincto miseratus Caesare Romam, 
 
 Quum caput obscura nitidum ferrugine texit, 
 
 Impiaque aeternam timuerunt saecula noctem. 
 
 Tempore quamquam illo tellus quoque et aequora ponti, 
 
 Obscenaeque canes, importunaeque volucres 470 
 
 Signa dabant. Quoties Cyclopum effervere in agros 
 
 Vidimus undantem ruptis fornacibus Aetnam, 
 
 Flammarumque globos liquefactaque volvere saxa ! 
 
 Armorum sonitum toto Germania caelo 
 
 Audiit ; insolitis tremuerunt motibus Alpes. 475 
 
 Vox quoque per lucos vulgo exaudita silentes, 
 
 Ingens, et simulacra modis pallentia miris 
 
 Visa sub obscurum noctis ; pecudesque locutae, 
 
 Infandum ! sistunt amnes, terraeque dehiscunt, 
 
 Et maestum illacrimat templis ebur, aeraque sudant. 480 
 
 Proluit insano contorquens vertice silvas 
 
 Fluviorum rex Eridanus, camposque per omnes 
 
 Cum stabulis armenta tulit. Nee tempore eodem 
 
LIBER PRIMUS. 49 
 
 Tristibus aut extis fibrae apparere minaces, 
 
 Aut puteis manare cruor cessavit, et altae 485 
 
 Per noctem resonare lupis ululantibus urbes. 
 
 Non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno 
 
 Fulgura, nee diri toties arsere cometae. 
 
 Ergo inter sese paribus conciurere telis 
 
 Romanas acies iterum videre Philippi ; 490 
 
 Nee fuit indignum superis, bis sanguine nostro 
 
 Emathiam et latos Haemi pinguescere campos. 
 
 Scilicet et tempus veniet, quum finibus illis 
 
 Agricola, incurvo terrain niolitus aratro, 
 
 Exesa inveniet scabra robigine pila, 495 
 
 Aut gravibus rastris galeas pulsabit inanes, 
 
 Grandiaque effossis mirabitur ossa sepulcris. 
 
 Di patrii, Indigetes, et Romule Vestaque mater, 
 
 Quae Tuscam Tiberim et Romana Palatia servas, 
 
 Hunc saltern everso juvenem succurrere saeclo 500 
 
 Ne proliibete ! Satis jam pridem sanguine nostro 
 
 Laomedonteae luimus perjuria Trojae ; 
 
 Jam pridem nobis caeli te regia, Caesar, 
 
 Invidet, atque liominum queritur curare triumpbos ; 
 
 Quippe ubi fas versum atque nefas : tot bella per 
 
 orbem, 505 
 
 Tarn multae scelerum facies ; non ullus aratro 
 Dignus bonos ; squalent abductis arva colonis, 
 Et curvae rigidum falces conflantur in ensem. 
 Hinc movet Euphrates, illinc Germania bellum ; 
 Vicinae ruptis inter se legibus urbes 510 
 
 Arma ferunt ; saevit toto Mars impius orbe : 
 Ut quum carceribus sese efFudere quadrigae, 
 Addunt in spatia, et frustra retinacula tendens 
 Fertur equis auriga, neque audit currus habenas. 
 
 5 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS 
 
 GEORGICON 
 
 LIBEK SECUNDUS. 
 
 Hactenus arvorum cultus et sidera caeli, 
 
 Nunc te, Bacche, canam, nee non silvestria tecum 
 
 Virgulta et prolem tarde crescentis olivae. 
 
 Hue, pater o Lenaee ; tuis hie omnia plena 
 
 Muneribus, tibi pampineo gravidus auctumno 5 
 
 Floret ager, spumat plenis vindemia labris ; 
 
 Hue, pater o Lenaee, veni, nudataque musto 
 
 Tinge novo mecum dereptis crura eotliurnis. 
 
 Principio arboribus varia est natura creandis. 
 Nam que aliae, nullis liomiimm cogentibus, ipsae 10 
 
 Sponte sua veniunt eamposque et flumina late 
 Curva tenent, ut molle siler, lentaeque genistae, 
 Populus et glauca canentia fronde salieta ; 
 Pars autem posito surgunt de semine, ut altae 
 Castaneae, nemorumque Jovi quae maxima frondet 15 
 Aeseulus, atque habitae Graiis oraeula quercus. 
 Pullulat ab radiee aliis densissima silva, 
 Ut eerasis ulmisque ; etiam Parnasia laurus 
 Parva sub ingenti matris se subjicit umbra. 
 Hos natura modos primum dedit ; his genus omne 20 
 Silvarum frutieumque viret nemorumque sacrorum. 
 
 Sunt alii, quos ipse via sibi reperit usus. 
 
LIBER SECUNDUS. 51 
 
 Hie plantas tenero abscindens de corpore matrum 
 
 Deposuit sulcfe ; liic stirpes obruit arvo, 
 
 Quadrifidasque sudes,etacuto robore vallos ; 25 
 
 Silvarumque aliae presses propaginis arcus 
 
 Exspectant et viva sua plantaria terra ; 
 
 Nil radicis egent aliae, summumque putator 
 
 Hand dubitat terrae referens mandare cacumen. 
 
 Quin et caudicibus sectis — mirabile dictu — 30 
 
 Truditur e sicco radix oleagina ligno. 
 
 Et saepe alterius ramos impune videmus 
 
 Vertere in alterius, mutatamque insita mala 
 
 Ferre pirum, et prunis lapidosa rubescere coma. 
 
 Quare agite o, proprios generatim discite cultus, 35 
 Agricolae, fructusque feros mollite colendo, 
 Neu segnes jaceant terrae. Juvat Ismara Baeclio 
 Conserere, atque olea magnum vestire Taburnum. 
 Tuque ades, inceptumque una decurre laborem, 
 O decus, famae merito pars maxima nostrae, 40 
 
 Maecenas, pelagoque volans da vela patenti. 
 Non ego cuncta meis amplecti versibus op to, 
 Non, milii si linguae centum sint, oraque centum, 
 Ferrea vox ; ades, et primi lege litoris oram ; 
 In manibus terrae ; non hie te carmine fieto 45 
 
 Atque per ambages et longa exorsa tenebo. 
 
 Sponte sua quae se toliunt in luminis oras, 
 Infeeunda quidem, sed laeta et fortia surgunt ; 
 Quippe solo natura subest. Tamen liaec quoque, si quis 
 Inserat, aut scrobibus mandet mutata subactis, 50 
 
 Exuerint silvestrem animum, cultuque frequenti 
 In quascumque voces artes baud tarda sequentur. 
 Nee non et sterilis, quae stirpibus exit ab imis, 
 Hoc faciet, vacuos si sit digesta per agros ; 
 Nunc altae frondes et rami matris opacant, 55 
 
52 p. VERGILI MAROXIS GEORGICON 
 
 Crescentique adimunt fetus, uruntqiTe ferentem. 
 
 Jam, quae semlnibus jactis se sustulit arbos,' 
 
 Tarda venit, seris factura nepotibus umbram, 
 
 Pomaque degenerant sucos oblita priores, 
 
 Et turpes a^dbus praedani fert uva racemos. 60 
 
 Scilicet omnibus est labor impendendus, et omnes 
 Cogendae in sulcum, ac multa mercede domandae. 
 Sed truncis oleae melius, propagine vites 
 Respondent, solido Paphiae de robore myrtus ; 
 Plantis et durae corjli nascuntur, et ingens 65 
 
 Fraxinus, Herculeaeque arbos umbrosa coronae, 
 Chaoniique patris glandes ; etiam ardua palma 
 Nascitur, et casus abies visura marinos. 
 Inseritur vero et nucis arbutus horrida fetu, 
 Et steriles platani malos gessere valentes ; 70 
 
 Castaneae fagus, ornusque incanuit albo 
 Flore piri, glandemque sues fregere sub ulmis. 
 
 Nee modus inserere atque oculos imponere simplex. 
 Nam, qua se medio trudunt de cortice gemmae 
 Et tenues rumpunt tunicas, angustus in ipso 75 
 
 Fit nodo sinus : hue aliena ex arbore germen 
 Includunt, udoque docent inolescere libro. 
 Aut rursum enodes trunci resecantur, et alte 
 Finditur in solidum cuneis via, deinde feraces 
 Plantae immittuntur : nee longum tempus, et ingens 80 
 Exiit ad caelum ramis felicibus arbos, 
 Miraturque novas frondes et non sua poma. 
 
 Praeterea genus baud unum, nee fortibus ulmis, 
 Nee salici lotoque, neque Idaeis cyparissis ; 
 Nee pingues unam in faciem nascuntur olivae, 85 
 
 Orchades, et radii, et amara pausia bacca, 
 Pomaque et Alcinoi silvae ; nee surculus idem 
 Crustumiis Syriisque piris gravibusque volemis. 
 
LIBER SECUNDUS. 63 
 
 Non eadem arboribus pendet vindemia nostris, 
 
 Quam Methymnaeo carpit de palmite Lesbos; 90 
 
 Sunt Tliaslae vites, sunt et Mareotides albae, 
 
 Pinguibus' bae terris babiles, levioribus illae ; 
 
 Et passo Psythia utilior, tenuisque Lageos, 
 
 Tentatura pedes olim vincturaque linguam ; 
 
 Purpureae, preciaeque ; et quo te carmine dicam, 95 
 
 Rhaetica ? nee cellis ideo contende Falernis. 
 
 Sunt et Aminaeae vites, firmissima vina, 
 
 Tmolius assurgit quibus et rex ipse Phanaeus ; 
 
 Argitisque minor, cui non certaverit uUa 
 
 Aut tantum fluere aut totidem durare per annos. 100 
 
 Non ego te, dis et mensis accepta secundis, 
 
 Transierim, Rhodia, et tumidis, Bumaste, racemis. 
 
 Sed neque, quam multae species, nee, nomina quae sint, 
 
 Est numerus ; neque enim numero comprendere refert ; 
 
 Quem qui scire velit, Libyci velit aequoris idem 105 
 
 Discere quam multae Zephyro turbentur arenae, 
 
 Aut, ubi navigiis violentior incidit Eurus, 
 
 Nosse, quot lonii veniant ad litora fluctus. 
 
 Nee vero terrae ferre omnes omnia possunt. 
 Fluminibus salices crassisque paludibus alni 110 
 
 Nascuntur, steriles saxosis montibus orni ; 
 Litora myrtetis laetissima ; denique apertos 
 Bacchus amat colles, Aquilonem et frigora taxi. 
 Aspice et extremis domitum cultoribus orbem, 
 Eoasque domos Arabum pictosque Gelonos : 115 
 
 Divisae arboribus patriae. Sola Lidia nigrum 
 Fert ebenum, solis est turea virga Sabaeis. 
 Quid tibi odorato referam sudantia ligno 
 Balsamaque et baccas semper frondentis acanthi ? 
 Quid nemora Aethiopum, molli canentia lana, 120 
 
 Velleraque ut foliis depectant tenuia Seres ? 
 
 5* 
 
5^ 
 
 P, VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Aut quos Oceano propior gerit India lucos, 
 
 Extremi sinus orbis, ubi aera vincere summnm 
 
 Arboris baud ullae jactu potuere sagittae ? 
 
 Et gens ilk quidem sumptis non tarda pbaretris. 125 
 
 Media fert tristes sucos tardumque saporem 
 
 Felicis mali, quo non praesentius ullum, 
 
 Pocula si quando saevae infecere novercae, 
 
 Miscueruntque berbas et non innoxia verba, 
 
 Auxilium venit, ac membris agit atra venena. 130 
 
 Ipsa ingens arbos faciemque simillima lauro ; 
 
 Et, si non alium late jactaret odorem, 
 
 Laurus erat ; folia baud ullis labentia ventis ; 
 
 Flos ad prima tenax ; animas et olentia Medi 
 
 Ora fovent illo et senibus medicantur anhelis. 135 
 
 Sed neque Medorum, silvae ditissima, terra, 
 Nee pulcher Ganges atque auro turbidus Hermus 
 Laudibus Italiae certent, non Bactra, neque Indi, 
 Totaque turiferis Pancliaia pinguis arenis. 
 Haec loca non tauri spirantes naribus ignem 140 
 
 Invertere satis immanis dentibus bydri, 
 Nee galeis densisque virum seges horruit hastis ; 
 Sed gravidae fruges et Baccbi Massicus liumor 
 Iraplevere ; tenent oleae armentaque laeta. 
 Hinc bellator equus campo sese arduus infert ; 145 
 
 Hinc albi, Clitumne, greges et maxima taurus 
 Victima, saepe tuo perfusi flumine sacro, 
 Romanos ad templa deum duxere triumphos. 
 Hie ver assiduum atque alienis mensibus aestas ; 
 Bis gravidae pecudes, bis pomis utilis arbos. 150 
 
 At rabidae tigres absunt et saeva leonum 
 Semina, nee miseros fallunt aconita legentes, 
 Nee rapit immensos orbes per humum, neque tan to 
 Squaraeus in spiram tractu se colligit anguis. 
 
LIBER SECUNDUS. 55 \ 
 
 ! 
 
 Adde tot egregias urbes operumque laborem, 155 
 
 Tot congesta manu praeruptis oppida saxis, i 
 
 Flumlnaque antiques subterlabentia muros. i 
 
 An mare, quod supra, memorem, quodque alluit infra ? i 
 
 Anne lacus tantos ? te, Lari maxime, teque, i 
 
 Fluctibus et fremitu assurgens Benace marine ? 160 . j 
 
 An memorem portus Lucrinoque addita claustra \ 
 
 Atque indignatum magnis stridorlbus aequor, \ 
 
 Julia qua ponto longe sonat unda refuso j 
 
 Tyrrhenusque fretis immittitur aestus Avernis ? 
 
 Haec eadem argenti rivos aerisque nfetalla 165 
 
 Ostendit venis, atque auro plurlma fluxlt. 
 
 Haec genus acre virum, Marsos, pubemque Sabellam, 
 
 Assuetumque malo Ligurem, Volscosque verutos 
 
 Extulit, haec Decios, Marios, magnosque Camillos, 
 
 Scipiadas duros bello, et te, maxime Caesar, 170 j 
 
 Qui nunc extremis Asiae jam victor in oris 
 
 Imbellem avertis Romanis arcibus Indum. 
 
 Salve, magna parens frugum, Saturnia tellus. 
 
 Magna virum ; tibi res an ti quae laudis et artis ; 
 
 Ingredior, sanctos ausus recludere fontes, 175 
 
 Ascraeumque cano Romana per oppida carmen. 
 
 Nunc locus arvorum ingeniis ; quae robora cuique, J 
 
 Quis color, et quae sit rebus natura ferendis. i 
 
 Difficiles primum terrae collesque maligni. 
 
 Tenuis ubi argilla et dumosis calculus arvis, 180 J 
 
 Palladia gaudent silva vivacis olivae. \ 
 
 Indicio est tractu surgens oleaster eodem i 
 
 Plurimus et strati baccis silvestribus agri. 
 At quae pinguis humus dulcique uligine laeta, 
 Quique frequens herbis et fertilis ubere campus — 185 ^ 
 
 Qualem saepe cava montis convalle solemus ! 
 
 Despicere ; hue summis liquuntur rupibus amnes, ^ 
 
56 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Felicemque traliunt limum — quique editus Austro, 
 
 Et iilicem cur vis invisam pascit aratris : 
 
 Hie tibi praevalidas olim multoque fluentes 190 
 
 Sufficiet Baccho vites, hie fertilis iivae, 
 
 Hie laticis, qualem pateris libamus et auro, 
 
 Inflavit quum pinguis ebur Tyrrhenus ad aras 
 
 Lancibus et pandis fumantia reddimus exta. 
 
 Sin armenta magis studium vitulosque tueri, 195 
 
 Aut fetus ovium, aut urentes culta capellas, 
 
 Saltus et saturi petito longinqua Tarenti, 
 
 Et qualem infelix arrfisit Mantua campum, 
 
 Pascentem niveos lierboso flumine cycnos : 
 
 Non liquidi gregibus fontes, non gramina deerunt, 200 
 
 Et, quantum longis carpent armenta diebus, 
 
 Exigua tantum gelidus ros nocte reponet. 
 
 Nigra fere et presso pinguis sub vomere terra, 
 
 Et cui putre solum, — namque hoc imitamur arando — 
 
 Optima frumentis ; non ullo ex aequore cernes 205 
 
 Plura domum tardis decedere plaustra juvencis ; 
 
 Aut unde iratus silvam devexit arator 
 
 Et nemora evertit multos ignava per annos, 
 
 Antiquasque domos avium cum stirpibus imis 
 
 Emit ; illae altum nidis petiere relictis ; 210 
 
 At rudis enituit impulso vomere campus. 
 
 Nam jejuna quidem clivosi glarea ruris 
 
 Vix Immiles apibus casias roremque ministrat ; 
 
 Et tofus scaber, et nigris exesa chelydris 
 
 Greta negant alios aeque serpentibus agros 215 
 
 Dulcem ferre cibum et curvas praebere latebras. 
 
 Quae tenuem exhalat nebulam fumosque volucres, 
 
 Et bibit humorem, et, quum vult, ex se ipsa remittit, 
 
 Quaeque suo semper viridi se gramine vestit, 
 
 Nee scabie et salsa laedit robigine ferrum, 220 
 
LIBEE, SECUNDUS. 57 
 
 Ilia tibi laetis intexet vitibus ulmos, 
 
 Ilia ferax oleo est, illam experiere colendo 
 
 Et facilem pecori et patientem vomeris unci. 
 
 Talem dives arat Capua et vicina Vesevo 
 
 Ora jugo et vacuis Clanius non aequus Acerris. 225 
 
 Nunc, quo quamque modo possis cognoscere, dicam. 
 Rara sit an supra morem si densa requires, 
 Altera frumentis quoniam favet, altera Bac^'lio, 
 Densa magis Cereri, rarissima quaeque Lyaeo : 
 Ante locum capies oculis, alteque jubebis 230 
 
 In solido puteum demitti, omnemque repones 
 Rursus liumum, et pedibus summas aequabis arenas. 
 Si deerunt, rarum, pecorique et vitibus almis 
 Aptius uber erit ; sin in sua posse negabunt 
 Ire loca et scrobibus superabit terra repletis, 235 
 
 Spissus ager ; glebas cunctantes crassaque terga 
 Exspecta, et validis terram proscinde juvencis. 
 Salsa autem tellus et quae perliibetur amara, 
 Frugibus infelix, — ea nee mansuescit arando, 
 Nee Baccho genus, aut pomis sua nomina servat — 240 
 Tale dabit specimen : tu spisso vimine qualos, 
 Colaque prelorum fumosis deripe tectis ; 
 Hue ager ille malus dulcesque a fontibus undae 
 Ad plenum calcentur ; aqua eluctabitur omnis 
 Scilicet, et grandes ibunt per vimina guttae ; 245 
 
 At sapor indicium faciet manifestus, et ora 
 Tristia tentantum sensu torquebit amaror. 
 Pinguis item quae sit tellus, hoc denique pacto 
 Discimus : baud umquam manibus jactata fatiscit, 
 Sed picis in morem ad digitos lentescit habendo. 250 
 
 Humida majores lierbas alit, ipsaque justo 
 Laetior. Ah nimium ne sit mihi fertilis ilia, 
 Neu se praevalidam primis ostendat a.ristis ! 
 
68 ~ p. yERGILI MAHOXIS GEORGICON 
 
 Quae gravis est, ipso tacitam se pondere prodit, 
 Quaeque levis. Promptum est oculis praediscere 
 
 nigram, 255 
 
 Et quis cui color. At sceleratum exquirere frigus 
 Difficile est : piceae tantum taxique nocentes 
 Interdum aut hederae pandunt vestigia nigrae. 
 
 His animadversis, terrain multo ante memento 
 Excoquere effmagnos scrobibus concidere montes, 260 
 Ante supinatas Aquiloni ostendere glebas, 
 Quam laetum infodias vitis genus. Optima putri 
 Arva solo : id venti curant gelidaeque pruinae 
 Et labefacta movens robustus jugera fossor. 
 At, si quos baud ulla viros vigilantia fugit, 265 
 
 Ante locum similem exquirunt, ubi prima paretur 
 Arboribus seges, et quo mox digesta feratur, 
 Mutatam ignorent subito ne semina matrem. 
 Quin etiam caeli regionem in cortice signant, 
 Ut, quo quaeque modo steterit, qua parte calores 270 
 
 Austrinos tulerit, quae terga obverterit axi, 
 Restituant : adeo in teneris consuescere multum est. 
 Collibus an piano melius sit ponere vitem, 
 Quaere prius. Si pinguis agros metabere campi, 
 Densa sere ; in denso non segnior ubere Bacchus ; 275 
 Sin tumulis acclive solum collesque supinos, 
 Indulge ordinibus, nee secius omnis in unguem 
 Arboribus positis secto via limite quadret. 
 Ut saepe ingenti bello quum longa coliortes 
 Explicuit legio, et campo stetit agmen aperto, 280 
 
 Directaeque acies, ac late fluctuat omnis 
 Aere renidenti tellus, necdum horrida miscent 
 Proelia, sed dubius mediis Mars errat in armis : 
 Omnia sint paribus numeris dimensa viarum ; 
 Non animum modo uti pascat prospectus inanem, 285 
 
 I 
 
LIBER SECUNDUS. 
 
 59 
 
 Sed quia non aliter vires dabit omnibus aequas 
 Terra, ueque in vacuum poterunt se extendere rami. 
 
 Forsitan et scrobibus quae sint fastigia quaeras. 
 Ausim vel tenui vitem committere sulco. 
 Altior ac penitus terrae defigitur arbos, 290 
 
 Aesculus in primis, quae, quantum vertice ad auras 
 Aetlierias, tantum radice in Tartara tendit. 
 Ergo non hiemes illam, non flabra, neque imbres 
 Convellunt ; immota manet, multosque nepotes, 
 Multa virum volvens durando saecula vincit. 295 
 
 Tum fortes late ramos et brachia tendens 
 Hue illuc, media ipsa ingentem sustinet umbram. 
 
 Neve tibi ad solem vergant vineta cadentem ; 
 Neve inter vites corylum sere ; neve flagella 
 Summa pete, aut summa defringe ex arbore plantas ; 300 
 Tantus amor terrae ; neu ferro laede retuso 
 Semina ; neveoleae silvestres insere truncos : 
 Nam saepe incautis pastoribus excidit ignis, 
 Qui, furtim pingui primum sub cortice tectus, 
 llobora comprendit, frondesque elapsus in altas 305 
 
 Ingentem caelo sonitum dedit ; inde secutus 
 Per ramos victor perque alta cacumina regnat, 
 Et totum involvit flammis nemus, et ruit atram 
 Ad caelum picea crassus caligine nubem, 
 Praesertim si tempestas a vertice silvis 310 
 
 Incubuit, glomeratque ferens incendia ventus. 
 Hoc ubi, non a stirpe valent caesaeque reverti 
 Possunt atque ima similes revirescere terra ; 
 Infelix superat foliis oleaster amaris. 
 
 Nee tibi tam prudens quisquam persuadeat auctor 315 
 Tellurem Borea rigidam spirante movere. 
 Rura gelu tum claudit hiems ; nee semine jacto 
 Concretam patitur radicem affigere terrae. 
 
60 p. VERGILI MAROXIS GEORGICON 
 
 Optima viiietis satio, qnum vere rubenti 
 Candida venit avis longis invisa colubris, 320 
 
 Prima vel auctumni sub frigora, quum rapidus Sol 
 Nondum biemem contingit equis, jam praeterit aestas. 
 Ver adeo frondi nemormn, ver utile silvis, 
 Vere tument terrae et genitalia semina poscmit. 
 Tum pater omnipotens fecundis imbribus Aetlier 825 
 
 Conjugis in gremium laetae descendit, et omnes 
 Magnus alit, magno commixtus corpore, fetus. 
 Avia tum resonant avibus virgulta canoris, 
 Et Yenerem certis repetunt armenta diebus ; 
 Parturit almus ager, Zepbyrique tepentibus auris 330 
 Laxant arva sinus ; superat tener omnibus humor ; 
 Inque novos soles audent se germina tuto 
 Credere ; nee metuit surgentes pampinus Austros 
 Aut actum caelo magnis Aquilonibus imbrem, 
 Sed trudit gemmas et frondes explicat omnes. 335 
 
 Non alios prima crescentis origine mundi 
 Illuxisse dies aliumve habuisse tenorem 
 Crediderim : ver illud erat, ver mao-nus ao-ebat 
 Orbis, et bibernis parcebant flatibus Euri : 
 Quum primae lucem pecudes liausere, virumque 340 
 
 Ferrea progenies duris caput extulit arvis, 
 Immissaeque ferae silvis et sidera caelo. 
 Nee res bunc tenerae possent perferre laborem, 
 Si non tanta quies iret frigusque caloremque 
 Inter, et exciperet caeli indulgentia terras. 345 
 
 Quod superest, quaecumque pr ernes virgulta per agros, 
 Sparge fimo pingui, et multa memor occule terra, 
 Aut lapidem bibulum, aut squalentes infode conchas, 
 Inter enim labentur aquae, tenuisque subibit 
 Halitus, atque animos tollent sata ; jamque reperti, 350 
 Qui saxo super atque ingentis pondere testae 
 
LIBER SECUNDUS. 61 
 
 Urgerent ; hoc effiisos munimen ad imbres, 
 Hoc, ubi hiulca siti findit caiiis aestifer arva. 
 
 Seminibus positis, superest diducere terram 
 Saepius ad capita, et duros jactare bidentes, 355 
 
 Aut presso exercere solum sub vomere, et ipsa 
 Flectere luctantes inter vineta juvencos ; 
 Turn leves calamos et rasae hastilia virgae 
 Fraxineasque aptaresudes, fur casque valentes, 
 Viribus eniti quarum et contemnere ventos 360 
 
 Assuescant, summasque sequi tabulata per ulmos. 
 
 Ac dum prima novis adolescit frondibus aetas, 
 Parcendum teneris, et, dum se laetus ad auras 
 Palmes agit laxis per purum immissus habenis, 
 Ipsa acie nondum falcis tentanda, sed uncis 365 
 
 Carpendae manibusfrondes,interque legendae. 
 Inde ubi jam validis amplexae stirpibus ulmos 
 Exierint, tum stringe comas, tum brachia tonde ; 
 Ante reformidant ferrum ; tum denique dura 
 Exerce imperia, et ramos compesce fluentes. 370 
 
 Texendae sepes etiam et pecus omne tenendum, 
 Praecipue dum frons tenera imprudensque laborum ; 
 Cui super indignas liiemes solemque potentem 
 Silvestres uri assidue capraeque sequaces 
 Illudunt, pascuntur oves avidaeque juvencae. 375 
 
 Frigora nee tantum cana concreta pruina, 
 Aut gravis incumbens scopulis arentibus aestas, 
 Quantum illi nocueregreges,durique venenum 
 Dentis et admorso signata in stirpe cicatrix. 
 Non aliam ob culpam Bacclio caper omnibus aris 380 
 Caeditur et veteres ineunt proscenia ludi, 
 Praemiaque ingeniis pagos et compita circum 
 Thesidae posuere, atque inter pocula laeti 
 Mollibus in pratis unctos saluere per utres. 
 
62 p. VERGILI MAKONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Nec non Ausonii, Troja gens missa, coloni 385 
 
 Versibus .incomptis ludnnt risuque soluto, 
 
 Oraque corticibus sumunt horrencla cavatis, 
 
 Et te, Bacclie, vocant per carmina laeta, tibique 
 
 Oscilla ex alta suspendunt mollla pinu. 
 
 Hinc omnls largo pubescit vinea fetu, 390 
 
 Complentur vallesque ca^^ae saltusque profiindi, 
 
 Et quocumque deus circnm caput egit lionestum. 
 
 Ergo rite suum Bacclio dicemus honorera 
 
 Canninibus patriis lancesqiie et liba feremus, 
 
 Et ductus cornu stabit sacer liircus ad aram, 395 
 
 Pinguiaque in veribus torrebimus exta colurnis. 
 
 Est etiam ille labor curandis vitibus alter, 
 Cui numquam exhausti satis est : namque omne quot 
 
 annis 
 Terque quaterque solum scindendum, glebaque versis 
 Aeternum frangenda bidentibus ; omne levandum 400 
 Fronde nemus. Redit agricolis labor actus in orbem, 
 Atque in se sua per vestigia volvitur annus. 
 Ac jam olim seras posuit quum vinea frondes 
 Frigidus et sihds Aquilo decussit honorem, 
 Jam tum acer curas venientem extendit in annum 405 
 Rusticus, et curvo Saturni dente relictam 
 Persequitur vitem attondens fingitque putando. 
 Primus humum fodito, primus devecta cremate 
 Sarmcnta, et vallos primus sub tecta referto ; 
 Postremus metito. Bis \dtibus ingruit umbra ; 410 
 
 Bis segetem densis obducunt sentibus herbae ; 
 Durus uterque labor : laudato ingentia rura, 
 Exiguum colito. Nee non etiam aspera rusci 
 Vimina per silvam, et ripis fluvialis arundo 
 Caeditur, incultique exercet cura salicti. 415 
 
 Jam vinctae vites, jam falcem arbusta reponunt, 
 
LIBER SECUNDUS. 63 
 
 Jam canit efFectos extremes vinitor antes : 
 Sollicitanda tamen tellus, pulvisque movendus, 
 Et jam maturis metuendus Juppiter uvis. 
 
 Contra non ulla est oleis cultura ; neque illae 420 
 
 Procurvam exspectant falcem rastrosque tenaces, 
 Quum semel haeserunt arvis aurasque tulerunt ; 
 Ipsa satis tellus, qunm dente recluditur unco, 
 Sufficit humorem et gravidas cum vomere fruges. 
 Hoc pinguem et placitam Paci nutritor olivam. 425 
 
 Poma quoque, ut primum truncos sensere valentes 
 Et vires habuere suas, ad sidera raptim 
 Vi propria nituntiir opisque hand indiga nostrae. 
 Nee minus interea fetu nemus omne gravescit, 
 Sanguineisque inculta rubent aviaria baccis. 430 
 
 Tondentur cytisi, taedas silva alta ministrat, 
 Pascunturque ignes nocturni et lumina fundunt. 
 Et dubitant homines serere atque impendere curam ? 
 Quid majora sequar ? salices liumilesque genestae, 
 Aut illae pecori frondem aut pastoribus umbras 435 
 
 Sufficiunt, sepemque satis et pabula melli. 
 Et juvat undantem buxo spectare Cjtorum 
 Naryciaeque picis lucos, juvat arva videre 
 Non rastris, hominum non ulli obnoxia curae. 
 Ipsae Caucasio steriles in vertice silvae, 440 
 
 Quas animosi Euri assidue franguntque feruntque, 
 Dant alios aliae fetus, dant utile lignum 
 Navigiis pinos, domibus cedrumque cupressosque ; 
 Hinc radios trivere rotis, nine tympana plaustris 
 Agricolae, et pandas ratibus posuere carinas ; 445 
 
 Viminibus salices fecundae, frondibus ulmi. 
 At myrtus validis hastilibus et bona bello 
 Cornus ; Ituraeos taxi torquentur in arcus ; 
 Nee tiliae leves' aut torno rasile buxum 
 
Gl p. YERGILI MAROXIS GEOE.GICON 
 
 Non formam accipimit ferroqne cavantur acuto ; 450 
 
 Nee non et torrentem undam levis innatat alnus, 
 Missa Pado ; nee non et apes exaniina eondunt 
 Corticibusque cavis vitiosaeque ilieis alveo. 
 Quid memorandum aequo Baccheia dona tulerunt ? 
 Baeehus et ad eulpam causas dedit ; ille furentes 455 
 
 Ceiitauros leto domuit, Rhoetumque Pliolumque 
 Et magno Hylaeum Lapithis eratere minantem. 
 
 O fortunatos nimium, sua si bona norint, 
 Agricolas, quibus ipsa, procul discordibus armis, 
 Fundit bumo facilem vietum justissima tellus ! 460 
 
 Si non ingentem foribus domus alta superbis 
 Mane salutantum totis vomit aedibus undam, 
 Nee varios inhiant pulehra testudine postes 
 lUusasque am'o vestes, Epbyreiaque aera, 
 Alba neque Assyrio iueatur lana veneno, 465 
 
 Nee casia liquidi eorrumpitur usus olivi : 
 At seeura quies et nescia fallere vita, • 
 
 Dives opum variarum, at latis otia fundis, 
 Speluneae,vivique laeus, at frigida Tempe, 
 Mugitusque bourn, moUesque sub arbore somni 470 
 
 Non absunt ; illie saltus ae lustra ferarum, 
 Et patiens operum exiguoque assueta juventus, 
 Sacra deum, sanctique patres ; extrema per illos 
 Justitia excedens terris vestigia fecit. 
 
 Me vero primum dulces ante omnia Musae, 475 
 
 Quarum sacra fero ingenti percussus amore, 
 Accipiant, caelique vias et sidera monstrent, 
 Defectus solis varios, lunaeque labores ; 
 Unde tremor terris, qua vi maria alta tumeseant 
 Objicibus ruptis rursusque in se ipsa residant, 480 
 
 Quid tantum Oceano properent se tingere soles 
 Hiberni, vel quae tardis mora noctibus obstet. 
 
LIBER SECUNDUS. 65 « 
 
 Sin, lias ne possim naturae accedere partes, 
 
 Frigldus abstiterit circum praecordia sanguis : 
 
 Rura milii et rigui placeant in vallibus amnes ; 485 
 
 Flumina amem silvasque inglorius. O, ubi campi 
 
 Sperclieosque, et virginibus bacchata Lacaenis 
 
 Taygeta ! o, qui me gelidis in vallibus Haemi 
 
 Sistat, et ingenti ramorum protegat umbra ! 
 
 Felix, qui potuit rerum cognoscere causas, 490 
 
 Atque metus omnes et inexorabile fatum 
 
 Subjecit pedibus strepitumque Acherontis avari ! 
 
 Fortunatus et ille, deos qui novit agrestes, 
 
 Panaque Silvanumque senem Nympbasque sorores ! 
 
 Ilium non populi fasces, non purpura regum 495 
 
 Flexit et infidos agitans discordia fratres, 
 
 Aut conjurato descendens Dacus ab Histro, 
 
 Non res Romanae perituraque regna ; neque ille 
 
 Aut doluit miserans inopem, aut invidit habenti. 
 
 Quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura 500 
 
 Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ; nee ferrea jura 
 
 Insanumque forum aut populi tabularia vidit. 
 
 SoUicitant alii remis freta caeca, ruuntque 
 
 In ferrum, penetrant aulas et limina regum ; 
 
 Hie petit excidiis urbem miserosque Penates, 505 
 
 Ut gemma bibat et Sarrano dormiat ostro ; 
 
 Condit opes alius, defossoque incubat auro ; 
 
 Hie stupet attonitus Rostris ; hunc plausus hiantem 
 
 Per cuneos gcminatus enim plebisque Patrumque 
 
 Corripuit ; gaudent perfusi sanguine fratrum, 510 
 
 Exsilioque domos et dulcia limina mutant, 
 
 Atque alio patriam quaerunt sub sole jacentem. 
 
 Agricola incurvo terram dimovit aratro : 
 
 Hinc anni labor, liinc patriam parvosque nepotes 
 
 Sustinet, hinc armenta boum meritosque juvencos. 515 
 
 6* 
 
66 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Nec requies, quin aut pomis exnberet annus, 
 
 Aut fetu pecorum, aut Cerealis mergite culmi, 
 
 Proventuque oneret sulcos atque horrea vincat. 
 
 Yenit liiems : teritur Sicyonia bacca trapetis, 
 
 Glande sues laeti redeunt, dant arbuta silvae ; 520 
 
 Et varios ponit fetus auctumnus, et alte 
 
 Mitis in apricis coquitur vindemia saxis. 
 
 Interea dulces pendent circum oscula nati, 
 
 Casta pudicitiam servat domus, ubera vaccae 
 
 Lactea demittunt, pinguesque in gramine laeto 525 
 
 Inter se adversis luctantur cornibus haedi. 
 
 Ipse dies agitat festos, fususque per lierbam, 
 
 Ignis ubi in medio et socii cratera coronant, 
 
 Te, libans, Lenaee, vocat, pecorisque luagistris 
 
 Velocis jaculi certamina ponit in ulmo, 530 
 
 Corporaque agresti nudant praedura palaestrae. 
 
 Hanc olim veteres vitam coluere Sabini, 
 
 Hanc Remus et frater, sic fortis Etruria crevit 
 
 Scilicet et rerum facta est pulcherrima Roma, 
 
 Septemque una sibi muro circumdedit arces. 535 
 
 Ante etiam sceptrum Dictaei regis, et ante 
 
 Impia quam caesis gens est epulata juvencis, 
 
 Aureus hanc vitam in terris Saturnus agebat: 
 
 Necdum etiam audierant inflari classica, necdum 
 
 Impositos duris crepitare incudibus enses. 540 
 
 Sed nos immensum spatiis confecimus aequor, 
 Et jam tempus equum fumantia solvere colla. 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS 
 
 GEORGICON 
 
 LIBER TERTIUS. 
 
 Te quoque, magna Pales, et te memorande canemus 
 
 Pastor ab Amphryso, vos, silvae amnesque Lycaei. 
 
 Cetera, quae vacuas tenuissent carmine mentes. 
 
 Omnia jam vulgata : quis aut Eurysthea durum, 
 
 Aut illaudati nescit Busiridis aras ? 5 
 
 Cui non dictus Hylas puer et Latonia Delos, 
 
 Hippodameque, humeroque Pelops insignis eburno, 
 
 Acer equis ? Tentanda via est, qua me quoque possim 
 
 Tollere humo victorque virum volitare per ora. 
 
 Primus ego in patriam mecum, modo vita supersit, 10 
 
 Aonio rediens deducam vertice Musas ; 
 
 Primus Idumaeas referam tibi, Mantua, palmas ; 
 
 Et viridi in campo templum de marmore ponam 
 
 Propter aquam, tardis ingens ubi flexibus errat 
 
 Mincius et tenera praetexit arundine ripas. 15 
 
 In medio milii Caesar erit, templumque tenebit. 
 
 Illi victor ego et Tyrio conspectus in ostro 
 
 Centum quadrijugos agitabo ad flumina currus. 
 
 Cuncta mihi, Alpheum linquens lucosque Molorchi, 
 
 Cursibus et crudo decernet Graecia caestu ; 20 
 
 Ipse, caput tonsae foliis ornatus olivae. 
 
 Dona feram. Jam nunc soUemnes ducere pompas 
 
bo p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Ad dekibra juvat caesosque videre juvencos ; 
 
 Vel scena nt versis discedat frontibus, utque 
 
 Purpurea intexti tollant aulaea Britanni. 25 
 
 In foribus pugnam ex auro solidoque elephanto 
 
 Gangaridum faciam victorisque arma Quirini, 
 
 Atque liic undantem bello magnumque fluentem 
 
 Nilum ac navali surgentes aere columnas. 
 
 Addam urbes Asiae domitas pulsumque Niphaten 30 
 
 Fidentemque fuga Partlium versisque sagittis, 
 
 Et duo rapta manu diverse ex hoste tropaea 
 
 Bisque triumpliatas utroque ab litore gentes. 
 
 Stabunt et Parii lapides, spirantia signa, 
 
 Assaraci proles demissaeque ab Jove gentis 35 
 
 Nomina, Trosque parens, etTrojae Cyntbius auctor. 
 
 Invidia infelix Furias amnemque severum 
 
 Cocyti metuet tortosque Ixionis angues 
 
 Immanemque rotam et non exsuperabile saxum. 
 
 Interea Dryadum silvas saltusque sequamur 40 
 
 Intactos, tua, Maecenas, baud moUia jussa. 
 
 Te sine nil altum mens incboat : en age, segnes 
 
 Pumpe moras ; vocat ingenti clamore Cithaeron 
 
 Taygetique canes domitrixque Epidaurus equorum, 
 
 Et vox assensu nemorum ingeminata remugit. 45 
 
 Mox tamen ardentes accingar dicere pugnas 
 
 Caesaris, et nomen fama tot ferre per annos, 
 
 Titboni prima quot abest ab origine Caesar. 
 
 Sen quis, Olympiacae miratus praemia palmae, 
 Pascit equos, sen quis fortes ad aratra juvencos, 50 
 
 Corpora praecipue matiiim legat. Optima torvae 
 Forma bo vis, cui turpe caput, cui plurima cervix, 
 Et crurum tenus a mento ])alcaria pendent ; 
 Turn longo nullus lateri modus ; omnia magna, 
 Pes etiam ; et camuris liirtae sub cornibus aures. 5tj 
 
LIBER TERTIUS. 69 
 
 Nec mihi displiceat maculis insignis et albo, 
 
 Aut juga detrectans, interdumque aspera cornu, 
 
 Et faciem tauro propior, quaeque ardua tota, 
 
 Et gradiens ima verrit vestigia cauda. 
 
 Aetas Lucinam justosque pati hymenaeos 60 
 
 Desinit ante decern, post quattuor incipit annos ; 
 
 Cetera iiec feturae liabilis, nee fortis aratris. 
 
 Interea, superat gregibus dum laeta juventas, 
 
 Solve mares ; mitte in Venerem pecuaria primus, 
 
 Atque aliam ex alia generando suffice prolem. 65 
 
 Optima quaeque dies miseris mortalibus aevi 
 
 Prima fugit ; subeunt morbi tristisque senectus, 
 
 Et labor et durae rapit inclementia mortis. 
 
 Semper erunt, quarum mutari corpora malis : 
 
 Semper enim refice, ac, ne post amissa requiras, 70 
 
 Anteveni, et subolem armento sortire quot annis. 
 
 Nee non et pecori est idem delectus equine. 
 Tu modo, quos in spem statues submittere gentis, 
 Praecipuum jam inde a teneris impende laborem. 
 Continuo pecoris generosi pullus in arvis 75 
 
 Altius ingreditur, et mollia crura reponit ; 
 Primus et ire viam et fluvios tentare minaces 
 Audet et ignoto sese committere ponti, 
 Nee vanos horret strepitus. Illi ardua cervix, 
 Argatumque caput, brevis alvus, obesaque terga, 80 
 
 Luxuriatque toris animosum pectus. Honesti 
 Spadices glaucique, color deterrimus albis 
 Et gilvo. Tum, si qua sonum procul arma dedere. 
 Stare loco nescit, micat auribus et tremit artus, 
 Collectumque fremens volvit sub naribus ignem. 85 
 
 Densa juba, et dextro jactata recumbit in armo ; 
 At duplex agitur per lumbos spina ; cavatque 
 Tellurem et solido o-raviter sonat unsfula cornu. 
 
70 p. VERGILl MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Talis Amyclaei clomitus Pollucis liabenis 
 
 CyllaiTis, et, quorum Graii meminere poetae, 90 
 
 Martis equi bijuges, et niagni currus Achilli. 
 
 Talis et ipse jubam cervice efFudit equina 
 
 Conjugis adventu pernix Saturnus, et altum 
 
 Pelion hinuitu fugiens implevit acuto. 
 
 Hunc quoque, ubi aut niorbo gravis aut jam segnior 
 annis 95 
 
 Deficit, abde domo, nee turpi ignosce senectae : 
 Frigidus in Venerem senior, frustraque laborem 
 Ingratum trahit ; et, si quando ad proelia ventum est, 
 Ut quondam in stipulis magnus sine viribus ignis, 
 Incassum furit. Ergo animos aevumque notabis 100 
 
 Praecipue ; liinc alias artes, prolemque parentum, 
 Et quis cuique dolor victo, quae gloria palmae. 
 Nonne vides, quum praecipiti certamine campum 
 Corripuere ruuntque efFusi career e currus, 
 Quum spes arrectae juvenum, exsultantiaque liaurit 105 
 Corda pavor pulsans ? Illi instant verbere torto 
 Et proni dant lora ; volat vi fervidas axis ; 
 Jam que liumiles, jamque elati sublime videntur 
 Aera per vacuum ferri, atque assurgere in auras ; 
 Nee mora, nee requies ; at fulvae nimbus arenae 110 
 
 Tollitur ; bumescunt spumis flatuque sequentum : 
 Tantus amor laudum, tantae est victoria curae. 
 Primus Ericlitlionius currus et quattuor ausus 
 Jungere equos, rapidusque rotis insistere victor. 
 Frena Pelethronii Lapitliae gyrosque dedere 115 
 
 Impositi dorso, atque equitem docuere snb armis 
 Insultaresolo,et gressus glomerare superbos. 
 Aequiis uterque labor ; aeque juvenemque magistri 
 Exquirunt calidumque animis et cursibus acrem, 
 Quamvis saepe fuga versos ille egerit liostes, 120 
 
LIBER TERTIUS. 71 
 
 Et patrlam Epirum referat, fortesque Mycenas, 
 Neptunique ipsa deducat orlgine gentem. 
 
 His 'animadversis instant sub tempus, et omnes 
 Impendunt curas denso distendere pingui, 
 Quern legere ducem et pecori dixere maritum ; 125 
 
 Florentesque secant herbas, fluviosque ministrant 
 Farraque, ne blando nequeat superesse labori, 
 Invalidique patrum referant jejunia nati. 
 Ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes, 
 Atque, ubi concubitus primes jam nota voluptas 130 
 
 Sollicitat, frondesque negant et fontibus arcent. 
 Saepe etiam cursu quatiunt et sole fatigant, 
 Quum graviter tun sis gemit area frugibus, et quum 
 Surgentem ad Zephyrum paleae jactantur inanes. 
 Hoc faciunt, nimio ne luxu obtLisior usus 135 
 
 Sit genitali arvo et sulcos oblimet inertes, 
 Sed rapiat sitiens Venerem interiusque recondat. 
 
 Rursus cur a patrum cadere, et succedere matrum 
 Incipit. Exactis gravidae quum mensibus errant, 
 Non illas graribus quisquam juga ducere plaustris, 140 
 Non saltu superare viam sit passus et acri 
 Carpere prata fuga fluviosque innare rapaces. 
 Saltibus in vacuis pascunt et plena secundum 
 Flumina, muscus ubi et viridissima gramine ripa, 
 Speluncaeque tegant, et saxea procubet umbra. 145 
 
 Est lucos Silari circa ilicibusque virentem 
 Plurimus Alburnum volitans, cui nomen asilo 
 Romanum est, oestrum Graii vertere vocantes, 
 Asper, acerba sonans, quo tota exterrita silvis 
 DifFugiunt armenta ; furit mugitibus aether 150 
 
 Concussus silvaeque et sicci ripa Tanagri. 
 Hoc quondam monstro liorribiles exercuit iras 
 Inacliiae Juno pestem meditata juvencae. 
 
72 p. VEKGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Hunc quoque, nam medlis fervoribus acrior instat, 
 Arcebis gravido pecori, armentaque pasces 155 
 
 Sole recens orto aut noctem ducentibus astris. 
 
 Post partnm cura in vitulos traducitur omnis ; 
 Continuoque notas et nomina gentis inurunt, 
 Et quos aut pecori malint submittere habendo, 
 Aut aris servare sacros, aut scindere terram 160 
 
 Et campum horrentem fractis invertere glebis. 
 Cetera pascuntur virides armenta per herbas. 
 Tu quos ad studium atque usum formabis agrestem, 
 Jam vitulos hortare, viamque insiste domandi, 
 Dum faciles animi juvenum, dum mobilis aetas. 165 
 
 Ac primum laxos tenui de vimine circlos 
 Cervici subnecte ; dehinc, ubi libera colla 
 Servitio assuerint, ipsis e torquibus aptos 
 Junge pares, et coge gradum conferre juvencos ; 
 Atque illis jam saepe rotae ducantur inanes 170 
 
 Per terram, et summo vestigia pulvere signent ; 
 Post valido nitens sub pondere faginus axis 
 Instrepat, et junctos temo traliat aereus orbes. 
 Interea pubi indomitae non gramina tantum. 
 Nee vescas salicum frondes ulvamque palustrem, 175 
 
 Sed frumenta manu carpes sata ; nee tibi fetae, 
 More patrum, nivea implebunt mulctraria vaccae, 
 Sed tota in dulces consument ubera natos. 
 
 Sin ad bella magis studium turmasque feroces, 
 Aut Alphea rotis praelabi flumina Pisae, 180 
 
 Et Jo vis in luco currus agitare volantes : 
 Primus equi labor est, animos atque arma videre 
 Bellantum, lituosque pati, tractuque gementem 
 Ferre rotam, et stabulo frenos audire sonantes ; 
 Tum magis atque magis blandis gandere magistri 185 
 Laudibus et plausae sonitum cervicis amare. 
 
LIBEE TERTIUS. 73 
 
 Atque liaec jam priino depulsus ab ubere matris 
 
 Audeat, inque viceni det mollibus ora capistris 
 
 Invalidus etiamque tremens, etiam inscius aevi. 
 
 At tribns.exactis ubi quarta accesserit aestas, 190 
 
 Carpere mox gyrum incipiat gradibusque sonare 
 
 Compositis, sinuetque alterna volumina crurum, 
 
 Sitque laboranti similis ; tum cursibus auras, 
 
 Tum vocet, ac per aperta volans, ceu liber habenis, 
 
 Aequora vix summa vestigia ponat arena ; 195 
 
 Qualis Hyperboreis Aquilo quum densus ab oris 
 
 Incubuit, Scythiaeque hiemes atque arida difFert 
 
 Nubila ; tum segetes altae campique natantes 
 
 Lenibus horrescunt flabris, summaeque sonorem 
 
 Dant silvae, longique urgent ad litora fluctus ; 200 
 
 Ille volat, simul arva fuga, simul aequora verrens. 
 
 Hie vel ad Elei metas et maxima campi 
 
 Sudabit spatia, et spumas aget ore cruentas, 
 
 Belgica vel molli melius feret esseda collo. 
 
 Tum demum crassa magnum farragine corpus 205 
 
 Crescere jam domitis sinito ; namque ante domandum 
 
 Ingentes toUent animos, prensique negabunt 
 
 Verbera lenta pati et duris parere lupatis. 
 
 Sed non uUa magis vires industria firmat, 
 Quam Venerem et caeci stimulos avertere amoris, 210 
 Sive boum sive est cui gratior usus equorum. 
 Atque ideo tauros procul atque in sola relegant 
 Pascua, post montem oppositum, et trans flumina lata ; 
 Aut iiitus clausos satura ad praesepia servant. 
 Carpit enim vires paulatim uritque videndo 215 
 
 Femina, nee nemorum patitur meminisse, nee herbae. 
 Dulcibus ilia quidem illecebris et saepe superbos 
 Cornibus inter se subigit decernere amantes. 
 Pascitur in magna Sila formosa juvenca ; 
 
74 p. VEIIGILI MAROJyiS GEORGICON 
 
 lUi alternantes multa vi proelia miscent 220 
 
 Vulneribus crebris ; lavit ater corpora sanguis, 
 
 Versaque in obnixos urgentur cornua vasto 
 
 Cum gemitu ; reboant silvaeque et longus Olympus. 
 
 Nep mos bellantes una stabulare ; sed alter 
 
 Victus abit, longeque ignotis exsulat oris, 225 
 
 Multa gemens ignominiam plagasque superbi 
 
 Victoris, tum, quos amisit inultus, amores ; 
 
 Et stabula aspectans regnis excessit avitis. 
 
 Ergo omni cura vires exercet, et inter 
 
 Dura jacetpernox instrato saxa cubili, 230 
 
 Frondibus liirsutis et carice pastus acuta, 
 
 Et tentat sese, atque irasci in cornua discit, 
 
 Arboris obnixus trunco, ventosque lacessit 
 
 Ictibus, et sparsa ad pugnam proludit arena. 
 
 Post, ubi collectum robur viresque refectae, 235 
 
 Signa movet, praecepsque oblitum fertur in liostem : 
 
 Fluctus uti medio coepit quum albescere ponto 
 
 Longius, ex al toque sinum traliit ; utque volutus 
 
 Ad terras immane sonat per saxa, neque ipso 
 
 Monte minor procumbit ; at ima exaestuat unda 240 
 
 Verticibus, nigramque alte subjectat arenam. 
 
 Omne adeo genus in terris hominumque ferarumque, 
 Et genus aequoreum, pecudes, pictaeque volucres, 
 In furias ignemque ruunt. Amor omnibus idem. 
 Tempore non alio catulorum oblita leaena 245 
 
 Saevior erravit campis, nee funera vulgo 
 Tarn multa informes ursi stragemque dedere 
 Per silvas ; tum saevus aper, tum pessima tigris ; 
 Heu, male tum Libyae solis erratur in agris. 
 Nonne vides, ut tota tremor pertentct equorum 250 
 
 Corpora, si tantum notas odor attulit auras ? 
 Ac neque eos jam frena virum, neque verbera saeva, 
 
LIBER TERTIUS. 75 
 
 Non scopuli rupesque cavae atque objecta retardant 
 
 Flumina, correptos unda torquentia monies. 
 
 Ipse ruit dentesque Sabellicus exacuit sus, 255 
 
 Et pede prosubigit terram, fricat arbore costas, 
 
 Atque hinc atque illinc Immeros ad vulnera durat. 
 
 Quid juvenis, niagnum cui versat in ossibus ignem 
 
 Durus amor ? Nempe abruptis turbata procellis 
 
 Nocte natat saeca serus freta ; quem super ingens 260 
 
 Porta tonat caeli, et scopulis illisa reclamant 
 
 Aequora ; nee miseri possunt revocare parentes, 
 
 Nee moritura super crudeli funere virgo. 
 
 Quid lynces Bacchi variae et genus acre luporum 
 
 Atque canum ? quid, quae imbelles dant proelia cervi? 265 
 
 Scilicet ante omnes furor est insignis equarum ; 
 
 Et mentem Venus ipsa dedit, quo tempore Glauci 
 
 Potniades malis membra absumpsere quadrigae. 
 
 Illas ducit amor trans Gargara transque sonantem 
 
 Ascanium ; superant montes et flumina tranant. 270 
 
 Continuoque avidis ubi subdita flanima medullis : — 
 
 Vere magis, quia vere calor redit ossibus — illae 
 
 Ore omnes versae in Zeplijrum stant rupibus altis, 
 
 Exceptantque leves auras, et saepe sine ullis 
 
 Conjugiis vento gravidae — mirabile dictu — 275 
 
 Saxa per et scopulos et depressas convalles 
 
 DifFiigiunt, non, Eure, tuos, neque Solis ad ortus, 
 
 In Borean Caurumque, aut unde nigerrimus Auster 
 
 Nascitur et pluvio contristat frigore caelum. 
 
 Hie demum, iiippomanes vero quod nomine dicunt 280 
 
 Pastores, lentum destillat ab inguine virus ; 
 
 Hippomanes, quod saepe malae legere novercae, 
 
 Miscuerimtque herbas et non innoxia verba. 
 
 Sed fugit interea, fugit irreparabile tempus, 
 Singula dum capti circumvectamur amore. 285 
 
<b p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Hoc satis armentis : superat pars altera curae, 
 Lanigeros agitare greges liirtasque capellas. 
 Hie labor ; liinc laudem fortes sperate coloni. 
 Nee sum animi dubius, verbis ea vineere niagnum 
 Quam sit, et angustis hune addere rebus honorem ; 290 
 Sed me Parnasi deserta per ardua dulcis 
 Raptat amor ; juvat ire jugis, qua nulla priorum 
 Castaliam molli devertitur orbita elivo. 
 
 Nune, veneranda Pales, magno nunc ore sonandum. 
 Ineipiens stabulis edico in mollibus lierbam 295 
 
 Carpere oves, dum mox frondosa reducitur aestas, 
 Et multa duram stipula filicumque maniplis 
 Sternere subter humum, glacies ne frigida laedat 
 MoUe peeus, seabiemque ferat turpesque podagras. 
 Post bine digressus jubeo frondentia capris 300 
 
 Arbuta suffieere et fluvios praebere recentes, 
 Et stabula a ventis Mberno opponere soli 
 Ad medium conversa diem, quum frigidus olim 
 Jam eadit extremoque irrorat Aquarius anno. 
 Hae quoque non cura nobis leviore tuendae, 305 
 
 Nee minor usus erit, quamvis Milesia magno 
 Vellera mntentur Tyrios incocta rubores : 
 Densior hinc soboles, liinc largi copia lactis ; 
 Quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, 
 Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis. 310 
 
 Nee minus interea barbas incanaque menta 
 Cinyphii tondent liirci setasque comantes 
 Usum in castrorum et miseris velamina nautis. 
 Pascuntur vero silvas et summa Lycaei, 
 Horrcntesque rubos et amantes ardua dumos ; 315 
 
 Atque ipsae memores redeunt in tecta, suosque 
 Ducunt, et gravido superant vix ubere limen. 
 Ergo omni studio glaciem ventosque nivales, 
 
LIBEE, TERTIUS. 77 
 
 Quo minor est illis curae mortalis egestas, 
 
 Avertes, victumque feres et ^drgea laetus 320 
 
 Pabula, nee tota claudes fenilia bruma. 
 
 At vero Zephyris quum laeta vocantibus aestas 
 In saltus utrumque gregem atque in pascua mittet, 
 Luciferi primo cum sidere frigida rura 
 Carpamus, dum mane novum, dum gramina canent, 325 
 Et ros in tenera pecori gratissimus herba. 
 Inde, ubi quarta sitim caeli collegerit hora 
 Et cantu querulae rumpent arbusta cicadae, 
 Ad puteos aut alta greges ad stagna jubeto 
 Currentem ilignis potare canalibus undam ; 330 
 
 Aestibus at mediis umbrosam exquirere vallem, 
 Sicubi magna Jovis antiquo robore quercus 
 Ingentes tendat ramos, aut sicubi nigrum 
 Ilicibus crebris sacra nemus accubet umbra ; 
 Tum tenues dare rursus aquas, et pascere rursus 335 
 
 Solis ad occasum, quum frigidus aera vesper 
 Temperat, et saltus reficit jam roscida luna, 
 Litoraque alcyonen resonant, acalanthida dumi. 
 
 Quid tibi pastores Libyae, quid pascua versu 
 Prosequar, et raris habitata mapalia tectis ? 340 
 
 Saepe diem noctemque et totum ex ordine mensem ^ 
 
 Pascitur itque pecus longa in deserta sine ullis 
 Hospitiis : tantum campi jacet. Omnia secum 
 Armentarius Afer agit, tectumque Laremque 
 Armaque Amyclaeumque canem Cressamque phare- 
 
 tram ; 345 
 
 Non secus ac patriis acer Romanus in armis 
 Injusto sub fasce viam quum carpit, et hosti 
 Ante exspectatum positis stat in agmine castris. 
 At non., qua Scythiae gentes Maeotiaque unda, 
 
 Tm'bidus et torquens flaventes Ister arenas, 350 
 
 7* 
 
78 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Quaque redit medium Rliodope porrecta sub axem. 
 
 Illic clausa tenent stabulis armenta, nee ullae 
 
 Aut herbae campo apparent aut arbore frondes ; 
 
 Sed jacet aggeribus niveis informis et alto 
 
 Terra gelu late, septemque assurgit in ulnas. 355 
 
 Semper liiems, semper spirantes frigora Cauri. 
 
 Turn Sol pallentes baud umquam discutit umbras, 
 
 Nee quum invectus equis altum petit aetliera, nee quum 
 
 Praecipitem Oceani rubro lavit aequore currum. 
 
 Concrescunt subitae current! in flumine crustae, 360 
 
 Undaque jam tergo ferratos sustinet orbes, 
 
 Puppibus ilia prius, patulis nunc liospita plaustris ; 
 
 Aeraque dissiliunt vulgo, vestesque rigescunt 
 
 Indutae, caeduntque securibus liumida vina, 
 
 Et totae solidam in glaciem vertere lacunae 365 
 
 Stiriaque impexis induruit horrida bar bis. 
 
 Interea toto non secius aere ningit : 
 
 Intereunt pecudes, stant circumfusa pruinis 
 
 Corpora magna boum, confertoque agmine cervi 
 
 Torpent mole nova et summis vix cornibus exstant. 370 
 
 Hos non immissis canibus, non cassibus uUis, 
 
 Puniceaeve agitant pavidos formidine pinnae ; 
 
 Sed frustra oppositum trudentes pectore montem 
 
 tlomminus obtruncant ferro, graviterque rudentes 
 
 Caedunt, et magno laeti clamore reportant. 375 
 
 Ipsi in defossis specubus secura sub alta 
 
 Otia agunt terra, congcstaque robora totasque 
 
 Advolvere focis ulmos ignique dedere. 
 
 Hie noctem ludo ducunt, et pocula laeti 
 
 Fermento atque acidis imitantur vitea sorbis. 380 
 
 Talis Hyperboreo Septem subjecta trioni 
 
 Gens efFrena virum Rbipaeo tunditur Euro, 
 
 Et pecudum fulvis velatur corpora setis. 
 
LIBER TERTIUS. T9 
 
 Si tibi lanicmm curae, primum aspera silva, 
 Lappaeque tribulique, absmt ; fiige pabula laeta ; 385 
 
 Continuoque greges villis lege mollibus albos. 
 Ilium autem, quamvis aries sit candidus ipse, 
 Nigra subest udo tan turn cui lingua palato, 
 Rejice, ne maculis infuscet vellera puUis 
 Nascentum, plenoque alium circumspice campo. 390 
 
 Munere sic niveo lanae, si credere dignum est, 
 Pan deus Arcadiae captam te, Luna, fefellit. 
 In nemora alta vocans ; nee tu aspernata vocantem. 
 
 At cui lactis amor, cytisum lotosque frequentes 
 Ipse manu salsasque ferat praesepibus herbas. 395 
 
 Hinc et amant fluvios magis, et magis ubera tendunt, 
 Et salis occultum referunt in lacte saporem. 
 Multi jam excretos prohibent a matribus liaedos, 
 Primaque ferratis praefigunt or a capistris. 
 Quod surgente die mulsere horisque diurnis, 400 
 
 Nocte premunt ; quod jam tenebris et sole cadente, 
 Sub lucem exportant calathis — adit oppida pastor — 
 Aut parco sale contingunt hiemique reponunt. 
 
 Nee tibi cura canum fuerit postrema, sed una 
 Veloces Spartae catulos acremque Molossum 405 
 
 Pasce sero pingui. Numquam custodibus illis 
 Nocturnum stabulis furem incursusque luporum, 
 Aut impacatos a tergo horrebis Iberos. 
 Saepe etiam cursu timidos agitabis onagros, 
 Et canibus leporem, canibus venabere damas ; 410 
 
 Saepe volutabris pulsos silvestribus apros 
 Latratu turbabis agens, montesque per altos 
 Ingentem clamore pr ernes ad retia cervum. 
 
 Disce et odoratam stabulis accendere cedrum, 
 Galbaneoque agitare graves nidore chelydros. 415 
 
 Saepe sub immotis praesepibus aut mala tactu 
 
80 p. VEE.GILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Vipera delltuit, caelumque exterrita fugit ; 
 
 Ant tecto assuetus coluber succedere et umbrae, 
 
 Pestis acerba bourn, pecorique aspergere virus, 
 
 Fovit bunium. Cape saxa manu, cape robora, pastor, 420 
 
 Tollentemque minas et sibila colla tumentem 
 
 Dejice. Janique fuga timidum caput abdidit alte, 
 
 Quum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae 
 
 Solvuntur, tardosque trabit sinus ultimus orbes. 
 
 Est etiam ille mains Calabris in saltibus anguis, 425 
 
 Squamea convolvens snblato pectore terga 
 
 Atque notis longam macnlosus grandibus alvum, 
 
 Qui, dum amnes ulli mmpuntur fontibns et dum 
 
 Vere madent udo terrae ac plnvialibus anstris, 
 
 Stagiia colit, ri]3isque habitans, hie piscibus atram 430 
 
 Improbus ingluviem ranisque loquacibns explet ; 
 
 Postquam exnsta pains, terraeque ardore deliiscnnt, 
 
 Exsilit in siccum, et flammantia lumina torquens 
 
 Saevit agris, asperque siti atque exterritus aestu. 
 
 Nee milii turn molles sub divo carpere somnos, 435 
 
 JSTeu dorso nemoris libeat jacuisse per lierbas, 
 
 Quum positis novus exuviis nitidusque jnventa 
 
 Volvitur, ant catnlos tectis ant ova relinquens, 
 
 Ardnus ad solem, et linguis micat ore trisulcis. 
 
 Morborum quoque te causas et signa docebo. 440 
 
 Turpis oves tentat scabies, ubi frigidus imber 
 Altius ad vivum persedit et borrida cano 
 Bruma gelu, vel quum tonsis illotns adhaesit 
 Sudor, et hirsuti secnerunt corpora ^'epres. 
 Dulcibns idcirco fluviis pecus omne magistri 445 
 
 Perfundunt, ndisque aries in gnrgite villis 
 Mersatur, missusque secundo defluit amni ; 
 Ant tonsum tristi contingunt corpus amurca, 
 Et spumas misceut argenti et sulfura ^'iva 
 
LIBER TERTIUS. 81 
 
 Idaeasque pices et pingues -unguine ceras 450 
 
 Scillamque helleborosque graves nigrumque bitumen. 
 
 Non tamen ulla magis praesens fortuna laborum est, 
 
 Quam si.quis ferro potuit rescindere summum 
 
 Ulceris os : alitur vitium vivitque tegendo, 
 
 Dum medicas adhibere manus ad vulnera pastor 455 
 
 Abnegat, aut meliora deos sedet omina poscens. 
 
 Quin etiam, ima dolor balantum lapsus ad ossa 
 
 Quum furit atque artus depascitur arida febris, 
 
 Profuit incensos aestus avertere et inter 
 
 Ima ferire pedis salientem sanguine venam ; 460 
 
 Bisaltae quo more solent acerque Gelonus, 
 
 Quum fugit in Rhodopen atque in deserta Getarum, 
 
 Et lac concretum cum sanguine potat equino. 
 
 Quam procul aut molli succedere saepius umbrae 
 Videris, aut summas carpentem ignavius lierbas, 465 
 
 Extremamque sequi, aut medio procumbere campo 
 Pascentem, et serae solam decedere nocti : 
 Continuo culpam ferro compesce, prius quam 
 Dira per incautum serpant contagia vulgus. 
 Non tam creber agens hiemem ruit aequore turbo, 470 
 Quam multae 2:>ecudum pestes. Nee singula morbi 
 Corpora corripiunt, sed tota aestiva repente, 
 Spemque gregemque simul, cunctamque ab origine 
 
 gentem. 
 Tum sciat, aerias Alpes et Norica si quis 
 Castella in tumulis et lapydis arva Timavi 475 
 
 Nunc quoque post tanto videat desertaque regna 
 Pastorum et longe saltus lateque vacantes. 
 
 Hie quondam morbo caeli miseranda coorta est 
 Tempestas totoque auctumni incanduit aestu, 
 Et genus omne neci pecudum dedit, omne ferarum, 480 
 Corrupitque lacus, infecit pabula tabo. 
 
82 p. VERGILI MAROXIS GEORGICON 
 
 TsTec via mortis erat simplex ; sed ubi ignea venis 
 
 Omnibus acta sitis miseros aclduxerat artus, 
 
 Rursus abundabat fluidus liquor omniaque in se 
 
 Ossa minutatim morbo collapsa trahebat. 485 
 
 Saepe in lionore deum medio stans liostia ad aram, 
 
 Lanea dum nivea circumdatur infula vitta, 
 
 Inter cunctantes cecidit moribunda ministros. 
 
 Aut si quam ferro mactaverat ante sacerdos, 
 
 Inde neque impositis ardent altaria fibris, 490 
 
 Nee responsa potest consultus reddere vates, 
 
 Ac vix suppositi tinguntur sanguine cultri, 
 
 Summaque jejuna sanie infuscatur arena. 
 
 Hinc laetis vituli vulgo moriuntur in herbis, 
 
 Et dulces animas plena ad praesepia reddunt ; 495 
 
 Hinc canibus blandis rabies venit, et quatit aegros 
 
 Tussis anliela sues ac faucibus angit obesis. 
 
 Labitur infelix studiorum atque immemor herbae 
 
 Victor equus fontesque avertitur et pede terram 
 
 Crebra ferit ; demissae aures, incertus ibidem 500 
 
 Sudor, et ille quidem morituris frigidus, aret 
 
 Pellis et ad tactum tractanti dura resistit. 
 
 Haec ante exitium primis dant signa diebus ; 
 
 Sin in processu coepit crudescere morbus, 
 
 Tum vero ardentes oculi atque attractus ab alto 505 
 
 Spiritus, interdum gernitu gravis, imaque longo 
 
 Ilia singultu tendunt, it naribus ater 
 
 Sanguis, et obsessas fauces premit aspera lingua. 
 
 Profuit inserto latices infundere cornu 
 
 Lenaeos ; ea visa salus morientibus una ; 510 
 
 Mox erat hoc ipsum exitio, furiisque refecti 
 
 Ardebant, ipsique suos jam morte sub aegra — 
 
 Di meliora piis eri'oremque liostibus ilium ! — 
 
 Discissos nudis laiiiabant dentibus artus. 
 
LIBER TEETIUS. 83 
 
 Ecce autem duro fumans sub vomere taurus 515 
 
 Concidit et mixtum spumis vomit ore cniorem 
 
 Extremosque ciet gemitus. It tristis arator, 
 
 Maerentem abjungens fraterna morte juvencum, 
 
 Atque opere in medio defixa reiinquit aratra. 
 
 Non umbrae altormii nemormn, non moUia possunt 520 
 
 Prata movere animum, non, qui per saxa volutus 
 
 Purior electro camptim petit amnis ; at ima 
 
 Solvuntur latera, atque oculos stupor urget inertes, 
 
 Ad terramque fluit devexo pondere cervix. 
 
 Quid labor aut benefacta juvant ? quid vomere terras 525 
 
 Invertisse graves ? Atqui non Massica Bacchi 
 
 Munera, non illis epulae nocuere repostae : 
 
 Frondibus et victu pascuntur simplicis lierbae, 
 
 Pocula sunt fontes liquid! atque exercita cursu 
 
 Flumina, nee somnos abrumpit cura salubres. 530 
 
 Tempore non alio dicunt regionibus illis 
 
 Quaesitas ad sacra boves Junonis, et uris 
 
 Imparibus ductos alta ad donaria currus. 
 
 Ergo aegre rastris terram rimantur, et ipsis 
 
 Unguibus infodiunt fruges, montesque per altos 535 
 
 Contenta cervice tralmnt stridentia plaustra. 
 
 Non lupus insidias explorat ovilia circum, 
 
 Nee gregibus nocturnus obambulat ; acrior ilium 
 
 Cura domat ; timidi damae cervique fugaces 
 
 Nunc interque canes et circum tecta vagantur. 540 
 
 Jam maris immensi prolem et genus omne natantum 
 
 Litore in extremo, ceu naufraga corpora, fluctus 
 
 Proluit ; insolitae fugiunt in flumina pbocae. 
 
 Interit et curvis frustra defensa latebris 
 
 Vipera, et attoniti squamis astantibus hydri. 545 
 
 Ipsis est aer avibus non aequus, et illae 
 
 Praecipites alta vitam sub nube relinquunt, 
 
84 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICOX 
 
 Praeterea jam nee mutari pabula refert, 
 
 Quaesitaeque nocent artes ; cessere maglstii, 
 
 Phillyrides Chiron Amytliaoniusque Melampus. 550 
 
 Saevit et in lucem Stygiis emissa tenebris 
 
 Pallida Tisiplione Morbos agit ante Metumque, 
 
 Inque dies avidum surgens caput altius efFert. 
 
 Balatu peconim et crebris inugitibus amnes 
 
 Arentesque sonant ripae collesque supini. 555 
 
 Jam que cater vatim dat stragem atque aggerat ipsis 
 
 In stabulis turpi dilapsa cadavera tabo, 
 
 Donee humo teo;ere ac foveis abscondere discunt. 
 
 Nam neque erat coriis usus, nee viscera quisquam 
 
 Aut luidis abolere potest, aut vincere flamma ; 560 
 
 Ne tondere quidem morbo illuvieque peresa 
 
 Vellera nee telas possunt attingere putres ; 
 
 Verum etiam, invisos si quis tentarat amictus, 
 
 Ardentes papulae atque immundus olentia sudor 
 
 Membra sequebatur, nee longo deinde moranti 565 
 
 Tempore contactos artus saeer ignis edebat. 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS 
 
 GEORGICON 
 
 LIBEE QU AUTUS. 
 
 Protinus aerii mellis caelestia dona 
 
 Exsequar. Hanc etiam, Maecenas, aspice partem. 
 
 Admiranda tibi levium spectacula rerum 
 
 Magnanimosque duces totiusque ordine gentis 
 
 Mores et studia et populos et proelia dicam. 5 
 
 In tenni labor ; at tenuis non gloria, si quern - 
 
 Numina laeva sinunt auditque vocatus Apollo. 
 
 Principio sedes apibus statioque petenda. 
 Quo neque sit ventis aditus — nam pabula venti 
 Ferre domum proliibent — neque oves haedique petulci 10 
 Floribus insultent, aut errans bucula campo 
 Decutiat rorem, et surgentes atterat lierbas. 
 Absint et picti squalentia terga lacerti 
 Pinguibus a stabulis, meropesque, aliaeque volucres, 
 Et manibus Procne pectus signata cruentis ; 15 
 
 Omnia nam late vastant, ipsasque volantes 
 Ore ferunt dulcem nidis immitibus escam. 
 At liquidi fontes et stagna virentia musco 
 Adsint, et tenuis fiigiens per gramina rivus, 
 Palmaque vestibulum aut ingens oleaster inumbret, 20 
 Ut, quum prima riovi ducent examina .reges 
 Vere suo, ludetque fa vis emissa juventus, 
 
 8 85 
 
86 p. VERGILl MARONIS GEOEGICON 
 
 Vicina invitet decedere ripa calori, 
 
 Obviaque liospitiis teneat frondentibus arbos. 
 
 In medium, seu stabit iiiers, seu profluet humor, 25 
 
 Transversas salices et grandia conjice saxa, 
 
 Pontibus ut crebris possint consistere et alas 
 
 Pandere ad aestivum solem, si forte morantes 
 
 Sparserit aut praeceps Neptuno imm.erserit Eurus. 
 
 Haec circum casiae virides et olentia late 30 
 
 Serpylla et graviter spirantis copia thymbrae 
 
 Floreat, irriguumque bibant violaria fontem. 
 
 Ipsa autem, seu corticibus tibi suta cavatis, 
 
 Seu lento fuerint alvearia vimine texta, 
 
 Angiistos liabeant aditus : nam frigore mella 35 
 
 Cogit liiems, eademque calor liquefacta remittit. 
 
 Utraque vis apibus pariter metuenda ; neque illae 
 
 Nequioquam in tectis certatim tenuia cera 
 
 Spiramenta linunt, fucoque et floribus oras 
 
 Explent, collectumque haec ipsa ad mmiera gluten 40 
 
 Et visco et Phiygiae servant pice lentius Idae. 
 
 Saepe etiam efFossis, si vera est fama, latebris 
 
 Sub terra fovere larem, penitusque repertae 
 
 Pumicib usque cavis exesaeque arboris antro. 
 
 Tu tamen et levi rimosa cubilia limo 45 
 
 Unge fovens circum, et raras superinjice frondes. 
 
 Neu propius tectis taxum sine, neve rubentes 
 
 Ure foco cancros, altae neu crede paludi, 
 
 Aut ubi odor coeni gravis, aut ubi con cava pulsu 
 
 Saxa sonant vocisque ofFensa resultat imago. 50 
 
 Quod superest, ubi pulsam hiemem Sol aureus egit 
 Sub terras caelumque aestiva luce reclusit, 
 Illae continuo saltus silvasque peragrant 
 Purpureosque metunt flores et flumina libant 
 Summa leves. Hinc nescio qua dulcedine laetae 55 
 
LIBER QUARTUS. 87 
 
 Progeniem nidosque fovent, liinc arte recentes 
 
 Excudunt ceras et mella tenacia fingunt. 
 
 Hinc ubi jam emissum caveis ad sidera caeli 
 
 Nare per- aestatem liquidam suspexeris agmen 
 
 Obscuramque trahi vento mirabere nubem, 60 
 
 Contemplator : aquas dulces et frondea semper 
 
 Tecta petunt. Hue tu jussos asperge sapores, 
 
 Trita melispbylla et cerintliae ignobile gramen, 
 
 Tinnitusque cie et Matris quate cymbala circum : 
 
 Ipsae consident medicatis sedibus, ipsae 65 
 
 Intima more suo sese in cunabula condent. 
 
 Sin autem ad pugnam exierint — nam saepe duobus 
 Regibus incessit magno discordia motu ; 
 Continuoque animos vulgi et trepidantia bello 
 Corda licet longe praesciscere ; namque morantes 70 
 
 Martius ille aeris rauci canor increpat, et vox 
 Auditur fractos sonitus imitata tubarum ; 
 Turn trepidae inter se coeunt, pennisque coruscant, 
 Spiculaque exacuunt rostris, aptantque lacertos, 
 Et circa regem atque ipsa ad praetoria densae 75 
 
 Miscentur, magnisque vocant clamoribus hostem. 
 Ergo ubi ver nactae sudum camposque patentes, 
 Erampunt portis : concurritur ; aethere in alto 
 Fit sonitus ; magnum mixtae glomerantur in orbem, 
 Praecipitesque cadunt ; non densior aere grando, 80 
 
 Nee de concussa tantum pluit ilice glandis. 
 Ipsi per medias acies insignibus alis 
 Ingentes animos angusto in pectore versant, 
 Usque adeo obnixi non cedere, dum gravis aut lios 
 Aut lios versa fuga victor dare terga subegit. 85 
 
 Hi motus animorum atque haec certamina tanta 
 Pulveris exigui jactu compressa quiescunt. 
 
 Verum ubi ductores acie rcvocaveris ambo, 
 
88 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Deterior qui visus, eum, ne prodigus obsit, 
 
 Dede neci ; melior vacua sine regnet in aula. 90 
 
 Alter erit maculis auro squalentibus ardens ; 
 
 Nam duo sunt genera ; hie melior, insignis et ore, 
 
 Et rutilis clarus squamis ; ille horridus alter 
 
 Desidia latamque traliens inglorius alvum. 
 
 Ut binae regum facies, ita corpora plebis. 95 
 
 Namque aliae turpes horrent, ceu pulvere ab alto 
 
 Quum venit et sicco terram spuit ore viator 
 
 Aridus ; elucent aliae et fulgore coruscant, 
 
 Ardentes auro et paribus lita corpora guttis. 
 
 Haec potior suboles ; hinc caeli tempore certo 100 
 
 Dulcia mella premes, nee tan turn dulcia, quantum 
 
 Et liquid a et durum Bacclii domitura sap or em. 
 
 At quum incerta volant caeloque examina ludunt, 
 Contemnuntque favos et frigida tecta relinquunt, 
 Instabiles animos ludo proliibebis inani. 105 
 
 Nee magnus ]3roliibere labor : tu regibus alas 
 Eripe ; non illis quisquam cunctantibus altum 
 Ire iter aut castris audebit vellere signa. 
 Invitent croceis halantes floribus horti, 
 Et custos furum atque avium cum falce saligna 110 
 
 Hellespontiaci servet tutela Priapi. 
 Ipse thymum pinosque ferens de montibus altis 
 Tecta serat late circum, cui talia curae ; 
 Ipse labore manum duro terat, ipse feraces 
 Figat humo plantas et amicos irriget imbres. 115 
 
 Atque equidem, extremo ni jam sub fine laborum 
 Vela traham et terris festinem advertere proram, 
 Forsitan et, pingues hortos quae cura colendi 
 Ornaret, canerem, biferique rosaria Paesti, 
 Quoque modo potis gauderent intuba rivis 120 
 
 Et virides apio ripae, tortusque per herbam 
 
LIBER QUARTUS. 89 
 
 Cresceret In ventrem cucumis ; nee sera comantem 
 
 Narcissum aut flexi tacuissem vimen acanthi 
 
 Pallentesque hederas et amantes litora myrtos. 
 
 Namqiie' sub Oebaliae memlni me turribus altis, 125 
 
 Qua niger humectat flaventia culta Galaesus, 
 
 Corycium vidisse senem, cui pauca relicti 
 
 Jugera ruris erant, nee fertilis ilia juvencis, 
 
 Nee pecori opportuna seges, nee eommoda Baceho. 
 
 Hie rarum tamen in dumis olus albaque eireum 130 
 
 Lilia verbenasque premens vescumque papaver, 
 
 Regum aequabat opes animis, seraque revertens 
 
 Nocte domum dapibus mensas onerabat inemptis. 
 
 Primus vere rosam atque auctumno earpere poma, 
 
 Et quum tristis liiems etiamnum frigore saxa 135 
 
 Rumperet et glacie cursus frenaret aquarum, 
 
 Ille eomam mollis jam tondebat liyaeintlii, 
 
 Aestatem in crepitans seram zephyr osque mor antes. 
 
 Ergo apibus fetis idem atque examine multo 
 
 Primus abundare et spumantia cogere pressis 140 
 
 Mella favis ; illi tiliae atque uberrima pinus ; 
 
 Quotque in flore novo pomis se fertilis arbos 
 
 Induerat, totidem auctumno matura tenebat. 
 
 Ille etiam seras in versum distulit ulmos 
 
 Eduramque pirum et spinos jam pruna ferentes 145 
 
 Jamque minis trantem platanum potantibus umbras. 
 
 Verum haec ipse equidem spatiis exclusus iniquis 
 
 Praetereo atque aliis post me memoranda relinquo. 
 
 Nunc age, naturas apibus quas Juppiter ipse 
 Addidit expediam, pro qua mercede, canoros 150 
 
 Curetum sonitus crepitantiaque aera seeutae, 
 Dictaeo caeli Regem pavere sub antro. 
 Solae communes natos, consortia tecta 
 Urbis habent, magnisque agitant sub legibus aevum, 
 
 8* 
 
90 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Et patriam solae et certos novere penates ; 155 
 
 Venturaeque hiemis memores aestate laborem 
 
 Experiuntur et in medium quaesita reponmit. 
 
 Namque aliae victu invigilant et foeclere pacto 
 
 Exercentur agris ; pars intra septa domorum 
 
 Narcissi lacrimam et lentum de cortice gluten 160 
 
 Prima favis ponunt fundamina, deinde tenaces 
 
 Suspendunt ceras ; aliae spem gentis adultos 
 
 Educunt fetus ; aliae purissima mella 
 
 Stipant et liquido distendunt nectare cellas. 
 
 Sunt, quibus ad portas cecidit custodia sorti, 165 
 
 In que vicem speculantur aquas et nubila caeli, 
 
 Aut onera accipiunt venientum, aut agmine facto 
 
 Ignavum fucos pecus a praesepibus arcent. 
 
 Fervet opus, redolentque thymo fragrantia mella. 
 
 Ac veluti lentis Cyclopes fulmina massis 170 
 
 Quum properant, alii taurinis follibus auras 
 
 Accij^iunt redduntque, alii stridentia tingunt 
 
 Aera lacu ; gemit impositis incudibus Aetna ; 
 
 Illi inter sese magna vi bracliia tollunt 
 
 In numerum, versantque teiiaci forcipe ferrum : 175 
 
 Non aliter, si parva licet componere magnis, 
 
 Cecropias innatus apes amor urget liabendi, 
 
 Munere quamque suo. Grandaevis oppida curae, 
 
 Et munii-e favos, et daedala fingere tecta. 
 
 At fessae multa referunt se nocte minores, 180 
 
 Crura thymo plenae ; pascuntur et arbuta passim 
 
 Et glaucas salices casiamque crocumque rubentem 
 
 Et pinguem tiliam et ferrugineos hyacinthos. 
 
 Omnibus una quies operum, labor omnibus unus : 
 
 Mane ruunt portis ; nusquam mora ; rursus easdem 185 
 
 Vesper ubi e pastu tandem decedere campis 
 
 Admonuit, tum tecta petunt, turn corpora curant ; 
 
LIBER QUARTUS. 91 
 
 Fit sonitus, mussantque or as et limina circum. 
 
 Post, ubi jam thalamis se composuere, siletur 
 
 In noctem, fessosque sopor suus occupat artus. 190 
 
 Nee verb a stabulis pluvia impendente recedunt 
 
 Longiiis, aut credunt caeio adventantibus Euris ; 
 
 Sed circum tutae sub moenibus urbis aquantur, 
 
 Excursusque breves tentant, et saepe lapillos, 
 
 Ut cymbae instabiles fluctu jactante saburram, 195 
 
 Tollunt, Ms sese per inania nubila librant. 
 
 Ilium adeo placuisse apibus mirabere morem, 
 
 Quod neque concubitu indulgent, nee corpora segnes 
 
 In Venerem sohamt, aut fetus nixibus edunt ; 
 
 Verum ipsae e foliis natos et suavibus herbis 200 
 
 Ore legunt, ipsae regem parvosque Quirites 
 
 Sufficiunt, aulasque et cerea regna refingunt. 
 
 Saepe etiam duris errando in cotibus alas 
 
 Attrivere, ultroque animam sub fasee dedere : 
 
 Tantus amor florum et generandi gloria mollis. 205 
 
 Ergo ipsas quamvis angTisti terminus aevi 
 
 Excipiat — neque enim plus septima ducitur aestas — 
 
 At genus immortale manet, multosque per annos 
 
 Stat fortuna domus, et avi numerantur avorum. 
 
 Praeterea regem non sic Aegyptus et ingens 210 
 
 Lydia, nee populi Partliorum aut Medus Hydaspes 
 
 Observant. Rege incolumi mens omnibus una est ; 
 
 Amisso rupere fidem, constructaque mella 
 
 Diripuere ipsae et crates solvere favorum. 
 
 Ille operum custos, ilium admirantur, et omnes 215 
 
 Circumstant fremitu denso, stipantque frequentes, 
 
 Et saepe attollunt humeris, et corpora bello 
 
 Objectant pulchramque petunt per vulnera mortem. 
 
 His quidam signis atque haec exempla secuti 
 Esse apibus partem divinae mentis et haustus 220 
 
92 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Aetlierios dixere ; deum namque ire per omnes 
 Terrasque tractusque maris caelumque profundum ; 
 Hinc pecudes, armenta, viros, geniis omne ferarum, 
 Quemque sibi tenues nascentem arcessere vitas ; 
 Scilicet hue reddi deinde ac resoluta referri 225 
 
 Omnia, nee morti esse locum, sed viva volare 
 Sideris in numerum atque alto succedere caelo. 
 
 Si quando sedem angustam servataque mella 
 Thesauris relines, prius haustu sparsus aquarum 
 Ora fove, fumosque manu praetende sequaces. 230 
 
 Bis gravidos cogunt fetus, duo tempora messis, 
 Tajgete simul os terris ostendit honestum 
 Plias et Oceani spretos pede repulit amnes, 
 Aut eadem sidus fugiens ubi Piscis aquosi 
 Tristior liibernas caelo descendit in undas. 235 
 
 Illis ira modum supra est, laesaeque venenum 
 Morsibus inspirant, et spicula caeca relinquunt 
 Affixae venis, animasque in vulnere ponunt. 
 Sin duram metues hiemem parcesque future 
 Contusosque animos et res miserabere fractas : 240 
 
 At sufflre tliymo cerasque recidere inanes 
 Quis dubitet ? nam saepe favos ignotus adedit 
 Stellio et lucifu2;is con^esta cubilia blattis 
 Immunisque sedens aliena ad pabula fucus ; 
 Aut asper crabro imparibus se immiscuit armis, 245 
 
 Aut dirum, tineae, genus, aut invisa Minervae 
 Laxos in foribus suspendit aranea casses. 
 Quo magis exhaustae fuerint, hoc acrius omnes 
 Incumbent generis lapsi sarcire ruinas, 
 Complebuntque foros et floribus horrea texent. 250 
 
 Si vero, quoniam casus apibus quoque nostros 
 Vita tulit, tristi languebunt corpora morbo — 
 Quod jam non dubiis poteris cognoscere signis : 
 
LIBER QUARTUS. 93 
 
 Contlniio est aegris alius color ; horrida vultum 
 
 Deformat macies ; turn corpora luce carentum 255 
 
 Exportant tectfs et tristia fun era ducunt ; 
 
 Aut illae pedibus connexae ad limina pendent, 
 
 Aut intus clausis cunctantur in aedibus, omnes 
 
 Ignavaeque fame et contracto frigore pigrae. 
 
 Turn sonus auditur gravior, tractimque susurrant, 260 
 
 Frigidus ut quondam silvis immurmurat Auster ; 
 
 Ut mare soUicitum stridit refluentibus undis ; 
 
 Aestuat ut clausis rapidus fornacibus ignis. 
 
 Hie jam galbaneos suadebo incendere odores, 
 
 Mellaque arundineis inferre canalibus, ultro 265 
 
 Hortantem et fessas ad pabula nota vocantem. 
 
 Proderit et tunsum gallae admiscere saporem 
 
 Arentesque rosas, aut igni pinguia multo 
 
 Defruta, vel Psytliia passos de vite racemos 
 
 Cecropiumque tliymum et grave olentia centaurea. 270 
 
 Est etiam flos in pratis, cui nomen amello 
 
 Fecere agricolae, facilis quaerentibus herba ; 
 
 Namque uno ingentem tollit de caespite silvam, 
 
 Aureus ipse, sed in foliis, quae plurima circum 
 
 Funduntur, violae sublucet purpura nigrae ; 275 
 
 Saepe deum nexis ornatae torquibus arae ; 
 
 Asper in ore sapor ; tonsis in vallibus ilium 
 
 Pastores et curva legunt prope flumina Mellae. 
 
 Hujus odorato radices incoque Baccbo, 
 
 Pabulaque in foribus plenis appone canistris. 280 
 
 Sed si quern proles siibito defecerit omnis, 
 Nee, genus unde novae stinrls revocetur, habebit, 
 Tempus et Arcadii memoranda inventa magistri 
 Pandere, quoque modo caesis jam saepe juvencis 
 Insincerus apes tulerit cruor. Altius omnem 285 
 
 Expediam prima repetens ab origine famam. 
 
94 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Nam qua Pellaei gens fortiinata Canopi 
 
 Accolit efFuso stagnantem flumine Nilum 
 
 Et circum pictis veliitiir sua rura pliaselis, 
 
 Quaque pharetratae vicinia Persidis urget, 290 
 
 Et viridem Aegyptum nigra fecundat arena, 
 
 Et diversa mens septem discurrit in ora 
 
 Usque coloratis amnis devexus ab Indis, 
 
 Omnis in liac certain regio jacit arte salutem. 
 
 Exiguus primum, atque ipsos contractus ad usus, 295 
 
 Eligitur locus ; hunc angustique imbrice tecti 
 
 Parietibusque premunt arctis, et quattuor addunt, 
 
 Quattuor a ventis, obliqua luce fenestras. 
 
 Turn vitulus bima curvans jam cornua fronte 
 
 Quaeritur ; huic geminae nares et spiritus oris 300 
 
 Multa reluctanti obstruitur, plagisque perempto 
 
 Tunsa per integram solvuntur viscera pellem. 
 
 Sic positum in clauso linqnunt, et ramea costis 
 
 Subjiciunt fragmenta, thymum, casiasque recentes. 
 
 Hoc geritur Zephyris primnm inipelientibus undas, 305 
 
 Ante novis rubeant quam prata coloribus, ante 
 
 Garrula quam tignis nidmn suspendat liimndo. 
 
 Interea teneris tepefactus in ossibus liumor 
 
 Aestuat, et yisenda modis animalia miris, 
 
 Trunca pedum primo, mox et stridentia pennis, 310 
 
 Miscentur, tenuemque magis magis aera carpunt, 
 
 Donee, ut aestivis efFusus nubibus imber, 
 
 Erupere, aut ut, nervo pulsante, sagittae. 
 
 Prima leves ineunt si quando proelia Parthi. 
 
 Quis dens lianc, INIusae, quis nobis extudit artem ? 315 
 Unde nova ingressus hominum experientia cepit ? 
 Pastor Aristaeus fugiens Peneia Tempe, 
 Amissis, ut fama, apibus morboque fameque, 
 Tristis ad extremi sacrum caput adstitit amnis, 
 
LIBER QUARTUS. 95 
 
 Multa querens, atque liac aifatus voce parentem : 320 
 
 " Mater, Cyrene mater, quae gurgitis liujus 
 
 Ima tenes, quid me praeclara stirpe deorum. — 
 
 Si modo, quem perliibes, pater est Thymbraeus Apollo — 
 
 Invisum fatis genuisti ? aut quo tibi nostri 
 
 Pulsus amor ? quid me caelum sperare jubebas ? 325 
 
 En etiam liunc ipsum vitae mortalis honorem, 
 
 Quem mihi vix frugum et pecuduui custodia sollers 
 
 Omnia tentanti extuderat, te matre, relinquo. 
 
 Quin age, et ipsa manu felices erue silvas, 
 
 Fer stabulis inimicum ignem atque interfice messes, 330 
 
 Ure sata, et validam in vites molire bipennem, 
 
 Tanta meae si te ceperunt taedia laudis." 
 
 At mater sonitum thalamo sub fluminis alti 
 Sensit. Eam circum Milesia vellera Nympliae 
 Carpebant, byali saturo fucata colore, 335 
 
 Drymoque, Xantlioque, Ligeaque, Phyllodoceque, 
 Caesariem effusae nitidam per Candida colla, 
 [Nesaee, Spioque, Thaliaque, Cymodoceque,] 
 Cydippeque et flava Lycorias, altera virgo. 
 Altera turn primos Lucinae experta labores, 340 
 
 Clioque, etBeroe soror, Oceanitides ambae, 
 Ambae auro, pictis incinctae pellibus ambae, 
 Atque Ephyre, atque Opis, et Asia Deiopea, 
 Et tandem positis velox Aretliusa sagittis. 
 Inter quas curam Clymene narrabat inanem 345 
 
 Vulcani, Martisque dolos et dulcia furta, 
 Aque Cliao densos divum numerabat amores. 
 Carmine quo captae dum fusis molHa pensa 
 Devolvunt, iterum maternas impulit aures 
 Luctus Aristaei, vitreisque sedilibus omnes 350 
 
 Obstupuere ; sed ante alias Arethusa sorores 
 Prospiciens summa flavum caput extulit unda 
 
96 p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Et procul : " O gemitu non frustra exterrita tanto, 
 
 Cyrene soror, ipse tibi, tua maxima cura, 
 
 Tristis Aristaeus Penei genitoris ad undam 355 
 
 Stat lacrimans, et te crudelem nomine dicit." 
 
 Hiiic percussa nova mentem formidine mater, 
 
 " Due, age, due ad nos ; fas illi limina divum 
 
 Tangere," ait. Simnl alta jubet discedere late 
 
 Flumina, qua juvenis gressus inferret. At ilium 360 
 
 Curvata in montis faciem circumstetit unda 
 
 Accepitque sinu vasto misitque sub amnem. 
 
 Jamque domum mirans genetricis et humida regna, 
 
 Speluncisque lacus clausos, lucosque sonantes, 
 
 Ibat, et ingenti motu stupefactus aquarum 365 
 
 Omnia sub magna labentia ilumina terra 
 
 Spectabat diversa locis, Pliasimque, Lycumque, 
 
 Et caput, unde altus primum se erumpit Enipeus, 
 
 Unde pater Tiberinus, et unde Aniena fluenta, 
 
 Saxosusque sonans Hjpanis, Mysusque Caicus, 370 
 
 Et gemina auratus taurine cornua vultu 
 
 Eridanus, quo non alius per pinguia culta 
 
 In mare purpureum violentior effluit amnis. 
 
 Postquam est in thalami pendentia pumice tecta 
 
 Perventum et nati fletus cognovit inanes 375 
 
 Cyrene, manibus liquidos dant ordine fontes 
 
 Germanae, tonsisque ferunt mantelia villis ; 
 
 Pars epulis onerant mensas et plena reponunt 
 
 Pocula ; Panchaeis adolescunt ignibus irae ; 
 
 Et mater, " Cape Maeonii carcliesia Bacchi : 380 
 
 Oceano libemus," ait. Simul ipsa precatur 
 
 Oceanumque patrem rerum Nymphasque sorores, 
 
 Centum quae silvas, centum quae flumina servant. 
 
 Ter liquido ardentem peifudit nectare Vestam, 
 
 Ter flamma ad summum tecti subjecta reluxit. 385 
 
L113ER QUARTUS. 97 
 
 Omiiie quo firmans animnm sic incipit ipsa : 
 " Est in Carpathio Neptuni giirgite vates, 
 Caeruleus Proteus, magnum qui piscibus aequor 
 Et juncto bipedum curru metitur equorum. 
 Hie nunc Emathiae portus patriamque revisit 390 
 
 Palienen ; lumc et Nymphao veneramur et ipse 
 Grandaevus Nereus ; novit namque omnia vates, 
 Quae sint, quae fuerint, quae mox ventura traliantur ; 
 Quippe^ita Neptuno visum est, immania cujus 
 Armenta et turpes pascit sub gurgite phocas. 395 
 
 Hie tibi, nate, prius vinelis capiendus, ut omnem 
 Expediat morbi causam, eventusque seeundet. 
 Nam sine vi non ulla dabit praeeepta, neque ilium 
 Orando flectes ; vim duram et vineula capto 
 Tende ; doli circum baec demum frangentur inanes. 400 
 Ipsa ego te, medios quum sol aeeenderit aestus, 
 Quum sitiunt lierbae, et peeori jam gratior umbra est, 
 In seereta senis dueam, quo fessus ab undis 
 Se recipit, facile ut somno aggrediare jacentem. 
 Verum ubi correptum mauibus Aanelisque tenebis, 405 
 Turn variae eludent species atque ora ferarum. 
 Fiet enim subito sus liorridus, atraque tigris, 
 Squamosusque draco, et fulva cerviee leaena ; 
 Aut acrem flammae sonitum dabit, atque ita vinelis 
 Exeidet, aut in aquas tenues dilapsus abibit. 410 
 
 Sed quanto ille magis formas se vertet in omnes, 
 Tanto, nate, magis eoutende tenaeia vinela, 
 Donee talis erit mutato corpore, qualem 
 Videris, incepto tegeret quum lumina somno." 
 
 Haec ait, et liquidum ambrosiae difFunclit odorem, 415 
 Quo totum nati corpus perduxit ; at illi 
 Dulcis compositis spiravit erinibus aura, 
 Atque habilis membris venit vigor. Est speeus ingens 
 
98 p. YERGILI MAROXIS GEOKGICON 
 
 Exesi latere in montis, c}uo pliiriina vento 
 
 Cogitur in que sinus scindit sese unda reductos, 420 
 
 Deprensis olim static tutissima nautis ; 
 
 Intus se vasti Proteus teo;it objice saxi. 
 
 Hie juvenem in latebris aversum a lumine Nymplia 
 
 Collocat ; ipsa procul nebulis obscura resistit. 
 
 Jam rapidus torrens sitientes Sirius Indos 425 
 
 Ardebat caelo, et medium sol igneus orbem 
 
 Hauserat ; arebant berbae, et cava flumina siccis , 
 
 Faucibus ad limum radii topefacta coquebant : 
 
 Quum Proteus consueta petens e fluctibns antra 
 
 Ibat ; eum vasti circum gens humida ponti 430 
 
 Exsultans rorem late dispersit amarum. 
 
 Sternunt se somno diversae in litore pliocae ; 
 
 Ipse, velut stabidi custos in montibus olim, 
 
 Vesper ubi e pastu vitulos ad tecta reducit, 
 
 Auditisque lupos acuunt balatibus agni, 435 
 
 Considit scopulo medius, numermnque recenset. 
 
 Cujus Aristaeo quoniam est oblata facultas, 
 
 Vix defessa senem passus componere membra, 
 
 Cum clamore ruit magno, manicisque jacentem 
 
 Occupat. Ille suae contra non immemor artis 440 
 
 Omnia transformat sese in miracula rerum, 
 
 Ignemque, borribilemque feram, fluviumque liquentem. 
 
 Verum ubi nulla fugam reperit fallacia, victus 
 
 In sese redit, atque hominis tandem ore lecutus : 
 
 " Nam quis te, juvenum confidentissime, nostras 445 
 
 Jussit adire domos ? quidve hinc petis ?" inquit. At ille: 
 
 " Scis, Proteu, scis ipse ; neque est te fallere quidquam ; 
 
 Sed tu desine velle. Deum praecepta secuti 
 
 Venimus, liinc lapsis quaesitum oracula rebus." 
 
 Tantum effatus. Ad haec vates vi denique multa 450 
 
 Ardentes oculos intorsit lumine glauco, 
 
IIBER QUARTUS. 99 
 
 Et graviter frendens sic fatis ora resolvit : 
 " Non te nullius exercent numinis irae : 
 Magna luis commissa : tibi lias miserabilis Orpheus 
 Hand quaquam ob meritum poenas, ni Fata resistant, 455 
 Suscitat, et rapta graviter pro conjuge saevit. 
 Ilia quidem, dum te fugeret per flumina praeceps, 
 Immanem ante pedes hydrum moritnra pnella 
 Servantem ripas alta non vidit in herba. 
 At chorus aequalis Dryadum clamore supremos 460 
 
 Implerunt montes ; flerunt Rhodopeiae arces, 
 Altaque Pangaea, et Rliesi Mavortia teilus, 
 Atque Getae, atque Hebrus, et Actias Orithyia. 
 Ipse, cava solans aegrum testudine amorem, 
 Te, dulcis conjnx, te solo in htore secum, 465 
 
 Te veniente die, te decedente canebat. 
 Taenarias etiam fauces, alta ostia Ditis, 
 Et calicrantem nio-ra formidine lucum 
 Ingressus, Manesque adiit Regemque tremendum, 
 Nesciaque humanis precibus niansuescere corda. 470 
 
 At cantu commotae Erebi de sedibus iniis 
 Umbrae ibant tenues simulacraque luce carentum, 
 Quam multa in foliis avium se millia condunt, 
 Vesper ubi aut hibernus agit de montibus imber, 
 Matres atque viri, defunctaque corpora vita 475 
 
 Magnanimum heroum, pueri innuptaeque puellae, 
 Impositique rogis juvenes ante ora pai'cntum ; 
 Quos circum limus niger et deformis armido 
 Cocyti tardaque palus inamabilis unda 
 Alligat, et novies Styx interfusa coercet. 480 
 
 Quin ipsae stupuere domus atque intima Let! 
 Tartara caeruleosque impiexae crinlbus angnes 
 Eumenides, tennitque inhians tria Cerberus ora, 
 Atque Ixionil vento rota constitit orbis. 
 
100 p. VERGILI MAEONIS GEORGICON 
 
 Jamqne pedem referens casus evaserat onines, 485 
 
 Reclditaque Eurydice siiperas veniebat ad auras, 
 
 Pone sequens, — nanique hanc dederat Proserpina legem— 
 
 Quum subita incautnm dementia cepit amantem, 
 
 Ignoscenda quidem, scirent si ignoscere Manes : 
 
 Restitit, Euiydicenque suam, jam luce sub ipsa, 490 
 
 Immemor, heu ! victusque animi respexit. Ibi omnis 
 
 Effusus labor, atque immitis rupta tyranni 
 
 Foedera, terque fragor stagnis auditus Avernis. 
 
 Ilia, " Quis et me," inquit, " miseram, et te perdidit, 
 
 Orpheu, 
 Quis tantus furor ? En iterum crudelia retro 495 
 
 Fata vocant, conditque natantia lumina somnus. 
 Jamque vale : feror ingenti circumdata nocte, 
 Invalidasque tibi tendens, heu non tua, palmas !" 
 Dixit, et ex oculis subito, ceu fumus in auras 
 Commixtus tenues, fugit diversa, neque ilium, . 500 
 
 Prensantem nequicquam umbras et multa volentem 
 Dicere, praeterea vidit ; nee portitor Orci 
 Amplius objectam passus transire paludem. 
 Quid faceret ? quo se rapta bis conjuge ferret ? 
 Quo fletu Manes, qua Numina voce moveret ? 505 
 
 Ilia quidem Stygia nabat jam frigida cymba. 
 Septem ilium totos perliibent ex ordine menses 
 Rupe sub aeria deserti ad Strymonis undam 
 Flevisse, et gelidis liaec evolvisse sub antris, 
 Mulcentem tigres et agentem carmine quercus ; 510 
 
 Qualis populea maerens philomela sub umbra 
 Amissos queritur fetus, qoos durus arator 
 Observans nido implumes detraxit ; at ilia 
 Flet noctem, ramoque sedens miserabile carmen 
 Integrat, et maestis late loca questibus implet. 515 
 
 Nulla Venus, non ulli animum flexere hvmenaei. 
 
LIBER QUAKTUS. 101 
 
 Solus Hyperboreas glades Tanalmque nivalem 
 Arvaque Rhipaeis numquam viduata pruinis 
 Lustrabat, raptam Eurydicen atque irrita Ditis 
 Dona querens ; spretae Ciconmii quo munere matres 520 
 Inter sacra deum nocturnique orgia Bacclii 
 Discerptum latos juvenem s])arsere per agros. 
 Turn quoque marmorea caput a cervice revulsum 
 Gurgite quum medio portans Oeagrius Hebrus 
 Volveret, "Eurydicen" vox ipsa et frigida lingua, 525 
 "All miseram Eurydicen" ! anima fugiente yocabat ; 
 Eurydicen toto referebant flumine ripae." 
 
 Haec Proteus, et se jactu dedit aequor in altum, 
 Quaque dedit, spumantem undam sub vertice torsit. 
 At non Gyrene ; namque ultro afFata timentem : 530 
 
 " Nate, licet tristes animo deponere curas. 
 Haec omnis morbi causa ; hinc miserabile Nympliae, 
 Cum quibus ilia choros lucis agitabat in altis, 
 Exitium misere apibus. Tu munera supplex 
 Tende petens pacem, et faciles venerare Napaeas ; 535 
 Namque dabunt veniam votis, irasque remittent. 
 Sed modus orandi qui sit, prius ordine dicam. 
 Quattuor eximios praestanti corpore tauros, 
 Qui tibi nunc viridis depascunt summa Lycaei, 
 Delige, et intacta totidem cervice juvencas. 540 
 
 Quattuor bis aras alta ad delubra dearum 
 Gonstitue, et sacrum jugulis demitte cruorem, 
 Gorporaque ipsa boum frondoso desere luco. 
 Post, ubi nona suos Aurora ostenderit ortus, 
 Inferias Orpliei Letliaea papavera mittes, 545 
 
 Et nigram mactabis ovem, lucumque revises ; 
 Placatam Eurydicen vitula venerabere caesa." 
 
 9* 
 
102 p. VERGILI MARO^^IS GEORGICON 
 
 Hand mora ; continuo matiis praecepta facessit ; 
 Ad delubra venit, monstratas excitat aras, 
 Quattuor eximios praestanti corpore tauros 550 
 
 Ducit, et intacta totidem cervice jiivencas. 
 Post, ubi nona siios Aurora induxerat ortus, 
 Inferias Orpliei mittit, lucumque revisit. 
 Hie vero subitum ac dictu mirabile monstrum 
 Aspiciunt, liquefacta boum per viscera toto 555 
 
 Stridere apes utero et ruptis effervere costis, 
 Immensasque tralii nubes, jamque arbore summa 
 Confluere et lentis uvam demittere ramis. 
 
 Haec super arvorum cultu pecorumque canebam 
 Et super arboribus, Caesar dum magnus ad altum 560 
 Fulminat Euphraten bello, victorque volentes 
 Per populos dat jura, viamque aiFectat Olympo. 
 Illo Vergilium me tempore dulcis alebat 
 Parthenope, studiis florentem ignobilis oti, 
 Carmina qui lusi pastorum, audaxque juventa, 565 
 
 Tityre, te patulae cecini sub tegmine fagi. 
 
LIFE AND WRITINGS OF YIRGIL. 
 
 (Compiled principally from the editions of Conington, Bryce and Keightley.) 
 
 P. Vergilius Mako was born on the loth of October, a. u. c. 684 (B. C. 
 70), in the first consulship of Cn. Pompeius Magnus and M. Licinius Crassus, 
 at Andes, (now Pietola), a village near Mantua. The poet Horace, after- 
 wards one of his friends, was born B. C. 65 ; and Octavianus Caesar, after- 
 wards the emperor Augustus, and his patron, B. C. 63. His father, Virgilius 
 Maro, had a small farm, which he cultivated. His mother's name was Maia. 
 The son was sent first to Cremona and afterwards to Modiolanum (Milan) for 
 his education; and, at the former city he assumed the toc/a virilis on the day 
 on which he commenced his sixteenth year. Subsequently he went to Nea- 
 polis (Naples), and studied under the poet Parthenius, from whom it is said 
 he learned Greek. He also received instruction, and probably at Rome, from 
 the Epicurean philosopher Syro. 
 
 The health of Virgil was always feeble, and there is no evidence of his at- 
 tempting to rise by those means by which a Roman gained distinction, ora- 
 toiy and the practice of arms. It is probable that he returned to his paternal 
 farm about a. u. c. 709, and here he may have written some of the small 
 pieces which are attributed to him, the Culex, Ciris, Moretura, Copa and 
 others ; though their authorship is doubtful. 
 
 The death of Julius Caesar, B. C. 44, raised up two parties in the state. 
 M. Antonius and Octavianus Caesar were the heads of the Julian party; 
 Brutus and Cassius of the opposite faction; and their defeat at Philippi, 
 B. C. 42, by Antony and Octavianus, gave the supreme power to the two 
 victorious generals. Upon the return of Octavianus to Italy, (Antony being 
 absent in Asia), he began to assign to his soldiers lands which had been 
 promised them for their services ; and in thus providing for the soldiers many 
 of the occupiers of the lands were turned out. The lands of Cremona were 
 among those taken for this distribution, and it would seem that upon their 
 not proving sufficient for the soldiers to whom they had been assigned, the 
 adjoining district of Mantua (Cf. E. 9, 28), including Andes, was either taken 
 possession of by the soldiers forcibly, or given to them in addition : in conse- 
 
104 LIFE AND WRITINGS OF ^^RGIL. 
 
 quence of which Virgil was deprived of his estate. It is said that it was 
 seized by a veteran named Claudius; that Asinius Pollio, who was then 
 governor of Gallia Trauspadana, advised Virgil to apply to Octavianus at 
 Eome for the restitution of his land, and that Octavianus granted his request. 
 It is supposed that Virgil wrote the Eclogue which stands first in our edi- 
 tions, to commemorate his gi'atitude to Octavianus Caesar for this favor. 
 After the termination of the war of Perusia, Pollio fell for a time into disfavor 
 with Octavianus, who sent Alfenus Varus to supplant him in the government 
 of his province. A second division of lands now took place, and Virgil was 
 again dispossessed, by a centurion named Arrius, who, on the poet's asserting 
 his claim to the lands, drew his sword on him, and Virgil narrowly escaped 
 with his life. It is said that upon this occasion also Virgil went to Eome, 
 and there composed the ninth Eclogue, and that by the intercession of his 
 friends, aided perhaps by his poetry, he again succeeded in recovering his 
 farm. The Eclogues were written, at various intervals, between a. u. c. 711 
 or 712 and 716 : see introduction to the notes on the Eclogues. 
 
 The Georgica was undertaken at the suggestion of Maecenas; and from 
 a. u. c. 717 to 724 (or 723 — 725, as others suppose), the poet dedicated his 
 energies to the elaboration of this poem. There is reason to believe that it 
 was written at Naples, where he had fixed his permanent abode on account 
 of the climate. 
 
 After completing the Georgics he devoted himself to the composition of his 
 epic poem, the Aeneid; a work which he seems to have long contemplated, 
 for he gives hints of such a design both in the Eclogues and the Georgics. 
 (Cf. E. 6, 3 sq: G. 8, 46 — 48). Upon this poem he was engaged during eleven 
 years, from a. u. c. 725 — 735, during the most of Avhich time he probably re- 
 sided at Naples. After he had completed the rough-draft of his epic, he felt 
 that a personal inspection of the scenes and manners of more eastern regions 
 was indispensable to ensure propriety of description and truthfulness of color- 
 ing in a work which dealt with topics so various and places so remote. He 
 therefore undertook a journey into Greece and Asia Minor, intending to re- 
 main in those countries for several years, and finally to revise the Aeneid 
 previous to its publication. But while at Athens he met Augustus, who was 
 returning from Samos, where he had spent the winter of B. C. 20, and Virgil, 
 feeling perhaps more indisposed than usual, was persuaded by him to aban- 
 don his intended tour, and he thereupon accompanied the emperor to Megara 
 and thence to Italy. His health, which had been long declining, was now 
 completely broken, and he died soon after his arrival at Brundisium, on the 
 22d of September, B. C. 19 (a. u. c. 785), not having quite completed his 
 fifty-first year. His remains vfere, by his own request, conveyed to Naples, 
 and buried on the Via Puteolana, about two miles from that city. Donatus 
 says that the inscription placed on his tomb, 
 
 Mantua me genuit. Calabri rapuere, tenet nunc 
 Parthenope. Cecini pascua, rura, duces, 
 
 •was ^vritten by the poet himself; but this is improbable. It is said that in 
 
LIFE AND WRITINGS OF VIEGIL. 105 
 
 his last illness he wished to burn the Aeneid, to which he had not given the 
 finishing touches; that his friends would not allow him, and that after his death 
 Augustus committed it to the poet's friends L. Varius and Plotius Tucca, 
 with directions to revise and amend, but to make no additions whatever to 
 it; and they are said to have made but very few and slight changes in the 
 work; adding nothing to it, and leaving the unfinished verses as left by the 
 poet. It is this emended edition of the poem which we possess at present. 
 
 The poet had been enriched by the liberality of his patrons, and he left be- 
 hind him a considerable property and a house on the Esquiline Hill, near the 
 gardens of Maecenas. He employed his wealth liberally; and his library, 
 which was doubtless a good one, was easy of access. He used to send his 
 parents money every year. His father, who became blind, did not die before 
 his son had attained a mature age. Two brothers of Virgil also died before 
 him. Poetry was not the only study of Virgil, biit he applied himself also to 
 agriculture and to medicine. His stature Avas tall, his complexion dark, and 
 his appearance that of a rustic. He was modest ariS retiring, of a kind and 
 amiable disposition, and in purity of moral character he compared favorably 
 with the Romans of his day. In his fortunes and his friends Virgil was a 
 happy man. Munificent patronage gave him ample means of enjoyment and 
 of leisure; and he had the friendship of all the most accomplished men of the 
 day, among whom Horace entertained a strong affection for him. His fame, 
 which was established in his life-time, was cherished after his death, as an 
 inheritance in which every Eoman had a share; and his works became 
 school-books even before the death of Augustus, and continued such for cen- 
 turies after. The learned poems of Virgil soon gave employment to com- 
 mentators and critics. Aiilus Gellius has numerous remarks on Virgil, and 
 Macrobius, in his Saturnalia, has filled four books (3 — 6), with his critical re- 
 marks on Virgil's poems. 
 
 Virgil borrowed freely, not only from the Greeks, but from the elder Latin 
 poets, and even his contemporaries. His Eclogues are largely imitative of 
 the Idyls of the Greek poet Theocritus, who flourished in the third century 
 before the Christian era; but still, they differ much from the poems of the 
 accomplished Sicilian, as well in subject as in treatment and in coloring, 
 and though wanting the ease, grace and native simplicity of those Idyls, 
 they are nevertheless most truthful echoes of Eoman feeling and sentiment, 
 and most just representations of the manners and customs of the Italian rus- 
 tics of that day. 
 
 The " Works and Days" of Hesiod supplied the model for the great agri- 
 cultural poem of Virgil, though the facts and principles set forth in it are 
 largely borrowed from other sources, Greek as well as Latin. The Georgics 
 are the most finished specimen of the Mantuan Muse, and display perhaps 
 the greatest amount of independent thought, artistic arrangement and elegant 
 embellishment. The skill of the poet and artist is wondrously displayed in 
 this poem by the manner in which he assorts and arranges the stores of his 
 knowledge, and adapts his precepts to Roman uses. No less remarkable are 
 the judgment and taste with which he interweaves amidst didactic rules 
 
106 LIFE AND WE.ITINGS OF YIRGIL. 
 
 those delightful episodes, that, by interest of story, beauty of sentiment and 
 chanxi of language and of versification, remove the dryness and tedium of 
 the subject. 
 
 The Aeneid has been cast in a mould thoroughly Greek; its ideas, its plan 
 and its ai-rangement, are derived from Greek sources. Homer especially is 
 laid under heavy contributions, the Odyssey supplying matter for the first 
 six books and the Iliad for the remainder ; and Virgil has also borrowed for 
 this poem from ApoUonixTS Rhodius and other Alexandrines, and, among the 
 Latins, from Naevius and Ennius. But a glance at the main incidents, as 
 set forth in the Argument of each book of the Aeneid, will justify us in 
 ascribing to Virgil a prolific genius and an extraordinary power of amplifi- 
 cation. The poet's aim in this work was to exalt the Roman people and 
 State and the Julian family, and to introduce into his epic notices, more or 
 less extended, of all the most glorious events and noble characters in his 
 country's histoiy. The expectations raised by Virgil's promise of an epic 
 poem on a national subject were extremely high. It is said that Augustus 
 was so anxious to see at least some part of it, that he wrote from Spain to 
 the poet in the most pressing tenns, requesting him to send him, if no more, 
 the first sketch of it, or even a single paragraph. This however Virgil de- 
 clined doing, on account of the unfinished state of the work; but some time 
 after he read certain portions of the poem to him, and among others the sixth 
 book containing (vs. 862 sq.) the well-known allusion to the virtues of the 
 youth Marcellus, who was cut off by a premature death. Octavia, Caesar's 
 sister, is said to have been present when the poet was reciting this allusion 
 to her son, and to have fainted from her emotions. She rewarded the poet 
 munificently for his excusable flattery. But epic poetiy seems not to have 
 been the forte of our poet ; and the Aeneid, when compared with the Iliad, 
 wants the natural simplicity and^ quiet gi'andeur of that foremost of epics. 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS BUCOLICON LIBER. 
 
 The title BucoUca was probably given to these poems by Virgil himself; 
 that of Ecloga is supposed to have been added by the grammarians. For the 
 origin and import of these terms see the Lexicon. 
 
 The Eclogues, according to Spohn, were composed in the following order: 
 
 II. a. 
 
 u. c. 711 or 
 
 712. 
 
 B. C 
 
 . 43 or 42 
 
 III. 
 
 712. 
 
 
 (( 
 
 42. 
 
 V. 
 
 ' 712. 
 
 
 u 
 
 42. 
 
 I. 
 
 713. 
 
 
 u 
 
 41. 
 
 IX. 
 
 714. 
 
 
 (1 
 
 40. 
 
 IV. 
 
 ' 714. 
 
 
 a 
 
 40. 
 
 VI. 
 
 ' 714. 
 
 
 « 
 
 40. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 715. 
 
 
 u 
 
 39. 
 
 VII. ' 
 
 716. 
 
 
 u 
 
 38. 
 
 X. 
 
 ' 716. 
 
 
 u 
 
 38. 
 
 It is probable that the Eclogues were collected and arranged in their pre- 
 sent order by the poet himself; but that their titles were prefixed by others. 
 
 ECLOGA I.— TITYRUS. 
 
 ARGUMENT. 
 
 The first Eclogue, entitled Tityrus, consists of a dialogue between two 
 Italian shepherds, Tityrus and Meliboeus. Meliboeus is represented as leav- 
 ing his native country and going into exile. While driving before him his 
 tired and feeble flock, he meets with Tityrus, a neighboring shepherd, whom 
 he finds quietly playing upon his pipe under the shade of a spreading beech, 
 while the rest of his countrymen, like himself, were compelled by colonies 
 of soldiers to yield up their cherished fields and homes and to flee to foreign 
 lands. 
 
 In reply to the enquiries of Meliboeus, Tityrus relates in what manner he 
 obtained his liberty and his happy exemption from the common calamity 
 with which his fellow countrymen were visited. Tityrus, as it appears, be- 
 longed to that class of bondmen, who were employed by the wealthier 
 Komans as husbandmen and shepherds. These frequently obtained their 
 freedom by paying their masters an equivalent for their services. The mas- 
 ter of Tityrus, we learn, resided at Eome, whither Tityrus, as he informs us, 
 Avent, when now well advanced in years, for the purpose of obtaining his 
 manumission. His journey having been crowned with success, he. speaks in 
 
 107 
 
108 ECLOGA I. NOTES. 
 
 very grateful terms of the kindness of his master, whom he resolves hence- 
 forth to honor as a god. 
 
 Such appears to be the outline of the subject assumed by the poet; but 
 tinder this, as a kind of allegory, Virgil seems to have depicted his own for- 
 tunes, and to have expressed his personal obligations to his imperial bene- 
 factor, Caesar Octavianus, for protecting him in the enjoyment of his rural 
 home near Mantua : — see the sketch of his Life. This allegorical meaning 
 must not however be sought for in every part of the Eclogue ; for while in 
 some passages it is easy to coziceive, that in the person of Tityrus Virgil him- 
 self is speaking, yet it is only in his character of a shepherd and slave that 
 Tityrus most frequently appears. 
 
 NOTES ON THE FIRST ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. Tu. The contrast between the lot of Meliboeus and that of Tityrus is 
 marked by the use of tu distinctively in the first line and of nos in the third. 
 Gr. § 209, R. 1. (&). So nos — tu, v. 4. — Fagi. The beech-tree is repeatedly 
 mentioned by Virgil in connection with Mantua and with his rural posses- 
 sions in the neighborhood of that city. See E. 2, 3; 3, 12; 9, 9: G. 4, 566. 
 It has been said that at the present time it is not to be found in that region; 
 but it is stated by Eustace, in his " Classical Tour through Italy," that " the 
 ' spreading beech ' still delights in the soil and adorns the banks of the Mincius 
 in all its windings." Con. 
 
 2. 5i7i"es;re??i iVJzisaTO, ' woodland lay,' ' pastoral song.' See in Lex. mwsa, 
 II. A. Cf. Fistula silvestrem ne cesset fundere Mvsam. Lucr. 4, 589. In Italy 
 the flocks and herds graze in the woodlands during the heats of siimmer. 
 
 Wch. — Tenui arena, ' upon a slender pipe.' By what figure are avena here 
 and calamus in the 10th line put for fistula f Gr. § 324. — Meditaris, ' art com- 
 posing,' John, TTr., Foj-b., Con. ' art practising,' H. Cf. E. 6, 8 and 82. 
 
 3. Painae, ' paternal farm,' ' home.' Cf. v. 68. — Fines. What is the prim- 
 itive meaning of j^?2{s -^ What does it signify here V By what figure is the 
 latter signification derived from the former? Gr. § 324, 
 
 4. Lentus, ' at ease ' ; presenting a strong contrast Avith fugere. 
 
 5. Eesonare Amaryllida. Amaryllis is a shepherdess beloved by Tityrus. 
 Amaryllida, a Greek accusative from Amaryllis, idis, Gr. § 80, I. See also 
 Gr. § 231, R. 3. (6). 
 
 6. Deus, i. e. dominus Tityri. So far as Virgil here alludes to his own for- 
 tunes, he distinguishes by the appellation of deus his benefactor Augustus. 
 H. — Otia poetically for otiumy Gr. § 98. 
 
 7. Mild deus, Gr. § 211, R. 5 and note ; 222, R. 8. N. ; 227, R. 4..—Illius, 
 Gr. § 283, Exc. 4. 
 
 8. Mark the poetic form of expression instead of the simple ei sacrificabo. 
 E. Explain the difference between saepe in the text and its synonym 
 crehro ; see these words in Lex. — Imhuet, scil. sanguine suo. Wr. — Nostris ab 
 ovilibus. Tityrus, both before and after his manumission, seems to have occu- 
 pied the place of steward or head servant, and hence speaks of his master's 
 possessions as in some sense his own. Cf. E. 9, 2. Voss and Sp. 
 
ECLOGA I. — rNOTES. 109 
 
 9. Errnre marks the movement of flocks and herds when roaming without 
 constraint and feeding as they go. So Milton, as quoted by Martyn: 
 
 " Russet lawns and fallows grey 
 
 Where the nibbling flocks do stray.'''' — Ipsvm, soil, me, 
 which is ipiplled in the preceding meas, Gr. § 206, (12). 
 
 10. Ludere here corresponds exactly with the English ' to play,' i. e. to 
 amuse oneself with performing. — Quae vellem. Eepeat the grammar rule for 
 the mood of vellem. — Permisit, Gr. § 273, 4. 
 
 11. Equidem, see Gr. § 191, R. 4. With verbs of what person is equidem 
 commonly joined '? See Lex. — Invideo, scil. tibl. — Magis=potius, 'rather'. 
 
 12. Usque adeo, ' so greatly,' ' to such a degree.' The clause undique iotis, 
 etc. assigns the reason for the expression miivr magis, and in prose would be 
 introduced by nam, ' for,' or quum, ' since.' — Turbatur, impers. ' there is con- 
 fusion.' See in Lex. under tm-bo, B. II, and Gr. § 184, 2. (6). — Ipse . . . aeger, 
 Gr. § 205, R. 1. 
 
 13. Aeger, scil. curis et solUcitudine, ' sick at heart.' Cf. A. 1, 208 ; 4, 35. — 
 Ago is opposed to eiTare (v. 9), and marks the contrast in the condition of the 
 flocks of Meliboeus and Tityrus. — Vix, 'with difliculty ', she is so weak. K. 
 
 14. Mark the position of namque placed poetically so far from the begin- 
 ning of the clause. See namque in Lex. and Gr. \ 279, 3 (a) and (e). 
 
 15. Spem, in a concrete signification, see Lex. B. 2. — Every word in this 
 line marks the tender concern of the shepherd for his flock, and his grief on 
 account of their sufferings. — Reliquit; this would seem to intimate that the 
 kids were born dead, or died soon after their birth; for kids and lambs can 
 walk as soon as they ai-e born, and Meliboeus would probably have carried 
 them sooner than leave them to die of hunger. K. 
 
 16. Si mens non laeva fuisset. An apodosis seems here to be implied rather 
 than expressed, such as, quod nos mo7iuisset, si, etc. S. & Z. 
 
 17. De caelo tactas. Pomponius says, on the authority of lost works of 
 the grammarians, that the striking of fruit-bearing trees by lightning, was an 
 omen of evil; that of the olive foreboding baiTenness, and that of the oak 
 banishment. If this could be established, it would fix the malum hoc to be 
 Meliboeus' exile, v. 4, not the loss of the goat's twins. Con. — Praedicere. See 
 respecting this use of the present infinitive, Gr. § 268, R. 1, (a). 
 
 18. Praedixit, scil. hoc malum; but this line is not found in the best manu- 
 scripts, and is commonly considered spurious. Cf. E. 9, 15. 
 
 19. Sed tamen, more emphatically than either of these particles separately, 
 marks a transition to another subject. In the present case they mark a return to 
 what had been said by Tityrus respecting the kindness of his master, vs. 6-10. 
 Cf. G, 1, 79. Wr. — Iste has its usual reference to the person addressed, ' that of 
 yours.' See Lex. and Gr. § 207, R. 25. — Qui sit: see E. 2, 19, note. Why is sit 
 put in the subjunctive ? — J)a, i. e. ede, die, edissere. H. See also do, B. 6, in Lex. 
 
 20. Urbem quam, etc. Tityrus, instead of answering directly Avho the deity 
 is, deviates into a description of Rome, which diflfers, he says, not merely in 
 size, but in kind from other cities. 
 
 10 
 
110 
 
 ECLOGA I. NOTES. 
 
 21. Huic nostrae, sc. urhi, i. e. Mantua, wliich was about three miles from 
 Andes, our poet's native village. Forb. 
 
 22. Paslores^ in apposition -with nos understood. — Ofium teneros fetus, Gr. 
 § 323, 2, (4). — Depellere, ' to drive down.' The lambs are here said depelli, 
 to be driven down, because they were driven to Mantua from higlier ground, 
 for Andes was upon a mountain, at the foot of which was Virgil's farm, and 
 Mantua was situated in a valley. Cf E. 9, 7. Sp., Jahn, Fwb. Depellere is 
 also frequently used for the removal of young animals from the dam in wean- 
 ing. SeeE. 3, 82; 7, 15. 
 
 25. Fe/'Mm. Eespecting the different position of verum and vero when 
 used as corroborative adversative particles, see these words in Lex. and Gr. 
 § 279, 3, (a) and (c). — ExtuUt has a present fovce=elatum fierit. Con, 
 
 26. Viburna. The viburnum is a pliant shrub used for binding fagots, 
 etc. H. 
 
 27. Et here introduces an emphatic question, denoting curiosity and sur- 
 prise, Forb. : see et in Lex. IL 7. — Tibi. Gr. § 226. 
 
 28. Libertos, Gr. § 204, R. 11. — Sera, i. e. quainquam sero, Foi-b. — Liertem, 
 soil. me. What Tityrus means by the term iiiers, he shows in v. 32, sq. 
 where he speaks of his former negligence in adding to his peculium or private 
 property. 
 
 29. Candidior .... cadebat refers to the age of Tityrus, who in v. 47 is 
 called senex. Sp. There is a peculiar appropriateness in thus indicating his 
 age, because those who were man.umitted shaved their beards, which while 
 slaves they had permitted to grow. Fo?-b. — Tondenti, scil. m'lhi. Respecting 
 the time denoted by this participle see Gr. § 274, 2; in regard to its transla- 
 tion see Gr. § 274, 3, [a) and note 2, (a); and for its construction see Gr. § 211, 
 R. 5, (1). 
 
 31. Posiquam, ' since.' — Habet, Gr. ^ 145, T. 2. For the meaning of habet 
 in this connection, which is similar to tenebat in v. 32, see habeo, K. in Lex. — 
 Amaryllis, it appears, had become the contubernalis of Tityrus after Galatea, 
 who had formerly occupied tlie same place, had left him. It was the custom 
 of the Romans to give their slaves companions of the other sex. K.x see con- 
 tubernium and contuberncdis in Lex. and in Adam's Roman Antiquities. 
 
 33. Peculi, Gr. § 52 ; 322, 5. This is the form in Virgil of genitives of 
 nouns in ius and ium. Wr. 
 
 34. Malta, the sing, used poetically for the plur. : see the word in Lex. — 
 Victima is used in speaking of an animal of larger size, as a calf; hostia of a 
 smaller animal, as a lamb, Fronto de Differentia Vocnbidorvm. 
 
 35. Pinguis et. FA is placed last, because pinguis is specially emphatic. 
 Jalin. — Ingratae. Tityrus Avith comic peevishness calls the city ungrateful, 
 because it did not pay him enough for the cherished productions of his farm 
 to enable him to supply the exorbitant demands of Galatea and to carry 
 home a handsome simi to add to his pevnVmm. Jalin. 
 
 36. Mild dextiu redibat, Gr. § 211, R. 5, (l)='my right hand returned.' 
 
 37. Meliboeus says that he now comprehends, what he had been wonder- 
 ing at, why Amaryllis was so sad, and why she left the fruit hanging, each 
 
ECLOGA I. NOTES. Ill 
 
 on its own tree. K. — Mirahar, ' I used to wonder.' — QwiJ, Gr. § 235, R. 11. — 
 Amarylli, Gr. § 81, E. Observe what aiiimatiou is given to the sentence by 
 the address to Amaryllis, as if present. Forb. — Explain the mood of weaves. 
 
 39. Aherat has its final syllable long by caesura, Gr. § 309, 2, (1). — 
 Ipsae pliius, ' the very pines.' The various parts of nature called him hack, 
 because 'all sutlered from his absence, pines (cf. E. 7, 65), springs (cf. E. 2, 59; 
 5, 40), and orchards all depending on his care. Gun. 
 
 41. Quid facertm, Gi\ § 260, R. 5. — Tityrus urges the necessity of his 
 visit to Rome notwithstanding the grief thereby occasioned to Amaryllis. — 
 StrvUo exire, i. e. liberari. 
 
 42. Praesentes—jjropliius, fnventes, H, : see in Lex. pi^aesens, E. under 
 praesum. — Ahbl belongs also to v. 41. Forb. 
 
 43. ITic, i. 6. m hue urbe, soil. Roma. — Ilium juvenem, i. e. the master of 
 Tityrus, the same whom in the sixth verse he calls deus. If we regard Vh-gil 
 as here alluding to his own fortunes, ilk juvenis must be understood of Caesar 
 Octavianus, by whom his possessions had been restored. See note to v. 6. 
 Caesar was at this time about twenty-two years old. 
 
 44. Tityrus had already conmienced offering monthly sacrifices to his 
 "master as one of his domestic Lares, either at the Kalends, Ides or Nones. — 
 
 Senas, poetically for sex. Gr. § 120, 4:.— Nostra, Gr. § 209, R. 7, (6). 
 
 45. Primus denotes the anxiety with which the response was sought, Con., 
 =idemum, tandem, Wr. 
 
 46. Pueri, ' my lads.' K. i. e. vernae, servl, H. — Submiitite tauros, * rear,' 
 or 'raise' for breeding, alere ad gre(jem supplendam. H., Wr., Con., Lade.'. 
 see summ'Mo, I. A. 2 in Lex.: Servius and some others would supply y?«^o, and 
 explain it of subjecting the bullocks to the yoke. 
 
 47. Tua . . . manehunt, ' will remain yours.' The expression is derived from 
 a judicial formula, tua, a predicate adjective, (Gr. § 210, R. 1 and R. 3, (2),) 
 being tlie emphatic word, rather than manebunt. Cf. E. 9, 4 and 3, 23. Wr., 
 Forb., Ldde. According to Ileyne maaebunt, scil. tibi, i. e. non eriplentur. 
 
 48. Ft, see the word in Lex. II. 6. — Quamvis lapis omnia nudus, etc. This 
 descri})tion of barren and desolate pastures is by some commentators referred 
 to the neglected fields of the veteran soldiers, whose possessions adjoined those 
 of Tityrii:<; by others {Sp., Wr., Forb.) more correctly, to the pastures of 
 Tityrus (or Virgil) liimself. X^irgil's farm is described as situated partly at 
 the foot of a rocky mountain and partly on the bank of the river Mincius, 
 which overflowiiig formed stagnant marshes. S2). The description may have 
 been made less liattering than the truth would have wairanted, either for the 
 purpose of showing that Virgil was contented with little, or that the posses- 
 sions taken from the soldier were not of much value. Sp. Omnia, the whole 
 farm; not to be taken with p)nscua. Con. 
 
 49. Limoso, ' slimy,' i. e. gui in solo limoso nasci solei. Wr. 
 
 50. Graves=lav(/uidas, aegras, //., see in Lex. I. B. S.—Feias=e7iixas, 
 partu liberatas, H., see in Lex. B. II. In this and in the following line Meli- 
 boeus contrasts the exposure of his own flock, driven from place to place, with 
 the security of that of Tityrus. — Tentabutit, ' injure,' ' harm.' 
 
112 ECLOGA I. NOTES. 
 
 52. The connection of this line with the two preceding implies the omission 
 of the adversative particle secL Wr. — Inter Jlamina noia, 'amid the well- 
 known ' or ' familiar streams.' Fluminn^ according to some commentators, 
 the small streams crossing his farm: Heyne and Jahn understand it to mean 
 the Mincius and the Po: according to Wagner it is put for Jlumen, i. e. the 
 Mincitis, and bj'" inter flumina he supposes the poet to mean, among the trees 
 by the river. 
 
 53. Sacros, so called because mythology assigned to every spring a divin- 
 ity. — Frigus qpacum, i. e. frigus loci qpaci. Cf. E. 2, 8. — OqMahis, ' 3^ou will 
 seek.' 
 
 54. nine tibi, etc. Construe : Bine, a victno liinite, sepes Hyhlaeis ajnhus 
 Jlwem salicti depasta, saepe tibilevi susurro suadehit, quae semper, somnum inirej 
 i. e. — shall lull you to sleep as it has ever done. Quae semper, as Weise sug- 
 gests, is an elliptical relative clause in the sense of ut semper, (E. 6, 15), like 
 quae proximo, litora, A. 1, 157; and quae is here used for the corresponding ad- 
 verb quemadraodum, like quo, A. 1, 8, for quomodo, siquem, ib. 181, for sieubi, 
 Con. Wr. explains it, quae semper depasta (est). Vicino ab limile serves as a 
 kind of apposition to, or more precise designation of the import of hine, *on 
 this side, where is the neighboring boundary.' Cf. Mc ad veteresfagos, E. 3, 12: 
 hue . . . caeco lateri, A. 2, 18, Wr. Ab limile, see ab in Lex. A. 5. 
 
 55. Ilyblaeis apibus. The adjective Hyblaeis is to be considered in this 
 connection as merely a poetical ornament, an epitheton ornans. In intro- 
 ducing the name of an animal, implement, natural product, etc., the Latin 
 poets often thus qualify it by an adjective of a people or place, foreign to the 
 subject and scenery of the poem, but among which people, or in which place, 
 the thing spoken of is to be found either in great abundance or of exeellent 
 quality. And frequently, by the use of such adjective, excellence in a thing 
 is denoted. This practice is \Qrj common with Virgil. Cf..E. 10, 59: 
 G. 3, 345. Wr., Forb., K. — Florem is the Greek or limiting accusative, Gr. 
 § 234, IL and E. 1 and 2. — Dejxista might very well be used for depasta est, 
 but depasta est could not be used for depascitur, Con. — Salicti for stdicist. 
 The willow served the double purpose of a fence for the crops and a pasture 
 for the bees. Sp. 
 
 56. Levi susui'ro ' gentle murmur,' from the bees and the leaves. Con. 
 
 57. Hinc corresponds to the same word in v. 54, and as the former liinc was 
 defined more exactly by vicino ab limite, so this is in like manner defined by 
 (dta sub riipe. Wr. Hinc — hinc, see in Lex. hinc, I. B. — Frondutor. The various 
 and multiplied labors of the vine-dresser are detailed in G. 2, 365, sq., 400, 
 407,410; E. 2, 70; 9,60. — Canet ad auras, 'send forth to the air his song,' 
 'fill the air with his song.' Con. 
 
 58. Nee iamen. The singing of the vine-dresser in the vineyard does not 
 iiiterrupt the song of the wood-pigeons in the forest nor of the turtle-doves in 
 the elms.— ^Mrt euro, 'your delight.' Cf. E. 10, 22, Wr., Con. 
 
 59. CcMc/'c, 'to coo.' The Romans kept turtle-doves on their farms, Con. 
 
 60. Ante, 'sooner': see in Lex. IL B. 2. — Frgo, i. e. on account of these 
 
ECLOGA I. NOTES. 113 
 
 favors confeired on me by my master. — Pascentur. TitjTus compares the 
 possibility of his forgetting his benefactor to other events that are impossible, 
 viz. stags flying in the air, fishes living on dry land, and two nations migrat- 
 ing, each to the country of the other. Jalin. 
 
 61. jpestituent with nudos. The context shows the thought to be that the 
 fishes when thrown on shore shall begin to live as land animals, Con. 
 
 62. Amborum, of both nations, i. e. Germanorum et Parthorum. Serv. 
 
 63. Aut Ararim. The Arar is a river of Gaul, not of Germany: its 
 source, however, in the high land connected with the Vosges, is not very far 
 from Alsace, which in and before Virgil's time, as now, was inhabited by 
 Germans. Sometimes also the ancients confounded the Germans and Celts, 
 Con. Concerning the import of the phrase Jtumen bibere, see biSo in Lex. 
 4, g. — Germanin. The name of a country is frequently used for that of its 
 inhabitants. Forb. 
 
 64. Lnbatur ('glide' 'pass away,' i.e. 'be effaced') jsec fore. Labor is 
 construed either with or without a preposition. Ante quam labatur. Gr. § 263, 
 3. — Jllius, see note on ilium juvenem, v. 43. 
 
 65. Nos is used with emphasis to intimate the contrast between the peace- 
 ful repose of Tityrus and the general perplexity and distress of his exiled 
 countrymen. The wide dispersion of the exiles is denoted by the remote- 
 ness of the places to which they were banished, — to Africa on the south, to 
 Scythia on the north, on the east to Crete, and on the west to Britain. — 
 Nos — alii— pars; see Gr. § 204, R. 10. — Afros — Scyihlam — Oaxen — Britannos, 
 Gr. § 237, R. 5, (a). 
 
 66. Pars Scythinm et rapidwn . . . Oaxen, i. e. pars ScytJiiam et pars rapi- 
 dum . . . Oaxen; et — et being here equivalent to alii — alii. Cf. A. 1, 701; 
 Dant famuli manibus lymphas, Cereremque canistris expedlunt, tonsisque ferunt 
 manttiia villis. Wr. 
 
 67. Toto dicisos orbe Britannos. The world of the ancients, orbis or orbis 
 iei^^aruni, was bounded by the surrounding ocean, and hence Britain, situated 
 out in this ocean, is said to lie beyond the limits of the world. — Divisos orbe, 
 Gr. § 251. 
 
 68. En tu7igua7n=ecquando, Festus; 'ever indeed,' 'ah ever,' — used in 
 interrogations to express a strong emotion, as of desire, grief or indignation, 
 Ha7id. in Tursell. 2, p. 371, sq. Cf E. 8, 7, and see en in Lex. 2, h.— Fines 
 depends on videris. 
 
 69. Tuguri. Cf. pecuU, v. 33. — Comjestum caespite culmen, i. e. conyesto 
 caespite exstructum. Forb. 
 
 70. Post=posthac, //., Wr., a repetition of the idea expressed by Ion go post 
 tempore. — Aliquot mirabor, etc., ' shall I see with wonder a few ears of corn': 
 aliquot aristas in apposition to patrios fines and tuguri culmen, niea regna to 
 aliquot aristas. Two feelings are mingled in Meliboeus' question, a longing to 
 return to his home, and a reflection that should he ever do so he will proba- 
 bly find it impoverished. Con. Some commentators take p)Ost to be a prep, 
 and aristas for messes and that for annos. See Gr. § 324, 6. 
 
 10* 
 
114 ECLOGA II. NOTES. 
 
 72. Barharus refers to the Gauls and other foreigners who were found at 
 that period in the Koman legions. H. — Quo, ' to what a condition ' ! 
 
 73. Produxit^adduxit, 'has brought.' Wr.— Quis=quibus, 'for whom'! 
 *for whose benefit ' 1 Gr. § 136, E. 2. 
 
 74. This verse is ironical. H. — Insere may signify either 'to plant' or 'to 
 engraft,' but the latter is to be prefen-ed. — Piros, ' your pears,' i. e. your 
 fruit-trees, the species being put for the genus. K. — Pone m^dine v'Ues, i. e. in 
 the quincunx order, see quincunx in Lex. and cf. G. 2, 277. 
 
 75. Ite—ite. Gr. § 324, 13. 
 
 76. Viridi antro, i. e. covered with green moss. Wr. 
 
 78. Me pascente^^me pastore, not that the goats feed from his hand, Co7i. 
 
 80. Meliboeus now turns to go away and pursue his melancholy journey, 
 but Tityrus invites him to stop and spend the night with him. K. ; see v. 75. — 
 Poteras, 'you might,' ' you might as well.' Gr. § 259, R. 3, and (6). Perhaps 
 the account of the idiom is that it treats the time for action as almost gone 
 by, the wrong determination as almost formed, and so implies iirgency to 
 change the one and overtake the other. Con. Cf. Ov. Met. 1, 679 (562 Andrews' 
 edition) : Hoc mecum poteras considere saxo. 
 
 81. Nobis. Gr. § 209, R. 7, (i); 210, R. 3, (1); 226. 
 
 82. Castaneae molles. Holies, ' mealy,' i. e. when they are roasted. Con. 
 But Sp. and Wr. explain it by dulces, suaves. — Pressi copia lactis. Lac pres- 
 sum, i. e. caseus, because the whey was pressed out of the curdled milk. //. 
 Cf. V. 35. 
 
 83. Summa, Gr. § 205, R. 17. — Fumant. The smoke was issuing from the 
 cottages where the evening meal was preparing. Voss, Sp. 
 
 84. Majoresque . . . umbrae; cf. E. 2, 67. 
 
 ECLOGA n.— ALEXIS. 
 
 This is the first of all the Eclogues written by Virgil, it having been com- 
 posed B. C. 42. The poet had seen, in the house of Asinius Follio, (the 
 governor of Gallia Transpadana), a youth named Alexander, who acted as 
 cup-bearer, and he formed for him the same attachment as Socrates, Plato, 
 and others manifested to handsome boys. In the poem he bears the name 
 of Alexis, Virgil that of the Shepherd Corydon, and Asinius that of lollas. 
 Pollio, charmed with this poem, presented Alexander to Virgil. By him he 
 was carefully educated and became a grammarian. Virgil has transferred 
 many things into this poem from Theocritus. S. and Z., from Wr. 
 
 NOTES ON THE SECOND ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. Ardere is construed with the object of affection in the abl. without a 
 prep., in the abl. with in, or with the ace, Gr. § 232, 2; see Lex. — Alexis, is 
 or idis^ xq.. Alexim—delicias, Gr. § 204, R. 3. 
 
ECLOGA II. NOTES. 115 
 
 2. Domini, i. e. of lollas the master of Alexis, for Coiydon himself appears 
 to have been free. Cf. v. 19, ?q. — Nee, quid speraret, habebat, i. e. omnia ei 
 circumspicienii nusguam apparebat ulla spes, ' and apparently had no hope,' 
 ' knew not what to hope for.' If guod had been used instead of quid, the 
 meaning would have been, ' he had no ground whatever for hope.' Wr., Forb. 
 See Gr. § 265. 
 
 3. Uiiibrosa cacuraina. Wagner and othei's, who separate these words from 
 the rest of the sentence by commas, consider cacumina as in apposition to 
 fagos : Sp., Jahn and Foi'b., on the contrary, make umbrosa cacumina the 
 Greek accusative. Cf E. 9, 9. 
 
 4. Incondita, scil. carmina. 
 
 5. Jactabat. See in Lex. II. D. 
 
 6. Nihil or nil, when used as an adverb, like a strengthened nan, may be 
 variously translated, as by ' not ' before the verb, and ' at all,' after it, etc. 
 
 7. Nil. Gr. § 232, (3). — Nostri. For the distinction in the use of nostrum 
 and nostri, see Gr. § 209, E. 7, {b). — Mori. For the various constructions of 
 cogo in its tropical sense, see Lex. — Denique, see in Lex. I. 2. 
 
 8. Nunc etiam, etc. ; thoiigh the heat of the summer's day is now most 
 intense, so that even all the animals are seeking for shady and cool places, 
 I unwearied follow thy footsteps. Forb. — Umbras eifrigora, for umbras frigidas, 
 Gr. § 323, 2, (3). Cf G. 2, 192; A. 1, 648, pallam signis auroque rigentem. 
 
 9. Spineta. Gr. § 100, 7. 
 
 10. Thestylis, the name of a female servant. She is represented as prepar- 
 ing the moretum, or a similar dish. The name Thestylis, like that of Cory- 
 don, Tityrus, etc., is borrowed from Theocritus. 
 
 11. Olenies is to be taken in a middle sense, ' strong-scented,' ' odorous.' 
 
 12. Mecum, i. e. me cantante, ' while I sing.' H. What is added, of the 
 singing of the cicadae, marks emphatically the time of day, since these insects 
 sing only at mid-day, while the heat is most intense. Wr. 
 
 14. Nonne fuit satins. Respecting this use of the indicative mood, see Gr. 
 § 259, R. 3 and {a).— Iras. Gr. § 98. 
 
 15. Nonne Menalcan, scil. pati, i. e. Menalcae fastidia. He contrasts the 
 scorn of Alexis with that of his two former favorites, and anticipating an 
 objection to Menalcas, as being less beautiful than Alexis, he makes in the 
 next lines a sort of apology for dark beauty, Con. Others explain it, Menal- 
 can pati, ' to put up with ' — i. e. though he was swarthy. 
 
 16. C^uami'/s, 'hovvever,' qualifies the two adjectives, ' black ' and ' fair,» 
 Con.— Esses, Gr. § 323, 1, (2), (c). 
 
 17. Ne crede. Gr. ^ 267, E. l.— Colori, see in Lex. I. 2, b. 
 
 18. Cadunt, ' fall neglected,' ' are left to fall,' i. e. are not gathered. — 
 Vaccinia. According to Euaeus, Voss, Heyne, Daubeny and others, the vac- 
 cinium is ' the hyacinth,' the word being only a corruption of vdKivdos, i. e. 
 Jiyacinihus ; it is not the same however with our ' hyacinth ' : see hyacinihus 
 in Lex. Martyn reckons it to be the Martagon, and perhaps the Imperial 
 Martagon, and Salmasius pronounces it the gladiolus. According to Freund 
 
116 ECLOGA II. NOTES. 
 
 and others it is not a flower but a shrub, the bilbeny or bleaberry, a species 
 of whortlebeiTy. 
 
 19. Despectus^ part. adj. — Nee, qui sim, quaeris. Quls and qui can each be 
 employed, both in direct and in indirect questions, but with a diversity in 
 their signification. Quis is used when the enquiry relates to the name of a 
 person or thing, qui when its quality is the object of enquirj'-. Nee, quis sim, 
 quaeris, accordingly would mean, ' nor do you enquire who I am,' that is, by 
 what name I am called, qtii sim on the contrary means, ' what kind of person 
 I am,' i. e. what is my character or position in society, or as Corydon himself 
 explains it in the next line, Quavi dives j)ecoris, etc. It is evident from this 
 line that Corydon could not have been, as some have imagined, the fellow 
 servant of Alexis. 
 
 20. Tell the different constructions of dives, for which see Lex. and Gr. 
 § 213, R. 5, (3). — Tell the difference of meaning between ^>ecMS, oris and pecus 
 wrfts.— What is the usual construction of abimdo ? What part of speech is 
 abundans ? Gr. § 213. 
 
 21. To ingratiate himself with Alexis he first boasts of his rustic wealth. — 
 MiUe meae . . . agnae, ' a thousand lambs of mine,' not ' a thousand of my 
 lambs.' Fork Gr. § 205, R. 16, (a) and {c).—Siculis. As in this Eclogue he 
 imitates Theocritus, the scene of whose Idj^ls is laid in Sicil}', Virgil places 
 his shepherd in the same country. — Errant, see on E. 1, 9. 
 
 22. 31ihi, Gr. § 226, R. 2. 
 
 23. He next speaks of his skill in music— Quae, Gr. § 206, (3), (a).— 
 Soliius, scil. erat cantare. — Si qiiando, ' if ever,' i. e. ' whenever.' — Armenia 
 voeare signifies ' to call back,' ' to collect ' or ' call together the herd,' as 
 is done by the herdsman, especially at evening, that he may drive them 
 home. H. 
 
 24. Amphion, etc. See each of these nouns and adjectives in Eex. — 
 Actaeo, Gr. § 305, (2). 
 
 25. Nee sum adeo informis. Finally Corydon speaks of his own personal 
 attractions. — Adeo, see in Lex. 2. adeo, B. 3. — In litore, i. e. stans in litore 
 imaginem meavi in undis eonspexi, Forb. 
 
 26. Plneidum ventis, i. q. venfis placatum, stratum, ' smoothed by the winds.' 
 Wr. The smoothing of the surface of the sea is here attributed to the winds, 
 
 though in reality occasioned by their ceasing to blow. Cf. A. 5, 763, placidi 
 straveruni aequora venti. 
 
 27. Judice te, Gr. § 261, R. 4. 
 
 28. Tantum=ziantummodu ; see in Lex. tantus, II. B, — Libeat, Gr. § 263, 1; 
 223, R. 2, note (6). — Sordida, 'plain,' 'humble,' corresponding with humiles 
 casas, V. 29. These epithets are used in distinction from the costly elegance 
 of city life. Sp. 
 
 29. Figere eervos, ' to transfix,' ' to pierce ' ; see in Lex. I. B. and cf. 
 ^fgere diimas, G. 1, SOS; Jigit columbam, A. 5, blQ; Jixeril cervam, A. 6, 803, 
 IL, Burm. 
 
 30. Compellere hibisco, dat. for ad hibiseum, R. and ff. : see Gr. § 225, IV. 
 R. 2 The hibiscus is an esculent plant and good for pasture, Jahn. Here, 
 
ECLOGA II. NOTES. 117 
 
 as in E. 10, 71, a tough but flexible stem is attributed to this plant; and ac- 
 cording to Columella, the ^pbers of the marsh mallow are so tough that in 
 Spain they were beaten out like hemp, and were used in the fabrication of 
 coarse stuffs. Dauheny. 
 
 32. Pan primus. For the story of Pan's invention of the shepherd's pipe, 
 see Ovid's Met. 1, 689, — Plures, see in Lex. mvltus, II. B. 2, and Jistula^ 
 II. 2. 
 
 33. Ovium magistros, i. e. pastores: ct pecoris magistro, E. 3, 101. H. 
 
 34. Poeniteat=pigeat. 11. The subjunctive here, as in libealj v. 28, ex- 
 presses a wish, JnJm: see Gr. § 260, R. 6. — Trivisse lahellum. The reeds 
 were moved backwards and forwards upon the lip, while the performer was 
 playing upon them. 
 
 35. Haec eadem, sc. carmina. The antecedent is contained in canendo, 
 V. 31. K. — Quid non faciebat^ i. e. omnia fecit. Corydon represents the shep- 
 herd Amyntas as having exerted himself to the utmost, but in vain, to ac- 
 quire the same skill which he himself possessed in playing upon the shep- 
 herd's pipe, and which he offers to impart to Alexis. 
 
 36. Septem cicutis. The pipe seems to have been composed of seven 
 reeds, and sometimes of nine or of a greater number: see Theocritus Idyl. 
 8, 18, and Ovid. Met. 13, 784. These reeds were joined together with wax. — • 
 Cicutis, i. e. canivis, 'reeds,' //. : cf. cavas injiare cicutns, Lucr. 5, 1383. Virgil 
 does not seem to allude to a poisonous plant, in the only two places in which 
 he mentions the cicuta ; see E. 5, 85 ; and the word seems to be used for 
 several umbelliferous plants, as well as for cicuta vlrosa, or conium macidaium, 
 the two poisonous plants, with one or other of which it is usually identified. 
 Daubemj. 
 
 37. Damoetas, the name of a shepherd, Avho, it appears, Avas greatly dis- 
 tinguished for his skill in playing on the pipe. The name, like most of the 
 names of shepherds mentioned in the Bucolics, is derived from the Idyls of 
 Theocritus.— Z>ono, Gr. § 227, and R. 1. 
 
 38. Te nunc habet ista secundum, i. e. cnnendi arte mild secundum. This ex- 
 pression denotes the judgment of Damoetas respecting the rank of Corydon 
 as a musician. Cf. cdter ah illo, E. 5, 49. Voss., Wr. 
 
 39. Dixit Damoetas. These words are repeated for the purpose of giving 
 weight to the opinion by a consideration of the dignity of the distinguished 
 musician who pronounced it. Wr. Such repetitions also, as Jahn remarks, 
 savor of Epic poetry, and are of most frequent occurrence in the poems of 
 Homer. Cf. G. 4, 445, 446: A. 1, 76—80; 459—463; 595—610. 
 
 40. IVec tuta. He studies to enhance the value of the gift by alluding to 
 the danger that had attended the procuring of it. — Mihi re2)erti, Gr. § 225, II. 
 Cf. Ov. Met. 13, 834, sq. 
 
 41. Sparsls etiam nunc pellibus cdbo. The skin of the wild goat is marked 
 with white spots, which remain until the goat is about six months old, TFcA., 
 and which are then changed to brown, according to Servius, or perhaps 
 wholly disappear, like those found on the beautiful faAvn of the American 
 deer. 
 
118 ECLOGA II. NOTES. 
 
 42. Die, i. e. qmtidie ; cf. E. 3, 34. Bunn.—Bina, see Gr. § 120, 4, (a) 
 
 43. Jam prtdeiii, ' for a long time.' The present, orat, with jam pi^idem, 
 denotes au action that has existed for some time and that still exists ; Gr. 
 § 145, I. 2. — Abducere oral, i. e. orat ut sibi llceat abducere. The inf. after 
 verbs of longing, desiring, asking, and such like, usually refers to him who is 
 requested to do something, but here and in A. 6, 313, it applies to him who 
 begs to be allowed to do something. Forb., Bryce. — Thesfylis, cf. v. 10. 
 
 44. £t fadet. Et here introduces a threat, ' and in fact,' ' and my word 
 for it she will do it.' Wr. Cf. ei II. 6, in Lex. He says faciei rather than 
 dabo^ that he may not offend Alexis by seeming to consent to their appropria- 
 tion by Thestylis. Sp. 
 
 45. Hue ades, Gr. § 267. — ^In addition to the gifts already named, Corydon 
 now offers flowers and fruits to Alexis. As Spohn remarks, we are not to 
 understand the poet as meaning that all these flowers, etc. can be gathered at 
 harvest time, v. 10; but as speaking generally of pi'oductions of the country, 
 including such as belong to different seasons of the year. 
 
 46. For the form of the calathus, see that word in Lex. 
 
 47. PallenteSj ' yellow ' ; see pallens. A, 2, a, in Lex. — Violas. According 
 to Martyn and Forb. the viola is ' the stock-gilliflower ' or ' wall-flower ' ; 
 according to Heyne, 'the violet.' — Summa pajxivera, 'the heads of poppies',* 
 supposed by jMartyn to be the wild poppy with red flowers. //. 
 
 48. Bene: see be72e, 3 in Lex. under bojius. 
 
 49. Casia, according to Martyn, is the plant that is otherwise called cneoron 
 or tliymelaea: see these words and casia^ 2. in Lex. — Intexens herbis, scil. 
 violas et rcligua. H. 
 
 50. 3IoUia, i.e. tenera; cf. E. 5, 38; 6, 53. H. — Piiigit, 'embellishes,' 
 'sets off.' — Vaccinia^ see above, v. 18 and note. 
 
 51. Cana 7nala, i. e. mala Cydonia sen cvtonia: see Cydonius under Cydonia 
 in Lex. — Legam, ' will pick,' 'gather'; cf. Y.. 3, 70; 8, 38. 
 
 52. Mea Amaryllis ; see v. 14. 
 
 53. Cerea j^ruiia are opposed to nigra and purjmrea, Jahn. So Pliny. 
 H. N. 15, 13, says: sunt et nigra pruna ac laudaiiora cerina: Wr. — Hoiios erit, 
 etc., ' this fruit also shall be honored,' i. e. si a te dilecium fuerit, Serv. Pomo, 
 i. e. prim's. 
 
 54. Proxima myrte. The myrtle is said here to be pi-oxima, because it 
 was to be placed in the calaihus next to the leaves of the laurel. Horace con- 
 nects the myrtle and the laurel in the same manner, Od. 3, 4, 19. H. The 
 reason of this connection is given in the next vei'se. Wr. 
 
 56. i^HA^u z/5, besides its proper meaning of a 'rustic ' or ' clown,' seems 
 here to imply also the idea of folly or weakness on the part of Corydon in 
 imagining that he could gain the affection of Alexis by such presents. Wr. 
 Tln-onghout the whole Eclogue Corydon seems to atti-ibute to Alexis a taste 
 for the refinements and elegances of the city: see vs. 28 — 34; 56 — 62. 
 
 57. Ceries — conccdat. Jahn defends the subjunctive both in the prota- 
 sis and the apodosis, since CorN-don does not represent either fact as cer- 
 tain. He is in doubt whether to present his rustic gifts (see v. 56), and, 
 
ECLOGA II. NOTES. 119 
 
 should he present them, he doubts whether lollas will consent to be outdone 
 by him in the magnitude or elegance of his presents. — lollas, the master of 
 Alexis ; cf. V. 2. 
 
 58. Quid volui misero mild, ' what have I been after ' or ' been about, 
 wretcli that I am ' : Gr. \ 228, note (b). — Floribus austrum perdiius — immisi, 
 etc. These, according to Voss, are proverbial expressions implying great 
 folly and even madness on the part of one who acts so absurdly. Corydoa 
 charges himself with a like folly in the indulgence of his passion for Alexis, 
 by which he had been greatly injured in his affaii'S, cf. v. 70; but imme- 
 diately after this he relapses into passionate expressions of affection. Wr.— 
 Avstrum. The hot, dry south wind or Sirocco blowing upon the flowers 
 would cause them to wilt and perish. Folly akin to that of an exposure of 
 flowers to such a wind is denoted by liqiddis immisi fontibus apros. 
 
 59. Perdiius, ' desperately in love ' ; hence ' madly,' ' foolishly ' : cf. E. 
 8, 88. 
 
 60. Fugis, scil. Alexl. — Di. He commends a rural life by the considera- 
 tions that the gods loved the woods and that the Trojan prince lived as a 
 shepherd on ]\Iount Ida: nor is he moved to prefer a city life by the example 
 of Minerva, who founded the city of Athens, i. e. he prefers the country 
 to the noblest of cities. — Quern fucjis, cf. on v. 19. 
 
 61. Quas condidit, i. e. condere docuit. Wr. Athens was the only city that 
 !Minerva founded. Con. — Arces, a citadel or city sun'ounded and shut in by 
 walls, is well contrasted by Corydon with the free and open country. Wr. 
 
 62. Colat, i. e. incolat, Wr. The meaning is, ' let Pallus inhabit her own 
 citadels, but let us prefer,' etc. 
 
 63. In this and the two following lines he compares the instinctive im- 
 pulses and propensities of animals to the passion which prompts him to seek 
 the love of Alexis. 
 
 65. Alexl; see Metrical Key and Gr. § 305, (1), E. — Sua quernque, Gr. 
 § 279, 14. 
 
 66. Jugo, ' on the yoke ' : jugo, according to Spohn, Wr., and Forb., is 
 connected in construction with referunt, not with susjiensa. — Referuni, i. e. 
 domwn ferunt. Sp. — Suspcnsa, ' suspeiided,' so as not to touch the ground. 
 Sp. 
 
 67. Et sol crescentes, etc. Cf. PL 1, 84. — Decedens, scil. de caelo ; cursu per 
 caelum paene confecio. Forb. : and see in Lex. decedo, I. 3, b. 
 
 68. 3fe tamen urit amor, i. e. though the declining day and all things 
 around invite to rest, I alone enjoy no respite or repose. 
 
 69. Corydon, Corydon, Gr. § 324, 20. He reproaches himself for his negli- 
 gence in his rxistic labors while indulging a hopeless passion. H. 
 
 70. Semiputata. Vines were pi'uned twice in each year, first in summer, 
 to which pruning reference is here made, and again after the Ides of October, 
 that the grapes might ripen better in the sun. A similar pruning was made 
 of the trees by which the vine was supported. The tree most commonly used 
 for such support was the elm. H., Wr, 
 
120 ECLOGA III. NOTES. 
 
 71. Qinn tu—pnfiu!^^ ' why do yoii not rather ' ? — AUquid soltem, ' something 
 at least,' ' something however small.' Wr. : see E. 3, 73. — Qiionnii, i. e. aliqidd 
 eorum, quorum^ etc.: cf. vianus, sc. eoruni, quos, A. 11, 81; fides, sc. ejus, 
 guem, A. 4, 597; quid dicam, sc. de eo, qui, G. 1. 104. — Quorum indi(jet itsus, 
 i. e. quae opus sunt, scil. baskets, etc. Wr. 
 
 72. MolU, i. c. flexili. 11. — Ddexere, 'to plait ont,' i. e. to finish, Con. 
 
 73. Alium — Alexim. Alius in such a connection refers to what is similar; 
 alter to what is equcd. Wr. 
 
 ECLOGA III.— PALAEMON. 
 
 In this Eclogue, two shepherds, IMenalcas and Damon, Avho has charge of 
 the flock of Aegon, contend in alternate verses (see v. 59 and E. 7, 18), for 
 the superiority in poetical skill. A song of this kind was called carmen amoe- 
 haeum, from the Greek afiotPalog, ' alternate.' The challenger was permitted 
 to change at pleasure the subject of the song, but it was necessary for his 
 competitor to answer in the same verses and measure, and on the same or a 
 similar subject, while striving to exceed in language or in ideas the thought 
 last expressed b}^ the other. Such contests are still known among the Impro- 
 visatori of Italy. 
 
 The introduction, in which the challenge is given, occupies the first fifty- 
 nine lines, and introduces Palaemon as an arbiter. 
 
 In the course of the amoebaean verses, Virgil takes occasion to glorify his 
 fi'-iend and patron Pollio, and to sneer at Bavius and IMaevius, two envious 
 satirists who attacked both him and Horace. H., S. & Z. 
 
 NOTES ON THE THIRD ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. This Eclogue is composed in imitation of the 4th and 5tli Idyls of The- 
 ocritus. — Cujum, scil. est istud. Cuj'us, a, inn, an old word scarcely used by 
 the writers of the Augustan age, but even then retained in the language of 
 common life: see 1. cujus in Lex. and Gr. § 137, 5,- 204, E. 11, note 1. — 
 An Meliboei? ' Is it not the flock of Meliboeus ' V Gr. § 198, 11, R. (rf). 
 
 2. Acffonisf Gr. § 211, E. 7, (2). Aegon is a shepherd: his name is a 
 taunt, because he is the rival of Menalcas, v. 4, Cbn. 
 
 3. The order is, Oaves, pecus, semp)er infelix! Pecus, is in apposition to 
 oves, in the ace. plur. — Ipse, i. e. Aegon. 
 
 4. Fovet, ' courts,' often used by Cic. of paying attention to a person. Con. 
 
 5. Hie alienus custos, i. e. Damoetas. — Alienus, who has no interest in a 
 thing, here, ' hireling,' as Damoetas had been hired by Aegon to tend his 
 flock. — Bis in hora. Twice a day would have been often enough. 
 
 6. Et . . . subducitur, i. e. quo fit, ut suhducatur, Wr., ' whereby ... is taken 
 away by stealth,' — ' stolen away.' 
 
ECLOGA III. NOTES. 121 
 
 7. Damoetas answers the reproach of Menalcas by accusing him in turn 
 of participation in some shameful deed of lust, while he claims that his own 
 faults were not inconsistent with manliness of character. — Parcius, see in 
 Lex. parce^ A. 2, under ^j«?-c?<s. — Viris, in its emphatic sense, ' men,' who 
 deserve the name ; and covertly implying also the charge of effeminacy and 
 baseness on the part of Menalcas. H. : viris, i. q. mihi vivo, the plural of nouns 
 being not infrequently thus used to designate an individual of the number or 
 in the condition of those denoted by the noun : cf. on E. 4, 49. Wr. — The con- 
 cessive tamcn implies the general truth of the charge of Menalcas. 
 
 8. The objects following novimjis are the two clauses beginning with et — et. 
 — Qui te. Damoetas leaves the verb expressing the shame of Menalcas to be 
 supplied. — Transversa^ ' askance.' For this adverbial use of transversuin and 
 transversa, see in Lex. and Gr. § 205, E. 10. 
 
 9. Et quo — sacello. The clause sedfadles, etc. shows that it was in the 
 chapel of the nymphs that the shameful act alluded to was committed. — 
 Faciles. The easy good nature of the nymphs was especially manifested 
 in their forbearing to punish so flagi-ant a sacrilege. Damoetas seems also 
 by this epithet to intimate the immodesty of the nymphs themselves, as 
 the possible cause of their overlooking the offense. II. — Btsere, i. q. riserunt, 
 Gr. § 162, 8. 
 
 10. Turn, scil. riserunt or hoc factum est, ' the time when they so laughed ' 
 or ' the time when this occurred, was when,' etc. Without denying the 
 charge brought against him, Menalcas makes it the occasion of preferring 
 still another charge against Damoetas. — Credo. The ironical use of this verb 
 is extremely common: see in Lex. 2, b. (y). Here it serves Menalcas to in- 
 troduce, as it were by confession of a fnult of his own, a fresh accusation 
 of Damoetas. — VkJcre, see risere, v. 9, note. 
 
 11. Mala, 'malicious,' Con., jJernuiosa, II. — Viles novellas are 'recently 
 planted vines,' while a^'huslum is ' a grove ' or ' orchard ' for supporting tliem. 
 It Avas customary to connect vines and trees of the like age. Damoetas is 
 charged therefore with cutting the young trees and vines. Wr. The young 
 vines ought not to have been touched Avith the knife at all; cf. G. 2, 365. 
 Pliny (17, 1,) says that the laws of the Twelve Tables imposed a heavy fine 
 for cutting another man's trees, Con. — Falce, cf. on E. 4, 40. 
 
 12. Damoetas retorts by charging Menalcas Avith a similar act of ma- 
 licious meanness. — Aut, scil. turn riserunt or hoc factum est. — Hie is more 
 exactly defined by the Avords ad veteres fagos: cf. hinc vicino ab Uinite, E. 1, 
 54. The construction of the passage is as foUoAvs: Aut (turn riserunt, quum 
 vidtrunt), quura hie ad veteres fagos DaphnicUs arcum et calamos fregisti. 
 
 Quum viderunt, quujii fregisti, i. e. quum viderunt te frangere. — Daplmidis. It 
 seems more natural and obvious to take Daphnis here as the name of a young 
 shepherd, than to understand it as referring to the son of Mercury, the favorite 
 of Pan. 
 
 13. Calamos, i. e. sagiitas. — Quae, scil. arciim et calamos. II, Gr. § 205, P. 2, 
 (2), note. — Perverse, i. e. mcdevole, inique. Sp., ' maleA'olent,' 'spiteful.' 
 
 14. Et, connect with dolebas.—Puero, i. e. Daphnidi. See note to v. 12. 
 
 11 
 
122 ECLOGA III. XOTES. 
 
 15. Aliqua^ 'somewhat,' 'a little'; see on v. 73. — Mortuus esses^ cf. 
 E. 7, 26. 
 
 16. Quid domlni, etc. ; ' what can masters do when knaves have become so 
 daring ' V Fares is comic for sei'vi, see in Lex. II. A. Fo7'b. makes domini to 
 mean ' owners of flocks,' and /wres, 'thieves,' but, as Con. remarks, domini 
 and fures are here plainly correlative terms. It seems to be a proverbial ex- 
 pression : ' What will the master do, if the man talks at this rate ' ? Con. Fa- 
 ciant, Gr. § 260, E. 5. 
 
 17. Pessime, 'miscreant.' 
 
 18. Insidiis=dolo. E. : see insidiae,, B. (/?) in Lex. 
 
 19. Ilk, 'that fellow,' denoting one at a distance: see Gr. 4 207, E. 23, (a.) 
 
 20. Tityre. This appears to be a different Tityrus from the shepherd 
 whose name occurs in the first Eclogue, and whose master lived in Eome. 
 The Tityrus here mentioned is the servant of Damon. — Coge, Gr. § 283, III. — 
 Carecia, ' the patch of rushes ' : see Gr. § 100, 7. 
 
 21. An serves to introduce the second half of a disjunctive interrogation. 
 The first question is often to be supplied from what precedes; see a/» 1, d, 
 in Lex. and Gr. § 198, 11, E. (d). The omitted clause would signify: 'Had 
 I not a right to take the goat ' ? or the like ; then follows the expressed 
 clause, An mihi cantando, etc., 'or should he not, when vanquished in a 
 musical contest, pay me,' etc. 
 
 22. Quern — coprum. For the explanation of this arrangement see Gr. 
 ^ 206, (3). — Ccirminibus, 'by its notes.' Between the parts of a song the 
 musician played upon his pipe. Sp. 
 
 23. Si nestis, i. e. lit hoc scias, ' to let you know.' H. 
 
 24. Reddare j^osse negabat, Gr. § 239, E. 2. Damon did not deny that the 
 goat was fairly won, but said that he could not give it to Damoetas, lest he 
 should thereby publicly acknowledge himself overcome. Serv., Sp. 
 
 25. Cantando tu ilium., scil. vicisse te ais? See cantando rictus, v. 21. — 
 Fistula cera juncta, i. e. a pipe, with a number of reeds, joined with wax: 
 cf. on E. 2, 30. 
 
 26. Nun for nonne: see non, - in Lex — Tndocte, 'ignoramus.' 
 
 27. Siridenti, a part, adj., ' harsh,' 'grating.' — Stiptda, ' a reed-stem,' i.e. 
 a single reed, opposed to Ji si ula cera juncta. — Disperdere, Angl ice, ' to mur- 
 der': dis here, as in dispereo signifying valde, Gr. § 197, 8. Cf. Milton's 
 liuc.<, Lycidas 123, 
 
 " And when the}- lij't their lean and flashy songs 
 Grate on their scrannel pipes of wretched straw." 
 
 28. Visne and tin' tu are simply inteiTOgative, but vis and vis tu call up or 
 arouse. Sp. Vis ergo inter nos vicissim expenamur, 'come then, shall we to- 
 gether try in turn.' — Possit, ' can do.' 
 
 29. Exp)eriamur, Gr. § 262, E. 4. — Vitulam, here the same as juvencaini 
 cf. G. 4, 299. H. — Recuses is used absolute. Anticipating that Menalcas may 
 deem the stake of too little value he commends her good qualities to his at- 
 tention. Sp. 
 
 30. Bis, i. e. his die, mane et vesperi. — Binos fetus, i. e. geminos. 
 
ECLOGA III. NOTES. 123 
 
 31. Depono exactly corresponds with the English, ' to lay ' or ' to lay down,' 
 ill the sense of ' to wager.' — Quo x>ignore^ according to Wunderlich, is the same 
 as quo pignore posito^ Gr. § 25T. It may also be referred to Gr. 257, K. 7, or 
 taken as the ablative of manner. 
 
 32. Ausim is the perfect subjunctive from the obsolete perfect ausi, synco- 
 pated from awserm. It has here, and perhaps generally, the force of a soft- 
 ened future, and in so far, is equivalent to a present : non ausim, ' I shall not 
 dare,' or ' I dare not ' ; Gr. § 260, II. Rem. 4. — Tecum, 1. e. uli tu pignus de 
 grege ponis, ' like you,' ' as you wager.' Sp., Wr. 
 
 33. Est mihi, Gr. § 226. — Injusta. The scope of the whole sentence implies 
 that injusta is to be applied no less to pater than to noverca, or that an adjec- 
 tive of similar meaning, as durus, is to be supplied after pater. Wr. 
 
 34. Bis, i. e. ei mane et vesperi. Sp. — Alter in the sense of alteruter : see 
 alter, 4, in Lex. 
 
 35. Id quod. The grammatical antecedent of quod is the clause pocula 
 ponam fagina, Gr. § 206, (13), (a) & (b).— Tuie ipse, Gr. § 133, R. 2. 
 
 36. Insanire, scil. mecum certando. H. — Pocida, ' two cups,' according to 
 Voss, Wr., Forb., but according to Heyne a poetic plur. for the singular 
 jjoculum. — Ponam, like deiionam, v. 31. 
 
 37. Fagina. Cups of beech-wood belong to primitive country life. Wr. 
 
 38. Lenta — vitis, i. q. Jlexlbilis: cf. E. 1, 26, Forb. — Quibus, scil. poadis 
 connect with superaddiia^ i. e. upon the edge or lip of which. jS/>. — Torno, 
 which is properly a turner's lathe, is to be taken here for ' a graving tool,' 
 ' a graver.' — Facili, ' facile,' * skillful,' i. e. guided by a skillful hand. Wr. 
 
 39. Biffusos hedera, i. e. qui ab Jiedera diffunduniui'^ diffusi pendent, Sp. : 
 cf. ab ejus summo rami late diffunduntur, Caes. B. G. 6, 26. The vine is re- 
 presented as overspreading the ivy, from which scattered clusters of iv}'- 
 berries depend. Wr. — Pallente, ' yellow.' Martyn says that the three princi- 
 pal sorts of ivy, according to Theophrastus, are the white, the black and the 
 helix, and that the white was said to have a white fruit, the black either a 
 black or saffron-colored, and the helix no fruit. The white, he adds, is un- 
 known to us, while the black is our common ivy, and the helix probably the 
 same plant when too young to bear fruit. The ivy with yellow berries was 
 used in the garlands with which poets were crowned, and is the sort hei*e re- 
 ferred to, M. Cf. on E. 7, 38 ; G. 2, 258. 
 
 40. Et qids fuit alter. The shepherd, forgetting the name of the other 
 astronomer, after a vain effort at recalling it, proceeds to describe him by his 
 works. R. Probably Eudoxus, a celebrated astronomer of Cnidus, is meant, 
 who lived B. C. 366. His work entitled Phaenomina was in great repute 
 among Italian agriculturists. According to others, Aratus, Archimedes, Hip- 
 parchus, Eudaemon, Euclid, Anaximander or Hesiod is referred to. 
 
 41. Radio. The radius is properly the mathematician's rod or wand, with 
 which he drew his figures on the sand. — Totum orbem, sc. caeli, 'the whole 
 cii'cle of the heavens.' Wr., Forb., Con. — Genfibus, 'for the nations,' 'for 
 mankind.' 
 
124 ECLOGA III. NOTES. 
 
 42. Dcsa-i/isit orhem, quae tempora, etc., instead of descripsit oi'bein, defi* 
 niens quae tempora, etc. Wch. — Curims arator, i. e. cwvato corjwre incumbens 
 arairo. Wr. Cf. Thompson's " Incumbent o'er the shining share." 
 
 44. Damoetas replies that he also has two cups, not inferior to those of 
 Jlenalcas, but that he does not regard a stake of that kind as at all equal to 
 the Avager which he had offered, of a heifer. 
 
 45. aMuIU, cf. E. 2, 72. — Circum, adv. — Acaniho. Virgil mentions two kinds 
 of acanthus: cf. G. 2, 119, and see in Lex. acanthus, 1 & 2. 
 
 46. Sequentes, i. e. ad cantum ejusvenientes. Wr.: cf. Hor. Od. 1, 12, 7. sq: 
 Ov. Met. 10, 86, sq. 
 
 48. SI ad vitulam sjiectas, i. e. si vitidae rationem hnbes, ' if you examine or 
 'regard the heifer.' Forb. — Si ad, Gr. ^ 305, (4). — N'ddl est quod laudes: see 
 Gr. § 264, 7, note 3, and nihil {?.) in Lex. 
 
 49. As Damoetas seems to account the beechen cups of Menalcas no 
 proper equivalent for his o-wn wager of a lieifer, the latter is led to suspect 
 that Damoetas intends to avoid the proffered contest. Hence he now adds, 
 veniam quocumque vocaris,='' I will meet you on your OAvn terms,' imply- 
 ing his readiness even to stake a heifer, notwithstanding his fear of offending 
 his parents by so doing, rather than to permit him to withdraw the proffered 
 challenge. — Numquam is more emphatic than a simple nvn. Wr.=^nullo pactOy 
 ' by no means.' Forb. 
 
 50. Audiai haec tantum. Having in the preceding line fully accepted the 
 challenge of Damoetas, he was about to add as a sole condition, that a cer- 
 tain person should act as arbiter of the contest, when, at the moment of 
 naming such an one, he happens to spy Palaemon approaching them, and 
 immediately adds, vel qid venit, etc., thus offering to take Palaemon in 
 place of the arbiter he had been about to name. — Fcce. For other examples 
 in poetry of a similar position of ecce in the midst of a sentence, see ecce 
 in Lex. 
 
 51. Posthac with lacessas. — Ne=ut ne, see in Lex. ne, I. 4. — Voce lacessas, 
 ' challenge in singing,' i. e. ' challenge to sing,' Con. 
 
 52. Damoetas, as the original challenger, v. 28, had the right of beginning, 
 which he offers to waive, but Palaemon does not permit this, v. 58. Con. — 
 Si quid habes, scil. quod canas, i. e. si quid potes canere: cf. E. 9, 32; 5, 10. 
 
 53. Nee quemqnam fugio, ' nor do I shun any one,' i. e. nee te fuf/io, nee 
 alium quemquam, Voss, Wr., Forb., referring to the words of ]\Ienalcas, num- 
 qua77ihodie effugies, V. id; but Heyne and Conington supply _;'2«/icem. — Tan- 
 tum, as in the 50th verse, introduces a condition. — Vicine^ Servius remarks 
 that Damoetas aims to secure the good will of Palemon by calling him ' neigh- 
 bor ' ; and quotes in confirmation of this opinion, viciniias, quod ego in propin- 
 qua parte amititiae indo, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 4. 
 
 54. Sensibus imis, i. e. intime mente. — Ilaec, i. e. ' these songs,' ' these 
 musical performances.' — Res est non parva. This is referred by Wr. and 
 Forb. to the heifer, the prize of victory, to which Damoetas is supposed to 
 point while addressing Palaemon; as otherwise it does not appear how the 
 arbiter learns what the wager is, v. 109: it seems however more correct to 
 
ECLOGA III. NOTES. 125 
 
 refer it to the proposed musical contest, so important in its event to the par- 
 ties concerned in it. — Rejwnas, see in Lex. repono, I. C. 2. 
 
 55. This and the two following lines serve to mark the spring as the sea- 
 son of the year when this contest occurs. — Bicite, i. e. caniie ; see in Lex. 
 2 dico, B. 3. 
 
 57. Nunc formosisdmus annus ; ' now the year is at its fairest.' Con. — 
 An7ius for 'time of year': cf. A. 6, 811, frigidus annus, and see in Lex. 
 annus, 2, 
 
 58. Incipe Damoeta: see v. 52, note. 
 
 59. Alterms, the abl., denoting the manner of singing, Wr., i, e. alternis 
 vicibus=amoebaeo carmine, Serv. 'in responsive song,' ' responsively.' — 
 AUerna, 'responsive songs'; cf. E. 7, 18, sq, 
 
 60. Ab Jove pi-incijmim, Musae, soil, sit, i. e. in our song let us first cele- 
 brate the praises of Jupiter. This line is translated from Aratus, Phaen. v. 1: 
 cf. Ov. Met. 10, 148, and Theocr. 17, 1. The ancients often commenced a 
 song in this manner, with the praises of Jupiter. Musae is here a vocative, 
 accordhig to Voss, Sp., Jahn, Well., Forb. and Con., and as appears by the 
 passages referred to in Ovid and Theocritus; but H., Wr., and Lade., regard 
 it as a genitive. — Jovis omni'i plena, Gr. § 205, R. 7, (3). According to the 
 doctrine of the Stoics, Jupiter was the soul of the world; but the expression 
 here, as explained by the next verse, need perhaps only denote that all things 
 abound with proofs of his power and superintending care. As his care ex- 
 tends to the country, so he is pleased with those who cultivate the ground, — 
 with shepherds and their songs. Wr., Forb. 
 
 61. Hie colit ttrras, i. e. curat; see in Lex. 1. colo, II. 1, 'takes care of,' 
 ' cares for.' 
 
 62. To the boast of Damoetas, that his song was pleasing to Jupiter, 
 Menalcas replies that Apollo, the god of music and poetry, was his friend. — 
 Sua, i. e. propria, quae ijjsi conveniunt et j^lctcent ; cf. E. 1, 38, ;S^., Forh. : 
 see Gr. § 208, (8). 
 
 63. Suave for suavifer, Gr. § 205, R. 10. For a similar use of other adjec- 
 tives, both sing, and plur., see v. 8; E. 4, 43; G. 3, 149; A. 6, 288, horrendum 
 stridens. — Lauri et hyacinthus. For the reason of their consecration to Apollo, 
 see those words, and also II. Daphne, in the Lexicon. Daphne was beloved 
 by Apollo. 
 
 64. In this verse, and those which follow, to the 84th, the singers are not 
 to be understood as relating matters in their own expei'ience, bxit either im- 
 aginary incidents, or such things as they had heard fi-ora others. Voss, Sp. — 
 Malo. The apple was sacred to Venus, hence to present one with an apple, 
 to throw an apple at one, or the like, Avas a token of love. Jah?i, Wr. 
 
 65. Se cujnt ante videri. For the use of the reflexive pronoun in such 
 connections see Gr. § 271, R. 4. — Ante videri, i. e. ariteqtiam latent, Serv., be- 
 fore she is concealed among the willows : cf Hor. Od. 1, 9, 20. 
 
 66. But tlie yoiith to whom I am attached, replies Menalcas, comes to me 
 of hhnself. K.— Ignis, see in Lex. II. 2, and cf E. 1, 58 ; 10, 22. 
 
 11* 
 
126 ECLOGA III. X0TE3. 
 
 67. Ut sit. The demonstrative particle, on which ut depends, is omitted 
 in the preceding clause; Gr. § 262, R. 1. — Ddla. Heyne takes this to be the 
 name of a mistress of IMenalcas, who coming often to visit him, was known to 
 his watch-dogs; and he compares the passage with E. 7, 40: so that, as Con. 
 observes, Menalcas may mean indirectly to boast that he is beloved by two 
 persons, not merely by one, like Damoetas. Ruaeus supposes that Delia may 
 have been a maid-servant of Menalcas. 
 
 68. The subject is now the presents to the loved ones. K. — Parta, i. e. 
 praeparata, Sbtv. — Meae Veneri, i. e. meae amicae, Serv. : see Venus, B. 2, 
 in Lex. — Notavi, see in Lex. IL B. 
 
 69. Aei^iae, i. e. in alto nidijicantes. Sp. — Congessere, abs. instead of nidum 
 coiiffessere, If., as we say ' to build.' Compare with these verses the lines 
 from Shenstone's 2d pastoral: 
 
 " I have found out a gift for my fair ; 
 
 I have found where the wood-pigeons breed." 
 
 70. I, replies Menalcas, have already sent a present. — Quod potui, i. e. 
 quantum potui, quantum summo labore consuinpio coniingere potui, Forb., ' the 
 most I could do,' i. e. in picking them from the lofty branches of the tree.' — 
 Fuei-o, i. e. Amyntae, Gr. § 225, IV. R. 2 — Lecto, see on E. 2, 51. 
 
 71. Aurea, i. e. pulchra, H., see in Lex. aureus, 4, and E. 8, 52: mala 
 aurei coloj-is, Serv. — Altera, scil. decern, Wr. 
 
 72. Damoetas expresses the strength of his passion for his beloved by the 
 delight her Avords afford him. — Qaaez^qxiaUn. 
 
 73. Partem aliquam, i. e. eorum quae locuta est, o venti, etc. //. Partem 
 aliquam, ' some small part.' Wr. Such, according to Wagner, is the mean- 
 ing of aliquis in the ISth verse and in E. 2, 71: cf. A. 10, 84, nos aliquid 
 Rutulos contra juvisse nefandani est ^ Frequently however aliquis is found in 
 a pregnant sense, denoting something considerable: see cdiquis, 3 in Lex. and 
 A. 2, 89, nos aliquod nomenque decusque gesslmus. — Dlvum referatis ad aures. 
 The meaning, according to Serv. and Wr., is: so sweetly did Galatea talk 
 with me, that her words were worthy of the ears of the gods. 
 
 74. Menalcas replies that the society of Amyntas is everything to him. — 
 Quid prodest, Gr. § 232, (3) and note 2. — Anlmo mm spernis, by the figure 
 litotes forjibentlssiine amas. Serv. 
 
 75. Eetia servo : servo for observo ; Sp., and see in Lex. servo, U. To as- 
 sist the hunter by carrying his nets, by watching them when set for the cap- 
 ture of wild beasts, and by other services of this nature, was a common mode 
 of seeking to gain his favor. The meanhig of the passage is: I know that you 
 really love me, but what does your affection avail if I cannot also have your 
 society? He desires to be constantly with Amanitas. Wr., Forb. 
 
 76. Another subject is now introduced. — Phyllida. Phyllis seems to have 
 been a maid-servant (or perhaps a mistress) of lollas, a neighboring proprietor 
 (cf. E. 2, 57), for whom both Damoetas and Menalcas profess a passion, 
 lollas is addressed as being present, and may not unnaturally be supposed to 
 have come m during this musical contest of the two shepherds. Damoetas 
 
ECLOGA Til. NOTES. 127 
 
 says, that being about to celebrate his birth-day, he desires that Phyllis may 
 be sent to assist in the services. 
 
 77. Faciam, abs. for sac7'a or sacrificium faciam, see facio, B. 7 in Lex. 
 Here the sacrum ambarvale is referred to; cf. G. 1, 345. Birth-day celebra- 
 tions were a season for merry-making and love, which were not permitted at 
 the Ambarvalia or other sacrifices to the gods, and hence while Damoetas 
 wishes Phyllis to be present on his birth-day, he derisively invites lollas 
 to attend at the • sacrifice. Voss, Wr. — Pro frugibus, ' for the fruits of the 
 earth.' 
 
 78. Me discedere jlevit, Gr. § 273, 5, and note 7. 
 
 79. Et longu7n, etc. Commentators have differed much respecting the 
 precise import of this line. By some, {Serv., Burm., H.) longum is joined to 
 vale, in the seiise of in longum, ' for a long time.' Those who interpret longum 
 in this manner suppose the words longum, formose, vale, vale, to be addi-essed 
 by Phyllis to her master lollas, whom she intends to leave and to go away 
 with Menalcas. Others {Jakn, Wr., Forb., Con.) connect longum with inquit, 
 and suppose that Menalcas here assumes to answer Damoetas in the name 
 of lollas. It seems most natural thus to connect longum and inquit, to mark 
 her lingering farewell and her frequent i-epetition of the parting words. I see 
 not, however, why we may not join formose to Menalca understood, and take 
 lolla as the address of Menalcas himself to Phyllis' master, with whom he 
 pleads the mutual passion of himself and Phyllis in opposition to the request 
 of Damoetas; see v. 76, note. The meaning will then be, 'for she wept at 
 my leaving her, lollas, and said with lingering accents, farewell, farewell, 
 beautiful Menalcas.' — Vale, vale, inquit, Gr. § 305, 1 & (2). 
 
 80. Damoetas again changes the subject, and now introdiaces the name 
 of another mistress. — Triste lupus stabulis ; see Gr. § 204, R. 9; 205, R. 7, (2), 
 and tristis in Lex. B. 2. So diilce satis humor, v. 82; cf. A. 4, 569, varium et 
 mtdabile semper ftmlna. 
 
 82. Sniis=segetibus, Serv. : see sata under 1. sero in Lex. — Depuhis hae- 
 dis, i. e. prohibliis, a lade remotis, Serv.: and see depello, B. 2 in Lex. Cf. E. 
 7, 15. — Arbutus. The kids were fond of the leaves and shoots of the straw- 
 berry-tree. H. Cf. G. 3, 300. 
 
 83. Salix. Cf. E. 1, 79. 
 
 84. Pollio. See Aslnius in Lex., and introduction to this Eclogue. 
 Asinius Pollio was distinguished by the friendship of Augustas and M. 
 Antonius, by his literary performances, and by his patronage of Virgil and 
 Horace, each of whom celebrated his praises. Cf. E. 4, and Hor. Od. 2, 1; 
 Sat. 1, 10, 42. 
 
 85. Vitulam pascite, i. e. feed a heifer to be sacrificed to the gods for 
 PoUio's welfare. — Lectoii vestro, i. e. who reads my verses which are from 
 your inspiration. Virgil seems to lose sight of the pastoral character of 
 Damoetas and Menalcas, whose compositions he supposes to be read by 
 Pollio. The shepherd sings and his song is heard; he does not write it down 
 to be read. H. 
 
128 ECLOGA III. KOTES. 
 
 86. Nova carniina, i. e. praedara, qualia numquam ante facin^ H., 'match- 
 less,' 'unrivalled.' PoUio was distinguished as a writer of tragedies; Hor. 
 Od. 2, 1, 9, 10; Sat. 1, 10,42. 
 
 8T. Jam cornu petat, etc. The age of the bull is denoted by these clauses : 
 he must be of such an age as to push with his horns and to paw the earth 
 with his hoofs. See Gr. § 264, 1, {b). This line occurs again, A. 9, 629. 
 
 88. Quo te quoque (/audei, scil. p)ervenisse^ i. e. may he attain to like felicity 
 with that which he rejoices that you have reached. In the next verse this 
 felicity is characterized as that which belonged to the golden age. Heyne 
 suggests, on account of the reply of Menalcas, qui Bavium, etc., that similar 
 eminence in poetry to that enjoyed by Pollio is what is here wished for his 
 friends: Forb. approves this suggestion; but Wr. and Spolm prefer the for- 
 mer interpretation. 
 
 89. The amomura is both a fragrant shrub and the balsam obtained from it. 
 Here it is the balsam; in E. 4, 25, it is the shrub. 
 
 90. Bavium. See introduction to this P2clogue, also Servius' explanation 
 of this passage under Bavius in Lex., and cf. Hor. Epod. 10: Gr. § 209, R. 2, 
 note 3. 
 
 91. Jungat vulpes, scil. ad arandum. 77. — Mulgal hirxos. This and the pre- 
 ceding are proverbial expressions, denoting an absurd or impossible under- 
 taking. Wr. 
 
 92. Damoetas here, and in the following verses, introduces such subjects 
 as occur to his mind in the heat of the contest, with little or no connection, 
 apparently, between them. 
 
 93. Friyidus anguis, cf. E. S, 71, and ^vy^udg d(pig, Theoc. 15, 58. Wr. The 
 snake seems to be termed ' cold,' as being such to the touch. Thus we say, 
 as cold as a frog. K. — Latet anguis in Jierba, says Landinus, is a proverb, 
 warning us, when all things appear prosperous, to beware of danger. Pertur- 
 bation and anxiety are expressed in the position of the words of the second 
 line, and by the number of dactyls. K. 
 
 94. Parcite is used like cavtte, nolite : see parco^ B. (/3) in Lex., and Gr. 
 § 267, R. 3. 
 
 95. Non bene ripae creditur\ i. e. ' it is not safe to trust,' etc.: cf. Hor. Sat. 
 2, 4, 21, fungis . . . aliis male crediLur. — Vtllera, potdie for vellus. 
 
 96. Pascevtts^ i. e. qua pascuntur^ Forb. — Reice for rejice; see under rejicio 
 in Lex. and Gr. § 306, 1. 
 
 98. Cogite oves, etc., i. e. cogite ad umbram et frigus cap)tandum, aestus siccat 
 ubera. 77., Wr. — Fraeceperit ; see in Lex. L A. 
 
 100. Fingui, that makes fat, ' fattening.' — Quain with macer. 
 
 101. Fxitium pecori, Gr. § 211, E. 5, and note; 222, R. 8, N.; 227, R. 4. 
 
 102. The meaning is, your bull is lean and sick from love, but as that 
 cannot be the cause of the leanness of my lambs, it must be owing to some 
 witchcraft, for I see no other reason. Forb. — 77^s, scil. agvis. — Neque=etiam 
 non, or ne quid em ^ ' evep not,' ' not even,' Voss, Wr. — Vix ossibus haerent, 
 i. e. vix ossi eornm coliaerent. Sen:., ' scarcely do their bones stick together.' 
 Ossi!)us is in the abl., denoting 'in respect to,' 'with regard to,' 'as to': 
 
ECLOGA III. NOTES. 129 
 
 Gr. § 250. The expression indicates their extreme leanness, like the English: 
 They are nothing but skin and bone. Ossibus may also be construed as a 
 dative. 
 
 103. Nescio qu'is oculus signifies, ' I know not what eye ' ; nescio qui oculus, 
 like nescio qualis, would have meant, ' I know not what kind of eye ' ; Jahn, 
 Wr. : see note to E. 2, 19. The belief in the ascination of the evil eye was 
 a common superstition of the Greeks and Eomans, and the same belief, that 
 evil disposed persons have a power of doing injury, especially to children and 
 to the young of flocks, etc., by looking at them with a malicious eye, is said 
 to continue among the Italians of the present day. Jahn. 
 
 104. Damoetas proposes a riddle, to which Menalcas replies by propound- 
 ing another. — M, see in Lex. II. 4. — Ei-is mihi magnus Apollo, i. e. ' I will 
 look upon you as great Apollo.' As Apollo was the god of divination, Da- 
 moetas promises to regard Menalcas as not inferior to that god, if he shall 
 rightly solve the proposed enigma. Cf. mihi deiis, E. 1, 7, and the note upon 
 it, and above on v. 101. 
 
 105. Tres pateat caeli spatium . . . ulnas, Gr. § 324, 7, {b) ; 236. Many so- 
 lutions of this riddle have been proposed, the most probable of which is that 
 given by Servius and which Asconius and Cornificius say that they had 
 heard from Vu-gil himself. According to this explanation the grave of one 
 Caelius, a spendthrift who squandered all his property, except a piece of 
 ground large enough to be buried in, was intended by Virgil. Damoetas 
 is then to be understood as playing upon the words Caelius and caelum, each 
 of which, by poetical usage, would form the same genitive, caeli: see E. 1, 
 33, note. Servius however gives the preference to that solution which makes 
 Damoetas refer to such a view of the heavens as may be obtained from the 
 bottom of a narrow pit or well. — Ampllus ulnas, Gr. § 256, R. 6, (a) & (&). 
 
 106. Inscripii nomina regum . . . flores. The hyacinth is meant, on whose 
 leaves, according to ancient belief, the letters A I were inscribed, which 
 letters either expressed the grief of Apollo at the death of Hyacinthus, 
 (A?, A?, signifying ' alas ! alas!'), or denoted the name Ala?, that is Ajax. 
 See Ajax and Hyacinthus in Lex. — Regum, ' princes,' the Homeric Pa<nkfjes, 
 Con. Hyacinthus and Ajax were both sons of kings, Hyacinthus of Amyclas, 
 king of the Lacedemonians, and Ajax of Telamon, king of the island of Sala- 
 mis. — Inscripii nomina, Gr. § 234, II, i. e. nomina inscripta habenies. Cf. E. 1, 55. 
 
 107. Phyllida. Both had claimed an interest in her affections, vs. 76 — 79, 
 but Menalcas offers to yield his pretensions to her love, if Damoetas will solv3 
 his riddle. 
 
 108. Nun nostrwn, scil. est, Gr. § 211, R. 8, (3), and note.— Gompone7-e= 
 finire, Sew.: see coinpono, B. 2 in Lex. 
 
 109. Et qvisquis amoves aut vietuet dukes, aut experietur amaros. There 
 seems no reason to suspect the text as here given, though the manuscripts 
 differ somewhat in regard to the mood and tense of the verbs, which are 
 found either in the fut. indie, or in the pres. subj., but commentators have 
 been unable to agi-ee as to the interpretation of the words, and various con- 
 jectural changes have been proposed. Ebert conjectured, et quisquis amaros 
 
130 ECLOGA III. NOTES. 
 
 aut 7netuet, dulces aut experietur amoves. This reading is adopted by Wake- 
 field and appears to be as easy and natural as any alteration that has been 
 proposed. Wagner proposes the following: et quisquis amoves haut (i. e. 
 havd) meiuet, dulces, aut expevietuv amaros. Forbiger prefers the conjec- 
 ture of Graser: et quisquis amoves haut metuet dulces, haut experietur amavos. 
 Heyne would wholly reject the 109th and 110th verses. If we adopt Ebert's 
 reading the verses will signify: Both you and he are deserving of the heifer; 
 and whoever else shall either fear unsuccessful, or shall experience suc- 
 cessful love. If we take the emendation of Wagner, the meaning will be: 
 And whoever shall not abstain from love will find it either sweet or bitter. 
 The meaning according to Graser' s reading Avill be: And whoever shall not 
 fear sweet love, shall not experience bitter love, i. e. v^hoever shall not be 
 timid in love shall be successful in love. 
 
 No one of the proposed corrections appears to me a decided improve- 
 ment upon the text, and I am of the opinion, with Conington, that the 
 genei"al sense of the clause, et quisquis amoves aut metuet, etc., is, as ex- 
 plained by Servius, et quicumque si7niHs vestri est, i. e. and whoever is like 
 you, whoever can feel love as you have shown you can; since Damoetas 
 had complained (v. 81) of the crueltj'- of Amaryllis, and Menalcas had 
 spoken (v. 83) of the pleasures of successful love. Meiuet dulces he applies 
 to Menalcas, and explains it by iimebit pro dulcibus, ne cos amittat ; and 
 experietur amaros to Damoetas. The meaning, according to this interpre- 
 tation, is, ' and whoever shall either fear sweet love or shall experience 
 bitter love,' i. e. whoever, like you, shall either sing so well the fears of 
 successful or the pangs of slighted love ; the feeling being put for the ex- 
 pression of the feeling, as in E. 6, 62, and 9, 19, the action is put for the cele- 
 bration of the action. 
 
 111. Claudite jam vivos. Servius gives two interpretations to this verse, 
 a literal and a figurative. According to the first, which is generally adopted 
 by recent commentators, Palaemon had come out into the fields for the 
 purpose of directing his servants to open the sluices by means of which his 
 meadows were iri'igated. This having been done, and the water having been 
 flowing upon the meadows during this contest, he now directs them to close 
 the sluices. According to the allegorical interpretation it is the rills of song 
 that are to be stopped, and the words are addi-essed not to the servants, but 
 to the musical combatants. 
 
ECLOGA IV. NOTES. 131 
 
 ECLOGA IV.— POLLIO. 
 
 ARGUMENT. 
 
 This Eclogue, wliich, on occount of some apparent coincidences of lan- 
 guage with the prophecies of the Old Testament (see Isaiah ch. 11) in rela- 
 tion to the Savior's birth, has attracted much attention, seems to have been 
 devoted by its author to the special honor of Asinius Pollio his friend and 
 patron. All Italy had suffered great calamities, first from the confiscation 
 and distribution of lands, to which allusion is made in the first Eclogue, then 
 from the quarrels between Antony and Octavianus, and the war which en- 
 sued, B. C. 41 ; and finally, from a very severe famine, the result of the 
 blockade of the coast of Italy by the fleets of Antony and Sext. Pompey. 
 For these reasons great joj' was occasioned by the treaty of Brundisiura, 
 made in the autumn of B. C. 40, by which harmony was restored between 
 Antony and Octavianus. Asinius Pollio assisted Antony in negotiating and 
 .arranging that peace. A little afterwards, on his return to Rome, Pollio 
 entered on the consulship, and about the same time had a son born to him. 
 There was a common belief at that time that a new age was about to dawn 
 on the world, and as Italy seemed to have escaped from its miseries chiefly 
 through the means of Pollio, Virgil, in this Eclogue, congi-atulates him on 
 his consulship, and does it in such a way as at once to extol him as the 
 harbinger of a new era of happiness, and at the same time to augur this 
 from the birth of his son, as an omen of future peace and prosperity. This 
 Eclogue was written in the autumn of B. C. 40, when Virgil was thirty 
 years old. Many Cliristian writers have regarded this Eclogue as a prophecy 
 of the birth and reign of the Messiah, derived by Virgil from the Sibylline 
 books, or from traditions prevalent in the P^ast. Of this opinion respecting 
 its origin Pope has availed himself in his splendid paraphrase, entitled 
 "Messiah, a Sacred Eclogue." 
 
 NOTES ON THE FOURTH ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. Sli elides : see Sicells under SicuU in. Lex. Pastoral poetry is said to 
 have originated in Sicily, the country of Theocritus. — Paulo majora^ soil. 
 soliio^ ' somewhat higher strains,' ' themes of somewhat unwonted dignity,' 
 Gr. § 256, R. 9, and (a); i. e. themes a little more elevated than those usually 
 chosen for Bucolic verse. So Pope in his Messiah: To heavenly themes sub- 
 limer sh-ains belong. 
 
 2. The subjects of Bucolic poetry are alluded to in arbusta, myricae and 
 silvas. 
 
 3. Silvae sint Consmle diyiiae, scil. Polllone, i. e. if we employ pastoral 
 poetry let it be stich, etc. 
 
132 ECLOGA IV. NOTES. 
 
 4. Cumaei, ' Cumaean ' or * Sibylline.' The most famous of the Sibyls 
 was the Cumaean who gave to different saecula or ages the names of metals, 
 i. e. the Golden, the Silver, the Brazen and the Iron age. 
 
 5. The doctrine of the r/reat or mundane year, which was current among 
 the Greeks, and taught also by the Platonic and Stoic philosophers, and 
 which was also contained in the Sibylline books, is assumed as the basis 
 of the poet's predictions in this Eclogue. According to this doctrine, at the 
 close of the mundane year, the duration of which was variously estimated at 
 2489, 3000, 7777, 12954, 15000 and 18000 years, the stars would aU return to 
 their original places, as the sun returns to its former place at the end of the 
 common year, and there would be a general restoration of all things. In the 
 Estruscan and Sibylline books, this gi-eat year, comprising the four ages 
 above named, was divided into ten gi-eat months or saecula, which seem 
 however not to have had any certain or uniform duration. What deity pre- 
 sided over each of these great months was particularly taught in the Sibyl- 
 line books. Saturn is said te have presided over the first of these months, 
 and Sol or Apollo over the last. Diana appears to have immediately pre- 
 ceded Apollo, and to her also November, in the civil year, was consecrated. 
 At the time when this Eclogue was written the Romans believed themselves 
 to be living in the tenth or last saeculum, (in the Iron Age,) since according 
 to Vulcatius the aug-ur, the comet that appeared soon after the death of Julius 
 Caesar, marked the end of the ninth and the beginning of the tenth saeculum. 
 As the Romans, after the treaty formed at Brundisium, between Octavianus 
 and Antony, entertained the most sanguine expectations of future happiness 
 and peace, Virgil makes use of this occasion to proclaim the approach of the 
 Golden Age; and accordingly, as the tenth age was now passing f tews Jam 
 re<jnat Apollo, v. 10), he announces, that, on its termination, a new mundane 
 year (mafjnvs saedomm ordo), would commence, and with it the Golden Ago 
 would return. That mankind might be fully prepared for this, and might 
 gradually return from the v.ickedness and crimes of the Iron Age in which 
 he lived, to the perfect purity of life that marked the Golden Age, the poet 
 represents the tenth saendum as passing by degrees into that age. He makes 
 the commencement of the new age to be coincident with the birth of the boy 
 whose advent he celebrates, and teaches that the Golden Age will make still 
 more sensible advances during his childhood, (see v. 26 sq.), but that it will 
 not be perfect until he attains to complete manhood (see v. 37 sq.) Jahn, Voss. 
 —Saeclorum, Gr. § 322, 4:.—Nasclt.ur, 'begins.' 
 
 6. Vir(/o, i. e. Astrnea, see virffo, B. and Astraea in Lex. and cf. Ov. Met. 
 1, 149; G. 2, 474. — Saturnia refjna, Gr. § 98. The reign of Saturn in Latium 
 was, according to tradition, during the Golden Age, and while Astraea stiU 
 had her residence on earth. Hence it appears that Astraea and Saturn are 
 said, by metonymy, to be about to reappear, because the age in which they 
 had previously lived on earth was about to be renewed. Wagner remarks ou 
 this line that redit et Virr/o, redeunt Saturnia regna is equivalent to ei Virgo 
 et Saturnia regna redeunt ; and that the repetition of a verb or an adjective is 
 frequently equivalent to a repetition of the conjunction: cf A. 7, 327; 8, 91; 
 
ECLOGA IV. IS'OTES. 133 
 
 11, 171 ; 12, 548. Ill A. 10, 313, a prep, is in like manner repeated. In a few 
 instances, as in vs. 24, 25, the copulative and verb are both repeated. 
 
 7. Nova progenies, ' a new race,' i. e. 'a better race,' who are called in 
 v. 9, gens aurea. H. 
 
 8. Moth, 'only.' — Nascenti, part. adj.=dum nascitur, Forb., 'nascent,' 
 i. e. about to be born : see nascor, A. in Lex. — Quo, scil. nascente, ' at whose 
 birth,' Serv.,=cujus oriu, Wr. Euaeus supplies sub, i. e. ' in whose day,' 
 like illo sub rege, A. 8. 324. — Puero, i. e. Gallo, Asinii Pollionis Jilio. Wr. — 
 Ferrea gens, i. e. ftrreae aetatis gens, so v. 9, gens aurea for gens aureae 
 aetatis. — Primum, 'at last' ; cf. on E. 1, 45, Con. 
 
 9. 3fundo=orde terrarum, Wch. ; see mundus, II. B. 2 in Lex. 
 
 10. Tuus jam regnat Apollo. This shows that the last age was come, as 
 the Sibyl declares the age of Sol, i. e. of Apollo, to be the last. Serv. — 
 Tuus, scil. frater, according to Euaeus, who says that Virgil adopted the 
 common opinion that Lucina and Diana were the same person: see Diana 
 in Lex. 
 
 11. Teque . . . ie Conside, an emphatic repetition. — Adeo gives a rhetorical 
 prominence to the word after which it is used. Con. ; see in Lex. B. 2. — 
 Becus hoc aevi, has been by some applied to the boy who was about to ap- 
 pear, ' this glory of the age ' ; by others, and apparently with more propriety, 
 to the age about to commence, =/)/'ae(;'Zara haec aetas, 'this glorious age'; 
 Serv., H., Jalin. : cf. Qaalibus in tenebris vitae quantisqve peridis degitur hoc 
 aevi quodcumque est, Lucr. 2, lo.—Inibit=cursum inibit, incipiet. P., Wr., Forb. : 
 cf. ineunte anno, and see ina'pio, II. in Lex. 
 
 12. Mngni menses like magnus annus and magnus ordo saedorum, i. e. 
 greater, longer than our months, the saecula into which the great or mundane 
 year was divided, Jidin, Voss, Con. Cf. on v. 4. Others explain it by ' memo- 
 rable,' ' illustrious,' as belonging to the Golden Age ; Sp., H., Wr. 
 
 13. Te duce, cf. te conside, V. 11, 'under your guidance,' 'your auspices,' 
 i. e. from the commencement of your consulship. — Scderis vestigia nostri. 
 He refers to the remains of the civil wars, particularly to the maritime war 
 carried on by Sext. Pompey, by means of which Eome Avas cut off from its 
 supplies of provisions. H. 
 
 14. Irrita=zabolita, sublnia, H., Forb., 'effaced,' ' removed.'— i^or»^^c?^■/^e, 
 ' fear,' arising from a sense of guilt. //. 
 
 15. Jlle, scil. puer, the boy spoken of in vs. 8 — 10, the son of Pollio. 77., 
 Wr.—Deum vitam. By the ' life of the gods ' is meant a perfectly blessed 
 and happy life: cf. Cic. de Nat. Deorum, 1, 19, Aut. . . . Beum vitam acdpiet, 
 i. e. ' will possess ' or ' enjoy ' a life like theirs.— Divis permixtos, Gr. § 245, 
 II. 2. 
 
 16. Hei'oas, Gr. \ 85, Exc. 2.—Ei ipse videbitur illis. The whole passage 
 implies that this child should mingle in the society of gods and heroes and 
 should be included in their number. During the Golden Age the gods ar© 
 represented as associating familiarly with men. 
 
 17. Pacatum, part, adj.— iJe^-ei orbem, 'will rule the world, i. e. conml ' 
 f actus administrabit imperium Romanum, Wr., Forb. — Patriis virtutibus, con- 
 
 12 
 
134 ECLOGA IV. NOTES. 
 
 nect with reget; the same A^irtues for which his father Polho was distin- 
 guished. 
 
 18. Virgil having in the preceding verses spoken generally of the ap- 
 proach of the new Golden Age, now marks the different steps by which its 
 adA'ance is distiugiiished — its commencement in the boyhood of Pollio's sou 
 {ys. 18 — 25), its progi'ess in his youth (vs. 26 — 36), and its perfection in 
 liis manhood (vs. 37 — 45): cf. note on \. 4. — Al here designates a passing 
 from one thought to another but not an opposite thought; ' moreover,' ' and ' ; 
 see in Lex. I. — Prima., instead of pritno, ' at first,' Gr. § 205, E. 15 : cf. E. 6, 
 1; G. 1, 12. The second step is marked by at sinnd, v. 26, and the third by 
 hinc, v. 37. — 3Iunuscula, ' its gifts,' literally, ' its minor ' or ' small gifts,' 
 which are specified in vs. 19 — 25. — Nullo cultu. The productions of the 
 Golden Age Avere spontaneous. 
 
 19. ^rra?z/es, 'spreading.' — Passim connect ^\\t\i fundei. — Baccare. This 
 plant, which Sprengel takes to be a valerian, (see in Lex.), Daubeny is in- 
 clined to believe a salvia, i. e. salvia sclarea. Pliny says of it, odor est ei cin- 
 naniomo pi^oximus. 
 
 20. Hidenii, 'smiling,' 'glad,' i. e. cohris pulcTiritudine ocidos deledante, 
 Wr. — Mixta acanilio, cf. supra on divis permixtos, v. 15. — Acantho. This 
 is supposed to be the EgA^ptian tree mentioned in G. 2, 119, Serv.: cf. on 
 E. 3, 45. 
 
 21. Jpsae, i. e. spoide, nullo ducente, H., 'of their OAvn accord ': see similar 
 examples under ipse I in Lex. So ipsa cunahula, v. 23, i. e. sponte, nulla serente, 
 Wr., ' spontaneously.' 
 
 23. Blandos, ' pleasant,' both in their color and in their fragrance, Wr. ; 
 'soothing,' Br. 
 
 24. Fallax. The poisonous plant is called ' deceptive,' according to Ser- 
 vius, because of its liability to be mistaken for a harmless plant: cf. nee 
 miseros fallunt aconita legentes, G. 2, 152. — Herba veneni, i. e. lierba venenata., 
 ' the poisonous plant,' as it were, the plant containing poison: cf. pocuhun 
 veneni, in Solinus ; poculum lactis, and lactis ubera, in TibuUus ; crateras olivi^ 
 E. 5, 68; sanguinis 2)ateras, A. 3, 67. Forh. 
 
 25. Assyrium, ' Assyrian,' iu a wide sense for Eastern. Voss., Wr. — Vulgo^ 
 i. e. omnibus locis, — Amcmum, cf. on E. 3, 89. 
 
 26. At marks a transition from the indications of the Golden Age observ- 
 able in the boyhood of Pollio's son to the more striking ones to be exhibited 
 during his youth: see at in note to v. 18. His youth is poetically described 
 by Avords that mark his intellectual progress, Avhich would then be such that 
 he could study the poets Avho sung of the heroum laudes, (see laus II in Lex.) 
 and the historians who AA'ould record the facta parentis, 'the gi-eat deeds 
 of his father.' The simple meaning of the 26th and 27th A^erses is, When you 
 sliall become a j^oung man. JcJm. — Simtd for simtd atque, see in Lex. IL B. 2. 
 — Parentis, scil. Polllonis. Wr. 
 
 27. Et quae sit . . . cognoscere virtus. The child Avill read of the glories of 
 its father and the heroes of older time, the subjects of poetry and history, and 
 thus learn to conceive of virtue. Con. 
 
ECLOGA IV. NOTES. 135 
 
 28. Molli arista, i. e. the beard or awn of grain, now so roiigh and pricldy, 
 shall then be smooth and soft. Voss, Wr. 
 
 29. Pendebit sentibus uva. Pendto is construed either with the preposi- 
 tions a6, de, ex or m, or with the abl. without a prep. 
 
 30. Rascida mella, Gr. § 232, (2). The honey, so abundant in the Golden 
 Age, is sometimes spoken of as escaping from the cavities of trees, where the 
 bees had deposited it, and sometimes, as here, is described as exuding, in the 
 form of drops of dew, from the leaves of trees, particularly those of the ilex, 
 or holm oak: cf. G. 1, 131. 
 
 31. Pauca tamen. This second period, which is to precede the perfect 
 Golden Age, is repi-esented as similar to the Heroic, which Hesiod makes a 
 fourth Age, between the Brazen and the Iron. In this period some evils and 
 crimes Avill still remain. — Priscae, ' ancient,' such as had prevailed in the 
 later ages of the nosv closing mundane year. — Fraudls, cf. sceleris vestigia 
 nostri, v. 13, and see fraus, B. in Lex. 
 
 32. Among the evils of former times that still remain he enumerates navi- 
 gation, the fortifying of cities, and agriculture; and instead of simply saying 
 that a second heroic age shall come, he announces the repetition of the two 
 most important events of the former heroic age, the Argonautic expedition 
 and the siege of Troy, vs. 34 — 36. 
 
 33. Quae jtibeant, ' such as will prompt,' or simply, ' to prompt,' * prompt- 
 ing,' Gr. § 264, 1, (rt) & (b).—Jubennt infindere, Gr. § 273, 2, (d). 
 
 34. Quae vehat, ' to transport,' cf on v. 33. 
 
 35. Dek-ctos Icwns, i. e. the Argonauts, the companions of Jason in his 
 expedition in quest of the golden fleece: see Aryonautae, lason, Ilelle and 
 Phrixus in Lex. 
 
 37. nine, ' after this,' introduces the third and final step in the progress 
 of mankind towards the new Golden Age, which was to be fully ushered in 
 when this child should have attained to manhood. — Firmata oetas, ' strength- 
 ened,' ' miitm-e age': o.'i. firmata javi aetas, Cic. Coel. 18, and confinnatis 
 aetaiibus, Cic. Lael. 76. 
 
 38. Cedet mari, 'shall relinquish' or 'abandon the sea,' Gr. § 255, R. 3, 
 (a) t& {h), & 1, cedo 11. in Lex. Servius remarks that cedei mari vector is a 
 necessary consequence of o??m/s ye?'e^ omnia tellus. — Ipse, i.e. sponte, cf. on 
 v. 21. ' Forb. — Vcitor, ' the passenger,' which seems to be its sense where it is 
 used of maritime carriage. Con. 
 
 40. Past ros ... f (deem. The r a strum Avas ' a toothed hoe' or ' mattock,' 
 with two, three or four prongs, serving the purpose of a rake, fork and hoe 
 combined. It seems to have been a rake used in manual labor and not a 
 harrow drawn by cattle: the falx simply denoted a knife with a curved edge, 
 and hence was applied to a variety of instruments, intended fur different pur- 
 poses in husbandry, Dauleny: and see these words in Lex. Falx is here 
 ' a pruning-knife ' or ' pruning-hook.' 
 
 41. Tauris jufja solcet. Tauris, according to Wr. and Forb, is in the dative, 
 like lianc mihi soldte vitam in Propertius, 2, 7, 77: see Gr. § 211, R. 5, (1): 
 
136 ECLOGA IV. NOTES. 
 
 Well. 4' Sjy. contend for the abl., Gr. § 251. The solution of the question 
 would not materially affect the meaning of the passage. 
 
 42. MeniiH, ' to feign,' ' counterfeit,' i. e. to take on, instead of its own 
 color, the colors imparted to it by dyes. 
 
 43. Jpse, ' of himself,' see ipse, I. in Lex. — Suave rubenii murice^ ' sweetly,' 
 i. e. ' beautifully reddish purple,' see on E. 8, 63. 
 
 44. Mutnbit=tinget, Serv. and see in Lex. under viuto, IL 2. This mean- 
 ing however belongs rather to its connection than to the verb itself, which 
 signifies 'to alter' or 'change.' — Vellera, poetice for vellus, see on K. 3, 95. 
 Wagner remarks that murex, lutum and sandyx in this place are simply the 
 names of colors, not of coloring materials. Vellera seems in like manner 
 to signify his natural or white fleece, and hence mutari vellera croceo luto 
 will mean to exchange his white fleece for one .of saffi-on-or golden-yellow : 
 see Gr. § 252, R. 5. 
 
 45. Pascenies agnos, ' the grazing lambs,' answering to in pratis, v. 44, 
 i. e. the'live sheep in the fields, opposed to the fleece in the hands of the dyer,' 
 Con. Others explain pascenies, ' while feeding,' as if the colors were occa- 
 sioned by the peculiar nature of the plants on which they fed. 
 
 46. Talia saecla, etc., i. e. 'ages of such a kind' as have been indicated 
 in the preceding verses. The passage may be translated: 'The Parcae, 
 harmonious in regai'd to the immutable will of fate, have said to their 
 spindles, "roll off illustrious ages".' Tulia is thxif^, according to iJ., Wr., 
 and dm., a vocative; hut Forb. and otliers, agreeing with Cerda and Voss, 
 take it for an accusative, supplying the preposition ^x-r: 'The Parcae have 
 said to their spindles, roll on through such age>,' i. e. run on without inter- 
 ruption — denoting unbroken and undisturbed happiness. — Fusts, ' to their 
 spindles,' i. e. to the threads spun upon their spindles. These threads, as 
 they were drawn out, represented the successive ages and all their attendant 
 events, hence saecla is here used instead of Jila, ' threads.' 
 
 47. Concoi'des, i. e. harmonious in determining and assigning the destiny 
 of all persons and events as established by divine decree. Wr. — Numine. 
 Numen est voluntas et jussio dti, Serv. Gellius also quotes Chrysippus as 
 saying that ' fate is the eternal and invariable series of events ' : see numen, 
 B. in Lex. — Parcae. Of the three Parcae Clotho was said to hold the distafl", 
 Lachesis to spin the thread of Hfe, and Atropos to sever it. All events were 
 directed by them, in harmony however with the decrees of the gods. 
 
 48. Aggredere. The poet here addresses the son of Pollio, the nascens 
 pver of the 8th verse, wlio is now supposed to have reached the age of man- 
 hood, inviting him to enter upon those higli honors that awaited him, that is, 
 according to Servius, aggredere magiios Itonores consulaius ; see on v. 17. — 
 Jam, see in Lex. IL B. 
 
 49. Deum, 'of a god,' see v. 7, and demiltn, B. 2 in Lex. The plur. is put 
 poetically for the sing.; so of Aeneas, Anchlsa generate, deum (i. e. Veneris) 
 certissima 2»'oles, A. 6, 322 ; cf. a similar use of the plur. instead of the sing. 
 in E. 3, 7; 6, 42; A. 7, 98; 10, 79; 11, 784; 12, 60. In such instances the 
 object of the writer is not so much to denote who the individual is, as what he 
 
ECLOGA IV. NOTES. 137 
 
 is, or to what class lie belongs ; as in the present verse, that he is the son, not 
 of a human but of a dlvlue father: cf. on E. 3, 7. W't\, Fwb. — Jovis incremen- 
 tiim, 'progeny,' i. e. a new offspring added to the number of the sons of Jupi- 
 ter: Wr., Forb.: but Kuaeus and Heyne say, 'the foster son of Jupiter,' like 
 theHomeric (itorpiijirji: see Gr. § 310, 1. 
 
 50. Aspics nutantem mimdum, i. e. aspice ut nutat mundus, ' how the world 
 shakes' or 'trembles.' Fo7-b. — Convexo pondere limits mundum, 'the world 
 of convex mass,' i. e. of convex form or shape, or, in one word, ' the round 
 world ' ; Gr. § 211, R. 6. Mundus denotes not the earth, but the woiid, the 
 vast circumambient sphere, constituting the universe. Nutantem^ i. e. with 
 joy, as at the approach of some deity, 11., cf. vs. 52, 'shaking,' 'trembling. 
 
 51. This verse consists of an enumeration of the particular parts of which 
 the mundus consists, and which are gramatically in apposition to it. — 
 
 Terrasque, see Metrical Key and Gr. § 283, IV". Exc. 2, R. 3: see also Gr. 
 § 323, 2, (2). — Profundum, see in Lex. profundus, B. 2. — This verse is re- 
 peated in G. 4, 222. 
 
 52. Aspice, laetaniur ut omnia-: aspice is repeated by anaphora, Forb., 
 Gr. § 324, 13. — This line contains a repetition of the substance of the two 
 preceding ones, and also assigns the cause of the agitation mentioned here 
 {laetaniur omnia), and in v. 50 {nutantem mundum), viz. the sensible approach 
 of the Golden Age. — Laetaniur, Gr. § 265, note 2, R. 1. The indicative is 
 thus u>ed after aspice ut and viden'' ut instead of the subj., in the oratio 
 oblipMt, where the writer makes a statement of whose truth he has no doubt, 
 and respecting which he makes no appeal to the opinion of another, but pre- 
 sents it as something entirely certain, and as it were present and actually 
 happening : thus aspice, ut omnia laetaniur, ' behold how all things rejoice ' ! 
 aspice, ut omnia laeteniur, 'consider how all things rejoice': cf. E. 5, 7; 
 G. 1, 57; A. 8, 192. Wr., Forb. — Omnia, i. e. the whole world, terrae, tractus- 
 que maris caelumque profundum. — Saeclo, Gr. § 247, 1, (2), But H., Wch. and 
 Wr. connect vs. 50 — 52 as follows: aspice mundum nutantem, terrasque, etc. 
 . . . ut laetaniur, i. e. aspice, ut mundus nutans, terraeque, etc. laetaniur. 
 The aspice in v. 52 would then be an emphatic repetition or epizeuxis, 
 Gr. § 324, 20. 
 
 53. mihi, etc. The wish, simply expressed, would be. Sit mihi tarn longa 
 vita ! And since its closing part only could extend to those times, he says, 
 tam longae pars ultima vitae, ' the closing part of a life so long.' H. Tarn 
 longae, i. e. that when you have attained to manhood I shall be able to cele- 
 brate your exploits. Wr. 
 
 54. Spiritus, ' poetic inspiration,' ' poetic vigor.' Spiritus et, i. e. et spiri- 
 tus, scil. mihi sit tantus. — Quantum, scil. ejus spiritus. The subject of eritis 
 quantum {spiritus); the predicate is eritsat. — Dicere depends on sat, Gr. § 270, 
 R. 1. l^ua dicere facta, for ad dicenda tua facta. 
 
 55. The apodosis of the sentence begins at Non me carminibus ; its pro- 
 tasis consists of the 53d and 54th vs: cf. Liv. 6, 18. Ostendite modo bellum: 
 pacem habebitis. Videant vos par atos ad vim: jus ipsi remittent. Wr. In this 
 apodosis and in the two following verses the poet declares that the deeds 
 
 12* 
 
138 
 
 ECLOGA IV. — NOTES. 
 
 of this youth will be so distinguished that inspired by their magnificence he 
 shall be able to surpass all other bards while celebrating their praises. — 
 JVec— nee, Gr. § 277, K. 5, (a). 
 
 56. ffuic—huic, instead of hidc—ilU; see Gr. § 207, R. 23, (a) & (5), and 
 He, D. in Lex. — Adsit, ' aid,' ' assist.' 
 
 57. Orphei, the Greek dissyllabic dative, Gr. § 54, 5: cf. G. 4,545, 553.-- 
 Calliopea, its common form is Calliope, q. v. 
 
 58. Arcadia judice, i. a. pastonbus Arcadicis Judicibus, Forb., cf. on E. 1, 
 63. As Pan was especially venerated by the Arcadians, (cf. E. 10, 26), they 
 might be expected to regard his performances with particular favor. They 
 would also be competent judges: cf. E. 10, 31. 
 
 59. Pan etiam, an emphatic repetition: cf incipe parte puer, infra, vs. 60 
 and 62. — Pan dicat, ' let Pan confess,' or ' Pan must confess,' Gr. § 260, R. 6 ; 
 
 •a subj. used as an imperative, occupying the place of the apodosis. See the 
 example from Livy (supra, v. 55), of a similar use of the subj. in the pro- 
 tasis. 
 
 60. IncijJe, parve puer. The child, whose birth and life were to be so in- 
 timately connected with the introduction of the Golden Age, is considered 
 both here and in other parts of the Eclogue as still unborn; and the poet here 
 expresses his ardent wishes for his speedy appearance and for the blessings 
 to follow in the train of that event. — Rlsu. We adopt the opinion of Servius, 
 supported by that of Wr., Forb., and many other modern commentators, 
 though opposed by Heyne and others, that the risus here mentioned is not to 
 be understood as being that of the mother, but of the child, expressive of his 
 pleasure in the recognition of his mother : ' Begin by your smile to recognize 
 your mother,' i. e. to manifest your recognition of her. This interpretation 
 requires us to give to co(jnoscere the meaning Avhich pi-operly belongs to 
 agnoscere, but other instances of a similar use of the word may be found in 
 the Lexicon under cognosco, 11. : see also agnosco 1 & 3, for the distinctive use 
 of these words. 
 
 61. This verse assigns a mothei-'s sorrows as the reason why the infant 
 should reward her bj^ his smile. Decern menses denote the period of gesta- 
 tion. — Tulerunt, by systole, Gr. § 307, (1). — Fastidia, 'weariness,' 'dis- 
 comfort.' 
 
 62. It Avas accounted a bad omen for a child, that he had not received a 
 parent's smile. This is alleged as a second reason for his meeting his mother 
 with a smile, that he might thus obtain her smile in return. Reference is 
 made in this and the following verse to the future position of the boy among 
 heroes and gods, vs. 15, sq. and 49 ; and the case of Vulcan is perhaps also 
 alhided to, whose appearance at his birth, was so forbidding that his mother 
 Juno caused him to be cast out of heaven. Minerva afterwards refused to 
 receive him as a husband, and, for a time at least, he was excluded from the 
 council of the gods. 
 
I 
 
 ECLOGA V. NOTES. 139 
 
 ECLOGA v.— DAPHOTS. 
 
 ARGUMENT. 
 
 Two shepherds, Mopsus and Menalcas, having met together, the former dis- 
 tinguished for his performance upon the shepherd's pipe, the latter for his 
 skill in singing, invite each other to a mutual exhibition of their musical ac- 
 complishments, (vs. 1 — 19). After seating themselves in a grotto, Mopsus 
 first laments the death of Daphnis, (vs. 20 — 44); then Menalcas following 
 celebrates the praises of the same Daphnis, as now enrolled among the gods 
 (vs. 56 — 80) and having then exchanged presents they separate. H. 
 
 The original Daphnis was a Sicilian youth, whose name occurs frequently 
 in the ancient pastorals. It is supposed that this Eclogue was written B. C. 
 42, in which year public rejoicings throughout Italy were ordered, to cele- 
 brate the deification of Julius Caesar, and the month Quintilis was named 
 Julius after him. According to this conjecture, which is not improbable, 
 Virgil celebrates Caesar under the name of Daphnis, though care must be 
 taken not to give an allegorical interpretation of every particular. S. & Z. 
 In this, as in the 3d Eclogue, the shepherds sing in alternate verses. In the 
 introduction, which contrasts Avith that to the third Eclogue, being an inter- 
 change of civilities, not of scurrilities, Virgil follows the first Idyl of Theo- 
 critus. Con. 
 
 NOTES ON THE FIFTH ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. What does non modify? — Boni, i. e. periti, E., docii, Serv.: see bonus, 
 2 in Lex. : so ' good ' for ' expert,' ' skillful,' is used in English, as ' good at 
 singing, etc. Cf. Ilic jaculo bonus, hie longe fullente sagiita, A. 9, 572. 
 
 2. Calamos leves, i. e. the sliepherd's pipe composed of ' slender ' reeds. H. — 
 Ivjlare. In Virgil the adjectives bonus, ftUx, peritus, etc., are connected with 
 the infinitive, as in E. 7, 5; 10, 32; G. 1, 280, 284; A. 9, 772, etc. This con- 
 struction the historians used in common with the poets, so far as related to 
 paratus, optus, feivx, and the like; but in prose it stopped with those adjec- 
 tives that can be united with ad, and with cases where the infinitive differs 
 little from the accusative of place. Jahn. The construction is of Greek ori- 
 gin : see Gr. § 270, R. 1, and 213, R. 4:.— Dicere^canere.— In regard to the 
 figure prolepsis occurring here see Gr. § 323, 1, (4). 
 
 3. Corylis, Gr. § 245, II. 2.— Inter, Gr. § 279, 10, (c) & (d). 
 
 4. Major, scil. naiu. Maximns is in like manner used absolutely, A. 7> 
 532. H. — Parere. The particular act of deference intended relates to the 
 place where they should seat themselves, in regard to which Mopsus modestly 
 objects to the hazel-shade, on account of its shifting and fitful character, and 
 suggests the superior advantages of the cool grotto. — Menalca, see note oa 
 V. 86.— See also Gr. § 269, R. 2. 
 
140 ECLOGA V. NOTES. 
 
 6. Zepltyris moiantihus gives the reason why the shadows were incertae. — 
 Motantibus, scil. eas. 
 
 6. Antro succedimus. The verb has a two-fold consti'uction, first with sub 
 and the ace, umbras, and second with the dat. 
 
 7. Baris labrusca racemis, Gr. § 211, E. 6. The labrusca, or ' wild-vme,' 
 being unpruned, was less productive of fruit than the cultivated vine, but 
 abundant in its foliage. — Sparsit, see note on E. 4, 52, 
 
 8. Montibus in nostris seems to describe the general character of the 
 country in which these shepherds lived. Hence Servaus says : ac si diceret 
 inhoc terriiorio. — Tibi certat. The construction of cer to with the dative is 
 poetical: see Gr. § 223, K. 2 & (6), and certo, II. in Lex., and cf. E. 8, 55.— 
 Amyntas. This name, which is of frequent occurrence in pastoral poetry, 
 is here used to denote some shepherd who was a very skillful performer on 
 the shepherd's pipe, and who alone dared to vie with Mopsus. Forb. 
 
 9. Quid, siidem cerfet f 'what if he should strive'? The subj. implies 
 that he does not so strive. Quid si certat would mean, ' what if he does strive ' ; 
 implying that he was guilty of such folly. Mopsus shows by his reply that 
 he was irritated by the reference made to his rival. Wr. 
 
 10. Incipe, scil. canere: cf. E. 9, 32. Forb. — PhylUdis ignes, etc., objective 
 genitives, 'love for — ,' 'praises of,' 'invectives against,' Con. The names 
 seem here to be simply those of pastoral persons, real or feigned, cf. on 
 V. 11. 
 
 11. Alconis. The original Alcon, according to Servins, was an expert 
 Cretan archer. Hales, see note on E. 3, 52. Forb. — Juryia Codri. Sp. and 
 Wr. take Codrus to have been an inferior poet, an enemy of Virgil, and un- 
 derstand by jurgia Codri not his attacks on Virgil, but his quarrels with 
 some one else. Heyne however supposes him to have been a shepherd, and 
 understands Menalcas to refer to some musical contest in which Codi-us par- 
 ticipated, resembling perhaps in its general character the contest of Da- 
 moetas and Menalcas in the third Eclogue. It so happens, that the expres- 
 sions PhylUdis ignes, Alconis laudes, and jurgia Codri admit of easy and 
 natural application to the Grecian fables connected with these names, and 
 thei'e seems to be nothing except the pastoral rusticity of these shepherds 
 that forbids such application, cf. note on v. 10. 
 
 12. Incipe; an emphatic repetition; cf E. 4,60,62. — Scrvabit, see servo, 
 II. in Lex. and cf. E. 3, 75. — Tityrus is here the name of a servant. Sp. 
 
 13. Immo haec . . . carmina experiar. Menalcas perceiving that Mopsus 
 was offended by his reference to Amyntas, as seeming to imply that in his 
 view Amyntas might claim to be the equal of Mopsus in musical skill, 
 had attempted to efface the impression by proposing subjects for the song 
 of Mopsus. These Mopsus declines, and proposes to rehearse a recent musical 
 composition of his, which he claims to be of siTch a character as to evince 
 his superiority to his rival. — In viridi cortice, cf. E. 10, 53, sq. 
 
 14. llodidans alterna noiavi, ' alternately setting them to music I jioted 
 down the melody,' i. e. after inscribing a certain number of verses on the 
 bark, I set then; to music, which too I inscribed. The melody was of two 
 
ECLOGA V. XOTES. 141 
 
 kinds, that of the voice, as the song was to be sung (cf. v. 48), and that 
 of the pipe, which performed a musical strain as a kind of interlude between 
 the verses, after which the singing was continued. Hence the music of the 
 voice and of the pipe were alternate, and could not be otherwise with a 
 single performer. Sp., Wr. But Heyne and Ruaeus explain it, ' singing each 
 verse and then by tvu*n writing it down.' — Alterna, i. e. per alterna^ alterna- 
 tim; see in Lex. under alternus. 
 
 16. Menalcas now assures Mopsus that what he has said as to Amyntas 
 (see V. 8), was spoken only in jest. Keightley observes, that in order "fully 
 to understand the following comparisons we must recoUect that the leaves 
 of the willow and the olive are of the same form and of the same pale green 
 color, while the difference in the value of the trees is immense. The saliunca 
 or Celtic reed, in like manner resembles the rose in odor, but is so brittle 
 that it could not be woven into garlands, the great use made of the rose by 
 the ancients." 
 
 18. Juduio nostro, Gr. § 249, II. 
 
 19. Desine plura. The ace. plura may be considered as the object of de- 
 sine ; cf. E. 8, 61; 9, 66, and see desino, A. {y) in Lex., though we may also, 
 with Servius, supply dkere; see Gr. § 229, E. 3, 2. — Successimus antro. The 
 dialogue from v. 8 to 19 seems to have occurred while the shepherds were on 
 tJieir way to the grotto mentioned by Mopsus, vs. 6 & 7. 
 
 20. JExstinctum crudell funere Daplmim. The Sicilian Daphnis is said to 
 have pined away with hopeless passion : see the first Idyl of Theocritus, in 
 which the death of Daphnis is lamented. — Funere by metonymy for morte; 
 see Gr. § 324, 2, and funus, B. 2 in Lex. 
 
 21. Vos — Nymphls. These words are parenthetic. K. — Testes Nymphis, scil. 
 fuistis, Gi*. § 211, R. 5, and note. 
 
 22. Qaum, ' while.' — Complexa, see Gr. § 274, R. 3, (a), and note on v. 23. 
 
 23. Atgue deos atque astra vocnt crudelia, ' she calls both the gods and the 
 stars cruel ' : cf. Alii alios increpantes timidos vocant, Sail. Cat. 53. — Deos 
 atque astra crudelia, Gr. § 205, R. 2, (3). — Astra. This is to be explained 
 by reference to the Chaldean astrology; the stars, according to the belief 
 of the ancients, exerting an influence on the lives of men. Wr. — Atque — atque 
 __f< — (-t: cf. Atque tubas atque anna ferunt crepitantia caelo audita, TibuU. 
 2, 5, 73, Forb., Con., and see atque in Lex. III. 5. But Wr., following Wch., 
 supplies est after complexa, thus making the conjmiction atque connect vocat, 
 the historical pres., to complexa est, the historical perf., both of which tenses 
 indicate the same time, Gr. § 145, I. 3, and IV. — Mater. The mother of the 
 Sicilian Daphnis was a nymph. If we understand Julius Caesar as being 
 here alluded to under the name of Daphnis, maier will be Venus, the alleged 
 foundress of the Julian r/ens: cf. E. 9, 47. 
 
 24. Through grief at the death of Daphnis the herdsmen neglect to feed 
 and water their herds, and the cattle and even the wild beasts join in the 
 lamentation. Cf. E. 9, 24.— /Wis diebus, the days succeeding the death of 
 Daphnis. K. 
 
 25. Nulla nee . . . nee; see note on E. 4, 55. 
 
142 ECLOGA V. NOTES. 
 
 26. Observe the words libavit and attigit, did not ' taste ' or ' touch,' much 
 less eat or drhik, Con.— Graminis herbam, pcriphrastically for gramineam her- 
 bam, 'the grass,' Jierba being the generic term, including gramen as the spe- 
 cies: cf. herba frumenii., G. 1, 134: and Liv. 1, 24; Ov. 10, 84. It may also be 
 rendered ' a blade of grass,' see herba in Lex. 
 
 27. Poenos, i. e. Afros. — Ingemuisse depends on loquuntur. The wild moun- 
 tains and the woods are by a very bold figure said to make this report re- 
 specting the lions by which they were frequented. 
 
 29. £:t, i. q. eiiam, see et, II. 8, in Lex. — Armenias iigres. Bacchus was 
 often represented as riding in a chariot drawn by tigers. Armenias, like 
 Poenos V. 27, is to be taken as an ejniheton ornans, that simply denotes the 
 country in which these animals abound, but is not to be taken as descriptive 
 of the animals here mentioned. Lions and tigers were not found in Sicily, 
 and their introduction in this connection is to be referred to poetic license. 
 Cf. note on E. 1, 55.— Curru, the old dat., Gr. § 89, R. 3.; cf. G. 4, 158. 
 
 30. Thiasos inchicere Bacchi, 'to introduce the Bacchic dance,' TFr., Furb., 
 Con. : but Heyne interprets it, ' to lead the Bacchic dances,' i. e. to lead the 
 choirs of Bacchantes. 
 
 31. This verse describes the iliyrsus carried by the Bacchantes, H. ; see 
 thyrsus in Lex. — Foliis, i. e. of the vine and ivy. 
 
 32. Vitis ut arboribus decori est, Gr. § 211, E. 5, and note. The elms to which 
 the vines were trained seem to be meant, K, cf E. 2, 70. 
 
 34. Tu decus, i. e. sic tu eras decus. B. — Decus tuis. Of the two datives 
 after est in vs. 32 and 33, the dative of the object only, tuis {amicis), is retain- 
 ed here, the dative of the end having been exchanged for a predicate nomina- 
 tive, decus ovme, Gr. § 227, R. 4. — Tukrunt, i. e. abstulerunt, Ji. ; see fero, 
 L B. 2 in Lex. Cf E. 9, 51. 
 
 35. Ij)sa Pales . . . ipse Apollo, ' even Pales and Apollo.' Apollo is men- 
 tioned here with refei-ence to the time when he tended the flocks of king 
 Admetus, from which circumstance he derived the surname Nornius, and 
 was worshipped as the tutelary deity of herdsmen. As Pales and Apollo 
 Nomius were rural deities, they would be the last to forsake the scenes they 
 loved, and their absence would be most disastrous to the rustics, who depend- 
 ed on their guardianship and protection : see Apollo, Nornius and Pales in Lex. 
 The consequences of their absence appear in the following verses, 36 — 39. — 
 lieliquit, Gr.§ 209, R. 12, (2), and note 9. 
 
 36. Grandia, 'plump,' 'large,' mai-ks the choice quality of the seed se- 
 lected for sowing. Wr. — Before sukis supply in iis, the construction being, 
 in iis sulcis, quibus mandavimus,^ etc. For the omission of in see Gr. § 254, 
 R. 3. 
 
 37. Itifel/x is used in its primitive sense of 'unproductive,' i. e. of what 
 was Tiseful for food; see the derivation and primitive meaning of fdix in Lex. 
 Cf G. 2, 239, 314. — Steriles ave.nae. The wild oats seem to be meant. It was 
 a common opinion that barley degenerated into wild oats: see Plin. II. N. 18, 
 17, 44, 1. This avena or wild oaf, is b}' some thought to be the phuit known 
 
ECLOGA V. NOTES. 143 
 
 in America by the name of 'chess,' and which is popularly believed to be 
 degenerated wheat. See ' chess ' in Webster's Dictiouar}^. 
 
 38. Molli viola. The viola is termed mollis, like otlier flowers (E. 2, 60; 
 6, 53), on account of the softness and tenderness of its petals. K. — Purpurea 
 narcisso. -This narcissus is so named from its purple calyx. H. 
 
 39. Sj)inis paliurus acuiis, Gr. § 211, K. Q.—Surgit, Gr. § 209, K. 12, (2), 
 and note 9. 
 
 40. Spargite humum foliis. This is to be understood of the scattering of 
 leaves and flowers at the grave of Daphnis. Cf. Hor. Od. 3, 18, 14. — Inducite 
 fontlbus umbras, Gr. § 249, R. 3, ' cover with shade the fountains,' i. e. plant 
 trees around them. The tomb of Daphnis was to consist of a tumulus near a 
 fountain hidden beneath the foliage of overarching trees : cf. Culex, vs. 387, 
 sq. It was customary in the country to make sepulchres near such fountains 
 as were much frequented and surrounded by trees, in order that travellers 
 might see the inscriptions and be reminded of those buried there; and it 
 was the practice, even in Homer's time, to plant trees around tumuli, cf. II. 6, 
 419; Forh. 
 
 41. Mandat fieri sibi talia Daphnis. These words, which are here inserted 
 parenthetically, refer also to the following verse. Foi'b. — Mandat fieri sibi, 
 instead of the usual mandat sibi facienda or ut sibi Jiant, Forb. : see Gr. § 273, 
 N. 4; 274, R. 7, {a). 
 
 42. Carmen, see in Lex. A. d. The inscription is contained in the two 
 following verses. 
 
 43. Daphnis ego in silvis, i. e. 'I am Daphnis who inhabited the woods ' : 
 cf. E. 1, 2. — Hiiic usque ad sidera notus; cf. Sum pius Aeneas . . . fama super 
 aeihera noius, A. 1, 378. 
 
 45. Tale tuum carmen — quale. Tale, and in the next verse quale are used 
 like triste in E. 3, 80, q. v. and note. See Gr. § 205, R. 7, (2). 
 
 46. The order is, quale (est) sopor in gramine fessis ; Gr. § 202, I. 2. 
 
 47. In this line the grammatical subject of the verb (est understood) is 
 the infinitive restinguere, which stands in the same relation here that sopor 
 does in the preceding verse; Gr. § 202, 5, R. 2; 269.~-Aguae — rivo, see on 
 E. 8, 87. 
 
 48. Sed, ' but also,' ' but even,' see in Lex. II. B. 2. — Magislrum. Who 
 had been the musical instructor of Mopsus does not appear, but it was proba- 
 bly some shepherd. 
 
 49. Alter ab illo, ' the next to him ' ; Gr. § 205, R. 1 : see alter, 3 in Lex. 
 for its meaning when used numerically. See also ab, I. A. 4 in Lex. for the 
 use of this preposition in the designation of distance in rank, etc. 
 
 50. Tamen and quocumque modo intimate the respectful modesty of Me- 
 nalcas in estimating his own skill as a musician when compared with 
 Mopsus. — Quocumque modo, ' in whatever way,' i. e. * as best I may,' ' as well 
 as I can ' : Servius says, ut possum. — Haec nostra, scil. carmina, ' these my 
 lays.' 
 
 51. Dicemus, see note on v. 2, and E. 3, 55. — Tollere ad astra is simply 
 ' to extol to the stars,' i. e. to praise highly, and does not mean ' to deify ' : 
 
144 ECLOGA V. NOTES. 
 
 so also ad astra ferre in the next verse. Cf. the examples under fero^ II. 
 B. 1, in Lex. 
 
 52. Daphnin. For the sake of the metre Virgil here uses this form of the 
 ace. which seems not to have been employed by him in any other instance. — 
 Amavit nos quoque Daphnis. Menalcas had previously spoken of Daphnis as 
 the friend of Moi>sus ( Bapknim tuum tolknws ), he now claims him to have 
 been his own friend also. 
 
 53. An quicquam nobis sit majus ? ' Could anything be more highly prized 
 by me'? Gr. § 260, IJ. 5. — JVuLls, Gr. § 226. — Tali munere ; 'than such a 
 favor.' 
 
 54. Puer, sell. Daplinis.— Cantari diymis, Gr. § 270, R. 1 & (i); 244, R. 2, 
 (6); 264, note 6; cf. dif/nus amari, v. 89. The 54th and 55th lines assign the 
 reasons for the high estimation in which, according to v. 53, he held these 
 verses of Menalcas ; — he prized them 1st, on account of their subject (puer 
 ipse fuit cardari dlgnus), and 2d, on account of the high character given to 
 them by Stimicon, who had previoi;sly heard them. 
 
 55. Stimicon, is here the name of some shepherd. — Ista carmina, ' those 
 verses of yours ' : see this use of iste to indicate a reference to the person 
 addressed, under iste in Lex. 
 
 56. The deification of Daphnis is now celebrated by Menalcas, in 25 
 verses, (vs. 56 — 80), the same number employed by Mopsus in lamenting 
 his death. — Candidas, see in Lex. under a.; ' in his (divine) beauty,' Con.;= 
 splendens, micans, 'of dazzling splendor,' H.; 'serene' Sp., Wr., Forb.;= 
 bonus, benignus, Sei-v. — Tnsuetum: see its passive signification in Lex. — Limen 
 by synecdoche for portas. — Olympi, see Olympus, 2, in Lex. 
 
 58. The poet describes the general joy felt by all things, animate and in- 
 animate, on account of the deification of Daphnis, vs. 58 — 64. Cf. with this 
 passage, Isaiah, 14, 7, 8: " The whole earth is at rest and is quiet; they break 
 forth into singing. Yea, the fir-trees rejoice at thee, and the cedars of Leba- 
 non, saying. Since thou art laid down, no feller is come up against us." — 
 Ergo, see II. in Lex. — Cetera, because rus comprehends both woods and 
 fields, Wch. 
 
 59. Dryadas, 'the wood-nymphs,' called also Hamadryadas, (from aim^ 
 * together with ' and ^ps), from their coming into existence and perishing 
 along with their peculiar tree. Forb. See Gr. § 85, Exc. 2. 
 
 61. Bonus, i. q. benignus; so in v. 65. Wr. — Olia, see in Lex. C, and cf. 
 on E. 1, 6. 
 
 62. Ipisi monies, ' the mountains themselves,' ' the very mountains.' — 
 Jactani, ' send forth,' ' raise.' 
 
 63. Inionsi, i. e. silvosi, incaedui, Serv. ; ' uncleared,' Con. — Carmina sonant, 
 ' send forth songs.' 
 
 64. Deus, deus ille, Mennlca. Menalcas seems to hear the very rocks and 
 vineyards exclaiming, ' he is a god, a god, Menalcas.' Wch. 
 
 65. Bonus, see on v. 61. — Felix, see in Lex. II. A. — Quattuor aras, Gr. 
 § 238, 2. He builds two altars for each, that more abundant sacrifices may 
 be ofi'ered: Cf. G. 4, 538, sq. Voss, Sp. 
 
ECLOGA Y. NOTES. 145 
 
 G6. Ei ( e duas t'lhl. The dative seems to depend on conditas, dicatns or the 
 like, understood. Servius supplies feci before duas. — Duas altaria Phoebo. 
 Aras is to be supplied with duas, and altaria is to be considered as in appo- 
 sition to aras. Servius explains it, duas aras FJioebo, quae sint aliaiia. 
 Wagner e:splains the difference between arae and altaria by the different 
 uses to which they were applied; upon the arae incense, fruits and the like 
 were offered; upon the altaria victims were burnt. See the distinction made 
 by Freund under altaria in Lex. — Phoebo, because the birth-day of Julius 
 Caesar was at the time of the games in honor of Apollo. Wr. 
 
 67. In addition to the birth-day sacrifices Menalcas now speaks of two 
 other annual festivals which he intends to celebrate in honor of Daphnis ; 
 one of these was to take place at the time of harvest in Italy, the other in 
 cold weather; of. vs. 70, 75: Voss, 8p., Wr. — The offerings made in sacrifice 
 to demigods or heroes consisted of milk, oil and wine, and not of slain vic- 
 tims. H. — Pocula Una, i. e. two upon each altar, in the same manner as two 
 were placed before each guest at a feast, Sp. ; see Gr. \ 119, III. 
 
 68. Crateras duos, i. e. one upon each altar, for they were of larger size 
 and capacity than the pocula. Sp. 
 
 69. Inprimis, ' especially,' see in primis or imprimis, under primus, II. B. in 
 Lex. — Convivia, these were the feasts that folloAved the sacrifices; Voss, Sp. — 
 Multo Baccho, see Bacchus, 2, b, in Lex. 
 
 71. iVowMTO wector, ' a new kind of nectar.' This expression implies the 
 recent introduction of the Ariusian wine. It is called nectar as being a very 
 delicious wine. Wr. 
 
 72. Mihi, scil. sacra facienti, as I sacrifice. Forb. 
 
 73. Saltantes Satyros imitabitur, ' shall imitate the dancing Satyrs,' i. e. 
 shall dance like the Satyrs, in a rude or uncouth manner; cf. G. 1, 350, ff. 
 
 74. Haec, i. e. these honors, viz. such as are mentioned in vs. 67 — 73. 
 
 75. Reddemus Nymphis. Kespecting the feast of the Nymphs, or the time 
 when it was observed, nothing seems to be known beyond what may be 
 deduced from this passage. — Quum lustrabimus agros, ' when we make a 
 lustration of the fields,' i. e. a circuit of the fields in the lustral sacrifice. 
 The lustration of the fields, otherwise called the Ambarvalia, occurred near 
 the end of April, at which time the harvest commenced in Italy, Wr. 
 
 76. Dum juga montis aper, etc. Similar expressions to denote a long pe- 
 riod of time may be found in A. 1, 607, sq. 
 
 77. Dum rore cicadae. That the cicadae were nourished by the dew was 
 an ancient opinion, confirmed by Hesiod and Theocritus.— i)M7n — dumque — 
 du?n, cf. E. 6, 67, and note. 
 
 79. Ui Baccho Cererique. To say that vows should be made to Daphnis 
 was equivalent to saying that he should be invoked as a god. Bacchus and 
 Ceres are mentioned as the chief patrons of the husbandman. Con. 
 
 80. Afjricolae facient. Daphnis was to be reckoned among the rural 
 deities. — Damnabis tu quoque votis, ' you also ' (i. e. like the other gods) ' wiU 
 condemn them' (i. e. the agricolae who have made vows to you) 'to fulfil 
 their vows ' (viz. by granting that for which they ask); see Gx". § 217, R, 3, (6.) 
 
 13 
 
146 ECLOGA VI. NOTES. 
 
 According to Macrobius, Sat. 3, 2, one who had bound himself by a vow was 
 called reus voii, ' the obligor iu respect of the vow ' ; while damnatus voti or 
 voto signified ' a debtor in respect of the vow,' i. e. one whose desire has been 
 granted, and who is therefore under obligations to pay what he had promised 
 as a condition of obtaining his desire. 
 
 81. Quae tibi, quae, Gr. § 324, 20. 
 
 82. Venientis, 'rising.' — Sibilus is the \]^idipiiiia of Theocritus, 1,1, Cb»., 
 •the whispering' or 'murmuring'; 'the breathing' or 'soughing.' 
 
 85. Ante. Mopsus having spoken of his wish to make some appropriate 
 present to Menalcas for his verses, Menalcas replies, Hac te nos fragili dona- 
 bimus ante cicuta : — ante, i. e. aniequnm tu me dono ornes. H. — Nos is emphatic, 
 distinguishing the intended act of Menalcas from that of Mopsus, Gr. § 209, 
 R. 1, and (b). — Cicuta, meton. for Jistula. In E. 2, 36 cicutis is to be under- 
 stood of the reeds of which the shepherd's pipe was composed; so too in 
 Lucr. 5, 1383: see note on E. 2, 36. 
 
 86. Haec (scil. Jistula) nos . . . docuit, etc. ' this (pipe) taught me,' etc., 
 i. e. with this pipe as the accompaniment I first sung Foi'mosum Corydon, etc. 
 Menalcas refers to the first and second Eclogues, and Virgil perhaps wishes 
 by refen-ing to them, to have it understood that he was himself represented 
 in this Eclogue in the person of Menalcas. 
 
 89. Tulit, see fero, I. B. 6 in Lex. — Aniigenes is probably the name of a 
 youth beloved by JIopsus. — Et erat, i. q. et tamea or quamquam erat. Forb. — 
 Ft erat turn dignus amnri refers probably to the youthful beauty of Antigenes, 
 now changed by time. — Dignus amari, see on v. 54. 
 
 90. Foi'mosum. paribits nodis atque acre. The crook was made of knotty 
 wood, with an iron point at one end fastened on by a ring of brass, Voss, or it 
 was adorned with brass rings or studs, K. — Menalca. A vocative at the end 
 of an addi-ess and at the close of a line is not uncommon in Virgil; cf. E. 3, 
 74, 76, 79, 90; 5, 4, 64; 9, 18. 
 
 ECLOGA YL— VARUS. 
 
 ARGU3IE>'T. 
 
 L. Alfenus Varus had been appointed by Octavianus, B. C. 40, a. u. c. 714, 
 to preside over Cisalpine Gaul, in the room of Pollio, who belonged to the 
 pai-ty of Antony, and had been driven from his command. With Varus were 
 associated Corn. Gallus, and Octavius Musa, the former of whom was a 
 poet and Roman knight. Varus and Virgil had together received instruc- 
 tion in philosoph}^ from Syro the Epicui-ean. Virgil, who had fled to Rome 
 from violence offered to him by the soldier^'-, even after his lands had been 
 once restored to him, returned home B. C. 39, and, to conciliate Varus, com- 
 posed this Eclogue. S. ij- Z. 
 
ECLOGA VI. — NOTES. 147 
 
 In the exordiiiin the poet declares that after an unsuccessful effort at epic 
 poetry he had been compelled to return to pastoral verse, but that this would, 
 not be unsuitable for celebrating the praises of Varus (vs. 1 — 12). He next 
 relates how two Satyrs with the nymph Aegle having come upon Silenus 
 while sleeping, had compelled him to sing them a song (vs. 13 — 30). The 
 poet then sets forth concisely the subject of the song, which is mythical. 
 Silenus having first spoken briefly of the creation of the world (vs. 31 — 40), 
 then introduces promiscuously other fables, among which he treats somewhat 
 more fully of the unfortunate love of Pasiphae (vs. 45 — 60). The poem then 
 turns abruptly to Gallus and to a commemoration of his poetry (vs. 64 — 73), 
 after which it returns again to fables (vs. 74 — 84). Evening now approach- 
 ing Silenus terminates his song. H. 
 
 The poet has been alike happy in the subject of this Eclogue and in his 
 treatment of it. The naiTatiA'-e is distinguished in all its parts by the most 
 agreeable and beautiful images. Silenus sings of the origin of things ac- 
 cording to the views of the most ancient poets and philosophers, and then 
 ranges at large through fables which admitted of the highest poetic orna- 
 ment. H. 
 
 The title of this Eclogue is, in many editions, Silenus. 
 
 NOTES ON THE SIXTH ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. P/-i/?i(7, an adjective belonging to Thalia m&tQSidi oi primum, 'at first,' 
 modifying diynata esf, Jahn, Wr., For'b.; see Gr. § 205, R. 15: cf. E. 4, 18; 
 G. 1, 12. Some commentators however understand Virgil as claiming to be 
 the first to introduce pastoral poetry among the Romans. — Syracosio, see un- 
 der Syraciisne in Lex. Theocritus, the pastoral poet whom Virgil imitated, 
 was a native of Syracuse. See on E. 4, 1. — Dignata est like erubuit in v. 2, 
 has reference to the inferior dignity of pastoral when compared with epic 
 poetry. 
 
 2. Nostra Thalia. Thalia, who is commonly called the muse of comedy, 
 is here spoken of as the muse of pastoral poetry also. — Silvas habitare, i. e. 
 silvns et vara canere, Forh. ; cf. E. 4, 2. 
 
 3. Quum canerera, ' when I was about to sing,' Gr. § 145, II. 4. — Reges et 
 proelia, i. e. carmen epicum ; epic poetry is here indicated by its prominent 
 actors and events. — Cijnthius, i. e. Apollo. 
 
 4. Vdlit, ' pulled.' Touching a person's ear was a common way of remind- 
 ing him of a thing, the ear being regarded as the seat of memory; hence it 
 was the established mode of summoning a witness, Con.-^ see under contestor 
 in Lex. — Tityre is a general name for a shepherd, but is used here, as in 
 E. 1, to denote Virgil himself. — Pingues is a predicate, like deductum. 
 
 5. Pascere oportet, Gr. ^ 269, and R. 2. — Deductum carmen, ' an humble 
 strain.' This is said of pastoral, in distinction from the higher epic poetry. 
 Deductum, literally, ' fine-spun,' hence ' slender ' : see deduce, II. B. 2 & 3, and 
 deductus, 2, under deduce, in Lex. 
 
148 ECLOGA yi. NOTES. 
 
 6. Sujjer tibi erimt, by Iniesis, Gr. § 323, 4, (S), fov tihl $npererunt.—Dkeve 
 lavdts tuas, viz. in epic verse. 
 
 7. CiJj)ia7ii, Gr. ^ 264, 6. — Tristla candere bc-lla, see in Lex. cando, I. 1, c. 
 The wars in which Varus Lad participated and even the person of Varus 
 himself are involved in obscurity. 
 
 8. Compare E. 1, 2, and notes. 
 
 9. No7i injussa, refemng to the commands of Apollo, vs. 8 — 5. — Tamen, 
 1. e. if uotwithstanduig the humble and unpretending character of these lays. 
 — Haec qiioque, ' these lines also,' as well as the statelier epics in which others 
 will extol your deeds in war. — Si quis — si quis, an emphatic repetition ( Gr. 
 § 324, 20), expressing the very modest expectations of the poet in regard 
 to the success of his humble pastoral. 
 
 10. Cnptus, see cajpio, II. 2, a. y. in Lex. — Amove, scil. horum, i. e. these 
 lays. — Myricae and nemus are put for the country and the shepherds who 
 Avould repeat the song; cf. E. 4, 2. H. 
 
 11. Gratior ulla est, scil. pagina. 
 
 12. Quam, scil. ilia. — Pagina=carmen. H. 
 
 13. Pergite, see in Lex. i^err/o, II. 2, b. — Chromis and Muasylos are the 
 names of two young satyrs. 
 
 14. Somno Jacentem, ' buried in sleep,' ' lying asleep.' Somno the ablative 
 of cause, like moi^te jacens, Ov. Fast. 5, 705. 
 
 15. Infiatum venas, Gr. § 234, II. E. 2: cf. on j^orem E. 1, 55. — JaccJio, i. e. 
 %rlno. 
 
 16. Serta. At feasts where much wine was drank, the guests used to 
 wear garlands on their heads: see Hor. Sat. 2, 3, 256; Od. 1, 38, 2; 1, 17, 27; 
 Plaut. Amph. 3, 4. — Capiti, Gr. § 224, K. 1, (a). — Procid, tantuvi cajnti delapsa, 
 jacebani. Commentators have found a difficulty in reconciling these two 
 clauses, and in explaining how a garland, that had merely fallen from his 
 head, should be lying at a distance. Servius explains procul as equivalent 
 in this place to jirope, i. e. juxta, 'near.' This explanation is approved by 
 Wr. and Forb., who remark that jrrocul is sometimes used to denote a small 
 distance, and consider the clause tantum capiti delapsa as explanatory of pro- 
 cul, ' near at hand, having merely fallen from his head.' Turnebus, as quoted 
 by Kuaeus, interprets it, 'his garland was lying at a distance, having merely 
 fallen from his head,' i. e. having received no injury, not being torn or 
 trampled upon, and hence well suited to the playful use to which it was 
 presently applied. Voss insists that tantum may signify 'just then,' ' i-ecent- 
 ly,' 'hardly,' 'scarcely,' (see tantum quod, under inntiis, II. B. 2, b. in Lex.; 
 but quod is here wanting). Jahn adopts this interpretation of Voss, and adds 
 that Silenus had continued drinking until at length, and just before the en- 
 trance of the youths, he had fallen upon the ground, and that in falling his 
 garland had been thrown at a distance from him. Of these various interpre- 
 tations we should prefer that of Servius if it could be shown that jjrocul Avas 
 elsewhere used as equivalent to prope ; but admitting that the word some- 
 times signifies, at a small distance, yet it seems always to convey the idea 
 of c/w<(/nce (greater or less) in distinction from nearness. Adopting therefore 
 
ECLOGA VI. NOTES. 149 
 
 the supposition that Silenus had fallen upon the ground, we would translate 
 the passage so as to give to each word its usual signification : ' his garland 
 was lying at a distance, having fallen so far from his head,' i. e. when he 
 himself fell. 
 
 17. Gravis, ' heavy,' ' ponderous,' referring to its size and capacity and not 
 to its contents. — Attrita, ' well worn ' ; Servius says, frequenti potu. — Pende- 
 hat, scil. a manu. 
 
 18. Nam introduces the reason of the course pursued by these youth. — 
 Ambo, Gr. § 118, R. 1. For other examples of this form of the accusative 
 masculine in Virgil see G. 4, 88 ; A. 12, 342. 
 
 19. Injiciunt, scil. illi. — Ij)sis ex vincula sertis ; an uncommon arrangement, 
 the prep, being separated from its noun by a word not modifying that noun ; 
 cf. E. 9, 36. — Ipsis ex^ i. e. ex ipsis, Serv. — Vincula ex sertis, see ex, C. 3 
 in Lex. 
 
 20. Addit se sociam timidisque supervenit=^addit se sociam iimidis superve- 
 niens, the active verb when thus connected by et to the preceding verb being 
 put for the participle, superveniens, Wr., Forb., ' coming,' or ' coming unex- 
 pectedly upon.' — Aegle, Gr. § 18, 3. 
 
 21. Aeyle, Gr. § 324, 17. — Naiadum pulcherrima ; cf. Candida Nats, E. 2, 46. 
 Na-i-a-dum, a quadrisyllable. — Videnti, scil. illi, 'opening his eyes,' 'awak- 
 ening.' For the case of videnti see Gf. § 211, R. 5, 1. 
 
 24. Satis est potuisse videri, ' it is enough that you should appear to have 
 been able to bind me.' — He acknowledges himself to have been completely in 
 their power, since they might as easily have bound him with cords as with 
 garlands, and hence he submits to their demands. The poets always repre- 
 sent those who are inspired, as unwilling to give responses. Compare what 
 is said of Proteus, G. 4, 396, sq. 
 
 25. Cognoscite^=audite, 'hear,' 'listen to.' — Vobis, i. e. Chromidi et Mnasylo. 
 
 26. Iluic, i. e. Aefjle. — Aliud mercedis, ' another sort of pay,' Gr. § 212, 
 R. 3, and note 2. — Simid, i. e. ' saying these things,' ' with these words.' Wr. 
 
 27. In numerura, ' to the measure,' i. e. in cadence Avith the song. V. 
 Cf. Luduni in numerumque exultant, Lucr. 2, 631. 
 
 28. Ludere, ' frisking,' ' dancing,' Gr.§ 272, R. 5. So motare, intensive, 
 * moving to and fro,' ' waving.' 
 
 29. Parnasia rupes, see Parnasus in Lex. — Gaudet — mirantur. Observe 
 this use of the present instead of the perfect indefinite in comparisons. Wch. 
 
 30. Rhodope et Ismarus, mountains of Thrace, where Orpheus lived and 
 where he mourned his lost Eurydice. — Orphea, a dissyllable by synaeresis. 
 Many ]Mss. and editions have miratur for mirantur. . 
 
 31. Silenus now sings of the origin of all things ; and here Virgil follows 
 the doctrines of Epicurus. Wr. — Namque canebat. As nam introduces the 
 reason of the delighted interest manifested by all things, animate and inani- 
 mate, we perceive that they were affected not by his music only, but still 
 more by the sweetness and sublime revelations of his song. — Uii, ' how ' ; so 
 ut, V. 33. After verbs of perceiving and declaring ut may often be translated 
 'how'; Rarashom's Lat. § Gr. 279, 1. Cf. Canit ut,y. 64, sq.; videbat uii, A. 1, 
 
 13* 
 
150 ECLOGA VI. NOTES. 
 
 466. — Magmim per inane, ' tliroughout the great void ' ; cf. in English ' the 
 mighty void,' Pope. Inane, ' empty space,' ' chaos.' This space, which Epi- 
 cui'us supposed to exist before the creation of the world, is called ' empty ' 
 because although containing ' atoms ' yet these were so small as to be invisi- 
 ble. From the gradual union of certain of these atoms, possessing affinities 
 for each other, came what are commonly called the ' elements ' of things, 
 viz. earth, air, fire and water. Wr. — Concta, 'collected,' 'assembled,' i.e. 
 before any of these atoms had separated from the rest and formed the ele- 
 ments, as above stated. 
 
 32. Semina, 'the atoms,' 'elements' or 'first principles' of things, of 
 which the earth, air, fire and water were composed. — Instead of the simple 
 terms terra, aer and aqua, Virgil here uses poetically and by synecdoche 
 ierrae, anima and mare: so anima, 'air,' Lucr. 1, 715. This verse affords 
 also an example of the figure polysyndeton, or redundancy of conjunctions, 
 Gr. § 323, 2, (2j. 
 
 33. Liquidl ignis, ^ puve,^ ^ clear — •' Cf.liquidi ignis, Lucr. 6, 205; Uquidum 
 caelum, Ov. Met. 1,23; lujuidum aether a, ib.l,Q7, 68', Uquidi Inminis, Lucr. 5, 
 282 : Servius says, liquidus, i. e. purus, aetherius. — Ut, ' how,' cf. on v. 31. — 
 Exordia omnia, ' all beginnings,' i. e. all things coming into existence. — His 
 primis, scil. seminibus. 
 
 34. Tener mundi orbis. The Avorld is called ' soft ' or ' tender,' as being 
 still new, and not hardened by time : cf. Mundi novitaiem et moUia terrae arva, 
 Lucr. 5, 780. Mundi orbis, ' the world,' in its widest sense, ' the universe.' 
 Voss, who is followed by Forb. and Wr. in his smaller edition, takes mundi 
 orbis to be equivalent to caelum, and explains tener by ex tenerrimis atomis 
 conjlatum. — Concreverit, 'formed by stiffening' or 'hardening,' 'formed.' 
 See also Gr. § 209, R. 12, (8). The poet seems to have changed in his mind 
 the tense of the leading verb canebat to the present canil, and hence subjoins 
 the perfects concreverit and coeperit; see Gr. § 258. 
 
 35. Turn durare, etc., i. e. turn (tanit ut) durare solum coeperit, etc. 
 Durare^=idurescere, see duro, I. (/?) in Lex. The order in which Silenus sung 
 of the successive events of the creation, an order ayjparently intended to cor- 
 respond with the actual succession, is marked by the particles turn, v. 35, 
 jam, V. 37, hinc, v. 41, then by his adjungit, v. 43, then by turn, vs. 61, 62 & 64. 
 — Discludere Nerea ponto, ' to shut up Nereus by himself in the sea.' This 
 is supplementary and consequential to the clause, turn ditr are solum ; — ns the 
 ground condensed it caused the waters separated from it to flow together and 
 form the sea. Nereus is often used by metonymy for the sea but is here to 
 be taken for the waters of which the sea was ultimately formed. Nerea, a 
 Greek accusative, Gr. § 54, 5 ; 80, IIL ; 86. 
 
 36. Rerum formas expresses generally what is developed in detail, vs. 
 37 — 40 : ' shapes ' are opposed to the shapeless chaos. Con. 
 
 37. Jamque, etc., i. e. et jam canit ut terrae stupeant, etc. The time of the 
 dependent verb, Avhich at v. 34 was changed from the pluperfect to the per- 
 fect, now becomes the present, Avhich renders the narrative the more vivid. — 
 
ECLOGA YI. NOTES. 151 
 
 Noimm stupeani lucescere solem, ' wonder at the shining of the new sun.' 
 Stupeo with the ace. and inf. is an unusual construction. 
 
 38. Allhis at</ue, i. e. atque aldus. — Wagner connects aliius with cadant, 
 and considers it equivalent to ex alio, as previously to this time no showers 
 had fallen and no clouds had been formed. Submotis nublbus therefore does 
 not denote the removal of the clouds from a lower to a superior elevation, 
 but their development and elevation from the previous chaotic mixture of wet 
 and dry. IJuaeus and Wch. connect alt'ius with submotis. 
 
 39. Sllvae=arbores. — Quu7n prinium, ' when first.' — Stirgere, see in Lex. 
 II. A. 2, b. 
 
 40. lynaros. Commentators are divided upon the question whether this 
 word is to be taken here in its active or in its passive signification. Wagner, 
 who is followed by Forb., Lade., and Con., contends for the active significa- 
 tion, ' not knowing,' ' unacquainted with them.' This supposes the moun- 
 tains after having been for a while tenantless to have seen the hitherto un- 
 known forms of animals making their appearance here and there amidst the 
 forests with which they were clad. Jahn and others take ignaros in the 
 passive sense. 
 
 41. Hinc lapldes Pyrrhae jactos. According to ancient fables mankind 
 were once destroyed by a deluge, all but Deucalion and his wife Pyrrha. 
 After the waters had subsided, these two survivors were directed by an ora- 
 cle to throw behind them the bones of their great mother, magnae parentis 
 ossa. Concluding that stones were meant, they followed the direction, and 
 the stones thrown by Deucalion became men, and those thi'own by Pyrrha 
 became women. See Deucalion and Pyrrha in Lex. and cf. Ov. Met. 1, 348, sq. 
 — Saturnia regna, i. e. the Golden Age. The order of events is not strictly 
 followed, as the reign of Saturn was anterior to the deluge of Deucalion 
 and the restoration of the human race, and the theft of Prometheus prior to 
 both those events. Jahn remarks that ?^eyer< has three distinct objects; 1st, 
 lajndes Pyrrhae jactos ; 2d, Saturnia regnn. and 3d, Caucasias volucres furtum- 
 que Promethei, these last forming in reality but one object; and that the poet 
 has made use of but one connective, which is placed between the 2d and 3d 
 objects, Caucasiasque. Cf. G. 1, 138. 
 
 42. Caucasias volucres, etc. See the fable alluded to under Prometheus in 
 Lex. — Fofefres is here used for the singular, see on E. 4, 49. — Promethei, a, 
 trisyllable. The ei in genitives from proper names ending in the diphthong 
 eus is always made a diphthong by Virgil. 
 
 43. His adjungit. The object of rtfT/wn^zV is the two clauses following it.— 
 Hylnn, etc., construe thus, qiio fonte relictum nautae clamassent Hylan. — • 
 Hylan, see in Lex. — Nautae, i. e. the sailors who went with Hercules in the 
 Argonautic expedition, the Argonauts. — Quo fonte, i. e. ad quern fontem. 
 Forb. 
 
 44. Clamassent, Gr. § 265. What is the object of clamassent? — Ut, *so 
 that ' ; see ut, II. in Lex. — Hyld, HyUi.. The final a of this Gi'eek vocative is 
 long, Gr. § 294, 1, I^xc, and here in the first ITyla, a is not elided and its 
 quantity is preserved long by the arsis ; in the second the final a is not elided 
 
152 
 
 ECLOGA VI. NOTES. 
 
 but is sliortened before the following vowel; see Gr. § 305, 1 & (2). Freund 
 however considers the a of the second Hyla elided and its y lengthened ; see 
 in Lex. under Ifylas. — What is the object of sonaret ? 
 
 46. Pasiphaen solatur, etc., ' he solaces Pasiphae with,' etc., instead of 
 *he sings how Pasiphae solaced herself with the love of the snow white bull.' 
 See Pasiphae in Lex. Cf. a similar phraseology in v. 62, sq. 
 
 47. Silenus addresses Pasiphae as if she was before him, wandering 
 through the mountains in quest of her beloved bull. K. — Virgo. Pasiphae 
 was the wife of Minos ; see virgo, IL A. in Lex. — With this verse compare 
 E. 2, 69. 
 
 48. Proetides ; see their story in Lex. Their transformation was but im- 
 aginary, the result of hysterical or hypochondriacal affection. H.—Falsls, 
 'imaginary,' 'fancied.' 
 
 49. Vila, scil. Proetidum. — Secuta est, ' desii-ed,' 'sought'; see in Lex. 
 U. 2. 
 
 50. CoUo, the dative; cf. G. 3, 407. — Timuisset aratrum. The ancients 
 ploughed with heifers as well as oxen. K. 
 
 52. Tu is emphatically opposed to ille, v. 53. — In moniibus erras, viz. in 
 search of the admired bull. 
 
 53. Ille, scil. juvencus. — Latns nlveum f alias. Latus^ the Greek ace, cf. 
 E. 1, 55, and note. Fultus has its last syllable long by the arsis, Gr. § 309, 
 2, (1). We have hex'e a beautiful piece of imagery, a snow-white bull lying 
 on a bank of flowers beneath the dense shade of the dark-green holm-oak, 
 and there quietly chewing the cud. K. 
 
 54. Nigra, i. e. 'dark green.' H. — Pallentes, 'pale-green,' Wr. ; cf. on E. 5, 
 16. A contrast was probably intended between the color of the grass and the 
 dark green of the ilex, Con. 
 
 65. Aliquam, scil. vaccam. — Claudile, etc. ; these are exclamations of Pasi- 
 phae herself 
 
 56. Salius, ' the forest-pastures," ' the glades ' or ' open spaces ' in forests, 
 whei-e cattle pastured and wild beasts wandered, called vacui, G. 3, 143, aperti, 
 A. 11, 904, and so closed here, as tliey are hedged round in hunting by nets and 
 watchers,(G. 1, 140, A. 4, 121), to prevent the animals from breaking out, Con. 
 
 57. Si qua vestigia, literally, ' if any tracks.' In such connections si re- 
 quires in English that something should be supplied before it, as, 'to see,' 
 ' to try,' ' to ascertain,' etc. Ruaeus here supplies vt videamus. See si, B. IL 
 in Lex. — Ferant sese obcia, ' offer themselves,' ' meet ' ; see fero, B. /?, and 
 obvius, in Lex. 
 
 58. Errabunda bovis vestigia, bj"- hypallage of the adjective, for errahundi 
 bovis vestigia, Gr. § 323, 4, (3). — Forsitan introduces a fresh hope. Con. 
 
 59. Captum, ' allured ' ; see capio, IL 2, y, in Lex. 
 
 60. Stabula Gortynia, ' Cretan stalls,' Gortyna being celebrated, according 
 to Servius, for the herds of the Sun, whose daughter Pasiphae was, Con. 
 
 61. il/rra<aw, (' charmed with,' 'who admired') mala puellam. Atalanta 
 is meant, q. v. in Lex. The stratagem by which she was vanquished in the 
 foot-race was the throwing of golden apples by Hipporaenes, which Atalanta, 
 
ECLOGA YI. NOTES. 153 
 
 allured by their beauty, stopped to pick up, by wliicli means her lover gained 
 the victory. — Hesperidum mala is either used for golden apples in general, or 
 the poet in representing the apples thus thrown by Hippomenes as being from 
 the garden of the Hesperides, departs from the common tradition, according 
 to which those apples were taken from Cyprus. H., Forh. 
 
 62. Phaethontiadas, a Greek ace. Gr. ^ 85, Exc. 2. Phaethon attempting 
 to drive the chariot of the sun, was unable to manage the horses, which ran 
 away and put the world in great danger. Jupiter thereupon struck him with 
 a thunderbolt and he fell into the river Po. — Musco circumdat, etc. ' he en- 
 velops the sisters of Phaethon in the moss of a bitter bark,' etc. Sllenus is 
 represented as doing that to the sisters of Phaethon which the fable related 
 by him showed to have happened to them ; i. e. he sings how the sisters of 
 Phaethon were enveloped in a mossy bark and were chariged to tall folders. 
 Cf. V. 46 and the note. They are more conmionly represented as changed to 
 poplars ; see A. 10, 190, and compare the story as told in Ov. Met. 2, 325, sq. 
 
 64. Adfiumina, see in Lex. ad. A. 3. — Galium. Virgil next compliments 
 the poetical talents of his friend C. Cornelius Gallus, by representing Silenus 
 as relating a siipposed interview between Gallus and the Muses. 
 
 65. Aonas montes. Among these mountains were Helicon and Cithaeron. 
 Aonas is here an adj. for Aonios. Sp. — Canit ut duxerii, Gr. § 258. The perf. 
 subj. follows the present or the perfect, when the event, denoted by the verb 
 in the subj., is represented as already past, Eamshorn's' Lat. Gr. § 184. 
 Cf. also note on v. 31. — Sororum, i. e. the Muses, who are often called the 
 sisters. Wr. 
 
 66. Viro, scil. Gallo. — Phoebi chorus, i. e. the Muses. 
 
 6T. Ui Linus. We have here three clauses depending on canit, to each of 
 which, ut, ' how ' is prefixed, and it is worthy of remark that Avhile tlie 
 second is connected to the first by que, the third is without connective. 
 Cf. dum — dumque — dum, E. 5, 17. Wch. — Divino carmine pastor, Gr. § 211, 
 E. 6. — Pastor. There seems no evidence that Linus was supposed to have 
 ever been a shepherd, but it was natural for a pastoral poet to conceive of 
 him as such. Con. 
 
 68. J.pio, ' celery ' : see, respecting its use for garlands, apium in Lex, — 
 Crines ornatus, a limiting ace, cf. E. 1, 55, and note. 
 
 69. Hos calamos, i. e. hanc Jistulam. R. 
 
 70. Ascraeo seni, i. e. Hesiodo. — Quos ante, scil. dederunt. Wr. 
 
 71. The power here ascribed to the music of Hesiod is everywhere attri- 
 buted to that of Orpheus, (cf. E. 3, 46), but for its transfer to Hesiod there 
 seems to be no other authority. H. 
 
 72. His, scil. calamis. — Tibi, i. e. a te, Gr. § 225, H. — Dicatur, see in Lex. 
 I. B. 3. — It appears that Gallus either translated, according to Servius or 
 imitated a poem of Euphorion in which was celebrated the Grynian grove. 
 
 73. Ne quis sit lucus, ' that there may be no grove.' — Quo se p)lus jactet 
 Apollo, i. e. quo magis glorietur, ' in which he may glory more,' ' may take more 
 pride.' Quo, Gr. § 247, (2). Jactet, see in Lex. G. (y). 
 
154 ECLOGA VI. NOTES. 
 
 74. Virgil now returns to the rehearsal of ancient fables. This verse, 
 when taken in connection with what follows, has inherent difficulties of con- 
 struction, not easily solved, and the readings of the best editions are various, 
 although the manuscripts, with perhaps a single exception, exhibit the read- 
 ing given in the text. With that reading the construction is as follows (the 
 words ut narracent being supplied from v. 78); Quid loquar aut ut narraverit 
 Scyllam Xisi, quam fama., etc. — aut ut muiatos Terei narraverit artus ; which 
 maybe thus explained: 'why should I say either how he told of Scylla 
 (daughter) of Nisus, whom the report has followed, that gii'ded about her 
 white groin by barking monsters she hai-rassed, etc. — or how he told of the 
 limbs of Tereus changed,' i. e. of the transformation of Tereus. Quid loquar 
 denotes that the writer, approaching the conclusion of his work, does not 
 intend to dwell upon the remaining topics, but to treat them cursorily; 
 see also Gr. § 23-5, E. 11. Scyllam Nisi. The omission o? filius and Jilia 
 with the genitive of the father's name, is of frequent occun-ence, Gr. § 211, 
 R. 7, and is of Greek origin. The student will find, by reference to Scylla 
 in the Lex., that there were two mythic characters of that name, and that 
 it was not the daughter of Nisus, but the daughter of Phoi'cj'-s that was 
 changed into the sea-monster mentioned in the text ; Avhich fact has exposed 
 Virgil to the charge of erroneously taking one of these for the other, though 
 the same thing has been done, as Cerda and Euaeus show, by Ovid and 
 Propertius. It would pi'obably be more correct, in such instances, to say 
 that the writer followed some version of the legend different from that com- 
 monly given. Quam fama seeuta est may be translated, ' who is reported.' 
 
 With the same text as that here given Jahn and Forb. each adopt a differ- 
 ent punctuation and construction from the above and from each other. 
 Thus Jahn : Quid loquar aut Scyllam iVisi, quam fama seeuta est, etc. — aut ut 
 mutatos Terei narraverit artus, ' why should I speak of Scylla, the daughter 
 of Nisus, whom, etc. (as above) — or how he told of the limbs of Tereus 
 changed.' As thus taken loquar has two objects, 1st, Scylla, the daughter 
 of Nisus, and 2d, the clause ut mutatos Terei narraverit artus. This con- 
 struction of Jahn's, as Con. remarks, is objectionable, as involving a confu- 
 sion between the nan-ative of Virgil and that of Silenus. Forb., following 
 Hildebrand, construes the passage thus : Quid loquar, ut narraverit aut Scyl- 
 lara — vexasse — lacerasse — aut mutatos (esse) Terei artus, and in punctuating 
 he places a comma after seeuta est ; ' why should I saj- how he told either 
 that Scylla, whom report has followe<i, harassed, etc. — or that the limbs of 
 Tereus were changed.' This construction, which Forb. himself admits to be 
 not fi-ee from difficulties, is also liable to the further objection made by 
 Conington, that it leaves the words quam fama seeuta est, to form a tame and 
 unmeaning parenthesis. Heyne and Wagner read: Quid loquar, ut Scyllam 
 Nisi, etc., and Wr. supplies from v. 78, with narraverit, also the word muta- 
 tam, i. e. quid loquar, vt Scyllam Nisi mutatam narraverit. 
 
 There is still another reading proposed by Doering, as follows : Quid loquar, 
 ut Scyllam Nisi, aut quam fama seeuta est, etc., i, e. ' why should I say how ho 
 told of Scylla the daughter of Nisus, or (of that Scylla) who is reported,' etc. 
 
ECLOGA VI. NOTES. 155 
 
 75. Succinctam inguina: cf. v. 68, and on E. 1, 55. — Inguina, Gr. \ 98. 
 
 76. Dulidiias rates^ ' the ship of Ulysses,' rates poetically for rateni. 
 
 77. Nauias, i. e. the sailors of Ulysses. 
 
 78. Terei artus. Tereus king of Thrace was the husband of Procne and 
 father of Jtys. In revenge for violence committed by him upon Philomela 
 the sister of Procne, the two sisters slew Itys and served him up in a feast 
 made by Procne for her husband. On discovering this Tereus pursued the 
 sisters intending to slay them, but they escaped his vengeance, Procne be- 
 ing changed into a swallow, and Philomela into a nightingale, while Tereus 
 himself became a hoopoe. Cf. Ov, Met. 6, 424, sq., and see Tereus, Progne, 
 Philomela, Itys, and Pandion in Lex. Conington remarks that another ver- 
 sion of this story makes Philomela, instead of Procne, the wife of Tereus, 
 and he says that this is probably Virgil's view here, as he would more 
 naturally represent the wife than the sister as prepai'ing the feast: see also 
 V. 81. — Terei, a dissyllable, by synaeresis; see note on Promethei, v. 42. 
 
 79. Quas dopes, quae dona. The 'present' meant is the 'feast' itself, and 
 therefore no connective is to be supplied. 
 
 80. Quo cursii, i. e. quali cursu, ' with what kind of flight,' indicating her 
 change into a bird, and that she escaped by flying. Wr. — This and the next 
 verse depend, like the 79th, on narraverit. — Ante, i. e. antequam, 'before' her 
 flight to the wilds. 
 
 81. Sua tecta. This passage represents Philomela as hovering, with a 
 kind of lingering affection, over her home, before she took her flight to the 
 wild woods.— The interrogation point after alls marks the end of the question 
 beginning with quid loqvar. 
 
 82. Phoebo meditante, 'while Phoebus Avas composing new lays,' Jahn; 
 ' while PhoebiTS was practising,' //. ; cf. E. 1, 2, and note. — Beatus, ' happy,' 
 ' blessed,' in hearing the strains of the god. K. 
 
 83. Eurotas. The aft'ection of Phoebus for Hyacinthvis, a native of Laco- 
 nia, led him to fiequent the Eurotas. //., S. & Z. See Hyacinihvs and Eurotas 
 in Lex. — Lauras, i. e. the laurels on the banks of the river. Wr. This word, 
 in Virgil, is usiially of the second declension, but according to the best man- 
 uscripts it follows the fourth declension in the ace. plur. here, in E. 8, 13, 82, 
 and in A. 3, 360. 
 
 84. Pulsae, soil, sonis, ' struck by the sounds.' — Referunt, scil. carmina, 
 'reecho,' Forh. — Valles, i. e. monies quibus vallis cingitur, Forb. 
 
 85. Cogere — referri. Jussit lias here a two-fold construction, fii-st with the 
 inf. active, cogere, and then with the ace. and inf. passive, numerum referri; 
 cf. G. 1, 130; A. 3, 61; 5, 773. Numerum referri, ' that their number should 
 be counted' oi- 'noted.' Cf. E. 3, 34. 
 
 86. Jussit, scil. pastores, ' ordered the shepherds,' R., Gr. § 273, (2), (d). 
 The appearance of the evening star imposed on the shepherds the necessity 
 of collecting and counting their flocks. — Processit, ' appeared,' ' arose ' ; cf. 
 E. 9, 47. — Vesper, i. q. Hesperus. — Invito Olympo, Gr. § 257, E. 7, {a). Co- 
 nington however prefers to construe Olympo with processit, which would give 
 
156 
 
 ECLOGA Yll. Js^OTES. 
 
 the meaning ' appeared in the imwilling heavens,' or ' came forth from nn- 
 Avilling Olympus,' the mountain over which 'the evening star is said to rise. 
 The heavens are poetically represented as regretting the appearing of the 
 evening star, since it put an end to the sweet song of Silenus, H. 
 
 ECLOGA VIL— MELIBOEUS. 
 
 ARGUMEXT. 
 
 The shepherd Meliboeus relates, that while searching for a stray goat, he 
 had chanced to meet with Corydon and Thyrsis, Avho were about to engage 
 in a musical contest, Avhile Daphnis Avas to sit as arbiter, and that he had 
 yielded to the request of Daphnis that he should sit with him and hear their 
 song, (vs. 1 — 20). Corydon then sustains the first and Thyrsis the second 
 part in the carmen amotbaeum^ which is here so arranged that each performer 
 in turn sings a tetrastich, (in the third Eclogue it is a distichj, six of which 
 are sung by each, Corydon commencing in every case with a different sub- 
 ject, and Thyrsis adding something similar or of an opposite character. The 
 place Avhere they sat was under the shade of an oak gently agitated by the 
 west wind, amid the hum of bees, near the river Mincius, and at a part of the 
 river where the herds were brought to drink. //. 
 
 This Eclogue is supposed to haA^e been written in the spring of B. C. 38, 
 the year that Virgil began to Avrite the Georgics, and AA'hen he Avas thirty-two 
 years old. Sp. 
 
 The Idyls of Theocritus Avhich Virgil seems chiefly to haA^e had in vieAV are 
 the 6th and 8th. Gm, See also the introduction to notes on the 3d Eclogue. 
 
 NOTES ON THE SEVENTH ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. Arguta, 'rustling,' 'murmuring,' 'whispering,' see m-gutus, Pa. 1, b. 
 under arguo in Lex. — Daphnis. This Daphnis appears to be a shepherd, and 
 is not to be confounded Avith the mythic Daphnis in the fifth Eclogue. H. 
 
 2. In U7ium, see umis, b, in Lex. 
 
 3. Oces — ccqjellas, Gr. § 204. — Disientas lade, scil. ubera, cf E. 4, 21, Forb. ; 
 Gr. § 234, n. 
 
 4. Corydon et Thyrsis — Arcades ambo: cf. TXabKmv Kai Vioovhuiv — ApnaSig 
 a/jL<p6r£poi, Brunck's Anth. Grace. II, p. 295. — Ambo is used because the two 
 shepherds had met at the same time and place, and are viewed together. 
 See the distinction in the use of ambo and uterque, under ambo in Lex. — 
 Florenfes aetatihus, ' in the prime of life,' ' in the flower of their age.' Aeta^ 
 iibus, Gr. § 95, 'Rem.— Arcades. The Arcadians AVere celebrated for their 
 
ECLOGA VII. ^^OTES. 157 
 
 cultivation of music, but it is uncertain whether Corydon and Thyrsis are 
 called Arcadians simply on account of their skill in music, or as deriving 
 their descent from Arcadian slaves brought into Italy after the destruction 
 of Corinth. 
 
 5. Cantare pares— respondere parati, instead of cantando pares and ad re- 
 spondendum parati; cf. E. 5, 2, and note. The phrase respondere parati 
 shows that these shepherds resembled the class of modern Italian poets called 
 Improvisaioi^i. 
 
 6. iTwc, i. e. towards the place where Daphnis was sitting. — Mild after 
 deei-raverai instead of mews agreeing with cajjer, Gr. § 211, K. 5, (1), and 
 E. 3, (b). Cf. caper tibi salvus, v. 9. — Defendo a friyore myrtos. To many 
 commentators this protection of the myrtles from cold has appeared to be 
 inconsistent with the grateful character attributed to the shade beneath 
 Avliich they were seated ; but in early spring, at which time the scene of the 
 Eclogue is laid, tender plants might need protection by night even when tlie 
 noon-day suns were oppressively warm. Defendo^ Gr. § 259, (1), (c). 
 
 7. Vir grecjis — ipse cajjcr, Gr. § 204; 324, (2), 1, (b). Vir, see in Lex. II. A. 
 Ipse caper, 'the he-goat himself.' The meaning seems to be that the whole 
 flock, not even excepting the he-goat himself, had strayed: cf. v. 9. H. — ■ 
 Deerraverat has its first two syllables contracted into one by synaeresis, 
 Gr. § 306, (1). Cf. deerunt, G. 2, 200. Other examples of the present with 
 dum followed by the pluperfect are to be found in A. 6, 171 — 174, and in Liv. 
 23, 11. Cf. the imperfect caneham with dum J'ulminat, G. 4, 559 — 561 : see 
 Gr. ^ 258, I. 1, & 259, (1), (c). — Atque (soil, caprum quaerens, Forb.) eyo 
 Daphnhn aspido. Atque often serves to introduce a statement not only addi- 
 tional but unexpected; ' and whom should I see but Daphnis V 
 
 8. Contra^ ' in turn.' — Ocius is often used like the positive; see ociter, B. 2, 
 under ocior in Lex. 
 
 9. Hue ades=.huc veni, see assiun, 4, in Lex. and cf. on E. 2, 45. — Cajjer 
 tibi snlviis et Iwedi, see on v. 6 and Gr. § 323, (2), (c). 
 
 10. Si quid cessare pates, ' if you can stop awhile,' ' can indulge in a little 
 leisure.' 
 
 11. Ipsi, see on E. 4, 21. — Potum, Gr. § 276, II. — Juvenci, scil. tui. Meli- 
 boeus, it appears, had not only flocks of sheep and goats, but a herd of cattle 
 also, and Daphnis after assuring him of the safety of the goats, tells him 
 that he need not care for the cattle, as they will come thitlier of their own 
 accord to drink. 
 
 12. Pi-aetexit, see praetexo in Lex. Cf. litora curvae praetexunt inippes, 
 A. 6, 5, and G. 3, 15. 
 
 13. Eque, compounded of e and que. — Fxamina, scil. opum. — Sacra quercu. 
 The oak was sacred to Jupiter. 
 
 14. Quid facerem, see on E. 1, 4:1.—A''eque ego Alcippen, neque PhylUda 
 habebam. Servius understands Meliboeus to speak of servants or mistresses 
 of Daphnis and Thyrsis. Ego therefore is emphatic; 'I had no Alcippe or 
 Phyllis,' (as they had). 
 
 14 
 
158 ECLOGA VII. ^^OTES. 
 
 15. Depuhos a lacte, i. e. a matrum ubere, ' weaned,' Forb. See on E. 3, 82. 
 The 14th and 15th verses contain a cogent reason why he should not stop, 
 but should hasten his return home; the 16th indicates the motive that he had 
 to stay. 
 
 16. Et, 'and' (on the other hand) certamen erat magnum, Corydon cum 
 Thyrside, ' it was a great contest, Corj^don with Thyrsis.' This is reckoned a 
 peculiar species of apposition, Coi^ydon cum Tliyrside being in apposition to 
 certctmen. Cf. tertia jicdma Biores, A. 5, 339. E., H. It seems to be equiva- 
 lent to certamen erat magnum, certaturus enim Corydon erat cum Thyrside. 
 
 17. Fosihabuilndo, Gr. § 224. — Tamen, i.e. notwithstanding the reasons 
 urging my immediate return home; see vs. 14, 15. — Seria, 'serious affairs,' 
 ' business.' 
 
 19. Alternos (scil. versus) Miisae meminisse volebant, scil. eos, referring to 
 ambo ; ' the Muses willed them to remember alternate verses,' i. e. the Muses 
 directed them to sing in altei-nate strains. As the poets claimed to be in- 
 spired, i. e. that their songs were taught them by the Muses, so they could 
 be said, when singing, to remember what they were thus taught : cf. E. 3, 59. 
 //., Wr., Forb. The consti'uction of the sentence would lead us to adopt the 
 interpretation here given, rather than to supply, with Wideberg, (approved 
 by Spohn and Jahn), the word me ; ' the Muses willed that I should remember,' 
 i. e. enabled me to remember these alternate verses. 
 
 20. Hos—illos, ' these '— ' those,' Gr. § 207, R. 23, {a). Corydon sings first, 
 and Thyrsis answers. 
 
 21. Corydon commences the contest by an invocation of the Libethrian 
 nymphs. K. — Nympliae — Libetlirides. The njanphs here referred to may be 
 the ]\Iu.'=es, or, as is more probable, the nymphs inhabiting the fountain Libe- 
 thra; cf. E. 10, 1, and Tlieocr. 7, 91, where the nymphs teach a shepherd 
 song. — Noster amor, 'my love,' i. e. the object of my love, K.; cf. E. 1, 58. 
 In this use of the abstract for the concrete the plural is much more common 
 than the singular, even when it relates to only one person, while here the 
 singular is used in reference to nymphae, Gr. § 204, E. 3; and see amoi\ 1, b. 
 meton. in Lex. 
 
 22. Codro, the name of a shepherd. — Proxima Phoebi versus, ' next,' i. e. in 
 excellence: 2)roxhna in the neuter absolute, like triste lupus stabidls, E. 3, 80, 
 instead of rersns proxlinos Phoebi versibus, H., Wr., see Gr. § 205, E. 7, (2). 
 We might however, with Forblger, supply carmlna, from the preceding carmen, 
 tlic plural, as Burman has shoAvn, often referring to a preceding singular; and 
 this explanation seems preferable. 
 
 23. Facit has its final syllable lengthened by the caesura. — Si non possumus 
 omnes, scil. proxima Phoebi versibus facere. Cf. E. 8, 63. 
 
 24. Sacra pinu. The pine was sacred to Cybele and to Pan. — Pendebit 
 fstula pinu. Those who laid aside any art, used to hang up the instruments 
 of the art in consecration to the gods. Wr. Cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 4; Od. 3, 26. 
 
 25. Thyrsis, instead of invoking in his turn some other deity, as would 
 seem to have been the usual custom, (see E. 3, 62), calls on the shepherds to 
 crown him as the superior of Codrus. K.—Hedera. Poets were crowned 
 
ECLOG.i VII. NOTES. 159 
 
 with ivy as well as with laurel, Serv. Cf. note on E. 3, 39. — Nascentem 
 poetam, ' the rising poet,' i. e. he who has just begun to make verses, K. 
 Cf. E. 4, 8. Poetam. Thyrsis, according to Servius and others, is to be un- 
 derstood as applying to himself the words poeia nascens and vati futuro ; 
 though he may- mean simply that a poet was about to appear, or had but 
 recently been born, whose celebi'ity would quite eclipse the fame of Codrus. 
 
 26. Arcades is used sometimes adjectively both in Greek and in Latin. — 
 Codro. See respecting its construction mihi, v. 6, and note. To adapt the 
 phrase invidia rumpantur ut ilia Codro to the English idiom ilia can be neg- 
 lected in the translation ; ' that Codi-us may burst with envy.' Cf. E. 3, 15. 
 
 27. Ultra placitum, ' excessively,' ' immoderately,' either as being ' beyond 
 his judgment,' or as being 'more than is agreeable,' i. e. to the gods. The 
 first is the usual explanation. There was a kind of hurtful charm or enchant- 
 ment that consisted in praising excessively the object of one's envy. This is 
 called in v. 28 mala lingua, 'the evil tongue.' — Si laudarlt, cingite. The baccar, 
 according to Servius, is a protection against enchantment. See note on E. 4, 19. 
 Observe that the fut. is expressed by the imp., Gr. § 145, R. 3, and hence is 
 properly connected with the fut. perf. Gr. § 145, VI; cf. v. 36. 
 
 28. Vati, i. q. poetae, see v. 25. 
 
 29. The rival bards now try. their skill in the composition of epigrams, or 
 inscriptions for the statues of gods, K. The four lines that follow, in which 
 there is the introduction of a new speaker, consist of an epigram or votive in- 
 scription made by the shepherd Micon, who dedicates to Diana a part of the 
 spoils taken by him in the chase, H. — Caput hoc apri tibi, scil. dicat, seel, 
 dico, II, in Lex. — Parvus, ' young.' 
 
 30. Vivacis. This animal sometimes lives to the age of 35 or 40 years. V. 
 
 31. Proprium, see propius, II. in Lex. — Hoc, i. e. ' this success,' viz. in the 
 chase, i. e. such success as has now attended me; hoc referring to what is 
 only implied in the two preceding verses. If similar success is granted to him 
 constantly he promises to dedicate a marble statue to Diana, — Levi, ' polished.' 
 — Tula, ' entire,' ' at full length,' not a mere bust or herraa, Voss. 
 
 32. Stabis de mannoi'e, poetically for tibi statiin marmorea strtbit or ponetur. 
 Cf. aeneus ut stes, Hor. Sat. 2, 3, 183. — Suras evincta, Gr. § 234, II. — Puniceo. 
 Even marble statues sometimes had those parts colored that represented the 
 dress, as here the buskins. Cf. x\. 1, 337. 
 
 33. These four lines of Thyrsis are also an inscription, for an image of Pria- 
 pus, H. — Sinum, see sinum or sinus in Lex. — Laciis — Uba. Victims were not 
 offered to the inferior deities, but milk, cakes and fruits. The libum was a kind 
 of cake, made of flour, honey and oil, R. — Ilaec, i. e. which I now offer, or am 
 accustom.ed to offer, Wr. — 34. Ex&pectare, scil. a nobis. 
 
 35. Pro tempore, ' according to my circumstances,' ' proportioned to my 
 present means,' ' as times will permit.' 
 
 36. Aureus esto, cf. on v. 32, and on cingite, v. 27. Tliyrsis is resolved to 
 excel his rival, Corydon, and therefore he first apologizes for having had to 
 make his god of the same material which Micon has promised to Diana, and 
 then makes an extravagant boast, that he will give Priapus a statue of gold. 
 
160 ECLOGA VII. XOTES. 
 
 if he will give increase to the flock. The statues of Priapus were usually- 
 made of wood. 
 
 37. Nerine Galatea. Galatea the daughter of Nereus and Doris was a sea- 
 nymph beloved by Polyphemus. Corydon assuming the part of her lover 
 now addresses her and invites her to meet him at evening. — Hyblae, cf. note 
 on E. 1, 55. 
 
 38. Eedera alba. Virgil does not seem to have mentioned the white ivy 
 in any other place, M. Cf. note on E. 3, 39. 
 
 39. Pasii, ' well-fed.' — He bids her come to him in the evening, cf. E. 3, 
 
 er, Con. 
 
 41. Thyrsis also addresses Galatea as his mistress, alludes to his expecta- 
 tion of meeting her at the approaching evening and protests the impatience 
 of his desire. — ImtJio is used as if in reply to some remark of his mistress 
 implying doubt of the warmth of his affection. — Sardoniis is restored by 
 Wagner for Sardois, which appears in some of the manuscripts. — Sardoniis 
 herbis. The batrachion of the Greeks, or ranvnculus of the Romans is meant, 
 ' the ci'ow-foot.' This is said to grow abundantly in Sardinia. Its juice is 
 very acrid and blisters the skin. Wlien drank it produces madness, and 
 causes spasms contracting the muscles of the face so as to resemble laughter; 
 hence risus Sardonius, ' Sardonic huxgh ' or ' grin,' H. 
 
 42. Eusco. The ruscus or ruscum, ' butclier's-bi'oom,' is a low slu'ub with 
 prickly leaves. — Projecta, 'thrown on the shore' by the waves: cf. projectus 
 ab undis navita, Lucr. 5,223. 
 
 43. Haec lux, i. e. hie dies. 
 
 44. Ite domum pasti juvenci. He chides the bullocks for returning home 
 so slowly, now that they are fed. — Si quis pudor ; as much as to say. You 
 ought to be ashamed of yourselves to keep me so long from my love. K. — 
 Ite domum, Gr. § 225, IV. R. 3. 
 
 45. Corydon now gives a picture of a shady retreat from the mid-day 
 heat of summer, K. — Somno molUor herha. This comparison is from Theo- 
 critus, 5, 51, 'vi:via ixalanuiTepa. Cf. G. 2, 470; E. 3, 55. 
 
 46. Et quae vos vara, etc. ; the nominative for the vocative, i. e. et in ar- 
 bute, quae f antes herbamque tegis, Wr. — Kara umbra, 'thin sliade,' because 
 the limbs of the strawberry-tree do not grow close to each other, and its 
 leaves are small, Forb.; or perhaps, according to Ladevvig, because this ever- 
 gi-een changes its foliage at the season of the year here denoted. 
 
 47. Solstitium jJecori dtfendite, Gr. § 224, R. 2; 251, R. 2. Cf Hor. Od. 1, 
 17, 3, defendit aestatem cajnlUs : G. 3, 155. Solstitium, see in Lex. B. — Venit, 
 ' is coming,' ' is just at hand.' 
 
 48. Lneto in j^nlmile: so laetum vilis genus, G. 2, 262. Latto, 'joyful,' 
 a term poetically applied to plants when full of sap and verdure, K., 
 cf. G. 1, 1 and note; 'luxuriant.' 
 
 49. Thyrsis changes the scene and draws a picture of the comforts of a 
 shepherd's home in the winter, K.— Taedae inngues, i.e. 'torches full of 
 pitch.' 
 
ECLOGA VII. NOTES. 
 
 161 
 
 50. Pastes fuUgine nigri. The ancients had no chimneys in their houses, 
 and the smoke escaped through a hole in the roof or out of the doors, K. 
 
 52. Numerum, sell, ovium^ Serv. The wolf when going to attack the sheep 
 cares not how many there are, he fears them not, K., Con. Heyne says, 
 cares not that their number has been counted by the shepherd. 
 
 53. Corydon, again changing the subject, pictures the effect which the 
 departure of a beloved one would produce on a rural landscape, or rather on 
 the mind itself, which gives its own coloring to external objects: whereas it 
 is now the fruit season and all nature is smiling, his going away would bring 
 a blight upon eveiything. — Stant^ see in Lex. I. B. 7 ; it seems to be opposed 
 to strata in the next verse. The sense is, 'the junipers and the rough chest- 
 nuts stand bristling,' (the former with their bei'ries, the latter with their 
 prickly husks), while 'the fruits lie scattered everywhere, each under its own 
 ti-ee.' — Junipeii — castaneae, Gr. § 305, (2). 
 
 54. Sua quaeque. This is the reading of all the manuscripts and of Nonius. 
 Heinsius, Gronovius and Bentlev proposed siia quaque, which is adopted by 
 H., Con., Wr., and Forb., while V'oss, Jahn, Ladewig and some others retain 
 the former reading, K. — With the reading given in our text sua is an abl., 
 to be pronounced in scanning as one syllable, Gr. § 306, 1 & (3). Cf. 
 E. 1, 38. 
 
 55. Rident, 'smile,' 'are joyous,' see rideo in Lex., B. b, and cf. E. 4, 20. 
 Gr. § 324, (2,) 1, (a).— Alexis and Phyllis (v. 59) are here names of imaginary 
 personages. 
 
 56. Abeat — vldeas, Gr. § 260, 11. (1). — Et, emphatic, 'even the streams,' 
 ' the very streams.' 
 
 57. Thyrsis pursues the same subject, but describes by waj' of contrast, 
 the effect which would be produced by the arrival of the beloved one. — 
 VUio aeris^ i. e. by the excessive heat. Cf on G. 3, 478. 
 
 58. This line is a poetical expression of the simple aret vinea. — Invidit 
 collibus, ' has refused,' ' denied,' see invideo, XL and C. in Lex., i. e. the vines 
 are without foliage, in consequence of the drought. 
 
 60. Juppiter, i. q. aer, ' the air ' ; see in Lex. and cf. G. 2, 325 ; 1, 324. — 
 Plurlmus, 'very abundant,' Gr. § 122, R. 4. Cf. nux plurima, G. 1, 187; 
 plurima unda, G. 4, 419. 
 
 61. Corydon now enumerates some of the trees sacred to the gods, and 
 declares the hazel, bcause the favorite of Phyllis, to be equal to any of them, 
 K. — Populus Akldae. According to Servius the poplar was sacred to Her- 
 cules because he made himself a garland from its leaves, when he was on his 
 return from the infernal regions. 
 
 62. Alyrtus Veneri. The myrtle, being a sea-side plant, was supposed to 
 have sheltered Venus on her first rising from the sea, Serv., Con. Servius 
 also observes that the sweetness of the myrtle may have been a reason for its 
 being sacred to Venus. Cf E. 2, 54, 55. — Laurea Phoebo, see on E. 3, 63. 
 
 63. Phyllis. Phyllis and Lycidas (v. 67), are to be regarded like Alexis 
 and Phyllis (vs. 55 and 59), see note on v. 55; and the Phyllis of v. 59 is not 
 the same person as the Phyllis of v. 63. 
 
 14* 
 
162 ECLOGA YIII. NOTES. 
 
 65. ThjTsis continues the train of thought. — Pinus. The tree here meant 
 is a sort of pine cultivated in gardens, M. 
 
 66. In JluviiSj i. e. ad fluvios, Sp., or in rijns Jluviorum. Cf. G. 2, 110. 
 
 67. Eevisas — cedat, see note on v. 56. 
 
 68. Fraxinus cedat tibi, Qtcz^praeferam te fraxino et 2>ino, H. 
 
 69. Meliboeus concludes by mentioning that Corydon was the victor, K. — 
 Ilaec memini, Gr. § 216, E. 1, (a). 
 
 70. Ex illo Corydon^ etc. Commentators differ as to the interpretation of 
 this verse. Heyne doubts its genuineness. The thought intended to be con- 
 veyed is ; from that time 1 have regarded Corydon as excelling among the 
 poets. The construction, according to Voss, is Corydon ex illo tempore nobis 
 est Corydon, ' from that time Corydon is Corydon to us,' i. e, truly Corydon, = 
 ' from that time I have looked upon Corydon as Corydon indeed,' as an ex- 
 cellent poet: or rather, as explained by Forb., 'from that time I have re- 
 garded Corydon as Corydon the poet,' as the excellent poet whom the name 
 Corydon ever brings to my mind. Forbiger cites Quinct. Inst. 9, 3, 68, hunc 
 hominem hominem judicabimus, where the second honmiem, like the second 
 Corydun in this verse, is emphatic. Wagner, whose explanation of est nobis 
 does not seem to me sufficiently supported by authority, takes Corydon Cory- 
 dun as an emphatic repetition, as in E. 2, 69, and est nobis as equivalent to 
 nosier est, nobis pi^obatur, ' is the man for me.' — Est nobis, ' I regard,' ' look upon,' 
 see on E. 3, 104. 
 
 ECLOGA VIII.— PHARMACEUTRIA. 
 
 AUOUMENT. 
 
 The poet repeats the songs of two shepherds, Dnmon and Alphesiboeus. 
 The song of Damon (vs. 17 — 61) contains the complaints and grief of a shep- 
 herd on account of his unsuccessful love for Nisa, who had deserted him for 
 his rival Mopsus. Alphesiboeus relates, (vs. 64 — 109) the magical charms to 
 which a shepherdess had recourse to bring back her lover, Daphnis, by whom 
 she supposed herself to be de.-erted. Neither shepherd speaks in his own 
 person, but each expresses the feelings of an ideal character. 
 
 The p]clogue is addressed to Asinius Pollio (vs. 6 — 13), who had conquered 
 the Parthinians, B. C. 40, and it was probably written in the fall of the 
 following year, on the return of Pollio, at which time he celebrated his 
 triumph. 
 
 The first five lines contain an introduction to the poem. The title, Phar- 
 maceutria, which applies only to the second part of the Eclogue, is taken 
 from Theocritus. The song of Damon is imitated from various passages in 
 
ECLOGA VIII. NOTES. 
 
 163 
 
 the first, third and eleventh Idyls of Theocritus; that of Alphesiboeus from 
 his second Idyl. In the Medicean manuscript the title of the poem is Dammis 
 et Alphesiboei certatio ; and the Eclogue seems to contain a species of amoe- 
 bean contest: see responderit, v. 62. 
 
 NOTES ON THE EIGHTH ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. Musam, i. e. carmina, Forb. ; see note on E. 1, 2. 
 
 2. The poet here ascribes to the songs of the shepherds such sweetness 
 and power as to affect not only cattle and wild animals but even inanimate 
 nature; see note on E. 6, 71. Such effects are often attributed by the an- 
 cient poets to the singing of Apollo, Orpheus and others celebrated in my- 
 thology for musical skill. Cf. E. 3, 46; 6, 27— SO.— Jmmemor herbarum; cf. 
 cervus — yraminis iinmtmoi\ Hor. Od. 1, 15, 30. — Juveiica, one animal is put 
 for the herd, Gr. § 324, 3. 
 
 3. Stupefactae, scil. sunt^ ' astonished,' ' amazed.' — Lymes. The Lynx was 
 not a Sicilian animal; but the object of the poet being to show the effect of 
 the music upon wild beasts it was of comparatively little importance what 
 particular one was selected. 
 
 4. Matata flumina, ' the streams changing ' their nature, as it is their na- 
 ture to flow, whereas now they ceased to flow, Wr., Fcn-b. — Suos cursus. 
 Cursus, according to Serv., R., Forb. and M., depends on reguierunt, see re- 
 quiesco, II. in Lex. and cf. Jappiter Akmenae geminos requieverat Arctos^ 
 Prop. 3, 15, 25 : rajndos — requiescunt Jlumina cursus, Ciris, v. 232. But Voss, 
 H., Wr., and Lade, make cursus a Greek ace. after muiaia, Gr. § 234, 11. 
 
 5. Damonis Masam — et Alphesiboei, Gr. § 324, 16. 
 
 6. Virgil now dedicates this Eclogue to Asinius PoUio, and expresses the 
 wish that the time may come when he can celebrate in loftier verse both the 
 military exploits (v. 8) and the poetic talent of his patron (vs. 9, 10). — 
 Tu mihi sen magni suj^eras jam saxa Tiinavi, ' whether thou art now passing 
 for me the rocks of broad Tiraavus.' Pollio is represented as now on his re- 
 turn from his expedition against the Parthiuians. The Timavus empties into 
 the Adriatic, not far from Aquileia. Tu, i. e. Asinius Pollio. Mihi is here 
 an ethic dative, Gr. § 228, N., and serves to express the poet's joy at the re- 
 turn of Pollio as a conqueror. It is to be construed with superas, Wi*., Forb., 
 Con. But Heyne, Wch. and Jalm would connect it with actipe, supposing a 
 parenthesis of all i.\fter mihi to accipe : others would make this an instance 
 of ciposiopesis, Gr. § 324, 33. Saxa denotes the character of the region through 
 which the river floAvs. Superas is to be imderstood of passing by sea, sailing 
 past, Wch., Forb., Con. Cf. fonttm superare Timavi, A. 1, 244, and see sitpero, 
 II. 2, in Lex. 
 
 7. Sive Oram, etc. This is equivalent to saying, or if you have not yet 
 come so far; as it would be necessary for one returning from the country 
 of the Parthinians to sail by the coast of Illyria before reaching the coast of 
 Istria, where was the Timavus, Wch. — Legis, see in Lex. I. B. 2, b. — En erit 
 
164 ECLOGA YIII. NOTES. 
 
 umquam, etc., ' will that day ever indeed come ' ; en denoting strong desire. 
 See on E. 1, 68. 
 
 8. Blcere, i. q. canere. See on E. 3, 55 and cf E. 4, 54. 
 
 9. What is the subject of erit? — It would appear from these verses that 
 Pollio's tragedies had not at that time been given to the public, 11. 
 
 10. Sola Sophodeo, etc., ' thy songs, alone worthy of the elevated style of 
 Sophocle?,' the greatest of Greek tragic writers. — Carmina refers to the trage- 
 dies written by PoUio; see on E. 3, 86. — Cothurno, see in Lex. 2, b. 
 
 11. A te jmncipiwn (scil. carminis erit) tibi desinet (scil. ca7'mcn). Tibi 
 for in te, Gr. § 225, IV. K. 2. The meaning is ; thy praises shall be the 
 constant theme of my song. The expression, as Voss remarks, is of a pi-o- 
 verbial nature, and therefore the words are not to be understood literally; 
 cf. E. 3, 60. 
 
 12. Carmina for carmen, see on E. 3, 7, viins, and E. 4, 49. — Atgue lianc, 
 etc., i. e. accept the praises of my verse along with thy military honors. 
 Observe how gracefully the poet has expressed this. 
 
 13. Victrices, Gr. § 102, 6, (a), & 129, 8.—Hederam, see on E. 7, 25.— 
 Laurus, see on E. 6, 83. 
 
 14. We have here a description of the time of the day and of the atti- 
 tude of the shepherd when he begins his song, K. Damon and Alphesiboeus 
 had driven their flocks out to pasture before sunrise, as Virgil himself pre- 
 scribes, G. 3, 322, sq. , for the summer months, Con. 
 
 15. This verse is repeated, G. 3, 326, with the change of quum into et. — 
 Herba, scil. est. 
 
 16. Te.reti olivae, ' smooth staff of olive.' 
 
 17. Damon now, in the person of the despairing shepherd, commences 
 his extemporary song. It is divided into parts or stanzas of unequal length, 
 each terminated by an intercalary verse or burden, after which we are led to 
 suppose that the singer plays a voluntary on his pipe, while he is thinking on 
 the stanza that is to succeed; cf. on E. 1, 2; 5, 14, 86. In introducing the 
 burden, Virgil imitates Theocritus in his two first Idyls, K. — Prae veniens, 
 a tmesis, Gr. § 323, 4, (5). See on E. 6, 6. — Diem age, i. e. adduc, 'lead on'; 
 of. surgebat Lucifer — ducebatque diem, A. 2, 802, Serv. 
 
 IS. Cunjugis — Nisae, ' of Nisa, my wife,' i. e. whom I had expected to be 
 my wife, ' my betrothed,' cf. v. 66. Gener and maritus are also used in this 
 anticipative sense. — Indigno amore, ' unworthy love,' i. e. unworthy of the 
 sincere affection of the shepherd. 
 
 19. Tesfibus ilm, i. e. the gods whom Nisa had invoked as witnesses to the 
 truth of her love. 
 
 20. Extrema (viiae)hora moriens. He alludes to a voluntary death; cf. 
 V. 59. — Alloquor=^invoco, obtestor, Forb. 
 
 21. Jndj>e, etc. An intercalary verse in imitation of Theocritus; see note 
 on V. 17. 
 
 22. This stanza is suggested bj-^ the word ]\Inenalios in the refrain. — 
 Argutum, see on E. 7, 1. — Loquentes, see loquor, II. B. in Lex. I am inclined, 
 withKeigbtley, to adopt this interpretation, 'murmuring,' 'rustling,' referring 
 
ECLOGA VIII. NOTES. 165 
 
 to the whispering of the wind in the trees, thus making pinos loquentes nearly 
 a repetition of ar(jutum nemus, and contrasting the natural melody of the 
 woods with that of Pan and the shepherds. But Servius, who is followed by 
 H., Voss, Wr. and Forb. Avould have it mean ' resounding ' or ' vocal ' with 
 the melody of the shepherds. 
 
 24. Panaque^ qui primus^ etc., alluding to his invention of the shepherd's 
 pipe. See E. 2, 32. 
 
 26. Datur, soil, nuptum, Gr. § 276, II. R. 1. — Quid non speremtis amantes, 
 soil. Jieri posse, ' what may not we lovers expect can be done ' ? i. e. we may 
 expect anything to be done ; — the most extraordinary unions to take place. 
 
 27. Jungentur, i. e. to the same car, Voss, Wr., Forb., K. ; though Servius 
 and some others understand it of marriage. — Gryphes. These fabulous crea- 
 tures, represented as having the body of a lion with the wings and head of an 
 eagle, were said to be at constant enmity with horses, Wr. — Aevoque sequenti 
 =in posterum, H. 
 
 28. Ad pocula, i. e. ad potum, H. ; see poculum, II. A. in Lex., and cf. po- 
 cula sunt forties liquidi, G. 5, 529. — Damae. Virgil uses this noun as mascu- 
 line, both here and in G. 3, 539. 
 
 29. Novas incide faces. At weddings torches were carried before the 
 bride as she was conducted, at evening, to the bridegroom's house; see yaa; 
 in Lex. Heyne takes novas to be merely epitheton ornans : Wr., Foi-b., and 
 Lade, make novas incide faces equivalent to incipe faces incidere, because 
 novus is used to denote anything recently made, done or come into being, or 
 recently commenced; but our word 'new,' (which is not less extensive in its 
 signification) seems to me to give the true meaning of novas, and, as Keightley 
 and Con. remark, the occasion would seem to require new torches. — Tibi du- 
 ciiur, ' is being brought home for you.' Tibi, Gr. § 222, 1 & 2. 
 
 30. Sparge nuces. For the custom here referred to see in Lexicon under 
 nux. — Marite, see on v. 18. — Tibi, see on y. 2d. — Deserit, ' is forsaking,' i.e. 
 is rising above, as evening comes on, the time for the marriage ceremonies. — 
 Oetam. Heyne observes that in describing the evening star as rising over 
 this mountain, Virgil follows some Greek poet who lived in Thessaly, or who 
 related occurrences which took place in that country. We need not there- 
 fore infer with Voss that the scene of this Eclogue is laid in Thessaly. 
 
 32. digno, etc. This is said with mingled derision and indignation, as 
 Damon intimates that Mopsus, for whose sake Nisa has deserted him, is not 
 less rustic and is much uglier th.m himself, E. 
 
 33. Dumque capellae, etc., scil. tibi sunt odio. 
 
 35. Nee — quemquam, i. e. you do not fear lest the gods, the avengers of 
 perfidy, should punish you for yours, Forb. Curare — credis — quemquam, 
 Gr. § 272. — Mortalia, i. e. res huinanas ; see mortalis, II. A. in Lex. 
 
 37. From reflecting on her perfidy, he is led no\v to go back to the origin 
 of his passion, which had commenced even in his boyiiood, K. — Scpibus in 
 nostris, i. e. in horio nostro sepibus eincto, Voss ; the hedge being put for the 
 earden which it enclosed. — Farvam, ' when a little o-ivL' 
 
166 ECLOGA VIII. NOTES. 
 
 38. Vestei', I e. of you and my mother; as it woiild appear by the corres- 
 ponding passage in Theocritus, 11, 2^ — 29, that matre does not refer to the 
 mother of Nisa. — Legejiiem, i. e. carpentem^ cf. E. 2, 51; 3, 70. 
 
 39. Alter ab undecimo=duod€ci)iius ; cf. on E. 5, 49. — AccejMrat. The year 
 is here said to receive him who enters on it. 
 
 41. Ut vidi, vt peril, etc. The first ut is an adverb of time, ' when,' ' as 
 soon as,' the second and third, adverbs of quality, ' how,' Serv., Vossi, Wr., 
 Forb. — Peril, see pereo, B. 2, in Lex. The last i in peril is not elided, on 
 account of the pause and of the caesm-a, Gr. § 309, R. 3; 310, 4. — Error ^ 
 see in Lex. H. 2 ; * madness.' 
 
 43. Quid sit Amor, i. e. of what nature Love is, — how cruel. Cf. on E. 3, 80. 
 — Ilium, emphatic, ' that one,' ' him ' ; see in Lex. IL A. & Gr. § 207, R. 20. 
 
 44. The e in Rhodope is not elided,' see on v. 41. — Extremi. The Gara- 
 mantes are so called because they inhabited what the ancients regarded as the 
 most remote part of Africa, H., K. 
 
 45. Edunt. The present tense is often tlius used in animated narration 
 for the perfect, Gr. § 145, I. 3. 
 
 47. Matrem, i. e. Medeam; see Meden in Lex. 
 
 48. Crudells tu quoque, mater, etc. Though he tlu-ows the principal part 
 of the blame on Love, who urged the deed, he will not acquit Medea, who 
 executed it: if /(e was wicked, she was cruel. He then puts the question, 
 which was greater in its respective degi-ee, his wickedness or her cruelty; 
 and does not venture to solve the problem, contenting himself with again as- 
 serting that he was wicked and she cruel, K. 
 
 49. Magis is to be supplied before improhus, Wr. See also Gr. § 324, 19. 
 
 52. Since so unnatural a thing as the rejection of himself and the accept- 
 ance of Mopsus by Nisa has occurred, he intimates that any other event con- 
 ti-ary to natm-e may be expected to take place, K. Cf. E. 1, 60, and v. 27, 
 supra. — Ultro, i. e. not compelled by an}-^ to flee. See in Lex. ulter, IIL B. c. 
 — Aurea mala, see on E. 3, 71. 
 
 54. Sudent, cf. on E. 4, 30. — Electra. According to popular belief amber 
 was a gum which exuded from the poplars, alders or other trees on the banks 
 of the Po, and not from the lowly shrubs, such as the tamarisk, Wr. 
 
 55. Certent, scil. cantu: For the construction see on E. 5, 8. — Tltyrus is 
 here, as very frequently elsewhere, the name of a shepherd. The context 
 shows the reference to be to a person having but little skill in music. 
 
 56. Arlon, see in Lex. Anon, 1. 
 
 58. Medium mare, 'the mid' or 'deep sea,' Con. The meaning is; the 
 deep sea may cover all things for what I care. — Vicite, i. q. vahte, with which 
 it is often connected; see vivo, B. 1, in Lex. 
 
 60. Defcrar=z.praecipitabo me. — Hoc munus. Heyne understands this of 
 Damon's song; but it is better, with Voss, Wch., Wr., Forb. and others, to 
 refer it to Damon's death. The meaning is; I give you as my last present 
 the joy which you will derive from my death. 
 
 61. Desine, see on E. 5, 19. 
 
ECLOGA VIII. JfOTES. 167 
 
 62. Ha&c Damon. What verb is to be supplied here ? — The poet having 
 himself given the song of Damon, calls on the Muses to proceed with that 
 of Alphesiboeus, as requiring more knowledge, K. 
 
 63. Non omnia possumus omnes, sell, fnctre, a proverbial expi^ission. 
 
 64. Fgr the subject of this song see the Argument of this Eclogue. — 
 The altar stands ready for use, and the shepherdess, Avho is about to employ- 
 magic arts, is introduced as calling to her attendant, Amaryllis, to bring the 
 things requisite for the rites. The action takes place probably in the inner- 
 court, the lmj)luvium, of a house; see v. 107, iT., Wr., K. — Effer aquam, i. e. 
 aquam lustralem. — MoUi. because the vitta was made of wool. 
 
 65. Pincjues, ' unctuous,' and so fit for burning. Con. — Mascula iura. The 
 best and most costly kind of frankincense was called masculmn, being in shape 
 round, like a drop, H. 
 
 66. Conjugis, i. e. amaioris, H., see on v. 18. — Sanos avertere sensus, i. e. 
 to ' turn aside ' from sanity and to change to the insanity of love, Sei'v., to 
 ' pervert.' 
 
 67. Nihil hie, etc., i. e. the preparations having all been made nothing is 
 now wanting but the carmina. — Carmina, see in Lex. 4. 
 
 69. Caelo deducere Lunam. The power here attributed to magic is often 
 mentioned by the poets. For the construction see on E. 6, 16. 
 
 70. For the change of the companions of Ulysses into swine, by the magic 
 arts of Circe, see Hom. Od. 10, 203, sq.— Uiixi, Gr. § 73, 1, R. 
 
 71. This effect of incantation is spoken of also in Ov. Met. 7,203; Ov. 
 Am. 2, 1, 25; Lucil. Sat. 20, 5. — Fricjidus ancjuis, see on E. 3, 93. — Cantando^ 
 i. e. incantando, ' by incantation,' ' by enchantment.' 
 
 73. The enchantress now winds three threads, each of a different color, 
 about an image of Daphnis, and carries it round the altar, H., Wr., Forb. — 
 Ttrna, Gr. \ 120, 4, {a). There was supposed to be a magic force in the 
 number three. — Tibi, i.e. Daphnidi, meanhigthe image representing him, Wr. 
 Tihi Uda circumdo, Gr. § 224, R. 1, {b). 
 
 75. Numero impare. The superstition, according to Servius, was that odd 
 numbei's were immortal because the}' cannot be divided into two equal parts, 
 Cbn. — Dens, ' the deity,' generally, though it was the goddess Hecate who 
 presided over enchantments, H. 
 
 76. Jahn regards this verse as hiterpolated. By it the song is made longer 
 by one line than Damon's; it introduces a pause when the sense does not re- 
 quire one, and it leaves but two lines for the next stanza, a smaller number 
 than is found elsewhere in this or the former song. But the verse is found 
 in all the manuscripts. 
 
 77. Tribus nodis ternos colores, ' three colors with thi-ee knots,' i. e. three 
 threads, each of a different color, with a knot on each; Gr. § 324, 2. 
 
 78. Modo, see in Lex. B. 3. It here adds emphasis to the command thus 
 repeated, Con. 
 
 80. Limus and cera. These words are commonly explained as referring to 
 t'.vo images of Daphnis, one of clay, the other of wax, JI., Wr., Lade., and 
 others; but Keightley and Con. suppose that nothing more is meant than 
 
168 ECLOGA VIII. NOTES. 
 
 pieces of clay and wax. — The rhyme is meant to imitate the jingle usual in 
 chai-ms, as Voss remarks, Con. - 
 
 81. Sic nostra amore, scil. durescat et Uquescat, Serv,, i. e. as in cue and 
 the same fire the clay hardens and the wax melts, so may the heart of Daph- 
 nis harden with respect to other women, soften with respect to me, K. 
 
 82. She now tries" another magic art, burning the laurel with bitumen, 
 that Daphnis may in like manner burn with love, H. — Frarjiles, ' crackling,' 
 see in Lex. — Laurus, see on E. 6, 83. 
 
 83. In Baphnide, ' on Daphnis,' i. e. placed on the image of Daphnis, 
 Burm., Voss^ Jahn, Forb., Lade. ; but it is explained by H., Wr., K. and Cbw., 
 as equivalent to in DapJinidem, i. e. propter Daphnidem, 'on account of or 
 *iu the case of Daphnis'; cf. Theocr. 2, 23. 
 
 85. She now describes the violence of the love which she wishes the pre- 
 ceding charms to infuse into Daphnis, K. — Tails amor Daphnira, scil. teneat. — 
 Qualis quum=ut quum, ' as when,' Wi\ 
 
 87. Fropter, ' near,' ' beside,' see in Lex. IL A. and cf. G. 3, 14. — Aquae 
 ricum, a very common pleohasm, as in English, a stream of water. Cf. 
 E. 5, 47. 
 
 . 88. Ferdita, see on E. 2, 59. — Decedere nocti, see in Lex. decedo, B. 2, 
 i. e. did not think to avoid the cold of night by returning home. Cf. G. 3, 
 467 and G. 4, 23. 
 
 89. Talis amor teneat, scil. Dap)linlm. See Gr. § 324, 16. — Jfederi, scil. tali 
 illius atuori, Wr. 
 
 91. Another charm is that of burying under the thi-eshold of her door such 
 articles belonging to Daphnis as she possessed. This was supposed to exer- 
 cise a magic power of attraction, K. — Fxumas, 'clothes.' 
 
 92. Flynora cara sid, i. e. sui erya me amoris, ' of his love for me,' TTr., 
 Forb. 
 
 93. Dthent Jiaec 2)ig^ora Dapilinhn, scil. raild. She says that these pledges 
 owe Daphnis to her, because they ought, according to magic rules, to restore 
 him to her. 
 
 95. The means thus far emploj-ed having proved ineffectual, she now re- 
 sorts to magic herbs. Lade. — Has herbas atque liaec venena, a hendiadys for 
 has herbas veiitnatas, Gr. § 323, 2, (3). Cf. on E. 2, 8.—Fonto lecta, Gr. § 254, 
 E. 3. The poisonous plants of Pontus are spoken of because ]\Iedea, who was 
 a renowned sorceress, and made use of such herbs, lived in that country. 
 Fontus is put for Colchis. 
 
 96. Jpse Iloeris. ^;se is here used, as we often use the word 'himself,' 
 to denote dignity or superiority; ' Moeris himself,' i. e. Moeris the great ma- 
 gician. We do not find any mention of him elsewhere. 
 
 97. Three feats of magicians are now spoken of, which are also mentioned 
 frequently by other Latin poets, K. — Els liipiim Jieri et se condere silvis, i. e. 
 his lupum factum silvis se condere, for his belongs to lupum Jieri, as also to 
 excire and tradacere, but not to se condere : cf. on E. 6, 20, Wr., Forb. Bis, 
 ' with these,' i. e. by the power of these, K. 
 
 98. Animas, see in Lex. anima, 4, c. 
 
ECLOGA IX. NOTES. 169 
 
 99. Scdas messes, i. e. sata in fnturam messtm, the grain sown for a future 
 harvest, Wr. ; cf. messis, B. 2, in Lex. Lloeris by his magic arts had re- 
 moved the grain from the field where it was sown, to another field, thus de- 
 frauding the owner of his expected harvest. This offence was styled in the 
 Twelve Tables fruges excuntare. 
 
 101. She now resorts, as a last expedient, to a charm which seems to have 
 been thought of the greatest efficacy, that of throwing ashes into a running 
 stream, the head being averted, K. — Rivoqut Jiuenti, i. e. in rivum; see on 
 E. 2, 30, Wr. 
 
 102. Transque cajmt jace, scil. aversa, 'turning away,' Wr., Forb. — Nee 
 respexeris, i. e. while throwing the ashes. Nee is here equivalent to et non, 
 Wr., Forb. Respexeris, Gr. § 260, E. 6, (a), {b), <.f (c). 
 
 103. Nihil ilk deos, etc. i. e. the gods invoked during the incantation, and 
 the charms thus far employed, //. 
 
 105. Before she has taken up the ashes for her last charm (v. 101), a spon- 
 taneous flame springs up from among them ; and while she is pondering on 
 this favorable sign the watch-dog begins to bark, announcing the approach 
 of some one, who proves to be Daphnis, K. Servius would make Amaryllis 
 the speaker here, on account of the words dum ferre moror, but this would 
 be awkward, and we may easily suppose that both the enchantress and her 
 attendant would join iu removing the ashes. Con. The blazing of the fire 
 was a good omen, as its smouldering was a bad one; cf. G. 4, 385 — 386, Con. 
 
 106. /^ojzi'e SMft, ' spontaneously.' — Cinis ipse, 'the ashes of themselves,' 
 i. e. by their own power and will, Voss. — Bonuin sit ! ' may it be a good omen' ! 
 See bonus, 3, in Lex. 
 
 107. Nescio quid certe est, ' it is certainly something ' (of good omen) ' but I 
 know not what.' — Ilylnx, i. e. 'barker,' from hkuKreu), to bark, K. 
 
 108. Credhnus ? ' do I believe ' ? i. e. ' is it a reality ' ? K. — An qui dmant, 
 Gr. 4 305, (2). 
 
 109. Parcite, scil. Daphnldl, Forb. The charms are bidden to cease their 
 operation, since the return of Daphnis renders their aid unnecessary. Some 
 Mss. and good editions have, jam, carmina, parcite. 
 
 ECLOGA IX.— MOERIS. 
 
 ARGUMENT. 
 
 Moeris, the steward of Menalcas, while on his way to Mantua with some 
 kids, is joined by the shepherd Lycidas, to whom he relates his own and his 
 master's troubles, and from whom he receives a warm expression of sympa- 
 thy in view of the loss which would have been sustained in the death of Me- 
 nalcas; and by way of showing how great that loss would have been, some 
 of the poet's verses are quoted. 
 15 
 
170 ECLOGA IX. XOTES. 
 
 The historical occasion of this Eclogue will be foimd in the sketch of Vir- 
 gil's life. Ruaens conjectures that the present Eclogue was in fact a poetical 
 petition presented to Varus or Octavianus, for the restitution of the poet's 
 propert3% Ceitainly it is skillfully contrived to interest the reader hi his 
 favor. 
 
 The framework of the poem is taken from the seventh Idyl of Theocritus. 
 H. 4^ Con. 
 
 NOTES ON THE NINTH ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. Quo ie perles, scil. ducmnt, v.'-hich is to be supplied from the following 
 ducit. Such omission of the verb is more usual in the second member of the 
 sentence, and when the verb to be supplied has already been expressed, Sp. — 
 An, see on E. 3, l.—In urbem, i. e. Mantuam, Gr. § 235, (2). 
 
 2. The perturbation of Mocris, caused by his grief and indignation, is 
 finely marked by the abrupt and involved manner in which he commences 
 his reply. He gives no direct answer to the question of Lycidas, but utters 
 at once wliat lay heavy on his mind, K. — Construe as follows; vivi perveni- 
 mus, ut itdrtna possessor nostri cifjeUi, (id) quod numquam verlti sumiis, diceret. 
 Forb. Vivi peive?ii7nus, ' I have come alive to that point,' 'I have lived to 
 see.' Wagner reads quo for quod, contending that pervenimus ut is not Latin; 
 but Foi-b. defends the common reading, saying that eo is implied in the form 
 of the sentence; and Conington adds that quo, besides its deficiency in ex- 
 ternal authority, would introduce a confusion into the order of the sentence 
 greater than could well be excused by Moeris' perturbation of mind. — Nostri, 
 'of our,' i. e. ^of my,' as servants are wont to say in speaking of their mas- 
 ter's property. Cf v. 12, note on E. 1, 8, and ttia, v. 30, Wcli. 
 
 4. JI<(ec men sunt. This was the legal form of asserting one's right to a 
 thing, K. Cf. on E. 1, 47. — Coloni, ' inhabitants,' 'possessors of the land.' 
 
 5. Vifti, trisles, ' overcome, sorrowful,' i. e. obliged to yield to force and 
 therefore sorrowful. 
 
 6. Qnod nee vert' (t bene, 'may it do him no good.' Quod, Gr. § 206, (13), 
 (fl). Nee is here equivalent to an emphatic non. — Miitimus, i. e. to the new 
 master, living in tlie city. As the slaves in these cases usually went with 
 the land, Moeris was continued in his office of villicus, K. Mittimus is used 
 seemingly, because Moeris, though canying the kids himself, speaks for his 
 master, who is the sender of the present, Con. 
 
 7. Lycidas replies; I heard that your master's poetry had saved all his 
 property. — Cerie equvJem, see in Lex. equidem, Lb. and Gr. § 191, E. 4. — 
 
 Qua—frrr/os, connected with omnia, expressing the extent of the property, 
 Con. It is probable that Virgil here describes the situation of his own estate, 
 
 extending from the hills to the river Mincius, H. — Ojia se subducere, etc., see 
 
 in Lex. subduio, II. A. 2. 
 
 8. MoUique jugum demittere clivo, ' and to lower the summit by a gentle 
 declivity,' i. e. to sink with a gentle descent to the plain. 
 
ECLOGA IX. — NOTES. 171 
 
 9. Ad aquam, scil. Mincil, Forb. — Fracia cacumina, see on E. 2, 3. 
 
 10. Vesti'um, for Moeris had spoken in the first person plural, K. — Menal- 
 can. Under this name Virgil is here referred to, Wr. 
 
 11. Audieras, etc. The meaning is, ' you heard so, no doubt, for such was 
 the report.' — £t, see in Lex. II. 6, and cf. E. 1, 48. 
 
 12. Nostra, see on v. 2. 
 
 13. Chaonias, see on Hyblaeis, E. 1, 55. Chaonia was that part of Epirus 
 in which was situated Dodona, famed for its oracle in an oak grove. — Aquila 
 veniente, ' when the eagle comes,' i. e. comes to attack them. 
 
 14. Quod nisi, ' and if not.' — Me. We may suppose that it was Moeris who 
 fii-st observed the prophetic bird, and that he then informed Menalcas of 
 what it portended, K. — Quacumque, scil. via or ratione, 'on any terms.' 
 That some compromise took place is evident; one of its conditions must 
 have been the uitruder's delay of taking possession, V. — Incidere, see 2, in- 
 cido, II. in Lex. 
 
 15. Sinistra, see in Lex. II. C. — Monuisset . . . viveret, Gr. § 261, 1. 
 
 16. Tmis Mc, ' this thy.' 
 
 17. Cadit in quemquam iantum scelus ? i. e. ' can any one be capable of such 
 a crime ' ? cadere having sometimes the signification of ' to belong to,' * to at- 
 tach to,' see in Lex. 11. 2. 
 
 18. Solatia, i. e. carmina, because his songs were to the peasants a solace 
 of their cares and labors, Wr. 
 
 19. Quis caneret, etc., i. e. if Menalcas (Virgil) had been slain by the vete- 
 rans, Forb. — The reference in this and the following verse is to E. 5, 20 & 40. 
 
 20. Spargeret . . . inducer et, see on E. 6, 4'6. — Fo7iies induceret umbra, Gr. 
 § 249, L Cf. on E. 5, 40. 
 
 21. Vel, scil. quis caneret ea. — Sublegi tacitus tibi, ' I silently picked up 
 firom you,' i. e. learned from you, without your knowing it, while you were 
 singing. Tibi, i. e. Moeris, cf. v. 44, but K. and Con. refer it to Menalcas. 
 
 22. Te ferres, see in Lex. fero, B. 1, & {/3). — Delicias, AmarylUda, nostras, 
 ' Amaryllis my beloved,' or more probably, ' our beloved,' ' the delight of us 
 all,' whom all the swains admire. 
 
 23. This and the two following lines are translated from Theocx-itus, 3, 
 3 — 5. — Dum redeo, see dupi in Lex. II. {,8). — Brevis est via, Gr. § 323, 4, (6). — 
 Pasce — age — caveto, Gr. § 267. 
 
 24. Potum, see on E. 7, 11.- Inter agendum, Gr. § 275, II. R. 3. 
 
 25. Occitrsare caveto, 'beware of meeting.' 
 
 26. Immo, 'nay,' scil. quis caneret. — Varo. Concerning Varus see the Ar- 
 gument to E. 6. — Nee dum, see neque, II. 4, in Lex. 
 
 27. Yare, etc. The order is, Vare, tuum nomen cantantes sublime ferent ad 
 sidera cycni, superet, etc. Siq)eret, see in Lex. I. 3. 
 
 28. Nimium vicina, ' too near,' though they were forty miles apart. The 
 lands of Cremona, which had been assigned to the soldiers, not proving suf- 
 ficient for them, a part of the adjoining district of Mantua was added, H. 
 
172 ECLOGA IX. NOTES. 
 
 29. Ferent ad sidera,?.ee on E. 5, 51, and cf. E. 6, 10.— Cycni. The singing 
 of the swans is here very aptly introduced, as these birds frequented the Min- 
 cius, Wr. 
 
 30. Sic, see in Lex. II. E., 'so— may'; cf. E. 10, 4. The meaning is; so 
 may your bees avoid the yew-trees, etc., as you shall repeat to me more 
 of the verses of IMenalcas, E. — Tua examina, i. e. domini, cf. on vs. 2 & 12. 
 Examina, cf. on E. 7, 13. — Cyrneas. This epithet is used in speaking of the 
 yew, because that tree abounded in Corsica; cf. on E. 1, 55. — Taxos. The 
 yew-tree was prejudicial to the bees, and tlie honey from it bitter. Cf. G. 2, 
 257; 4,47, Jf., Wr., Forh. 
 
 32. Indpe, scil. canere, cf. E. 5, 10 & 10, 6, Forh.—Si quid habes, cf. E. 3, 
 &2.—Ef, see in Lex. II. 8. 
 
 34. Vatem, i. q. poetam, cf. E. 7, 25, sq. //. ; but a distinction seems in- 
 tended here between poeta and rates, the latter being the more honorable 
 term, though the exact distinction cannot be defined: vatcs may be rendered 
 ' inspired bard,' or ' bard.' — Non ego credulus illis, scil. sum, ' I am not credu- 
 lous of them,' ' I do not credit what they say.' 
 
 35. Varius and Cinna were two poets cotemporary with Virgil, and then 
 held in high repute. 
 
 36. Sed, scil. videor. — Argutos, ' melodious,' Forh. — Strepere, ' to cackle ' — 
 Anser. Servius says that Virgil here puns upon the name of Anser, a poet, 
 who would appear to have been obnoxious to Virgil. — 37. Ago, Lex. III. 3. 
 
 38. Si, see on E. 6, 57. — Neque, i. q. non enim, Forb. — Neque est ignobile, 
 ' for it is not obscure,' i. e. ' for it is famous ' or ' excellent.' 
 
 39. These verses are derived from Theocritus, 11, 42 — ^49. — Hue ades, see 
 on E. 7, 9. — Galatea was one of the daughters of Nereus and was beloved at 
 the same time by Polyphemus the Cyclops, and by Acis. The Cyclops slew 
 his more favored rival, but Galatea fleeing took refuge in the sea, and changed 
 Acis into the Sicilian river of the same name; cf. Ov. Met. 13, 750, sq. Forb. 
 — Quis nam, separated by tmesis, Gr. § 323, 4, (5). 
 
 40. Purjmreum, see in Lex. II. B., and cf. on G. 2, 319. — Flumina circum, 
 Gr. ^ 279, 10, (/). Circum, see in Lex. II. 4.-42. Lenfae, see on E. 3, 38. 
 
 43. Insani, ' mad', ' wild.' — Feriant sine, Gr. § 262, II. 4. 
 
 44. Quid, quae, etc. Gr. § 229, R. 3, 2, ' what do you say of,' ' what of.' 
 Where a new subject is introduced, quid is thus used in interrogations to de- 
 note a strong desire to be informed on that subject, Wr. — Pura sub node, 
 * under ' or ' in a clear night.' The night is conceived of as a covering spread 
 out above the earth, Forb. 
 
 4ib. Numeros, ' the tune,' see in Lex. II. D. 2. — Si^modo, dummodo, ' if 
 only,' ' provided that,' Wr. — Tenerem, see in Lex. B. 2, b. The conditional 
 clause, si tenerem, is not logically connected with the other, but with some- 
 thing understood, as, et carmen ipsum revocarem, si, etc. Con. 
 
 46. The meaning is ; why do you observe those old constellations ? 
 Watch rather the newly risen star of Caesar, Forb. — Daphni. Daphnis 
 seems here to be intended only for a fictitious name of a shepherd, M. He is 
 addressed as the representative of the shepherds who watch the stars for 
 
ECLOGA IX. XOTES. 173 
 
 agricultural purposes, G. 1, 204, sq., 257, 258, Con.— Quid, Gr. § 235, R. 11. — 
 Antiques dynorum mHus, for antiquoram (' old,' ' long-known ') signorum (' con- 
 stellations ') ortu.-i, Wr., Forb. See Gr. § 205. R. 14. 
 
 47. The allusion is to the comet or star which appeared for seven days to- 
 gether at the time when Octavianus was giving games in honor of Julius. 
 The popular belief was that that star was the deified soul of Caesar, H., K., 
 M. — Processlt, ' has appeared,' ' has arisen,' cf. E. 6, 86, note. 
 
 48. This star is represented as foretelling and hastening agricultural pros- 
 perity, //., Co7i. — Quo denotes the means and not the time. 
 
 49. Duceret colorem, see duco, B. 5, in Lex., i. e. ' grow purple,' Forb. 
 
 50. Insere piros, cf. on E. 1, 74. — The meaning is ; graft your fruit trees 
 now, while so propitious a star is shining, and it will be that not only you but 
 your descendants shall gather fruit from the trees grafted by you, Wr. 
 
 51. We are to suppose that Moeris, his memory failing him, suddenly 
 stops without being able to finish what he had commenced; and he therefore 
 sorrowfully adds ; omnia ftrt, etc. — Fert, i. q. aufert, cf. on E. 5, 34. — Animum, 
 see in Lex. IIL 2. — Saepe ego, ate. The meaning is; Avhen a boy 1 often 
 passed whole days in singing. 
 
 52. Condere, Gr. § 268, 2, R. 1, (a). See in Lex. condo, IL 3, b. 
 
 53. Oblita, scil. svnt, in a passive sense, ' forgotten,' Gr. § 142, 4, (&).— 
 Mihi, Gr. ^ 225, IL 
 
 54. Ltqd Moeriin videre priores. This alludes to a curious superstition 
 of the ancients, that if any one was seen by a wolf before he saw the wolf, he 
 lost the use of his voice, //., K. — Priores, 'first.' 
 
 55. The order is, satis saepe, Serv. — Referet, ' will repeat.' 
 
 56. Causando, 'by makhig excuses.' — In longum, 'for a long time', see lon- 
 gus, IL in Lex. — Ducis, ' put off",' ' delay/ see in Lex. II. B. 3. — Amwes, ' de- 
 sire,' viz. of hearing you sin^. 
 
 57. Tibi, ' for thee,' i. e. that you may the better be heard, Forb. — Stratum, 
 ' made smooth,' see sterna, I. B. in Lex. — Aequor, ' the surface ' of the lake, 
 ' the lake,' i. e. near Mantua, formed by the river Mincius, H. 
 
 58. Omnes ventosi murmuvis aurae, ' all the breezes of windy murmur,' H., 
 Gr. § 211, R. 6; or ventosi murmuris maybe taken as equivalent to venti mur~ 
 murantis, ' every breath of murmuring' or 'whispering wind.' — Ceciderunt, 
 see in Lex. II. 6. 
 
 59. Hinc adeo, 'Just from this place,' see 2. adeo, B. 2, c, in Lex. — 
 Media est nobis via, ' is half our journey,' Gi*. § 226. — Sepulcrum. It was the 
 custom among the ancients to make their sepulchres near the highways. If. 
 
 61. Strinyunt froiides, cf. on E, 1, 57; 2, 70. The leaves were also stripped 
 off from certain trees for fodder. 
 
 62. Tamen, ' notwithstanding,' i. e. though we stop here awhile and sing 
 we shall reach the city betimes. 
 
 63. Nox plaviam ne colUgdt, ' lest the night gather the rain,' i. e. lest the 
 night gather the clouds, the prelude of rain, H., Wr., Con. 
 
 64. Licet eamus, Gr. ^ 273, 4, (a). — Usque with eamus, ' we may go right 
 on'; see in Lex. III. (y). — Laedit, 'wearies,' 'is wearisdme.' 
 
 15* 
 
174 ECLOGA X. NOTES. 
 
 65. Hoc fasce, ' this burden,' i. e. the kids which he is carrying, v. 62, H. 
 
 66. Desine 'plura, see on E. 5, 19. — Quod nunc instat, agamus, i. e. carry 
 the kids to the new master; cf. v. 6. 
 
 67. ^;se, i. e. Menalcas. — Ventrit, i. e. shall have returned to his farm, 
 Forb. 
 
 ECLOGA X.— GALLUS. 
 
 ARGUMENT. 
 
 C. Cornelius Gallus (see E. 6, 64), had a mistress, Lycoris, whose praises 
 he celebrated in elegies which are mentioned by Propertius, Ovid and others. 
 Having been deserted by his faithless mistress he is represented in this Ec- 
 logue as lying under a solitary rock in Arcadia, deploring his unhappy love. 
 The poem consists of an introduction, (vs. 1 — 8); an account of the sympa- 
 thy manifested for him by inanimate things, as well as by the flocks, the 
 shepherds, and even the gods (vs. 9 — 30); the complaints of the deserted 
 lover himself (vs. 31 — 51); and a conclusion, in which Virgil declares his 
 affection for Gallus, H. Virgil is supposed to narrate the story in a song, as 
 he is tending his goats. 
 
 The structure of the poem is taken from Theocritus, Idyl 1. ; Con. 
 
 NOTES ON THE TENTH ECLOGUE. 
 
 1. He commences by invoking the fountain-nymph Arethusa, who pre- 
 sided over a Sicilian fountain, to aid him in this his last pastoral song. Cf. 
 onE. 7, 21; 4, 1 & 6, 1. 
 
 2. Sed quae is the antithesis to paucn; though few they must be such as 
 may attract even her scornful eye. Con. 
 
 3. Dicenda, see on E. 3, 55. — Instead of the punctuation given in the text, 
 Wagner places a colon after laborem and a period after Lycoris, and in this he 
 is followed by Forb., but this change, as Conington remarks, seems plainly 
 for the worse, as meo Gallo would come awkwardly after mihi, while pauca 
 evidently refers to carmina. 
 
 4. Sic tibi, etc. Cf. on E. 9, 30. — Flnctus Sicanos, 'the Sicilian waves,' 
 i. e. the Ionian sea, between Sicily and Greece, if. For the fable here re- 
 ferred to see Arethusa and Alpheus in Lex. 
 
 5. Boris, see in Lex. Dores, II. 4, (0). 
 
 6. Sollicilos, 'anxious,' i. e. qui aniinum soUicitum reddunt, H., causing 
 anxiety; see in Lex. B. 
 
 7. While the poet is singing his goats browse; cf. E. 5, 12. 
 
 8. Respondent, i. e. resonant per echo, H., ' echo back,' 'repeat.' Cf. E. 1, 5. 
 
ECLOGA X. NOTES. 175 
 
 9. Hahuere, ' held/ ' detained.' 
 
 10. Naides puellae, ' Naiad maidens ' or * nymphs.' Naides seems to be 
 used here in its proper signification of ' water-nymphs,' Parnassus and Pin- 
 dus being mentioned with reference to the springs at those places, and which 
 we may- suppose the Naiads frequented, //., TFr. ; but Voss^ Wch., Forh. 
 and others understand the Muses themselves to be meant. — Indigno^ 'unwor- 
 thy,' i. e. such as he did not deserve to meet with. Cf. on E. 8, 18. 
 
 11. Parnnsi juga. Juga is used because there were two peaks to Parnas- 
 sus, Wr. — Pindi, a range of mountains between Thessaly and Epirus. 
 
 12. Maram fecere. These mountains did not detain them, for they, not 
 less than Maenalus and Lycaeus, mourned the hard fate of Gallus, H. — 
 Aonie, a Greek form for Aonia, ' Aonian.' 
 
 15. Maenalus and Lycaeus being mountains of Arcadia, the scene is now 
 changed to that country, Virgil himself being represented as present with 
 Gallus, see v. 26, //. 
 
 16. Nostii nee poenitet illas, etc., Gr. § 229, R. 6. ' neither are they 
 ashamed of us (shepherds) nor do you be ashamed of the flock'; i. e. they 
 delight in us and our songs and pity our griefs, and do not you, though a 
 divine poet, disdain to be represented by me as in the company of sheep and 
 shepherds; — do not scorn your association with pastoral poetry. 
 
 18. £t, 'too,' ' even,' see in Lex. IL 8. — Ad Jiumina, see on E. 6, 64. 
 
 19. Tardi. The epithet ' slow ' is applied to the swineherds from their in- 
 active and sedentary life while tending the swine, since they did not accom- 
 pany these whei-ever they went, as shepherds did the sheep, but guided and 
 called them together by the sound of the horn, Wr. Although subulci has 
 the authority of the manuscripts and of Wr., Jahn and Forb., many editions 
 have bubulci. which Avas adopted principally because it was supposed that the 
 epithet tardi applied to the latter, as indicating the slow movement acquired 
 by those who follow cattle, but that it liad no particular application to swine- 
 herds. The explanation of Wr. removes this difficulty. 
 
 20. Uvidus hiberna de glande, ' wet from the winter acorns,' i. e. wet with 
 the water in which the acorns were steeped. In Italy acorns were gathered 
 in winter (see G. 1, 305) and were kept in water: they Avei'e then used as 
 food for cattle. Hiberna may be used here with reference either to the time 
 of collecting or of feeding the acorns ; probably the latter. De glande, see 
 in Lex. de, C. 4, and Gr. § 247, R. 1.— Menalcas is here the name of a 
 herdsman. 
 
 21. Unde amor iste, i. e. a qua puella ; quam puellam amas f H. — Venit Apol- 
 lo, etc. The deities are now represented as coming to console him. 
 
 22. Quid insanis ? Tnsanire, ' to be mad,' to rave,' like the Greek fiaiveadai, 
 is often used in speaking of lovers, Forb. — Cura, see in Lex. II. B. 2. 
 
 23. Lycoris is supposed to have deserted Gallus and to have accompanied 
 across the Rhine some soldier of the army of Agrippa on his expedition into 
 Gaul, a. u. c. 716 ; cf. v. 47. 
 
 24. Agresti capitis Silvamis honore, scil. cum, ' Silvanus came with the 
 rural honor of his head,' i. e. adorned with a garland of fennel giant and 
 
176 ECLOGA X. NOTES 
 
 lilies. This deity is usually represented as wearing a crown composed of the 
 leaves of trees or of large flowei's and reeds, and carrying in his hand the 
 stem of a cypress or other tree, H. Cf. G. 1, 20. 
 
 25. i^/orewiles, 'blossoming,' 'flowering.' — Ferulas. The ferula or 'giant 
 fennel ' is a large plant, growing to the height of six or eight feet, with leaves 
 cut into small segments like those of fennel, but larger. The flowers are yel- 
 low, and grow in large umbels, like those of fennel, M. 
 
 26. Quern vidimus ipsi. Virgil lays stress on his having been allowed to 
 look on Pan, as this deity did not often permit himself to be seen, Wr. Ipsi, 
 see on v. 15. 
 
 27. The Romans were accustomed to paint the statues of their rural dei- 
 ties with a red color; cf. also E. 6, 22, Forb. — EbuU. "The ebulus, 'dwarf- 
 elder ' or ' dane-wort ' is a sort of elder and very like the common elder-tree, 
 but differs from it essentially, in being really an herb. The juice of the ber- 
 ries is of a red purple color. It has obtained the name of dane-wort among 
 us, because it is fabled to have sprung from the blood of the Danes, when 
 those people were massacred in England," 31. — Minio, 'cinnabar,' ' Ver- 
 million.' 
 
 28. acquis ent modus, scil. lacrimis tuis ; as appears from what follows. 
 Ecquis., see Gr. § 137, 3. — Amor in this and the following verse is the god 
 of love ; see in Lex. avior, c. 
 
 30. Cf. E. 7, vs. 51, 52. 
 
 31. At denotes that his grief was not alleviated by what the gods had said, 
 Well. — Ille, i. e. Gallus. — Tamen, as Wr. observes, here introduces a consola- 
 tory thought : though Love care nothing for grief or tears ' yet ' I find conso- 
 lation in the thought that the shepherds of Arcadia will sing of my love; 
 cf. V. 34. 
 
 32. Montihus, a dative, cf. E. 2, 5. — Ilaec, i. e. my love, see v. 34. — Soli 
 cantare periti, cf. on E. 7, 4 & 5 ; E. 5, 2. 
 
 33. mihi, etc. ; cf. the well kno^vn formula, sit tibi terra levis. — Quiescani. 
 Some manuscripts have quiescent, but the subj. is here preferable, as express- 
 ing what is contingent and at the same time an object of desire witli Gallus; 
 Gr. §260, IL and (1). 
 
 35. Ex vobis unus, Gr. § 212, E, 2, N. 4.-36. Viniior, 'a vintager.' 
 
 37. Phyllis . . . Amyntas ; names of imaginary persons. The thought is ; 
 whether Phyllis or Amyntas, or whoever should be my rustic love, our mode 
 of life would have kept us united. 
 
 38. Furor, ' love ' ; cf. v. 22, and E. 3, 66. — Si fuscus Amyntas, scil. sit. 
 
 39. Cf E. 2, 16, 18. 
 
 40. Columella says that vines were sometimes trained on willows, 5, 7, 
 and Conington remarks that they are so trained at the present day, in Lom- 
 bardy, as he is informed. 
 
 41. Serta, ' garlands,' i. e. flowers to form garlands, K. 
 
 42. But why dream of Phyllis and Amyntas ? Why might I not be enjoy- 
 ing this life with Lycoris ? Con. 
 
ECLOGA X. NOTES. 177 
 
 43. Ipso aero, 'by old age itself,' to denote the durability of his love: he 
 declares that he could pass his whole life with her here, K. 
 
 44. From tills dream of Arcadian bliss his mind now returns to the real 
 state of their affairs, namely, that he is engaged in military service in one 
 quarter, while she is the companion of one Avho is serving in another, K. — 
 Nunc, ' but now.' Nunc is often thus used to contrast an actual state with 
 an hypothetical one, //. — Martis is to be connected with insanus amor. 
 
 45. Adversos, ' adverse.' 
 
 46. Pvocul a 2i((tna, Gr. § 241, R. 2. — Nee sit mihi credere^ i. e. utinam 
 liceat mihi non credere; ne coyar credere ! fifi ht) fioi neidiaOai, 'let me not be- 
 lieve,' H. Sit mihi, cf. on E. 3, 101. Credere tantum, Gr. § 202, III. R. 2.— 
 Tantum, i. e. tarn atrocem rem, ' so dreadful a thing.' 
 
 47. Alijinns, see on v. 23. 
 
 48. Me sine, Gr. § 323, 4, (1). 
 
 50. He now declares that, as a remedy for his loA'^e, he will devote himself 
 to poetry and music, K. — Chalcidico versu, i. e. of Euphorion, boru at Chal- 
 cis, some of whose poems Gallus had translated or imitated. Cf. on E. 6, 72. 
 
 51. Pastoris Siculi, i. e. Theocritus. — Modulalwr, 'will set to music'; cf. 
 on E. 5, 14. 
 
 53. Pad, see in Lex. B. 2, and cf. disce sine armis posse pati, Lucan, 5, 
 313. — Iiuidere amores, etc., cf. E. 5, 13. 
 
 54. Crescent illae : ct ei quantum trunci, tantum mea nomina crescunt, Ov. 
 Epist. 5, 23, 24. 
 
 55. Mlxtis Nymphis, instead of mixtus or permixtus Nymphis^^cum Nymphis. 
 
 57. Cf. G. 3, 409 — 413. — Parihenios, ' of Mount Parthenius,' in Arcadia, iu 
 which country the poet represents Gallus as being; cf. on v. 15. 
 
 58. Per, ' over.' — Lucosqiie sonantes, i. e. resounding with the barking of 
 dogs and the shouts of hunters, or rather, as agitated by the winds ; the latter 
 being more in accordance with poetic usage, H. 
 
 59. Pariho and Cydonia are epithela ornantia (cf. on E. 1, 55) as the Par- 
 thians and Cretans were the nations most noted for archery, K. — Torquere, 
 ' to hurl,' i. e. ' to shoot.' 
 
 60. Tamquam, etc. He feels that the remedy which he had but just now 
 appi'oved Of is of no avail, and therefore rejects it, Wr. — Haec refers to the 
 sentence preceding, but is attracted into the gender of the noun, see Gr. 
 § 206, (11). 
 
 61. Deus ilk, i. e. Amor, cf. on E. 8, 43. — Mitescere, ' to soften at,' ' become 
 compassionate.' 
 
 62. Hamadryddes, * the wood-nymphs,' referring to the nymphs of v. 55, 
 Cvn. Cf on E. 5, 59. 
 
 63. Ipsa . . . ip>sae, denote excellence in the objects, and admiration on the 
 part of the speaker: In which formerly I took great delight; Wr. — Concedite, 
 ' depart,' ' farewell,' ye give me no relief. 
 
 64. Non — nee — nee, Gr. § 277, R. 5, («); cf. E. 4, 55. — Ilium, see on. v. 61. 
 — Mutare, i. e. ' move to pity,' Forh. — Labores, ' hardships,' either as hunter 
 or shepherd. 
 
178 ECLOGA X. NOTES. 
 
 65. Friyoiihus, cf. E. 2, 22, and see in Lex. I. B. 1. 
 
 66. SUho7iias, see on E. 1, 55. — Hlemis aquosae. The epithet aquosae^ as 
 Wr. observes, is applicable to an Italian rather than to a Thracian winter, and 
 may therefore be regarded here as epitheion ornans. — Subeamus, see in Lex. 
 IL B. 2, b. 
 
 67. Quum moriens, etc. denote mid-summer's heat, Fo7b. 
 
 68. Aethiopwn versemus oves, for inter Aethiojjes, in Aethiopia, H. Versemus, 
 see in Lex. under verso^ I. 
 
 69. He now wisely concludes to yield to Love, since Love conquers every- 
 tliing. 
 
 70. The poet, in the character of a goat-herd (see on v. 7), now speaks in 
 his own person, addressing himself to the Muses. 
 
 71. Sedet, Gr. § 259, (1), (c): cf. E. 7, Q.— GracilifsceUam, etc. Basket- 
 work is the shepherd's employment for idle hours, Forb., Con. — Hibisco, cf. 
 on E. 2, 30. 
 
 72. Facietis (ut sint) maxima, i. e. gratissima, * most acceptable to,' * of 
 veiy great value in the eyes of,' Forb., K. 
 
 73. Gallo, see Gr. § 324, 17.— Cujus amor mihi crescii, ' my love for whom in- 
 creases.' Cujus, objective genitive. 
 
 74. Novo, i. e. ' early.' — Subjicit, see in Lex. 1. A. 
 
 75. Gravis, see in Lex. I. B. 3. — Cantantibus. The cool shade of evening 
 would be more apt to injure persons warmed by the exertion of singing than 
 those who were silent or engaged in ordinary conversation, Forb. — Umbra, 
 scil. vesperiina. 
 
 76. Juniperi gravis umbra. The juniper was supposed to give forth nox- 
 ious exhalations, especially toward night, H. — Nocent umbrae, cf. G. 1, 121, 
 156. 
 
 77. lie domum saturae, ('well-fed,' 'sated'), cf. E. 1,75; 7, 44, and see 
 Gr. § 237, E. 4. — Venit Jlesperus, i. e. in conspecium venit, oritur, sole occi- 
 dente, E. 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 LIBER PRIMUS. 
 
 ARGUMENT. 
 
 I. General subject of the whole poem, viz., Agriculture, Book I. ; Vines 
 and Trees, Book II.; Cattle, Book III.; Bees, Book IV. (vs. 1—4). 
 
 II. Invocation of deities and of Julius Caesar, (vs. 5 — 42). 
 
 III. Preparations for sowing, (vs. 43 — 99). 
 
 1. Ofploughing, (vs. 43— 70). 
 
 2. Means of strengthening the soil, (vs. 71 — 93). 
 
 3. Pulverizing the earth, (vs. 94 — 99). 
 
 IV. Of things to be attended to after sowing, (vs. 100—159). 
 
 1. Favorable weather, (vs. 100—103). 
 
 2. Breaking the clods, (vs. 104—105). 
 
 3. Irrigation, (vs. 106—110). 
 
 4. Depasturing, (vs. Ill — 113). 
 
 5. Draining, (vs. 114—117). 
 
 6. Protecting the soil from mischievous animals and plants, (vs. 118-159). 
 
 V. Agricultural implements and the threshing-floor, (vs. 160 — 186). 
 
 VI. Indications of a good or bad harvest, and the medicating and choice 
 of seeds, (vs. 187—203). 
 
 VII. Proper time for sowing, to be decided by observation of the heavenly- 
 bodies: explanation of the four seasons, (vs. 204 — 258). 
 
 VIII. How the husbandman is to employ his leisure time : what days are 
 lucky or unlucky : what should be done at night and what in the day time, 
 (vs. 259—310). 
 
 IX. The weather, (vs. 311—463). 
 
 1. Storms of particular seasons, (vs. 311 — 334). 
 
 2. Means of guarding against them, (vs. 335 — 350). 
 
 3. Prognostics of change of weather, (vs. 351 — 463). 
 
 X. Political changes even foretold by the heavenly bodies : prognostics of 
 the death of Juliixs Caesar : a prayer for the preservation of Augustus, (vs. 
 464—514). H., Wr., Bnjce. 
 
 The word Gcorgicon is derived form the Greek yfwpyiKoj, ' pertaining to 
 agricultui-e,' which is compounded of yia, 'the earth' and epyov, 'a work'; 
 see in Lex., and for the form of the genitive, Gr. § 54, 4. 
 
 179 
 
180 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 NOTES ON THE FIRST BOOK OF THE GEORGICS. 
 
 1. Quid facia f, etc. In the first four verses the poet gives briefly the sub- 
 ject of the four books, viz., agriculture, the cultivation of vines and trees, the 
 care of cattle and of bees, //. — Laetas scgetes, either ' luxuriant crops,' or ' fer- 
 tile ' ' fruitful fields ' ; cf. vs. 101, 102. — Quo sidere, ' under Avhat constellation,' 
 i. e. ' at what season,' ' at what time,' ' when ' ; see in Lex. sidus, D. 
 
 2. Vertei^e, i. e. arairo or ferro, which is added in v. 147: cf. coUis in quat- 
 tuor pedes vertendus, Colum, .3, 13, 8. — Maecenas, the person at whose request 
 Virgil wrote the Georgics, cf. G. 3, 41. He died a. u. c. 746, the same year 
 with Horace and eleven years after Virgil, Bvyce. — Ulmis adjungere viies, 
 cf. E. 2, 70. lltes; the vine is here used as a species for the c/enus of fruit- 
 bearing trees, H. 
 
 3. Qui, see on E. 2, 19. — Cultus, i. e. cu7-a. — Habendo sit pecori, 'may serve 
 for preserving the flock,' i. e. may be necessary in order to keep up the stock, 
 Gr. § 275, HI. R. 2 & (1). Cf. G. 3, 159. By pecori, small cattle, such as 
 sheep and goats, are meant here. It is opposed to bourn, Forb., Bryce. 
 
 4. Ajyibus, scil. sit habendis, see on v. 3. — Experientia, i. e. of the bee- 
 keeper, not of the bees, K., Con. — Parcis, ' thrifty,' ' frugal,' an epithet de- 
 noting the habits of the bee, Serv., Voss, K., and Con., and not, as Wr. and 
 Forh. hold, used here in the sense of ' scanty,' ' few,' to express the difficulty 
 of keeping up the stock of bees. 
 
 5- Hinc, 'from this point of time,' 'riow,' H., Con.: according to Voss and 
 Forb. =.}iorum partem, as if to show the modesty of the poet. — Vos, etc. 
 Here begins the invocation, (ending v. 42), first of the deities whose influence 
 on agriculture is greatest, and whose aid he seeks in the prosecution of his 
 work, and secondly of Caesar, who, according to our poet, was to become a god. 
 
 6. Lumina, i. e. Sol et Luna. — Labentem caelo quae ducitis annum, ' which 
 lead along the sky the gliding year,' i. e. whose course in the heavens indi- 
 cates and occasions the different seasons of the year. They are said to lead 
 the year caelo, i. e. in cado, because they themselves rise and set in the 
 heavens. Labentem, 'gliding' fitly denotes the course of time, H. — From the 
 words ferte pedem, v. 11, we are to supply the thought ' aid my song,' //. 
 
 7. After invoking the Sun and Moon, as the first and most important 
 powers in all matters pertaining to agriculture, the poet proceeds to name 
 those deities whose special intervention is necessary in the several depart- 
 ments of rural affairs: thus for the first book Ceres is entreated; for the 
 second, Bacchus, the Fauns, the Nymphs, Silvanus and Llinerva; for the 
 third, Neptune, Aristaeus and Pan, and for the fourth, the same Aristaeus, 
 who was skilled in all the matters of husbandry, and whose knowledge of 
 bees was especially remarkable, Brijce. — Libei' et alma Ceres. The critics 
 have been in doubt whether Liber and Ceres are in apposition to or to be dis- 
 tinguished from lumina, the sun and moon. The asyndeton favors the former 
 view, but a similar instance of the omission of the copulative conjunction is 
 shown in v. 498, and we prefer the latter opinion, with Forb. and K., who re- 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 181 
 
 fer to Varro, R. E. I., 1, 5, where he invokes Juppiter and Tellus, then Sol and 
 Luna, and then Ceres and Liber. Liber and Ceres were worshipped together 
 at Rome, Keightky. — Vestro munere, i. e. the gifts of the knowledge of agi-i- 
 culture and of the culture of the vine. — Si, ' if,' that is, ' since,' ' inasmuch, 
 as,' ' as certainly as it is the case that.' Si is often thus used in invocations 
 and adjurations, cf! v, 17, H., Wr., Con. The worshipper affects to make the 
 existence of the attributes of the deities dependent on the granting of his 
 prayer, Con. 
 
 8. The thought is, the giving to men corn instead of acorns, which were 
 formerly their food, and wine instead of water. — Chaoniam, see on E. 9, 13. — 
 Pingui, ' plump,' ' large,' H., Forb. Cf. in Psalms 81, 16, ' the finest of the 
 wheat,' i. e. in the Hebrew, 'the fat of wheat.' — Glandem mutavit arista, Gr. 
 § 252, R. 5. 
 
 9. Pocuki Acheloia, 'draughts of Achelous,' i.e. * of water.' The river 
 Achelous was said to be the oldest of all rivers, and the poets frequently use 
 its name, as here, for water in general. — Inveniis, 'newly discovered,' M. — 
 Uvis, by metonymy for vino. Cf. Donee eras mixtus nuUis, Acheloe, racemis, 
 Ov. Fast. 5, 343, Fo7-b. The ancients were accustomed to mingle Avater with 
 their wine, Wr. 
 
 10. Praesentia, see on E. 1, 42. 
 
 11. Ferfe pedem, scil. hue, ' come hither,' ' come to my aid,' Forb. — DryOr- 
 des. He invokes the Dryads because they are the goddesses of the woods in 
 which the herds pasture, Wr. Cf. on E. 5, 59 ; 10, 62. 
 
 12. Munera vesira, i. e. corn, the vine, herds and flocks ; vestra referring 
 to all the deities he had named, H. — Prima, an adj. agreeing with tellus, in- 
 stead of an adverb qualifying the verb fudit, ' first,' Wr. ; see Gr. § 205, 
 R. 15, (a), and cf. on E. 6, 1. The poet refers to the legend of Neptune's pro- 
 ducing the first horse, by a stroke of his trident, Cerda, Voss. 
 
 14. CuUor nemorum, i. e. Aristaeus, worshipped in the island of Cea under 
 the names of Jupjnter and Ap)ollo Nomios. Cultor is generally taken here as 
 equivalent to incola, but the better meaning would seem to be ' who carest 
 for, 'the guardian of the forest pastures, (in which the cattle feed, see on E. 
 1, 2), and so guardian of the herds themselves; cf. E. 3, 61. Nemorum, cf. E. 
 8, 86, where nemora—saltus, as here. — Cui, ' for whom ' as presiding deity, 
 i. e. ' through Avhom.,' ' by whose favor,' Forb.—Pinguia, ' luxuriant,' Con. ; 
 or if referring to the herbage among the bushes, =herbosa, 'grassy,' H., K. 
 
 15. Ter centum, a definite for an indefinite number, and used merely to 
 express that the herd was numerous, K., V. 
 
 16. Nemus patrium, etc. Pan was the great deity of Arcadia, in which 
 were the mountains Lycaeus and Maenalus and the city Tegea. 
 
 17. Si, see on v. I.—Maenala, cf. E. 10, 55, for the same plural form. 
 
 1.8. Favens, ' propitious.'— Oleaeque, etc. According to the fable, there 
 was a contest between Neptune and ]\Iinerva for the honor of naming Athens, 
 when the former produced a horse, the latter an olive-tree, to which, as the 
 most useful, the preference was given. 
 
 19. Puer, i. e. Triptoleraus, who is generally represented as a youth. 
 
182 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 20. Ab radlce, ' from the root,' i. e. ' with the root,' W)\, Forb., as we say, 
 'root and all'; cf. v. 319. — Silvaiie, see on E. 10, 24. 
 
 21. Dique deaeque oinnes. Under this head he groups together the host 
 of deities, who according to the Roman religion, presided over the country 
 and the operations of agi-iculture, H.^ K. This is according to the custom 
 of the priests, who used, after the particixlar invocations, to invoke all the 
 gods in general, M. — Studium, scil. est. What is the subject of est f Gr. § 209, 
 E. 3, (5); see on v. 213. 
 
 22. Novas, ' new,' i. e. ' young.' — Non ullo semine, ' without any seed,' i. e. 
 ' spontaneous,' ' unsoMTi,' opposed to satis in v. 23. Cf. G. 2, 10, sq. — Fruges^ 
 ' plants ' in general, K 
 
 24. The poet now invokes Caesar, as soon to become a deity. Keightley 
 observes that this is the first instance of that species of adulation. — Adeo: see 
 2, adeo, B. 2, a, in Lex., and cf. on E. 4, 11. 
 
 25. Urbesne, etc. Whether you prefer being numbered among the divini- 
 ties ruling the earth, the sea, or the regions of air, V. — Invisere=i(t>opav, ' to 
 oversee,' 'inspect,' 'have the care of.' Invisere, and curavi in the next verse, 
 both depend upon veils. Cf. the change from a substantive to an inf., E. 5, 46, 
 Forb. But Heyne makes curam the object of some verb, as habere or susci- 
 pere, understood, to be supplied from invlsere, meaning to ' undertake ' or 
 'take'; and Wr. for wrSes reads Mr5is, which he makes a genitive, meaning 
 the city Rome, and curam the object oiinvisere. — Caesar, scil. Octavianus. 
 
 26. Maximus orbis, i. e. oi'bis terrarum, H. Maximus for magnus or per- 
 magnus, Gr. § 122, R. 4. Orbis, ' the earth,' for its inhabitants. 
 
 27. Tempestatmn potentem, ' ruler of the weather,' ' author of the changes 
 of the atmosphere,' K. — Auci07^em, 'promoter,' 'the giver of increase to.' 
 
 28. Cingens, etc. A fine image, representing the- whole human race as 
 uniting to crown Caesar with a myrtle wreath, K. — Materna. The myrtle 
 was sacred to Venus, from whom Caesar Octavianus claimed descent, F. ; 
 cf. on E. 7, 62; also see E. 9, 47, and 2 Dionaeus in Lex. 
 
 29. Deus, ' the god,' not ' a god,' as appeal's by sola, ultima Thule (express- 
 ing the extent of the dominion) and omnibus undis. Con. — Immensi maris, the 
 ttjrfi'puv i:6vT0i of Homer, Con. — Venias, ' come to be,' ' become,' Con.=futurus 
 sis, H. 
 
 30. Thule. This island was considered by the ancients as the extreme 
 northern point of land, Forb. 
 
 31. Te sihi generum emat, etc. The poet supposes that Tethys, the wife of 
 Oceanus, will give to Caesar, when raised to the rank of a deity, one of the 
 Oceanides for a wife, with the whole kingdom of the sea as a dowry. — 
 Omnibus undis, Gr. § 252, R. 1. 
 
 32. The allusion here is to the old belief that the souls of men were 
 changed, at their death, into star^;. — Tardis, 'slow,' i. e. the summer months, 
 when the days are longest, and therefore the course of the sun apparently 
 slowest. This i> clear from the position which he assigns him amongst the 
 constellations, K. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 183 
 
 83. Qua locus, etc. In the ancient representations of the zodiac the space 
 (afterwards filled by Libra) between the sign of Virgo (Erigone), and that 
 of Scorpios, was occupied only by the claws of the Scorpion. — Chelas, 'the 
 claws 'of the Scorpion, for the constellation itself. — Sequenies, 'following,' 
 * next in order.' 
 
 34. Ipse — reliquit, parenthetical. Ipse, ' of itself.' — Ardens, ' bright,' ' shin- 
 ing,' as a star. 
 
 35. Justa j)lus, ' more than sufficient ' or ' necessary,' in token of reverence 
 for the new deity. — Reliquit, which is the reading of the best manuscripts, is 
 more forcible than relinquit, expi'essing further the alacrity of the Scor- 
 pion, Con. 
 
 36. Quid/{uid etis, ' whatever you will become,' i. e. quicunque deus eris, 
 Forb. — Sperant. Many editions have sperent, but the reading in the text, 
 which has the authority of good manuscripts, and is approved by Wr., Forb., 
 and Con., is more forcible and avoids a sort of tautology with v. 87: Tarta- 
 rus has no hope of such an honor. — Tartara is here used to denote the Lower 
 World in general, and not merely that portion of it in which the wicked were 
 punished, H. 
 
 38. Miretur, 'celebrate,' 'paint in glowing colors,' H. — Graecia, 1. e. 
 ' the Greeks,' ' the Greek poets,' Forb., cf. on E. 1, 63. 
 
 39. Nee sequi curet, i. e. nolit sequi, IT. See Gr. § 273, N. 1. The poet 
 probably refers to some fable respecting Prosei'pine which is now unknown, 
 for the common version of the legend represents her as detained in the Lower 
 World against her will. — Repeiita, 'demanded back,' 'demanded.' 
 
 40. Da facilem cursum ; a metaphor taken from navigation ; cf. timidae 
 dirit/e naris iter, Ov. Fast. I. 3, Fo7-b. Facilem, 'prosperous.' — Audacibus an- 
 nue coeptis, ' favor my bold undertaking,' namely that of being the first to 
 write a poem in the Latin language on agriculture, K. Gr. § 224. 
 
 41. lynaros viae, i. e. of the way to the correct practice of agriculture. 
 He-calls them ignarqs, because, on account of the long civil wars, and the 
 consequent proscriptions and divisions of the lands, the rural population had 
 been diminished and agriculture was almost forgotten, Forb. — Mecum is to be 
 taken with miseratus. 
 
 42. Ingredere, used absolutely, ' begin,' i. e. ' enter upon the office of de- 
 ity,' ' assume the god.' Cf. E. 4, 48, where Caesar is called upon to enter on 
 his divinity. Con. — Jam nunc, ' even now,' as soon to be a deity. — With this 
 verse is completed the sentence begun in v. 24. 
 
 43. The poet now treats of the various things which the husbandman is 
 to do before sowing, vs. 43 — 99, commencing with the period at which to be- 
 gin ploughing, vs. 43 — 49. — Vere novo. The Eoman spring began between 
 tlie Nones and Ides of February, when the West wind ( Favonius or Zephy- 
 ri/s J first blew, and continued till the middle of May; but ploughing was 
 comm.enced as soon as the state of the weather would allow, sometimes even 
 in the middle of January, Forb. — Canis, 'hoary,' i.e. covered with snow. — 
 Montibus, Gr. § 255, R. 3, (5). 
 
184 BOOK I. ]S^OTES. 
 
 45. Depi^esso aratro, 'the deep-pressed plow,' i.e. pressed down by the t 
 ploughman, bearing on the handle. — Jam turn, ' then ^immediately,' ' then at 
 once.' — Ilihi, the dativus ethlcus, to be construed Avith incipiat; cf. on E. 8, 6. 
 — Taurus for hos or juvencus. 
 
 46. Sitlco, Gr. § 247, 1. — Sjjlendescere. Servius quotes from Cato's ad- 
 dress to his son: Vir bonus est, mi Jili, colendi peritus, cvjus ferramenta 
 splendent. 
 
 47. Seges, ' corn-field,' cf. E. 9, 48. — Avari, ' eager,' ' desirous,' see in 
 Lex. b. 
 
 48. Bis quae solem, etc. The common practice was to plough three times, 
 in spring, summer and autumn, but where the soil was strong there was 
 another ploughing, in the autumn of the previous year, H., Con. 
 
 49. Illius, scil. segetis. — Rujjerunt, ' burst,' i. e. fill to bursting, a poetical 
 exaggeration of the -great abundance, V. The perfect is sometimes found, 
 as here, in the poets, (in imitation of the Greek aorist), instead of the pre- 
 sent, to express a thing that is customarily done, and has already often taken 
 place, Madvig, § 335, Obs. 3, and Forb. — Wagner is of the opinion that vs. 
 47 — i9 were inserted by the poet after his poem was finished, as they are 
 quite parenthetic. 
 
 50. Before we commence ploughing we should learn the climate and the 
 nature of the soil, vs. 50 — 62. Ac prius, etc. Many editions have at for ac ; 
 but the reading in the text is supported by the best manuscripts, and ap- 
 proved by Wr. and Forb., and the subject to whicli the poet here digresses is 
 connected with, rather than foreign to the subject treated of in vs. 43, sq. — 
 Ignotum, ' unknown,' i. e. of which the properties are yet unknown, V. — 
 Aequor, ' the plain,' for agrum. 
 
 51. Caeli morem, i. e. aeris naturam, Serv. : see in Lex. mos, IL A. 
 
 52. Patrios cultusque habitusque locorum, as we should say, the agricultural 
 antecedents of the spot, which is spoken of as if it were a person with an- 
 cestors, the expression patrios cultus being virtually equivalent to proprios 
 cuJtus, G. 2, 35, Con. : ' both the peculiar mode of cultivating and nature of 
 places,' i. e. of particular localities. Patrios, (see in Lex. 1, patrius, IL B.) 
 qualifies both cultus and habitus. Wagner explains the passage as equivalent 
 to cultus habitusque locorum patriorum (' which one has inherited '), cf. on E. 
 9, 46. Thei-e would then be, as W>. observes, in cultus and habitus, a case of 
 hysteron proteron, since the mode of cultivating a field is learned from the na- 
 ture of the field; Gr. § 323, 4, (2). 
 
 53. Et quid, etc., i. e. what plants are best suited to the soil. 
 
 54. Veniunt, i. q. proveniunt, crescunt. 
 
 55. Fetus, see 2. fetus, IL 2, in Lex. — Injussa=sponte: beautifully ex- 
 pressed, for land, not sown with grass-seeds, becoming natural pastm-e, V. 
 
 56. Nonne vides. This expression is frequently used by Lucretius, in 
 enumerating several things, and conveys the same meaning as preterea 
 or 2)oiv'0, but with more animation, H. — Croceos odores, for crocum odoratum, 
 Wr. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 185 
 
 57. Mitiit, see in Lex. II. B. For the mood, see Gr. § 265, note 2, R. 1. 
 and cf. E. 4, 52. — MoUes, see in Lex. II. 2. — Sua, i. e. ' peculiar to them,* 
 produced only in their country; cf. on E. 1, 38, Gr. § 208, 8. 
 
 58. Niidi, because men employed in forges and iron-works throw off their 
 upper garments, which is all that is meant here by nudus, Serv., H., K. — 
 Virosa Pontus, see in Lex. 2. Pontus, 2. 
 
 59. Epirus furnishes the best horses, such as bear away the palm at the 
 Olympian games, celebrated at Elis. — Eliadum palmas equarum, ' the palms 
 of the Elean mares,' for ' the victors among the Elean mares,' ' the mares 
 which win palms at Elis.' The ancients considered mares more fleet than 
 male horses, H., Wr., Forb. 
 
 60. Continuo is to be connected with quo tempore primum in the next verse, 
 =statim illo tempore, or eo ipso tempore, quo primum, ' at that very time when,' 
 etc., Jahn, Forb. — Has leges aeternaque foedera, for has leges et haec foedera 
 aeterna, Gr. § 205, E. 2. Exc, * these laws and these eternal conditions,' viz. 
 that each land should have its peculiar nature and productions, H., Forb. 
 
 62. Deucalion lapides jactavit, cf. on E. 6, 41. 
 
 63. Frgo age. The poet now resumes, (vs. 63 — 70), the subject of plough- 
 ing, which he'had commenced with v. 43, and which was interrupted by the 
 digression at v. 50. 
 
 64. Pingue is emphatic, as is shown by v. 67, Con. 
 
 65. Fortes is here emphatic, as the meaning to be derived is, that a rich or 
 strong soil should be ploughed deep. The rhythm of the line, by the use of 
 spondees, is adapted to the sense, expressing the exertion of the oxen in draw- 
 ing the plough, Forb., Con. — Tauri, see on v. 45. — Jacentes, 'lying exposed.' 
 
 66. Matuiis, 'mature,' ' that have attained their full strength,' i. e. those 
 of midsummer, H., K. 
 
 67. If the soil is poor it shoiild have only a light ploughing, in September. 
 — Si non fuerit tellus fecunda, ' if the land be not rich,' i. e. if it be poor, 
 fecunda meaning the same as pingue, v. 64. — Sub ipsum Arcturum, ' at the 
 rising,' etc. ; see Arcturus, 1, c. in Lex. This star I'ises, according to Colu- 
 mella, 11, 2, 63, on the fifth of September. 
 
 68. Tenui sulco, ' by a light fuiTOW.' — Suspendere, scil. tellurem, (not aror- 
 trum, as Forb. has it), Klotz, Con., ' to raise the earth.' The notion seems to 
 be that of raising the soil so as to leave it, as it were, hanging in air. Con. 
 
 69. IlUc, i. e. in pingui solo, H., referring to vs. 64 — 66. — Laetis, * luxu- 
 riant,' ' abundant,' cf. on v. 1. The quality of the soil would make the grain 
 grow luxuriantly, Con. — Herbae is here put for ' grass ' or ' weeds,' cf. G. 2, 
 251, Forb. 
 
 70. Hie, I. e. in solo sterili, Forb., referring to vs. 67, 68. 
 
 71. He now speaks of fallow-land, vs. 71, 72. — Alternis, scil. vicihis, 'alter- 
 nately,' i. e. every other year; see alternus, 2, b, in Lex. — Idem, scil. tu, 
 ♦you, the same,' or, as we should say, ' at the same time,' ' likewise,' implying 
 that the rules already given do not exhaust the subject. Con. ; see under 
 idem, I. in Lex. — Tonsas, 'reaped,' 'mown.' — Cessare, see in Lex. 2, b, (/?)• — 
 Novates, ' fallow-lands,' the word being used proleptically. Con. 
 
 16* 
 
186 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 72. Segnem, ' idle,' lying in a state of repose and not bearing crops, 'unpro- 
 ductive ' ; cf. on V. 151, & G. 2, 37. — Situ, ' by repose,' ' by rest,' R. — DureS' 
 cere, ' to harden,' as the soil does when not cultivated. 
 
 73. Or a rotation of crops may be adopted, vs. 73 — 83. — Aid ibi seres — 
 unde prius, etc. The meaning is, if your farm is not so large that you cau 
 allow a portion of it to lie fallow, you may every other year sow some legumi- 
 nous plant, as beans, vetches, etc., in place of coi-n, Forb. Vetches and lu- 
 pines were supposed actually to enrich the land, if immediately after they 
 had been cut the roots were ploughed in and not left to dry in the ground, 
 Col. 2, 13, 0>n. Daubeny says, " the Romans seem to have had some glimpses 
 of the doctrine of the rotation of crops; but it does not appear that any sys- 
 tem of culture, founded upon this knowledge, was in general use among 
 them." — Mutato sidere, ' changing the season,' i. e. in another part of the fol- 
 lowing year, so that the field which in one year was sown in the spring, shall 
 in the next year be sown in the fall; cf. vs. 215 — 221, JaJin, Wr., Forb., see 
 on V. 1. But K., Br., cf- Con. suppose the two crops to be sown at different 
 seasons of the same year. — Farra, ' spelt,' for ' corn ' in general, Foi-b. 
 
 74. Laetum, see on v. 69. — Quassante, ' rattling,' i. e. when ripe and shaken 
 by the breeze ; see quasso, 11. in Lex. 
 
 75. Tenuis. The vetch is called ' slender,' ' slight,' because its halm is so 
 slender and its seed so smaU compared with those of the bean, IC — Tristis, 
 'bitter,' H. Daubeny says of the lupine, " The bitterness of the seeds is the 
 chief objection to this vegetable as an article of food. Virgil calls it i!r«s^fs, 
 an epithet which cannot apply to the appearance of the plant, which is bright 
 and cheerful, but has reference to the taste of the seeds." 
 
 76. The construction is, fragilesque calamos silvavique sonantem tristis lu- 
 pini. Fragilis, 'brittle,' i. e. when dry, and therefore sonantem when moved, 
 ff. — Calamos, see in Lex. 3, a. — Silvam, 'grove,' for 'growth' or ' crop,' of 
 plants growing thickly together; see in Lex. B. 1, and cf. v. 152. 
 
 77. Urit enim, etc. The general sense is, that an alternation of crops is 
 useful, as it prevents the exhaustion of the soil, even where exhausting crops 
 are sown, if only after each crop there is a plentiful manuring. Flax, oats 
 and poppies are specified merely as instances of crops which exhaust the 
 soil, though of course they are chosen as significant instances, Wr., Con. — 
 Fnim=quidem, ^ indeed,^ 'of a truth,' Wr., Forb. But Pleyne would supply 
 before enim the thought; I would not recommend the use of flax, oats or pop- 
 pies alternately with corn. — Urit, 'consumes,' 'exhausts.' — Lini. Daubeny 
 says that flax, " as being particularly noxious to the land, is not to be sown 
 unless when the largeness of the produce or the high price it will fetch, holds 
 out a strong inducement ; in which case the richest soil is to be selected. 
 This is confirmed by the testimony of Virgil, who says that flp.x burns up 
 the soil, and is in accordance with the experience of modern farmers, who 
 pronounce it to be an exhauster of the soil, especially when the seeds are 
 allowed to arrive at maturity." — Avenue, scil. segcs. — Uik — urit — urunt, 
 Gr. § 324, 13. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. ' 187 
 
 78. LetJiaeo, etc. Poppies, from their narcotic qualities, are poetically- 
 said to be sprinkled with sleep, which is further called Lethean, from Lethe, 
 the river of oblivion, K. 
 
 79. Alternis, ' alternately,' see on v. 71, i. e. when the crops are made to 
 alternate with each other.; — Facilis labor, scil. campi, from v. 77 ; the land will 
 easily bear it, K. The land is said ' to labor,' just as it is said defatigari, 
 refoveri, recreari; cf. v. 150, H. — Aricla, 'parched,' by the exhausting effect 
 of the flax, etc. Con. — Sed tainen, cf. on E. 1, 19. 
 
 80. Sola is also found in the plur. in Lucr. 2, 592, in Cic. Balb. 5, 13, and 
 in other writers, Forb. 
 
 81. Effetos, 'worn out,' 'exhausted,' see on arida, v. 79. — Clnerem. These 
 were, of course, wood-ashes, K. 
 
 82. Sic quoque, ' thus also,' is explained by mutatis fetibus. Kest is gained 
 by a change of crops as well as by leaving the land untilled. Con. 
 
 83. Nee nulla interea, etc. ' Nor meanwhile is there the thanklessness 
 (i. e. unproductiveness) of unploughed land' ; i. e. by a rotation of crops you 
 will avoid the disadvantage of letting the land lie fallow, yielding nothing, 
 Voss., Wi\, Forb. Nee thus qualifies the clause nulla est inaratae gratia ter- 
 rae; and nidla gratia means 'thanklessness,' 'unproductiveness,' as gratia is 
 said of land which repays the labor bestowed on it, and restores the seed 
 committed to it with interest. Con. But Heyne interprets the verse, 'mean- 
 while' (i. e. while lying idle) 'the fallow-land is not thankless,' inasmuch as 
 it produces a more abundant crop in the following year; nee nulla being thus 
 taken as equivalent to aliqua. 
 
 84. It is useful also to burn the stubble in the fields, vs. 84 — 93. — Saepe is 
 to be taken with prqfuit. — Steriles agros, ' the sterile,' ' unproductive fields,' 
 i. e. the stubble on them. 
 
 85. The rapidity of the flames is well expressed by the dactyls in this 
 verse, Forb., cf. on vs. 65, 289. 
 
 86. Sire inde, etc. Here follow the advantages supposed to be derived 
 from burning the stubble. The general meaning of the passage, as explained 
 by Daubeny, is, " whether it communicates rich juices to the land, or cor- 
 rects bad ones ; opens the pores of the soil to allow the nutritious juices ac- 
 cess to the young plants, or renders it more compact; so as to prevent its 
 being injured either by the showers, the excessive heat of summer, or the 
 severe cold of winter." The same writer remarks, that it is very problem- 
 atical whether the process of burning can ever act in the last of the ways 
 named, that is, by rendering loose soils more compact, it being generally con- 
 sidered by agriculturists that light and sandy soils are injured by the oper- 
 ation. 
 
 88. Vitium, 'fault,' 'hurtful quality.' — Inutilis humor, 'the pernicious mois- 
 ture,' K. 
 
 89. Vias . . . qua. Cf. Mille viis kabuisse dolum, qua signa sequendi falleret^ 
 A. 5, 590. 
 
 91. Durat. The object of dnrat seems to be the land itself, rather than 
 the pores. Con. 
 
188 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 92. Tenues, 'subtle,' 'penetrating,' implying that the injury is due to the 
 nature of rain, rather than to its quantity; cf. on G. 3, 335, Forh.^ Con. But 
 Wagner infers, from what follows respecting heat and cold, that excessive 
 rains are referred to, and that tenues is merely ejntheton ornans, as if the poet 
 had said; the slender rain falling too copiously. — Pluviae is gi'ammatically 
 consti'ucted with adurant, supplied from adurat, but the sense requires tw- 
 ceant, the idea of injury being implied in adurat, Gr. § 323, 1, (2), (a). 
 
 94. It is useful also to break the clods and pulverize the earth, by the use 
 of the rastrum and by cross-ploughing, vs. 9'! — 99. — Adeo, see Lex. B. 2, c. — 
 Rastris, see on E. 4, 40. — Inertes, ' inactive,' i. e. ' unproductive ' until broken 
 to pieces, S. 
 
 96. Flava Ceres, the ^avdfi AvMrrip of Homer. This epithet is given to 
 Ceres, according to Servius, on account of the yellow color of ripe corn. — 
 Neque nequicquam special, ' does not regard him to no purpose,' i. e. she gives 
 him an abundant crop. 
 
 97. " In order to pulverize the soil completely, and to break down the 
 scamna or lumps, that Avere apt to occur in the intervals between the courses 
 taken by the plough. Columella recommends, that the implement should be 
 afterwards made to cross the field in a direction at right angles to its former 
 course. Vu-gil also makes the same remark, G. 1, 97." Daubeny. — Et qui, 
 etc., i. e. etiam ille multum jurat arva, qui, etc., H. — Proscisso aequore, ' when 
 the plain is broken up,' 'while breaking up the field,' Gr. § 274, R. 3, (a); 
 257, note 1, & R. 4. Proscindere is the technical term for the first ploughing, 
 the second being expressed by offringere, the third by Urare, Forh., Con., and 
 see in Lex. under proscmcZo and liro. Aequore, see on v. 50. — Ter^n, ' the 
 ridges,' i. e. the earth which the plough raises between two furrows, or the 
 clods heaped up in ploughing: cf. 2nnyuis ager, j^utres glebas resoluiaque terga 
 qui gent. Col. 10, 7, Forh.; see G. 2, 236: or it may mean 'the surface' pre- 
 sented by the clods, Con., and see in Lex. 11. B. 
 
 98. In obliquum verso aratro, ' turning the plough across.' The process 
 of which he speaks is that of cross-ploughing, or cutting the land at right 
 angles to the first ploughing, K. 
 
 99. Exercet, 'woi'ks,' 'tills.' — Frequens, Gr. § 205, R. 15, (a). — Imperat 
 arvis, see in Lex. inipero, II. B. 2. 
 
 "100. Having completed his precepts respecting the previous tillage of the 
 land, and supposing the corn to be sown, he goes on to tell what further is to 
 be done (vs. 100 — 159), and begins with the kind of weather the husbandman 
 should pray for ; namely, moist summers and dry winters, vs. 100 — 103, K. 
 Macrobius saj^s that Virgil here follows a rusticurn cantum contained in a 
 voliime of verse older than any of the compositions of the Latin poets: Hiber- 
 no pulvere, verno Into, graiuUa farra, Camille, metes, H., Con. — Solstitia= 
 aestatts, cf. E. 7, 47, //. 
 
 101. Hiberno jndvere, ' by the dust of winter,' i. e. by a dry winter. — 
 Lnefisslma, see on v. 1. — Farra, see on v. 73. 
 
 102. Niillo tantvm se Mysia cidiu jactat et ipsa, etc. Wunderlich and 
 Heyne interpret the passage thus, ' M^-sia does not pride herself so much 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 189 
 
 upon any culture ' (as upon such a climate as I have spoken of) ' and ' (for the 
 same reason) ' Gargara itself admires its own harvests,' i. e. the fruitfulness 
 of Mysia and Gargara are due especially to their having such a climate. 
 But Wr. and Forb, explain it as equivalent to Mysia non tanto cultu se jactaf, 
 nee tantum ipsa, etc., the negative contained in nuUo applying also to the 
 second clause of the sentence : ' Mysia does not pride herself on so much cul- 
 ture,' i. e. on the fruits of so much culture, ' on such abundant crops,' ' nor 
 does Gargara itself so much admire,' etc., i. e. Mysia and Gargara themselves 
 are not so fruitful (as common fields are rendered by a dry winter): cf. 
 Omnis re^'io, quae opportunos habuerit humores, aequipai'obit fecunditatem arvo- 
 rum Mysiae, Macrob. Sat. 5, 20. — Nullo, Gr. § 205, R, 15, (b). — Mysia, a most 
 fertile region of Asia Minor, on the Hellespont, at the foot of the range of 
 which Mount Gargara was the most conspicuous point, K. 
 
 103. Jactat, see on E. 6, 73. 
 
 104. Of breaking the clods, vs. 104, 105. — Quid dlcam, scil. de eo, qui, etc., 
 (cf on E. 2, 71), 'why shall I speak of him, who,' etc., implying that he who 
 pursues such a course does well, //. Quid dlcam is here used, as it is also by 
 prose writers, in introducing a topic which is to be but cursorily treated be- 
 fore hastening to another, //., Forb.; cf. on quid loquar, E. 6, 74. — Comminus^ 
 ' in close contest,' i. e. with one's own hand, or with a rake held in the hand, 
 Band. Turs. 2 p. 96 sq. & Wr. The metaphor seems to be taken from a 
 Koman soldier, throwing his lance and then coming to close quarters sword 
 in hand, K., Con. But Voss understands comminus to mean ' immediately,' 
 * without any delay ' after sowing ; cf in Lex. 11. b. — Arva insequiiur, 'pur- 
 sues ' or ' follows the fields,' i. e. presses on with their cultivation without in- 
 termission. 
 
 105. Rwit, see in Lex. 11. A. — Male pinguis=^non pinguis, ' baiTen,' ' ste- 
 rile,' Wr., Forb., Lade., Con. But H., Voss, and Jalin interpret these words as 
 equivalent to niniium jnnguis, ' too rich,' in which case arenae would mean, 
 ' soil,' ' earth.' The former interpi'etation seems to me preferable, as giving 
 to arenae its ordinary meaning ( Con.), and agreeing better with what follows, 
 where dry ground requiring irrigation is spoken of ( Wr.); though it is true 
 that male denotes an excess as well as a deficiency of the quality indicated 
 by the adjective with which it is connected. 
 
 106. He next speaks of irrigation, vs. 106 — 110. — Satis, i. e. segetibus, 'in- 
 to the fields,' Serv. : but Forbiger takes it for the adverb, i, e. ' in sufiicient 
 quantity.' — Inducit, ' leads ' or ' brings into.' — Sequentes, ' following,' wherever 
 they are led: quia quo duxerit sequuntur, Serv. 
 
 107. Ft quum, etc. It is not clear whether this is a continuation of the 
 description, or a different picture, irrigation from a height as distinguished 
 from irrigation on a level. Con. — Qimm exustus ager, etc., ' when the parched 
 field, with its dying herbs, is in a glow.' Herbis, not the grass, which would 
 not be growing in a corn-field, but the blades of corn. Con. 
 
 108. Fcce at once gives the picture and expresses the unexjDCcted relief 
 to the soil, Con. — Svpercilio, 'from the brow,' like the Greek dipfivg, II. — 
 
190 BOOK I. XOTES. 
 
 Clicosi immitis, ' of its hilly path,' i. e. of the hill down which the course 
 of the water is led. 
 
 110. Scatehris^ 'with its bubbling streams,' properly, 'the gushing' or 
 ' bubbling of water.' — Temperat, ' tempers ^=.recreat, ' refreshes,' Wr. 
 
 111. Of depasturing, which was practised v,dien the grain gi-ew too fast, 
 vs. Ill — 113. — Quid, qui, i. e. quid dicam de eo, qui, cf. on v. 104. 
 
 112. Ttnera in lierba, i. e. dum tenera est herba, Wr. 
 
 113. Qiiura primum sulcos aequant saia, ' as soon as the crops make the 
 furrows level,' 'bring them to a level,' i. e. as soon as the young corn is suf- 
 ficiently grown to reach the tops of the fun-ows. Forb. supplies porcis after 
 sulcos, but H. and Con. make sulcos here equivalent to porcns, ' ridges.' — 
 
 Quique, i. e. et quid dicavi de eo, qui. Cf. on v. 104. 
 
 114. Of draining off stagnant water, vs. 114 — 117. — Bibula deducit arena, 
 ' draws off by means of sand, which drinks up the moisture.' The stagnant 
 water is drawn off, by a furrow or ditch, to a sandy place, where it is ab- 
 sorbed, Wr. ; or, as Con. says, there may be a reference to the drains, which 
 Col. 2, 2, and others recommend to have half filled with small stones or 
 gravel. 
 
 115. Incertis mensibus, ' in the uncertain,' ' unreliable months,' when the 
 weather cannot be depended on, namely, in the spring and autumn ; here the 
 spring, S., Con. 
 
 116. Eadt, ' overflows.' Cf. aggeribus ruptis quum spumens amnis exiit, A. 2, 
 496, H. — Tenet, ' possesses,' ' occupies.' 
 
 117. Unde cavae lacunae, etc., whence pools are formed, which send forth 
 warm and therefore noxious vapors, i, e. when acted on by the sun. — Sudani, 
 
 are wet with,' ' drip with,' see in Lex. A. (j8). — Lacunae, 'ditches,' 'hollows.' 
 TlS. But these operations will not sufiice to produce an abundant crop ; 
 the fields must be kept free from birds and other mischievous things. From 
 the consideration of the constant care and toil to which the husbandman is 
 thus condemned, the poet is naturally led to speak of the Golden Age, when 
 such toil was not. K. 
 
 119. Versando terram, ' in turning up the earth,' ' in cultivating the ground ' ; 
 like vertere in v. 2, with the further notion of frequency. Con. — Nihil is to be 
 taken with nee of the preceding verse, nee nihil, ' somewhat,' ' in some de- 
 gi-ee,' see Gr. § 277, R. 5, (c). — Liiprobns, 'unconscionable,' regardless of its 
 own and the farmer's dues, Con., ' greedy,' and hence ' destructive.' IF. 
 
 120. Strymoniae grues. Cranes were found in gi'eat numbers on the banks 
 of the river Stryraon. Cf. on Ilyblneis, E. 1, 55. — Intuba, ' succory.' M. This 
 would be injurious both directly, as a weed, and indirectly, as attracting 
 geese, which are fond of it. Col. 8, 14, M., Con. Amaris Jibris would rather 
 point to tlie direct effect; but the words may be merely ornamental. Con. 
 
 121. Umbra, scil. arborum; cf. E. 10, 76, & v. 157. — Pater ijjse, i. e. Juppi- 
 ter, cf. V. 163. The Silver Age, in which toil began, commenced with the 
 reign of Jupiter; and hence whatever came to pass in that age is said to have 
 been done by the command of Jupiter, E. Ipse, see on E. 8, 96. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 191 
 
 122. Voluit, see in Lex. II. D. — Primus, scil. illorum qui mundum rexerunL 
 Forb. — Artem, ' skill,' as applied to agriculture. 
 
 123. 3fovit, 'moved,' i. e. caused to be moved or ploughed. H. — Curis, 
 *by cares,' i. e. by anxiety respecting obtaining food. Wr. — Acuens, etc. 
 The same metaphor as we use when we speak of ' sharpening ' the intellect. 
 Lucretius, whom Virgil so constantly follows, frequently speaks of the heart 
 as the seat of thought, K. ; see in Lex. cor, III. 2. 
 
 124. Sua regno, i. e. mankind, over whom he ruled. H. 
 
 125. Ante Jovem, i. e. before the reign of Jupiter, in the time of Saturn, 
 the Golden Age. Ante, see Gr. § 283, IV. note 2. 
 
 126. Ne quidem, Gr. § 191, R. 3. — Signare, scil. limite. 
 
 127. In medium quaerebant, see in Lex. mediiis, II. B. 1. — Ipsaque iellus, 
 see on E. 4, 21. 
 
 128. Liberius, ' more freely,' than afterward, or, ' freely,' ' spontaneously,' 
 H. ; cf. E. 4, 18. — Nullo jioscente, i. e. nullo cogente. Forb. 
 
 129. In the Silver Age, under Jupiter's reign, serpents became poisonous, 
 wolves rapacious, etc., these animals having before been innocuous, ff., Forb. 
 — lUe addidit, ' he gave' ; see note on pater ipse, v. 121. — Malum=noxium, ff., 
 Forb. — Afris^=diris, 'deadly,' 'fell'; or 'horrid.' 
 
 130. Praedari—pontumque maveri; cf. on E. 6, 85. — Lupos. The wolves 
 are here put for beasts of prey in general. Forb. — Moveri, scil. procellis, H., 
 and not, as Burman says, remis, as the commencement of navigation is spoken 
 of below, V. 136, H., Wr., K. 
 
 131. Mellaque decussit foUis, \. e. shook it off from the leaves, so that they 
 ceased to exude honey any longer; cf. on E. 4, 30. — Ignemque removit; Kpv^pe 
 Se irvf), Hesiod. "Eoy. 50. He took away fire and concealed it, so that its use 
 was unknown, until men learned to call it forth by the stroke of the flint. H. 
 
 132. As expressive of the abundance of wine, milk and oil in the Golden 
 Age, the ancients were wont to say that these things then ran in streams like 
 water. — Passim and rivis are both to be construed with currentia. — EejJressit, 
 ' confined,' i. e. in their founts ; did not let them run any longer. Forb., K. 
 
 133. Usus, xC'^''^' 'necessity,' 'need,' instead of men compelled by neces- 
 sity. Wr., Forb. — Meditando, ' by meditating,' ' by planning.' Forb., K. But 
 Heyne understands usus to mean ' practice,' ' experience,' and meditando, ' by 
 exercising itself — Extunderet,'' vcn^t hammer out,' as we also say. K. 
 
 134. Sulcis seems to mean not in but ' by furrows ' ; might get corn by 
 ploughing. Con. : Forb. supplies in before sulcis. — We might have expected ut 
 for e< here, and e« for «/! (which is given by some Mss.), in the next line: 
 Virgil, however, has chosen to vary the expression, coupling a particular fact 
 with a general, and then subjoining a second particular, as a co-ordinate 
 clause with the two. Con. Wagner supposes v. 135 to have been written by 
 Virgil in the margin, and afterwards to have been copied into the body of the 
 poem. — Frumenti herbam., iox frumentariam herbam, i. e. frumentum, segetem; 
 cf. on E. 5, 26. 
 
 135. Silicis venis abstrusum ; cf. quaerit pars semina Jlammae abstrusa in 
 venis silicis, A. 6, 6 : abstrusum, i. e. by Jupiter, v. 131. 
 
192 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 136. Navigation then commenced, canoes for crossing rivers being made 
 out of the alders that grew on their bank?, and thus suggested the experi- 
 ment, K., Con. — Sensere, see in Lex. seiitio, B. 1 ; 'felt the weight of,' Con. 
 
 137. Navita, etc.; referring to the further progress of navigation, when 
 men ventured on the open sea and guided their course by the stars, to which 
 they were necessarily led to give more attention. They therefore counted 
 them, divided them into constellations, and gave thetn names, such as the 
 following. K. — Stellis numeros et nomina ftcit, ' nnmbered the stars' (i. e. 
 composing the different constellations, Jacobs, Wr.), ' and gave tbem their 
 names.' Facere noinen alicui is a phrase=«orrten dare alicui, to which nuvieros 
 is added here by a kind of zeugma. Con. With the thought here expressed 
 compare, if the parallel may be allowed, Psalm 147, 4, " He telleth the num- 
 ber of the stars; he calleth them all by their names." Con. 
 
 138. This line is of course mainly in apposition to nomina, but it may 
 have also a reference to numeros, as it is itself a sort of enumeration. Con. — 
 Pleiadas. The Pleiads are seven stars in the neck of Taurus, called also 
 Verfjiliae, because their rising, (April 22d to May 10th), was followed by 
 spring, re r, and fair weather. Their setting, (Oct. 20th to Nov. 11th), was 
 followed by winter. They were thus of great importance to the mariners, as 
 they marked the beginning and the end of the sailing season; and from this 
 circumstance, as Servius says, their name was derived, a-d tov nXfetv, ' from 
 sailing.' Forb., Br. — Hyadas. These were seven stars in the head of Taurus, 
 whose rising, (May 7th to 12th), was generally attended with rainy weather; 
 hence their name, from vtiv, 'to rain.' Forb. — Claram, ' bright,' ' shining,' 
 cf. V. 5; unless, perhaps, Virgil had in view the verse of Hesiod, n?.r]la6as 6' 
 'YdSug Tf, y?.vTT]v Tf Av^dovos "AoKTov. H. — Lycaonis Arctan, ' Bear of Lycaon,' 
 1. e. ' daughter of Lycaon,' see on E. 6, 74, Scyllam Nisi. Arctos is here the 
 Great Bear, Helice or Callisto: see CalUsto in Lex. Wr., Forb. 
 
 139. Hunting and fowling were then invented. K. Cerda quotes Soph. 
 Ant. 343, sq., where man is said to show his sagacity by snaring beasts, birds 
 and fishes. Con. Cf. also E. 5, 60. — Fallere, scil. aves, comprised in or to be 
 implied from /eras. H. 
 
 140. Canibus chxumdare saltus; cf. E. 10, 57, and see on E. 6, 56. 
 
 141. Fishing also was invented. — Funda. This was a funnel-shaped net, 
 having pieces of lead at the bottom to sink it. The net was thrown swiftly 
 into the water; hence the force of rej'iera/, ' lashes.' Voss, Forb. Our phrase 
 
 ' whip the stream,' is similar. Br. 
 
 142. Alta petens, ' seeking the depths,' i. e. throwing his casting-net into 
 the deepest part of the river, Voss, Wch., John, K., Lade., Con. But H., Wr. 
 and Forb. place a semicolon after amnem, and connect alia peiens with pelago 
 etc., because they find no other instance in which alta or alhim peter e is used 
 in speaking of a river. Heyne renders the passage ' and another, seeking the 
 depths,' i. e. ' venturing out on the ocean, on the sea itself draws,' etc., thus 
 making que connect the two sentences alius funda verberat amnem and alius 
 alia peiens irahit Una; but this is objectionable, because when joining two 
 sentences the copulative is never, in Virgil, found so far forward as the third 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 193 
 
 word of the second sentence. Wagner, who at first adopted the interpreta- 
 tion of Voss, etc. above given, makes que to connect, not the two sentences, 
 but only the words alta petens and pelago, and regards pdagoque as explana- 
 tory of alta jjefens, supplying trahit after petens ; thus, alta petens traliit et 
 pelago trahit. Conington remarks, in siipport of the explanation which we 
 have adopted, that the words alia j^etere are also applied to shooting into the 
 air, A. 5, 508, where the structure of the line is the same as here, and that 
 alius is not an uncommon epithet of a river; see G. 4, 333. — Pelago^ scil. in, 
 'on the sea,' Gr. § 254, R. 3. — Lina, 'drag-nets.' Forb., Lade., Con. 
 
 143. Turn ferri rigor, scil. venit {=provenit, inventus est, H. ; cf. v. 54), 
 which is to be supplied from v. 145. Forb. Ferri rigor, for rigidum ferrum, 
 alluding to the use of hardened iron in the manufacture of instruments, 
 especially the axe. //. Lucretius, 1, 493, has auri rigorem. — Argutae, ' shrill.' 
 — Serrae. The invention of the saw was attributed by some to Daedalus, 
 (Plin. 7, 56), by others to Perdix, his nephew, (Ov. M. 8, 244), where the hint 
 is said to have been taken from the back-bone of a fish. Con. 
 
 144. Jacob Bryant thought this verse spurious, and Heyne is inclined to 
 the same opinion, but Wi*. and Forb. have no doubt of its genuineness; and 
 there is little force in the objection urged, that the cleaving of wood was not 
 carried on in the Golden Age, for the poet is not speaking of that time. — 
 Priini, scil. homines, ' the first men,' i. e. ' men at fii-st,' those who first en- 
 gaged in this employment. Lade. 
 
 145. Venere; cf. on v. 143. — Artes, 'trades,' 'handicrafts.' — Omnia, Gr. 
 4 205, R. 7, (2). 
 
 146. Improkis, 'exacting,' or ' excessive,' Con.=pervicax, perstans, ^ stub- 
 born,' 'persevering,' IT., Forb. — Duris urgens in rebus egestas. Cf. a -ntvia, 
 Aio^avTZ, n6va t-hj rf;^voj iyfipei, Theocr. 21, 1. 
 
 147. Prima Ceres, etc. The connection of this sentence with what pre- 
 cedes is as follows : Before the time of Jupiter the fields were not cultivated, 
 V. 125, but under his reign various arts and trades were discovered, and, 
 especially, Ceres taught men agricultm-e. Wr. Prima, ' first.' The invention 
 of agriculture was universally ascribed to this goddess. — Ferro, i. e. vomere, 
 rastro, ligone, etc. — Mortales, Gr. § 324, 2. 
 
 148. Jnstitult, 'taught.' M. — Glaiules atque arbuta silvae, 'the nuts and 
 wild-straAvberries of the wood,' i. e. of the woods. Heyne makes silvae the 
 nominative, and glandes ^nd arbuta the accusative, with (??(oac^ understood; 
 but the other interpretation, approved by Wtmd., Forb. and K., is preferable, 
 though involving, as PFr. observes, a less poetic structure of the sentence. — 
 Sacrae; so called either because of the groves dedicated to the gods, Wr., 
 or on account of the Dryads, cf. on E. 5, 59, Forb. 
 
 149. Dodona, ' Dodona,' famous for its groves of oak, poetically for querce- 
 iis, ' the oak-woods.' Wr., Forb. 
 
 150. Labor, ' trouble,' plagues.' Cf. on v. 79.— i/ato, i. e. exitiosa, ' de- 
 structive.' Foi'b. 
 
 151. Esset, h-om edo, ^QQ Gr. \ \^l.—Robigo, 'blight,' 'mildew.' The Ro- 
 mans worshipped a deity named Rohigns or Roblqo, in order to avert this 
 
 17 
 
194 BOOK I. AZOTES. 
 
 blight. K. — Segnis, ' unproductive,' ' unfruitful.' Seru., H., Wr. ; as it were 
 the symbol of inactivitj^, growing up where the field is left to itself. Con. 
 Cf. on V. 72. — Horreret. This is very descriptive of the thistle, armed aU 
 over with strong prickles. K., M. 
 
 152. Subii, ' comes up,' ' springs up ' in its stead. — Silva, cf. on v. 76. 
 
 153. La2?paeque tribulique, Gr. ^ 323, 2, (2). Tribuli. The tribulus is iden- 
 tified by Linnaeus with the tribulus terrestris, or ' caltrops,' which in the south 
 of Europe is so troublesome to cattle by its sharp thorns wounding their feet, 
 Daubeny. — Nlteniia, see in Lex. niteo^ 11. c. — Culta, see cultus, 1, b. under colo 
 in Lex. 
 
 154. Cf. E. 5, 37, and the notes there. 
 
 155. Quod nisi, 'and if not,' 'if then not,' Gr. § 206, (14): cf. E. 9, 14; 
 quod being the accusative, and equivalent to propter quod, guamobrem. — 
 Assiduis foi assidue, Gr. § 205, R. 15, (a). — Herbam, cf. on v. 69. — Insecta^ 
 bere . . . terrebis . . . premes, for insectatn^ fueris, etc. H., Forb. 
 
 157. Falce, cf. on E. 4, 40. — Premes, see in Lex. 1. 10, b, (/?). — Unibram, * the 
 shade,' for arbores umbrantes, ' the trees which make the shade.' — Vocaveris, 
 see under voco, I. A. in Lex. Vows were paid to Juppiter Pluvius, TibuU. 1, 
 7, 26 
 
 158. Acervvm, cf. v. 185. 
 
 159. Concvssaque, etc., i. e. you will be obliged to live upon acorns. 
 
 160. Of agricultural implements, vs. 160 — 175. — Dicendum, scil. est mihi, 
 Gr. § 162, 15, R. b.—Duris, see in Lex. II. b. 
 
 161. Quis, Gr. § 136, R. 2.— Quis sine, Gr. § 279, 10, (f).—Potuere for pos~ 
 sunt, cf. on v. 49. 
 
 162. Vomis et inf.exi prhnum, etc., ' first the ploughshare,' etc. Primum 
 is often thus placed at the beginning of an enumeration, without turn or 
 deinde following, Wr. Cf. G. 3, 384. — Injlexi grave robur aratri, 'the pon- 
 derous strength of the curved plough,' for the heavy and strong curved 
 plough. Cf., aeternngue ferri robora, A. 7, 609: fruges robore quum saxi 
 frnnguntur. Lucr. 1, 881: ei valldi silices nc duri robora fer7H, id. 2, 449: ^ars 
 diri portant grave robur aratri, Val. Fl. 7, 555. H., Forb., Con. But Freund 
 and Klotz take robur to denote the material; thus, 'the heavy oak of the 
 curved plough,' i. e. the heavy, oaken, curved plough. 
 
 163. Tarda for tarde, Gr. § 205, R. 15, (a). — Eleusinae matris. Ceres was 
 chiefiy worshipped at Eleusis. Agriculture and such things as pertain to it 
 were sacred to her. The name mater was sometimes given to goddesses, 
 as pater, genitor to gods, as a term of honor. Wr. See in Lex. I. B. — Plaus- 
 tra. These cai-ts had either two or three wheels, which were solid, having 
 no spokes ; cf. G. 2, 444. Forb. 
 
 164. Iniquo jyondere, ' of immoderate Aveight,' ' too heavy,' i. e. difficult to 
 wield; see inlquus, I. B. in Lex. — Rastri, cf. on E. 4, 40. 
 
 165. Virgea vilisque supelkx, 'the osier and cheap furniture,' i. e. the 
 cheap osier furniture. Virgea supellex seems to include baskets, etc. as well 
 as the hurdle and the fan. H., Con. Vilis, because the baskets, etc. made 
 of osier and other plants were of little value as compared with the preceding 
 
BOOK I. XOTES. 195 
 
 implements. K. — Celei. Ceres tauglit Triptolemus agriculture, and Celeus, 
 his father, learned from the same goddess how to weave baskets, etc. Wr. 
 
 166. Crates, cf v. 95. — Mystica vannus, see in Lex. under vannus. 
 
 167. Omnia quae, etc. Cf. tGjv irpdidev fxeXirriv ix^if^ev, oiKrjia Qiadai, Hesiod. 
 "Epy. 457. — Anie, scil. quam usus erit, ' before they shall be needed,' ' before- 
 hand.' Wi\ — Memor, ' with mindful care,' ' providently.' This seems to 
 be a translation of fieiivnixivoi in Hesiod's "Eoy. 422. E., Con. — Provisa repones 
 for ^7'0vzc7ei/s, according to Heyne ; but it seems better, with Forb., to give 
 each word its proper force and mean in g,=pror?(ie&2s et repones. 
 
 168. Manet, see in Lex. IL — Divini ruris, ' divine,' either as the abode 
 of the rural deities, according to common belief, Forb., or as pleasing to 
 them. Wr. Heyne gives it the meaning of praeclarus, ' excellent,' etc. 
 
 169. The poet now treats of the different parts of the plough. — Continue, 
 'forthwith,' ' at once,' ' in the beginning,' relating back to the time of taking 
 the first step towards the consti-uction of the plough. H., Wr., Forb. — In di- 
 ms, etc. The meaning is that the young elm, while yet in the woods, is bent 
 and made to grow in the required shape. H., Con. — Domatur in, etc. ' is sub- 
 dued into,' i. e. is bent and made to grow in the shape of, etc. 
 
 170. Burim, ' the plough-beam.' This was a curved piece of wood, to the 
 lower part of which the pole, ( lemo), the mould-boards, (aures), and the 
 share-head or share-beam, (de-ntalia), were fastened. H. It therefore form- 
 ed the body of the plough, which from its shape is tei-med by Lucretius 
 curvum, as here. K. Sometimes the temo was a continuation of and formed 
 one piece with the buris. H., Forb. 
 
 171. Euic, scil. buri. — Ab stirpe, ' at the lower part of the trunk,' ' at its 
 base.' H. — Temo, 'the pole.' The temo was a part of the plough, as well as 
 of a cart or carriage. The yoke was fastened to the end of it, and by means 
 of it the oxen drew. K. 
 
 172. Binae aures (et) duplici dentalia dorso. Aures, 'the mould-boards,' 
 served to widen the furrow and throw the earth up higher. Br. The deniale, 
 'the share-beam' or 'share-head,' was a piece of wood fastened horizontally 
 on the lower end of the buris, and to which the share was fitted. Wr., Forb., 
 K. It is not certain whether it was one solid piece of timber, with a space to 
 admit the end of the buris, or two pieces, fastened one on each side of the 
 iw/-2s, and running to a point. K.: the former seems the more probable, and 
 the duplici dm^so may only allude to the position of the deniale, as on each 
 side of the buris, and its supnorting the two aures. Wr., K. Dorso, Gr. 
 § 211, E. 6. The plural dentalia is used by this poet in speaking of one 
 plough, but it is probably nothing more than a usual poetic license. Con. 
 Heyne takes dentale for the plough-share itself. Accoi'ding to Daubeny, the 
 dentale is a share of wood, made double by a share of iron placed over it, so 
 as to realize the duplex dorsum. Con. 
 
 173. Ante; cf. on v. 167. — Jugo. The yoke was a piece of wood, straight 
 in the middle and curved at both ends, which was attached to the end of the 
 pole of the plough or cart, and went over the necks of the oxen, which drew 
 b}' means of it. K. — Levis, ' light,' and therefore suitable for making yokes. 
 
196 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 Wr. — Faffus slivaque^ soil, caeditur^ i. e. stlva fagina crteditur' cf. on E. 2, 8, 
 and 0, ubi campi Sperclieosque^ i. e. campi BpercJtei, G. 2, 486. The beeclien 
 plough handle is said to be cut, instead of the beech tree from which the 
 handle is made. Wr. Those commentators who are unwilling to admit here 
 the use of the hendiadys find much difficulty with this passage, as, with the 
 punctuation given in the text, the poet seems to speak of cutting three dif- 
 ferent things, the linden tree for a yoke, beech for some purpose not named, 
 and a plough handle, of what wood he does not say. Or, if with Jahn, 
 Euaeus, Lade, and Keightley, we punctuate as follows : caeditur et tilia ante 
 jugo levis altaque fagus., stivaque, quae, etc., we must understand that two 
 kinds of wood are named for the yoke, and none for the plough handle. To 
 avoid these difficulties Martyn, who is followed by Wch., Voss and Forb., 
 conjectures stivae for stivaque, which would give the same sense as Wagner's 
 explanation ; ' the linden tree is cut for the yoke and the beech for the plough 
 handle.' This reading, however, lacks the authority of any m.anuscript. 
 
 174. Stiva, ' the plough handle.' The stiva passed through the buris, and 
 descended and was fastened into the dtrdale. Forb. It had, near the upper 
 end, a cross-piece named manicida, by which the ploughman held and di- 
 rected the plough. K. — Q,uae currus a tergo, etc., ' to turn the bottom of the 
 plough from behind.' He terms the plough currus^ as if it were a species of 
 carriage, and the word is naturally enougli applied to a plough in motion, as 
 in Catull. 64, 9, of a ship. Con. Servius says, Currus dixit projJter morem 
 provinciae suae in qua araira habent rotas quibus juvantar. Wagner, who sa}'^ 
 that wheel-ploughs were not then in use among the Komans, reads cursus for 
 currus, on the authority of two manuscripts. 
 
 175. When the wood for making the plough had been cut, it was to be 
 hung up where the smoke would search (i. e. dry) and test it before it was 
 used. K., Con. So in Hesiod's "Epy. 45, 629, the rudder is to be hung in the 
 smoke. II., Con. — Robora, ' the wood.' 
 
 176. There are many precepts of husbandry to be learnt — for instance, 
 the thi-eshing-floor should be made thoroughly smooth and hard that it may 
 not gape, and leave room first for weeds and then for animals of all kinds. 
 Con. — Tibi. Maecenas is addressed throughout as the ideal reader, as Mem- 
 mi us by Lucretius. Con. 
 
 177. Ni refugis, ' if you do not decline ' to hear them. — Curas, ' cares,' 
 1. e. the work which the husbandman must do. Wr. 
 
 178. Area. The threshing-floor was an elevated spot in the field, where 
 the wind would have free access. It was generally circular in form and 
 raised a little in the centre, so that the rain might not lie on it. It was made 
 solid and level with rammers or a rolling-stone, in order that it might not 
 crack and so give harbor to mice, ants, or any other vermin, and that grass 
 might not grow on it. Sometimes the area was covered, but generally it was 
 hi the open air. H., K. — Cum pnmis=in primis, Wr., 'first.' 
 
 179. Vertenda manu, ' to be turned with the hand,' i. e. ' to be worked up 
 with the hand,' Forb.— Creta=argiUa, ' potters' earth,' cf. Var. R. R. I. 51, 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 197 
 
 Forh. There is here, as Servius observes, a Jiysteron proteron, as the earth 
 must first be worked up, then made solid, and afterwards levelled. 
 
 180. The reason why it is to be made thus solid is, that grass may not 
 grow in it, and that it may not crack, K.—Pulvere victa, ' overcome by the 
 dust,' i. e. by the heat of summer that makes dust, K.; pulvere for siccitate, 
 Philarg., the effect for the cause, Con. 
 
 181. Tuvi, i. e. et turn, ' and then,' i. e. if the area cracks, Wr., K. — IllU' 
 dant, 'mock' the labor of the husbandman, i. e. 'annoy,' 'do mischief,' Forb. 
 — Pestes, i. e. noxious little animals and other vermin, called ' pests,' as injur- 
 ing the floor and annoying the husbandman, Con. — Exiguus mus, ' the little 
 mouse ' ; exiguus being epitheton ornans, H. Quintilian justly observes that 
 not only this epithet, but the ending of the verse with one syllable, beauti- 
 fully expresses the littleness of the animal. If. 
 
 182. Posuit . . .fecit, ' often builds ' . . . ' makes,' cf. on v. 49. 
 
 183. Oculis cajyii talpae, ' the moles injured in their eyes,' i. e. ' the blind ' 
 or ' purblind moles,' often so called, because their eyes are very smaU; see in 
 Lex. cajjio, II. 2. Talpae, see Gr. § 42, 2. 
 
 184. Bufo. This word is said not to occur anywhere else in the classics, 
 Foi'b. — Quae j^luninaz^gualia multa, oJa rt no\Xd, H., ' such as in great num- 
 bers,' for ' great numbers of which,' Gr. § 206, 7, (a) & {b). 
 
 185. Monstra, used of ugly and hateful creatures, without reference to 
 their size, as in G. 3, 152, of the gadfly, Forb., Con. — Farris, 'of corn,' cf. on 
 V. 73. 
 
 186. Jnopi senectae, i. e. Idemi, the ant, (which was supposed to live but 
 one year), being spoken of in language appropriate to human beings, Forb., 
 K., Con. — Metuens, (with dat.) 'being anxious about'; see in Lex. metuo, IL 
 (tT). It is well known that the ancients were in error about the habits of the 
 ant, which has no storehouses, and remains torpid during the greater part 
 of the winter, Con. 
 
 187. Signs of a good or bad harvest, vs. 187 — 192. — Niix, ' the almond- 
 tree,' Serv., Wr., Forb.; see in Lex. This is one of the earliest trees in 
 flower, K. Martyn and Keightley understand nux of the walnut.' — Plurima, 
 agreeing with nux, 'very abundant,' (cf. on. E. 7, 60)=zplurimu7n, qualifying 
 induet, 'shall clothe itself abundantly,' Wr., Forb.; see Gr. § 205, K. 15, (a). 
 
 188. Induei se in forem, ' shall clothe itself with flowers ' ; for induet se 
 jiove or sibi fiorem. — Ramos curvabil olentes, ' shall bend its fragrant boughs,' 
 =' its curved boughs shall be fragrant,' (i, e. mullo flore), as branches are 
 weighed down by fruit, not by blossoms, Wr. 
 
 189. Si superant fetus, ' if the young fruit are abundant,' i. e. if a great 
 number of the blossoms set, as the gardeners call it, K. 
 
 190. Venlet, scil. agricoKs, Wch. 
 
 191. Si luxuria fullorum exuberat umbra, i. e. si abundat umbra, effecta per 
 luxuriam foliorum, Forb., Voss, Wch. ; but Burm. and H. take umbra for vm- 
 hrosa arbor. 
 
 192. Nequicquam qualifies teret. — Pingues palea, Gr. § 250, 2, (1). — Teret 
 area culmos, for admi terentur in area, H. 
 
 17"* 
 
198 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 193. Of steeping and selecting seeds, vs. 193 — 203. — Semina. It seems 
 from siliquis fallacibus^ in v. 195, that Virgil is speaking of leguminous plants, 
 though the seeds of other plants were prepared in a similar manner; as Avheat, 
 Plin. 18, 73; the almond, Pallad. 2, 15, § 7, H. — Medicare^ 'to steep.' "The 
 old husbandmen used to macerate the seed in nitrum, (alkaline ley), and 
 amurca, (the lees of oil), before sowing, as Virgil recommends," Daubeny. 
 
 194. Niiro. The nitrum oi the ancients was not our nitre; it was a min- 
 eral alkali, carbonate of soda, and was, therefore, used in washing, K. — 
 Prius, 'first,' i.e., before sowing. — Amurca^ andpyt], 'olive-lees,' a watery- 
 fluid, of a dark color, contained in the olive and of greater specific gravity 
 than the oil, K. 
 
 195. Two reasons are given for steeping the seeds : that the fruit may be 
 larger, and that it may be more easily cooked, vs. 195, 196, K. — Siliquis fal- 
 Incibus, * in the deceptive pods.' The pods are called ' deceptive,' because 
 they are often of large size when containing no fruit, Serv., H. Cf. vanis aris- 
 Us, V. 226. For the case of^ siliquis, see Gr. § 226. 
 
 196. Properata, scil. semina, maderent=zsemina properato or propere made- 
 rent. Maderent, ' be boiled,' see in Lex. madeo, I. B. 2. — This line was sup- 
 posed by most of the old interpreters to refer to what follows, as if Virgil had 
 meant to say that even slightly boiling seeds, as well as steeping them before 
 sowing, was not sure to be eff'ectual. The present punctuation, which was 
 introduced by Catrou, has been generally followed since He^'-ne's 2d edition, 
 and is supported by two of the writers in the Geoponics, Didymus, 2, 35, and 
 Democritus, 2, 41, as well as by Palladius, 12, 1, who recommends the steep- 
 ing of beans that they may boil more easily, Con. 
 
 197. The largest seeds must be selected every year, vs. 197 — 203. " A se- 
 lection should be made for sov^^ing of the finest and most healthy seeds ; for 
 although it does not always follow that plump seed will produce plump grain, 
 yet the latter cannot be obtained from such seed as is poor and shrivelled; 
 as Virgil indeed has remarked in G. 1, 197." I)aid)eny. — Vidi. In passhig to 
 a new subject the poet here repeats the verb (v. 193), instead of employing a 
 conjunction, Forb. — Spectata, ' examined,' i. e. whilst being selected, Wr. 
 
 198. Vis humana,=^ho7ninii7n opera, 'the labor of man,' for homines, Forb. 
 
 199. Maxima quaeque, scil. semina. — Sic, omnia fatis, etc. From this slight 
 matter the poet rises into a general reflection upon the tendency of all things 
 to decay, unless constant care is bestowed upon their preservation, H., K. 
 
 200. Ruere . . . referri=solent ruere, etc. See Gr. § 209, E. 5, and note 7. — 
 Retro referri. — Retro is often thus used pleonastically with verbs beginning 
 with re, Wr. The image is derived from a boat rowed against the stream: 
 v/hen the motion of the oars ceases, the boat is borne downward \)j the cm- 
 rent, Wr. The fates answer to the current, the course of nature to the bark, 
 and human labor to the rower. Con. 
 
 201. Adverso jlumine, ' the stream opposing,' i. e. ' up stream,' ' against the 
 stream.' 
 
 202. Remigils suhi(jit, ' drives ' or ' urges up by oars,' ' rows up.' 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 199 
 
 203. Aiqite is here equivalent to stathn, according to Gellius and Servius ; 
 but it is better to give it its usual signification as a copulative particle, and to 
 suppose an ellipsis of retro sublapsus refertur : thus, Non aliter quam (is retro 
 suUapsus refertur) qui, etc. H. Ilium would then be the lemhum, which is 
 distinguished from the rower, Wch., Con. Wagner supplies retro sablapsiis 
 refertur befoi-e atgtie, and makes the whole into an apodosis; but he quotes 
 no similar instance. Con. The explanation would then be, non aliter quam 
 {is) qui, etc. . . . si brachia Jm^te remisit {retro sublapsus refertur) atque alveus 
 rapit ilium, etc.: ilium referring to the rower. — In pi^aeceps, 'headlong.' — 
 Prono amni, ' along the descending stream,' ' down the stream,' Gr. § 255, 2. — 
 Alveus, ' the channel,' hence the ' current.' 
 
 204. Of the times when the various labors are to be performed, vs. 204 — 
 310. The husbandman must attend to the rising and setting of the constella- 
 tions as much as the sailor, vs. 204 — 207, H., K. — Arcturi, cf. on v. 67. 
 
 205. Ilaedorum. The Kids are two stars in the arm of Auriga. This con- 
 stellation, Pliny says, rises on the 25th of April and 27th to 29th September, 
 and brings stormy weather, K., Forh. — Servandi, i. e. observandi, cf. on E. 3, 
 75. — Anyuis, ' the Dragon,' situated between the Great and Little Bear, near 
 the north pole, K. 
 
 206. Patriam, i. e. Italiom ; returning from the Black Sea through the 
 Hellespont, into the Aegaean Sea, B. — Veciis, ' carried,' i. e. ' being carried,' 
 'sailing,' Gr. § 274, E. 3, (a). 
 
 207. Pontus, scil. Euxinus. This sea was very stormy, especially in the 
 spring and autumn, K. — Fauces Abydi, ' the strait of Abydos,' i. e. the Hel- 
 lespont, Abydos being a city 6f Asia on the shore of the Hellespont. — Tentan- 
 tur, ' are tried,' ' are braved.' 
 
 208. The times of sowing the various kinds of seeds, vs. 208 — 230. — Libra, 
 ' the Balance,' between the constellations of the Scorpion and the Virgin; 
 cf. on V. 33. Libra is here put for ' the sun in Libra,' Fvib. — Die, Gr. § 90, 2. 
 — Somni, 'night,' see in Lex. H. A. — Pares haras. It was only at the equi- 
 noxes that the hours of day and night were equal to each othar, Gr. § 326, 1. 
 He refers here to the autumnal equinox. 
 
 209. Medium luci atque umbris dividit orbem, ' divides the world in the 
 midst among light and shade,' i. e. ' divides the world equally between day 
 and night.' 
 
 210. Exercete tauros, i. e. in ploughing the land for seed. Tauros, i. q. 
 hoves, K. 
 
 211. Usque sub extremum bruviae intractabilis ivibrem, Gr. § 235, R. 9, ' until 
 toward the last I'ain of rough winter,' for extremae-brumae, 'until almost to 
 the time of the rain of rough v^inter, which season (hruma) is at the end of the 
 year.' Cf. on E. 9, 46, K, Wr. 
 
 212. Cereale papaver, so called because Ceres was often represented as 
 holding poppies in her hands, Wr. — Segeiem, proleptic; cf. on v. 320. 
 
 213. Tempus humo tegerez=tegere humo (est) tempesiivum, Gr. § 275, HI. 
 R. 1, N. 1. In this and similar passages the infinitive, as Forb. remarks, is 
 not used for the gerund, but stands as the subject of the sentence, and the 
 
200 
 
 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 noun as the predicate, tlie verb esse being a mere copula. But the hifinitive 
 might also be regarded as used here gerundially, i. e. for a noun in the geni- 
 tive, Cf»i. ; see Gr. § 270, R. 1 ; 275, III. R. l.—Jamdudum, Gr. § 191, R. 6.— 
 Incumbere, 'to lean upon'; cf. E. 3, 42. 
 
 214. Sicca tellure, Gr. § 257. — Pendent, ' hang in the air,' i. e. do not yet 
 come down in rain. 
 
 215. Beans, lucern and millet are to be sown in the spring. The poet is 
 speaking of the custom in the northern part of Italy, where he lived. In the 
 warmer parts of Italy these things were sown in the autumn, Forb, 
 
 216. Millo venit annua cura, poetically for milium quotannis seritur, Forb. 
 In this respect it differed from the lucern, which lasted ten years in the 
 ground, if. 
 
 217. Vere . . . guum, etc., i. e. in the beginning of spring, when the sun 
 enters Taurus, H., which, according to Columella, was about the 17th of 
 April. — Auratis cornibus, refeiTing to the bright stars in the head of Taurus. 
 Whether these words are meant to be taken descriptively with iaurus, or in- 
 strumeutally with ajjerit, is not clear. The former is maintained by Serv., 
 who observes that the Bull rises with his back, not with his horns, and seems 
 more reasonable, as there would be no natural propriety in the image of a 
 bull using his horns to open a gate. Con. Forbiger says, the Bull is repre- 
 sented as, with head lowered and threatening horns, forcing a passage for 
 himself through the heavens, and so opening the year. — Aperit annum, be- 
 cause at this season of the year the earth being as it were unclosed and open- 
 ed, brings forth new flowers and herbage. H., Wr. There is an allusion here 
 to a derivation of the name of the month, Aprilis, Forb., K. 
 
 218. Adverso astro, i. e. Tauro. The Bull, from his position on the sphei-e, 
 seems to direct his horns against the Dog. H. Astro is the dative. Some 
 manuscripts have averso, which would be the ablative. — Occidit, 'sets,' i. e. 
 heliacally, the sun approaching so near as by its superior splendor to render 
 the star invisible. The Dog star sets, properly speaking, in the latter part 
 of April, some days after the rising of Taurus, Forb. 
 
 219. At si, etc. But if you till j'our gi-ound with a view to wheat and 
 spelt your sowing should be later, K. — Robiista, ' hard}',' H. 
 
 220. Exercebis, cf. on v. 99. — Solis aristis, 'bearded grain alone,' i. e. 
 wheat or spelt, as opposed to the beans, etc., of the preceding verses. Forb., 
 K. — Insiabis, ' bestow labor upon,' ' pursue the cultivation of.' 
 
 221. Ante, to be taken with quam and quamque, v. 223. — Atlantides, the 
 Pleiads: see under Atlas in Lex., and cf. on v. 138. 
 
 222. Gnosin, from Gnosos, the capital of Crete. Cf. Ariadne in Lex. — 
 Ardeniis. Tlie crown is styled ardens ov ' burning,' on account of the bright- 
 ness of the stars composing it, one of which is of the second magnitude. K. 
 — Decedat, ' set.' Virgil follows Democritus and Ptolemy in placing the set- 
 ting of the Crown between Nov. 15 and Dec. 19. It would appear however 
 that this was about the time of the rising of this constellation. //., Forb. — 
 Stella for sidus. 
 
 223. Debita, ' due ' i. e. which the earth has a riolit to demand. Forb. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 201 
 
 224. Invitae. The earth is represented as unwilling to receive the seed 
 before the proper time for sowing, as if conscious that she would not in that 
 case be able to meet the expectations of the husbandman. Forb. — Spem anni, 
 * the hope of the year,' i. e. the seed from which the supply of corn for the 
 year is expected. Forb. 
 
 225. Ifaiae, i. e. of the Pleiads, of which Maia was one. H. 
 
 226. Some manuscripts have avenis for arisiis, which is supported by the 
 belief spoken of on E. 5, 37, but the weight of authority is in favor of the 
 reading in the text. 
 
 227. Si vero, etc. If you cultivate vetches, etc., begin when Bootes sets. — 
 Vilem, ' cheap,' on account of its abundance. H. 
 
 228. Felusiacae. Pelusium was a city of Egypt, in which country lentils 
 were abundant and of excellent quality: cf. on Hyblaeis, E. 1, 55, Wr. 
 
 229. MiUet=dahit, Forb. — Bootes, This is a northern constellation near 
 the tail of the Great Bear. Its largest star, Ai-cturus, sets on the " 29th day 
 of October, according to Columella, Wr. 
 
 231. The poet, from the consideration of the uses of the celestial signs in 
 directing the labors of the husbandman, is led to a splendid description of the 
 zodiac and other parts of the mundane system, K., Con., vs. 231 — 258. — 
 Idcirco, 'therefore,' ' for this very reason,' viz. that the seasons for particular 
 operations should be clearly marked, Br. — Certis partibus. The twelve di- 
 visions of the zodiac are referred to. — Orbem, scil. annuum, *his yearly circle,' 
 ' annual circuit ' or ' course.' 
 
 232. Per, 'through,' 'along through.'— Duodena=duodecim; cf. on E. 8, 73. 
 — Astra mundi, ' constellations of the heavens,' i. e. signs of the zodiac. — 
 Begit, ' directs.' 
 
 233. Zonae. By zones are here meant those parts of the heavens which 
 answer to the zones of the earth. Wr. The description of the zones is imi- 
 tated from a passage in the Hermes of Eratosthenes, jS, Con. According to 
 the ancient geographers 24 degrees on each side of the equator formed the 
 Torrid zones ; 30 degrees on each side of the Torrid, i. e. from 24 to 54 degrees, 
 the Temperate zones ; and 36 degrees, 1. e. from 54 degrees to the pole, the 
 Frigid zones. 
 
 234. Rubens. The Torrid zone is called rubens, and the Frigid caeridea, 
 probably on account of the natural color of fire and ice: Voss thinks these 
 terms may be used with reference to the rubrum et caeruleum pigmenttim by 
 which these zones were respectively indicated in the ancient geographical 
 charts. Forb., Br. — Ab igni is a translation of iK nvpdg in Eratosthenes, Co7i. ; 
 Gr. § 247, K. 1, and see ab, C. 1, in Lex. 
 
 235. Qttam circum, ' around which,' but not next to it, as he is speaking 
 of the Frigid zones. — Fxtremae, scil. zonae. — TraJiuntur, 'are drawn out,' 
 i. e. 'stretch,' 'extend.' H., Forb. 
 
 236. Concretae refers properly only to glacie; imbribus being added by 
 zeugma, H., Wr. — Atris. The rains are so called because they proceed from 
 dark clouds. Wr., Forb. 
 
202 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 237. Medlamque, soil, zonam, i. e. torridam. — Duae, scil. zonae, i. e. tevipe- 
 ratae. The ancients supposed only the Temperate zones to be habitable; 
 consequently, as discovery advanced, the area occupied by those zones was 
 extended, so that instead of 30 degrees, (from 24 to 54 degrees), the space 
 originally allotted to them, they were made to extend to 6G degrees. 2v., Con. 
 — Mortalibus aegris, ' to wretched men,' ' poor mortals,' hn'Adiai (jpordiaiv, 
 Horn. Od. 11, 19, H. 
 
 238. Via, i. e. the ecliptic or sun's course. — Per ambas=inter ambas, ' be- 
 tween both,' as the sun does not enter the temperate zones. H., Forb. Per is 
 often thus used in speaking of that which extends between two other ob- 
 jects: so, per duas Arctos, v. 245, Wr., Forb. 
 
 239. OUiquus qtia, etc. ' where the series of signs (of the zodiac) might re- 
 volve obliquely.' Obliquus, Gr. § 205, E. 15, (a). The zodiac is called oW«(2'mws 
 because of the obliquity of the ecliptic, or sun's path, along which the signs 
 of the zodiac are disposed, and which intersects the equator at an angle of 
 about 23 degrees and 28 minutes. 
 
 240. He goes on to describe the Poles, North and South, speaking of the 
 one as elevated and therefore visible, the other as depressed and invisible. 
 Con. — Mundus=^caelnm, cf. on v. 232. H. — Scyiliiani Ehijjaeasque arces, are 
 here made to stand for the northernmost point, not only of earth, but of the 
 mundane system, as Libya for the southernmost. Con. Arces, ' heights,' 
 ' mountains ' ; see arx, 2 in Lex. 
 
 241. Previiiur, ' sinks down,' see premo, 9 in Lex. — Libyae, ' of Africa.' 
 
 242. Hie vertex, ' this pole,' i. e. the northern. — Sublimis, ' elevated,' and 
 therefore visible. H., K. — Illum,\. e. the southern pole. 
 
 243. Sub 2)edibus is to be connected with vldet, as the infernal regions were 
 supposed to be in the centre of the earth; the feet being those of Styx and 
 the Manes ; but videt of course is not to be pressed as if it were meant that 
 the south pole were actually visible from the shades. Voss, Jdlin, Con. ; others, 
 as Zf., Wr., Forb., supply nos^jv's after />ef/^6^fs, 'the pole under our feet.' — 
 Styx, for Orcus itself, see in Lex. IL — Profundi, an epithet of the Manes. Cf. 
 3fanes imi, A. 4, 387. 
 
 244. This passage is imitated from Arat. Phaen. 45, //. — Hie, i. e. at the 
 north pole. — Flexu sinuoso elabliur, ' with sinuous winding glides away,' 'es- 
 capes.' Elabitur denotes that the Dragon, which winds between, also ex- 
 tends beyond the two Bears, {Helice and Cynosura), Forb., Wr. 
 
 245. Circum and pergue are both to be taken with Arctos, Wr., Forb. 
 Per, see on v. 238. — In morem Jluminis, i. e. imitating the winding course of a 
 river, Fo7^b. ; see in Lex. 7nos, II. A. 
 
 246. A7-ctos, Gr. § 324, 17. — Oceani aequore for Oceano; see in Lex. under 
 aequor, 2. — Metuentes tingi; cf. "ApKToi Kvavhu TzefpvP.ayjuivai ^oKeavdio, Arat. 
 Phaen. 45. The poets frequently speak of stars which set, and of the sun, as 
 descending into the sea, Wr. The Bears, which do not set, are here repre- 
 sented as restrained by fear from so doing. //. 
 
 247. Illic, i.e. at the south pole. — Ut perMbent, 'as they say'; for the 
 southern ]iemiP2:)here was unknown to the ancients. — Intempesia silet nox, 'the 
 
BOOK I. KOTES. 203 
 
 dead of night keeps silence.'— ^w^ etc., i. e. either perpetual night, or day 
 there when it is night -with us, and the opposite. Forb. 
 
 248. Semper, etc., 'and the. darkness is always rendered dense by the 
 overspread ' or ' enshrouding night.' This is little more than a repetition of 
 the preceding verse. K. 
 
 249. Hedit, scil. ad eos. Redire, reducere, recurrere, referre, and other 
 words of the sort, are constantly used of the recurring order of nature. TFc/i., 
 Con. — Aurora, ' Aurora,' and hence also the sun, which is always accom- 
 panied by Aurora. Forb. 
 
 250. Primus, Gr. § 205, R. 15, («). — Oriens, 'the East,' for 'the morning 
 sun.' — Fgu'is afflavit anhelis, ' has breathed upon us with his panting steeds.' 
 The morning air, which precedes the rising of the sun, is poetically ascribed 
 to the breathing of his horses. Forb., K. 
 
 251. Sera rubens accendit lumina Vesper, ' ruddy Hesperus kindles his late 
 ligh"'; se?-a /umma referring to the light of the evening star itself. H., Con. 
 Others take Vesjier to mean ' the evening,' and the allusion to be to the red- 
 ness of the evening sky, Voss, Forb. ; or to the stars. K. 
 
 252. Hinc, i. e. from this regular progress of the sun through the zodiac. 
 II., K. — Tempestates, 'the weather,' 'changes in the weather.' Cf. ou v. 27, 
 
 Voss, K. — Dubio caelo, ' tliough the heavens are uncertam,' ' are overcast,' 
 i. e. though nothing can be foretold from the heavens, because of their being 
 covered with clouds. Forb. 
 
 25-3. Messis diem, ' the time of harvest,' i. e. summer; so tempus serendi de- 
 notes the autumn, Forb., and deducere classes refers to the spring. 
 
 254. Injidum is significant, as showing the importance of knowing when to 
 ventm-e on the sea, Con. — Marmor, ' the sea,' i. e. its surface. From its 
 sparkling beneath the rays of the sun, like marble. Homer named the sea 
 fxa^liapinv, ' many-twinkling,' II. 14, 273. 
 
 255. Deducere, ' to launch,' see in Lex. I. B. 3. The ancients drew their 
 vessels up on the shore for the winter. Forb., K. — Evertere pinum, i. e. to fell 
 for building ships, etc. — Anna/as, 'rigged,' 'fitted out' for sea. 
 
 256. Ttmpestivam for tempestlve, with evertere. — Silvis, Gr. § 254, R. 3. 
 
 257. Vs. 257, 258, (like vs. 252 — 25G), come under hinc, Con. 
 
 258. Temporibusque parem, etc., 'and the year equal in regard to its four 
 different seasons.' The seasons are diverse, yet as they are of equal lengths, 
 and succeed each other regularly, they make the year uniform. Con. 
 
 259. Rainy weather also has its employments, vs. 259 — 267. Frigidus is 
 an epithet of rain in general, and not merely of that of wintei-. Voss, K. — 
 Continei, ' keeps at home,' ' confines to the house.' H., Con. 
 
 260. Caelo sereno, Gr. § 257, R. 7, (a). Cf. on v. 2U.—Pro2)eranda, 'done 
 with haste,' ' hurried,' and therefore badly done. 
 
 261. Maiurare, ' to do betimes,' ' in good time.' This contrast between 
 properare and maturare is noticed by Gellius, 10, 11. — Datur, scil. occasio=z 
 licet, ' he may.' Forb. 
 
 262. Arbore, i. e. ex arbore; see in Lex. ex, C. 3. — Linires were troughs 
 into which grapes were put after the vintage. Coa. 
 
204 BOOK I. XOTES. 
 
 263. Aut pecoH signum. The sheep were marked with hot pitch, usually 
 in January and April ; the mark being commonly the name of their master, 
 Calpurn. 5, 84: Col. 7, 9, 12: cf. G. 3, 158, Forh. — Numeros impressii acervis, 
 ' puts numbei's on the heaps of corn,' 1. e., as Servius explains it, puts tablets 
 or tickets on the heaps, showing the number of measures contained in them, 
 S. Impressit properly refers only to pecoH signum, and we must supply with 
 numeros acertis, inscripsit, or the like, Foi-h.; Gr. § 323, 1, (2), (a). Impressit^ 
 see on v. 49, H. 
 
 264. Fa^Zos /lO'cas^-Me ; for supporting vines. Cf. G. 2, 359. 
 
 265. Amerina-, cf. on Hyblaeis, E. 1, 55. Ameria, a town in Umbria, near 
 the Tiber, was famous for its willows. Wr. Columella (4, 30), speaking of 
 ■willows for tying up the vine, enumerates three sorts, the Greek, the Gallic 
 and the Sabine or Amerian, the last of which has a slender red twig. Con. 
 
 266. Facilis Jiscina, ' the pliant fiscina,' so called because made of flexible 
 vines; the epithet belonging rather to virga. K., Con. 
 
 267. Toi^rtte igni fruges. The corn was dried or roasted to make it easier 
 to grind. H. Igni, Gr. § 82, Exc. 5, (a). 
 
 268. Work to be done on holidays, vs. 268 — 275. — Quippe etiam, ' inasmuch 
 as even.' This sentence is to be connected with what precedes by supplying 
 the thought: Be not surprised that I enjoin upon the husbandman the per- 
 formance of certain labors in wet weather ; for even on holidays some kinds 
 of work are permitted. H. 
 
 269. Fas et jura, ' divine and human laws,' Serv. ; see /as in Lex. — Deda- 
 cere, 'to lead off,' i. e. iiito the fields; see deduco, I. A. a., in Lex. The poet 
 is speaking of certain works of necessity, which, because they are necessary, 
 are not forbidden to be done on holidays. To lead the water down the chan- 
 nels would be a work of daily necessity for gardens in hot weather. Con. 
 Heyne, relying on Macrob. Sat. 3, 3, and Colum. 2, 22, 3, understands dedu- 
 cere to be used here only of leading off the water by clearing out the old 
 channels or water courses, as it was not permitted on holidays to make new 
 channels for irrigation, but it was lawful to clean out old ones. 
 
 270. Religio, ' religious scruples ' ; see in Lex. IL A. — Vetuit, cf. on v. 49. — 
 Praetendere, ' to place before.' Forb. ^ K. say that it is to be understood here 
 merely of repairing old hedges, because it was forbidden to make hedges for 
 corn on holidays, Col. 2, 22; but Virgil's words are surely express, Con. 
 
 271. Avibus, i. e. birds of prey and such as injure the corn. H., Voss. 
 
 272. Balantum, ' bleating,' w^hen washed. Forb. — Fluvio salubri. It was 
 not pei-mitted to wash sheep on holidays, except to cure disease, hence salu- 
 hri, Macr. and Col. above cited. 
 
 273. Saepe oho, etc. Markets were also held on holidays (as they are still 
 on Sundays in the south of Europe) at which the country people could sell 
 the produce of their farms or gardens. Forb., K.— Agitator aselli, ' the driver 
 of the ass,' not the man whose business it was to drive asses, asinarius, but 
 the peasant who happens to drive the ass to market. Forb., Con. 
 
 274. Vilibus, cf. on v. 227. — Lapidem incusum, ' an indented stone,' i. e. an 
 indented mill-stone, so prepared that it may crush the corn better, Serv., Con. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 205 
 
 275. Massam picis. Pitch was useful for marking sheep, repairing wooden 
 vessels, etc. K. — Urbe^ Gr. § 255, 1. 
 
 276. Of work to be clone on particular days of the month, vs. 276—286. 
 Virgil is said by Pliny, 18, 32, 75, to have followed Democritus in this enu- 
 meration Of lucky and unlucky days. Hesiod, "Epy. 765, sq., had treated the 
 subject at much greater length. //., Con.— Dies alios alio ordine, 'different 
 days in different order ' ; Gr. § 207, R. 32, (a). Alios is masculine though 
 followed by quintam, septima, nona, Gr. § 90, 1. Of. venit post multos una serena 
 dies, TibuU. 3, 6, 32, Forb.—Dedit, cf. on v. 49. 
 
 277. Felices operum, 'auspicious for woi'k,' i. e. for agricultural work. 
 Gr. § 213.— Quintain. On the fifth day, he says, after the rising of the moon, 
 Pluto, the Titans and Giants were horn.— Pallidus ; before this word supply 
 gua, or nam ea, Forb. : pallidus, of the ghastliness of death. 
 
 278. Eumenides. The furies were the ministers of the vengeance of the 
 gods. They were three in number, Alecto, Proserpine, and Megaera. — Tunriy 
 • then.' No other extant authority appears to fix the birth of the giants to 
 this day. Con. 
 
 279. Coeumque lapetumque. These were Titans, sons of Heaven, (Uranus) 
 and Eartli ; and are here put a part for the whole. — Creat, cf. on E. 8, 45. — 
 Typhoea ; a snaky-headed monster with a hundred heads, son of Tartarus 
 and Terra. 
 
 280. Conjuratos rescindere, Gr. § 271, note 3. Cf on E. 5, 2. — Fratres seems 
 here to refer to the Giants, Gigantts, sons of Tartarus and Terra, though what 
 is here related of them is told by Homer, (Od. 11, 304, sq.) and by Virgil him- 
 self, in A. 6, 582, of the Abides, Otus and Ephialtes: and it may be that these 
 are referred to here. 
 
 281. The laborious efforts of the giants are happily expressed by the slow 
 movement in this verse and by the non-elision of i and o. Wr. See Gr. § 305, 
 1, (2). — Virgil reverses the positions of Pelion and Olympus, as given in 
 Hom. Od. 11, and transfei-s to the latter the epithet there attached to the 
 former. Con. — The non-elision of the i and o, and the shortening of the latter 
 are in imitation of the Greek rhythm, and are appropriate here and elsewhere 
 where the subject reminds us of Greek poetry. Con. 
 
 282. Scilicet, ' for indeed,' ' truly,' ' surely,' not in an ironical sense, but 
 introducing an explanation of what precedes. 
 
 283. Pater, i. e. Jupiter. Cf. on v. 121. 
 
 284. Septima post decimam, 'the seventeenth,' Voss, Forb., Con. It might 
 also mean, ' the tenth is lucky and next to it the seventh.' — Felix ponere ; cf. 
 on E. 5, 2. 
 
 285. Prensos, 'caught,' as they had been previously in some measure 
 wild. K. Until their third year they were allowed to roam unrestrained 
 through the pastures, and were then caught and broken in. Voss. — Licia telae 
 addere, ' to add the leashes to the warp,' i. e. to weave. Con. 
 
 286. i^w^ifffle, i. e. the flight of runaway slaves. As at this time the moon 
 gave a bright light the fugitive would be enabled to see where he was going, 
 but the same circumstance would be unfavorable to the thief, who preferred 
 
 18 
 
206 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 the dark. The husbandmnn is therefore warned to be on his guard at this 
 time against the former, while he need have no appreliensions of the latter. 
 Voss, H., Forb. 
 
 287. Of work to be done at night, or very early in the morning, vs. 287 — 
 296, both in summer, vs. 287—291, and in winter, vs. 291— 296.— ii/a^ia acko, 
 'very many things'; see in Lex. 2. adeo, B. 2. — Se cledtre^ i. e. dam se solent, 
 cf. on V. 49, 'present themselves ' to be attended to, 'may be done.' H. 
 
 288. Sole novo, i. e. early in the morning, 'just as the sun is rising.' II., K. 
 
 289. Sfijmlae, etc. The usual mode of reaping Avas to cut off the straw in 
 the middle, leaving the rest in the ground. The stubble so left was either 
 burned, to enrich the field, (see v. 85), or was cut in August and within a 
 month after the harvest, and tised either for fodder or bedding for cattle. 
 Voss. The stubble and grass are more easily cut when wet with dew: 
 see on v. 290. — Arida prata, opposed to those which could be irrigated. Voss. 
 
 290. Nodes, the object of deficit. — Lentus, ' pliant,' i. e. ' that makes pliant.' 
 Forb. 
 
 291. Quidam, like r/y , ' a certain one,' for est, qui, ' there is, who,' cf. Hor. 
 2. Ep. 2, 182 ; Pers. 1, 76. Wr., Con. — Seros hiberni ad luminis ignes, ' by the 
 late fires of the winter light,' ' by the late flame of the winter lamp,' luminis 
 referring to lamp or torch-light. 
 
 293. While he is thiis engaged his wife is occupied with her loom ; the art 
 of weaving being practised by the Greek and Eoman women of every rank. 
 Forb., K. — Solata, i. e. solans-, cf. on v. 206. 
 
 294. Arguto, ' shrill,' alluding to the noise made by the pecien when in 
 operation. Cf. Arguto tenuis jjei^currens pectine telas, A. 7, 14. — Pectine, ' the 
 comb,' (answering to our 'reed'), the teeth of which were inserted between 
 the threads of the warp, and thus made, by a forcible impulse, to drive the 
 threads of the woof close together. Con. 
 
 295. Musii humorem, a. penphrasls. H. — Vulcano, 'by fire,' see in Lex. B. 
 Must was boiled down one half, to defrutum, cf. G. 4, 269, or two thirds, to 
 sapa. Forb. When thus reduced it was mixed with other wines, and was 
 supposed to have the effect of keeping them sweet for a gi-eater length of 
 time than they would otherwise have endured. It was sometimes mixed with 
 milk, and drunk on holidays. Br. — This verse is hypercatalectic, Gr. § 304, 
 (4), the em in humorem being elided by the vowel with which the next verse 
 commences. 
 
 296. Foliis. Vine leaves were used in skimming the must, instead of 
 using wood, which was thought to impart a smoky taste to the liquor. Forb. 
 — Undam trepidi aeni, ' the wave of the bubbling ' or ' boiling caldron ' : trepidi 
 properly belongs to undam, the must when boiling, Gr. § 205, E. 14. 
 
 297. Of work to be done in the day time, both in summer and winter, vs. 
 297 — 310. — Rubicunda Ceres, 'ruddy Ceres,' for 'the yellow grain.' — Medio 
 aesfu, 'in the midst of the heat,' i, e. of summer, 'in midsummer's heat ' : 
 cf. frigoribus mediis, E. 10, 65, H., Wch., Con., Klotz. So in v. 298. In other 
 passages Virgil uses this expression to denote the ' mid-day heat ' of summer, 
 G. 3, 331 ; 4, 401 ; but at mid-day the reaper rested from his work. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 207 
 
 298. Tostas, 'dried,' 'parched,' by the heat: not to be construed with 
 ■Te7'it area fvuges, i. e. fruges teruntur in area] cf. v. 192. 
 
 299. Nudus ara, sere nudus, from Hesiod's "Epy. 391, 392, yvfivbv aneipeiv^ 
 yviJivbv (5f PowtIiv. Nudus, ' without the toga,' see in Lex. I. A. The time re- 
 ferred to is the early autumn, when the air is so warm as to allow the hus- 
 bandman to go thinly clad. H., Wr. — Hiems ignava colono, ' the winter is the 
 farmer's idle time.' K. 
 
 300. Frigoribus, i. e. Ideme. Cf. E. 2, 22. — Parto, 'what they have gotten,' 
 'their earnings,' through the rest of the year. — Plerumqwe, 'most of the 
 time,' H., ' for the most part,' ' commonly,' Br. 
 
 301. Inter se laeti, ' rejoicing together.' — Curant, 'prepare.' 
 
 302. Genialis, ' genial.' According to ancient mythology every man had 
 his tutelar deity, or Genius, who, as the Romans supposed, took great delight 
 in feasts, Fo7'b. ; see Genius, in Lex. — Resolvit, ' banishes ' ; see in Lex. IL A. 
 
 303. Pressae, see premo, I. B. 7 in Lex. 
 
 304. Imposuere coronas. It was the custom of the sailors, on their return 
 home from a successful voyage, to put garlands on the sterns of their ships 
 when they came into port, Forb., K. This verse is repeated A. 4, 418. 
 
 305. Sed tamen, i. e. although winter is the time of leisure (v. 299), yet 
 some work may be done then. Wr. — Quernas, because glans was also used 
 of other fruits than acorns. Forb., Con. — Stringer e tempus, cf. on v. 213. * 
 
 306. Myrta. The myrtle berries were used for mixing with wine, which 
 was then called myrtites, and was used medicinally- Forb., Con. 
 
 307. Gruibus. Cranes were a delicacy of the table, but the husbandman 
 might naturally snare them in self defense. Con. 
 
 308. ^?mtos, ' long-eared.' — Turn, etc. The construction is, turn {tempus 
 est) torquentem (i. e. eum qui torquet) verbera fundae, Jigere, etc. Figere, cf. 
 on E. 2, 29. 
 
 309. Stvppea verbera, ' the tow-thongs,' Voss, K. — Balearis, see Baleares 
 in Lex. and cf. on Hyblaeis, E. ] , 55. 
 
 311. Of storms, vs. 311 — 463. These occur principally towards the begin- 
 ning of autumn and the end of spring, vs. 311 — 315. — Tempestates seems fixed 
 by sidera to mean ' weather,' rather than ' storms ' : the latter notion is not 
 expressed, but left to be inferred. Con. — Sidera. These are mentioned be- 
 cause their rising and setting were regarded as the causes of storms. The 
 constellations on which the autumn storms were supposed to depend were 
 Arcturus, the Centaur, the Kids, and the CroAvn, Forb., Con. 
 
 312. Atque {quid dicam) quae vigilanda viris (sint) ubi jam, etc. H. — Ubi 
 breviorque dies et mollior aestas, i. e. at the approach of autumn, when the days 
 begin to shorten, and the summer heat is more mild. 
 
 313. Vigilanda, ' to receive wakeful care,' ' to be cared for.' — Vel, scil. 
 quae vigilanda viris. — Euit, ' hastens ' towards its close, i. e. is ending. Voss, 
 
 Wr. 
 
 314. Spicea messis, ' the harvest in the ear,' ' the bearded hai'vest.' 
 Forb., Br. 
 
 315. In viridi stipula, ' on the green stalk.' 
 
208 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 316. Stoi'ms often come also in midsummer. — Quum indticeret, Gr. § 263, 
 5, R. 2. 
 
 317. Fragill culmo, Gr. § 211, R. 6; descriptive of barley in general, and 
 not of any kind in particular. H. — Strinyeret, ' cut off.' — Ilwdea, ' the barley,' 
 i. e. the heads of the barley. 
 
 318. Omnia ventorum j)roeliaj for proelia omnium ventorum, ' the battles of 
 all the winds,' i. e. all the winds in conflict with each other. 
 
 319. Quae eruerent^ i. e. talia or ianta ut eruerent, Gr. § 264, 1, (a) & (6). — 
 Gravidam, ' loaded,' ' full ' ; cf. v. 111. — Late, Avith eruerent. — Ab radicibus, cf. 
 on V. 20. 
 
 320. Sublimem, i. e. sublime. — Expulsam einierent, i, e. expdlereni et erue- 
 rent, (for eruerent et expellerent, Gr. § 323, 4, (2) ), Gr. § 274, 3, {b). Forb. 
 makes it equivalent to eruendo expellerent ; ita eruerent ut expulsa sit, by what 
 is termed the proleptic use of a participle or adjective. In such instances the 
 effect of the action of the verb is anticipated, and that which is yet to take 
 place is spoken of as already effected. Cf. Schultz Lat. Sprachlehre, § 465, 
 Anm.,and Ellendt's Bilbroth's Gr. § 176, Aimi. 5. — Ita, 'so,' 'thus,' probably 
 introduces a comparison between the hurricane that roots up the corn {gravi- 
 dam segetem), and an ordinary gust which whirls about stubble {culmumque 
 levem stipulasque volantes) : the point of compai'ison being the ease with which 
 the work is done. Con. Wr. and Forb. make ferret to depend on quae, i. e. 
 tanta ut, understood, and give ita the force of turn, eira. 
 
 322. But there are also storms of rain and thunder in summer, as well as 
 of wind. K. — Agmen aquarum, ' a train of waters,' i. e. dense and continuous 
 showers. Wr. 
 
 323. Tempestatem, ' weather ' ; foedam having the sense of ' ugly ' or ' grim,' 
 or, as w^e should say, ' foul.' Con. — There seems to be, in this and the preced- 
 ing verse, a case of liysteron proteron, as the brewing of the storm would 
 naturally precede the descent of the rain. Con. 
 
 324. Ex alto, i. e. ex alto caelo, ' from the high heaven,' ' from the heavens,' 
 E; Forb., Con.: but Voss, Wr., K. and Lade., supply mare, which would 
 doubtless give the truer view of the phenomenon, but it seems more probable 
 that the poet meant to represent clouds as mustered from on high, keeping 
 up the military associations already introduced by agmen. Con. — Ruit arduus 
 aether, 'the high heaven rushes down,' i. e. the rain descends in torrents, as 
 if the sky itself was falling: cf. G. 2, 325, sq. ; omnis uti videatur in imhrem 
 vertier aether, Lucr. 6, 291. 
 
 325. Boti7n labores, Ipya PouJv, Hesiod "Epy. 46, ' the labors of the oxen,' i. e. 
 ' the ploughed fields.' 
 
 326. Fossae, ' the channels ' or ' drains,' of the corn-fields, otherwise called 
 colliciae, cf. verse 372. — Cava. During the summer months in Italy there is 
 very little water in the beds of most of the rivers, so that their channels may 
 justly be called hollow, for they resemble a road running between two high 
 banks, K. 
 
 327. Fretis=aquis, cf. v. 356, H., Wr. — Spirantibus, i. e. aestuantibus, ' boil- 
 ing up,' ' foaming,' K, Wr., Forb. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 209 
 
 328. Ipse Paler, cf. on E. 8, 96 & v. 121. — Media in node, ' amid the night,' 
 i. e. the gloom, K. — Corusca dextra=C07'uscante, i. e. by reason of the thun- 
 derbolt which he holds in his hand: cf. Pater. . . rubenti dextera jacidatus 
 arces, Hor. Od. 1, 22: Vibrans corusca fulvien Aetnaeum manu, Sen. Hippol. 
 155. H., Forb., Con. 
 
 329. Quo motu, i. e. quibus commota, Wr. Motus is implied in the preceding 
 clause; see Gr. § 206, (11). — Maxima terra, yaXa mliiprj, Hesiod. Theog. 173, 
 et alibi. See Gr. § 122, R. 4. 
 
 330. Fugere, ' have fled,' of instantaneous flight, like exiit^ G. 2, 81, TF/'., 
 Con. 
 
 331. Humilis, ' base,' ' abject,' so called from the eflfect which it produces. 
 See in Lex. II. B. 
 
 332. Aut Athon, etc. The selection of particular mountains makes the 
 description more picturesque. K. Athos was a mountain of Macedonia, Rho- 
 dope of Thrace, and Ceraunia of Epirus. Wr. — Alia Ceraunia, from 'Axpo^cc- 
 pavvta, see Acroceraunia in Lex. 
 
 333. Dejlcit, ' casts down,' a poetic hyperbole for fe7'it, Forb., or, it may 
 mean, as explained by K. & Con., casts down a fragment of the mountain. 
 
 334. Planguni, i. e. plangorem edunt, resonant, H., Wr., ' wail, ' moan,' Con. : 
 this is better than with Jahn and Forb., to take austri and imber as the sub- 
 ject, and nemora and litoi'a as the object of plangunt, 'lash with furious 
 gusts,' though we find no other example of this intransitive use. 
 
 335. How to guard agamst storms, vs. 335 — 350. — Caeli menses et sidera. 
 Caeli menses, ' the months of the heavens,' i. e. the signs of the zodiac through 
 which the sun passes, thus forming the months of the year. Sidera is not to 
 be restricted to the signs of the zodiac, as the next two lines are evidently in- 
 tended to give instances of the things to be observed. Con., H., Wch. Others 
 take sidera to be epexegetical of menses caeli, i. e. sidera menses regentia, cf. 
 on v. 173 & E. 2, 8; Wr., Forb., K. — Serva, i. e. observa, see in Lex. II. 
 
 336. Observe the planets' course in the sky. Saturn, the most distant 
 from the sun, and Mercury, the nearest to it, are named by way of example. 
 Saturn, when in Capricorn, according to Servius, caused heavy rains, espe- 
 cially in Italy, and when in the Scorpion, hailstones. — Frigida, so called on 
 account of its distance from the sun. R. — Sese receptet, ' betakes itself,' ' re- 
 tires,' ' withdraws.' 
 
 337. Ignis Cyllmius, i. e. the star Mercury, called ignis from his brightness, 
 b <rri?.(5(Dv, Forb., and perhaps, by way of contrast to frigida Saturni stella, 
 Con. — Quos erret in orbes, etc., ' into Avhat orbits Mercury maj'- be wandering,' 
 i. e. its course: orbes is used in view of the many revolutions which Mercury 
 makes, as being nearest the sun and therefore having the smallest orbit. Its 
 periodic time is 87 days and 23 hours. Wr., Br. — Some Mss. have caeli. 
 
 338. To avert the violence of storms, the deities, especially Ceres, are to be 
 worshipped. — Magnae is an ordinary epithet of the gods, Con. 
 
 339. Sacra. Two festivals are referred to, one of which, the Ambarvalia, 
 (cf. on E. 5, 75, & v. 340), was observed towards the end of April, and the 
 other in the summer, immediately before the harvest. H., Forb. — Refer, 
 
 18* 
 
210 
 
 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 ' repeat,' ' renew,' of the yearly recurring festival, Voss, Wr.— Operatus, cf. on 
 vs. 293, 206. 
 
 340. Sub, 'immediately after'; see in Lex. 11. B. 2, & Gr. § 235, (2), & 
 R. 6. — Casum,* the end,' see in Lex. IL 1. 
 
 341. MoUisima, ' most melloAv,' i. e. the wine of the preceding year, which 
 had grown mellow in the winter. Forh., K. 
 
 342. The second clause here explains the first. Fwh., Con. 
 
 343. Tibi, Gr. ^ 228, note. 
 
 344. Libations of milk, honey and wine were made to the rural deities. H. 
 
 345. Felix, ' auspicious,' i. e. a pure victim, and for that reason acceptable 
 to the gods, H. ; such as a lamb or calf, K. It was led three times round the 
 fields previous to being sacrificed. K. 
 
 346. Chorus ei socii, i. e. chorus sociorum, H. ; cf. on E. 2, 8. The socii 
 here spoken of are the fellow-laborers or vernae, H. 
 
 347. Vocent in tecta, ' invite to their houses,' thus to evince her favor by 
 her presence, K. — Neque ante. He now speaks of the other festival in honor 
 of Ceres, //., Wr., Forb.; cf. on v. 839. 
 
 348. Supponat, see in Lex. L A. 
 
 349. Torta quercu, see tortus, A. under iorqueo in Lex. This was worn, 
 according to Servius, in memory of man's firsi food. H., Con. 
 
 350. Det motus, see motus, I. B. in Lex. — Tncovipositos=incondUos, ' uncouth,' 
 'rude,' Foj-b. 
 
 351. Of the signs which foretell stormy Aveather, vs. 351 — 392; (wind, vs. 
 356 — 369, rain, vs. 370 — 392). — Haec refers to aestus, ^jluvias and ventos. Wch. 
 
 352. Aest7is, *■ hesiV — J^ewies, 'bringing with them,' Forb., K. 
 
 353. Menstrua, ' monthly,' i. e. which performs her course in a month. 
 
 354. Quo signo cadereni, i. e. what sign should indicate that they were 
 about to subside. H. Caderent, see in Lex. II. 6. — Quid saepe videntes, i. e. 
 quo signo saepe viso, Forb. — Austri, here for winds in general. 
 
 355. Proprius stabuUs, i. e. nearer than if driven to their usual pastures; 
 the object being to have them where they could soon find shelter from the 
 storm, Forb. ; Gr. § 228, 1. 
 
 356. The prognostics of wind here given are copied from Arat. Progn. 177, 
 sq. H. — Continuo, etc., 'immediately on the rising of,' etc. — Freta ponti, ' the 
 waters of the sea,' periphrastically for the sea, cf. on v. 327. H. 
 
 857. Aridus fragor, ' a dry crackling noise,' like that produced by the 
 breaking of dry boughs; see aridus, 1, in Lex. and cf. atov avcrev, Horn. II. 13, 
 441, and KupipaXhv Svaev, II. 5, 409. Jfl. 
 
 358. Monilbus, i. e. in sihis montium, Forb. 
 
 359. Litora misceri resonantia longe, i. e. misceri et resonare, ' to be dis- 
 turbed,' etc., or, litora ita misceri, ut resonent longe, ' to be so disturbed,' 
 i. e. by the waves dashing against them, 'that,' etc., Forb.; cf. on v. 320. 
 
 360. Sibi a curvis temperai carinis, • refrains from,' etc., Gr. § 251, & R. 1. ; 
 cf also Madvig § 261, foot-note: '•'■Tempero is sometimes met with in this con- 
 struction with the addition of tlie reflective pronoun in the dative." — MaUy 
 •hardly,' ' scarcely ' ;=ria3 or non, Wr. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 211 
 
 362. Clamor em ferunt ad Utora, that is, while themselves flying to the 
 shore, and hence, i. q. clamantes fugiunt ad litora, 'fly screaming to the 
 shore,' Forb. — Mai-inae is opposed to in sicco. Con. 
 
 363. Notas, ' well-known,' ' familiar.' 
 
 365. Another sign of wind, aKovnayLoi aaripav, shooting stars. Forb. 
 
 366. Umbram fiammarum. The Latiu poets, in arranging the words of a 
 sentence, are accustomed to place near to each other those words which ex- 
 press opposite ideas, for the purpose of more forcible contrast, Forb. ; see Gr. 
 § 279, 5. 
 
 367. Fiammarum tractus, from Lucr. 2, 206, sq. : Nocturnasque faces caeli 
 sublime volnntes nonne rides longos fiammarum ducere tractus. See in Lex. 2. 
 tractus. — A tergo, * behind them.' 
 
 368. Another sign of wind. So Pliny, 18, 35, 36, enumerates as indications 
 of a coming storm, folia sine aura, quae seniiatur, ludentia, lanuginem populi, 
 aut spinas volitantes et plumas aquis innatantes. H. — Caducas, ' fallen,' Forb. 
 
 370. Signs of approaching rain, vs. 370 — 392. These also are taken from 
 Aratus, 201 — 205, H. — At Boreae, etc. The meaning is, when it thunders 
 and lightens from all parts of the heavens ; three winds being put for all. H., 
 Wr., Con. 
 
 371. Domus, ' the abode,' as if each of the winds had a home in the quar- 
 ter of the heavens from which it blows, Con. According to Voss, the poet 
 here follows an ancient fable, which represented the winds as deities, each 
 having his own home in the remotest confines of earth; but in A. 1, 56, he 
 adopts a later tradition, making the winds subject to Aeolus and imprisoned 
 by him in caverns. 
 
 372. Fossis, cf. on v. 326. — Ponto, opposed to rura, Forb. 
 
 373. Humida, scil. imbre, Forb. — Legit, ' furls ' ; see 2. lego, I. A. in Lex. — 
 Numquam imprudentibus, etc., ' rain never injures people unawares,' i. e. ' un- 
 warned,' because there is such a variety of signs that announce it, H., K. 
 
 374. Obfuit, cf. on v. 49. — ValUbus imis, to be taken with fugere, 'in the 
 bottoms of the valleys,' i. e. shun it by flying to the valleys and sheltering 
 themselves there. Forb. 
 
 375. Aeriae, ' flying high,' ' high-soaring.' This epithet applies to the usual 
 mode of the cranes' flight, and is contrasted with vallibus imis, Con. — Fugere 
 =fugere solent, cf. on v. 49. Forb. 
 
 376. This and the preceding verse are derived from Aratus, vs. 222, 223, 
 translated by Cic. de Div. 1, 9, 15. H. — Captavit=:captare solei, capiat, ' snuffs ' ; 
 cf. on V. 49, H. 
 
 377. Arguta, 'twittering,' 'chii-ping.' Fm-b. The swallow is always ob- 
 ser\'ed to fly low before rain, because the flies and other insects, on which she 
 feeds, keep at that time near the surface of the ground and the water. K. — 
 Circumvoliiavit, cf. on v. 49. 
 
 378. Veie7'em querelam. It is possible that these words contain an allusion, 
 as Wr. and some other critics hold, to the complaint of the Lycians at their 
 change into frogs by Latona, Ov. Met. 6, 316, sq., or, as Servius thinks, to 
 ;Esop's fable of the frogs wanting a king; but it seems better, with H., K. and 
 
212 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 Con., to understand querelam as expressing the note of the frog, constant and 
 unvarying; ' plaint,' ' plaintive note ' ; veterem being used as we use ' old ' in 
 speaking of that which is often repeated in the same unvarying manner, as, 
 a person's old story, old tune, etc. — Cecinere, cf. on v. 49. Voss observes that 
 by using the verb cecinere (pronounced by the Romans Jcehinere)^ the poet 
 ■wished to imitate the note of the frog, PpiKeKi^ Koa^ Koa^ as Aristophanes gives 
 it. K. See in Lex. cano, II. 2. 
 
 379. Peneti-alihus, an adjective, see penetralls, II. in Lex. Forh. 
 
 380. Terens, ' treading often,' see in Lex. iey-o, I. B. 4. — Iter, ' path,' Cerda, 
 ff., Forh. — Et hibit, etc. The rainbow was supposed to draw up moisture 
 from the sea, rivers, etc., with its horns, and to dischai-ge it in rain, //., Con.', 
 see in Lex. Ubo, &. The appearance of the rainbow is here one of tlie signs 
 of rain, drawing up the water being assumed to be its constant function. Con. 
 
 381. Another sign was the ravens returning early from feeding. 
 
 382. Densis alls, ' with crowded wings,' Con., the birds flying close to- 
 gether. 
 
 383. Another sign from sea-birds and swans: taken from Aratus, vs. 210, 
 sq., H. — Variae volucres is the reading of the best manuscripts : others have 
 varias. With the reading variae we must supply eas with videas in v. 387 ; 
 see Gr. § 323, 3, (5). Variae . , . inf under e, objectare, currere, for solent infun- 
 dere, infundunt, etc., Gr. § 209, R. 5. — Et quae, etc., the fresli-water fowl, and 
 especially the swans which were very numerous about the Cayster. — Aaia 
 prata, ' the Asian meadows,' a tract of land in Lydia on the banks of the 
 Cayster, by whose waters it is often overflowed ; cf. Horn. II. 2, 461, ri kvkvu)v 
 6ovXi^oSEip(i)v 'A(Jiu){v XeifiuJvL Kavarpiov d^^j pledpa. H., K. — Circum, an adverb. 
 
 384. Dulcihus, in opposition to the waters of the sea, mentioned in the pre- 
 ceding verse. Forb. — Rimanlur prata, 'rummage' or 'search the meadows,' 
 i. e. try them in every chink for food. Forh., K. 
 
 385. Largos humeris infundere rores, ' pour upon their shoulders an abun- 
 dance of water': rores implies that they make it into spray. Con. 
 
 386. Caput objectare fretis, ' oppose their heads to the sea,' i. e. ' dip ' or 
 ' plunge their heads into the water,' ' dive down ' : cf. caput objectare periclis, 
 A. 2, 751, Forb. — Currere in undas, 'run to meet,' 'run into the waves.' 
 
 387. Incassum, ' wantonly,' nearly the same notion as Aratus' airXriaTov^ 
 Varro's inexpleto studio, Con., ' without aim' or ' pui-pose.' 
 
 388. Ckn'nix improba', we may render improbn ' villanous,' or as we should 
 say 'good for nothing,' because the crow invites the rain: Ladewig gives the 
 spirit of it in the words, die hexe, ' the witch,' Con. — Plavinm vocat; the crow 
 is said to call the rain, as her cry announces its coming: cf Lucr. 5, 1084, sq. 
 Raucisonos cantus cornicum . . . aquain dicuntur et imbres poscere. H. 
 
 389. Sola secum, avrn KaO' iavrrh', ' alone by herself,' in contrast with the 
 ravens and swans. The leisurely and stately pace of the crow is happily 
 expressed by the measure of the verse, Forb., K., Con. The alliteration, in 
 this and the preceding verse, is worthy of notice. Bryce imitates this alliter- 
 ation in the following translation : 
 
 " And stalks in solitary state along the sapless sand." 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 213 
 
 Compare the lines in Poe's Raven: 
 
 '* In there stepped a stately Raven 
 Of the sainted days of yore." 
 
 390. Signs in the lamps. — Carpenfes, 'spinning,' because they drew it 
 from the distaff as they formed the thread, K., see in Lex. carpo, 3. — Pensa, 
 see pensits^ B. under pendo in Lex. 
 
 391. Testa ardente, ' in the burning lamp.' The ordinary lamps of the an- 
 cients were made of potter's earth. K. 
 
 392. Scintillare oleum, ' the oil flash,' or ' emit sparks,' i. e. the flame fed 
 by the oil. H. — Putres, ' soft,' ' crumbling.'' 
 
 393. Signs of clear weather, vs. 393 — 423; first negatively, by mentioning 
 the absence of those signs whose presence would have denoted rain, vs. 395 — 
 40Q, and then affirmatively, vs. 401, sq. — Ex iinhri, ' after the rain,' Wr.^ i. e. 
 from what takes place after the rain you will know whether it is going to be 
 clear weather or rain again, Wr., Con. — Soles, 'sunny' or 'fine days': of. 
 Si numeres anno soles et nuhlla toto, i. e. dies serenos et nubilos, Ov. Trist. 5, 8, 
 31, Forb. — Aperfa serena, ' cloudless serene skies ' ; see serenus, I. 2, in Lex. 
 
 395. Neque stelUs acies videtw obtusa., i. e. ' neither are the stars seen with 
 their brightness dimmed,' for the air being free from vapor they- twinkle 
 brightly and with a clear and distinct outline, K., Br.; cf. Aratus, v. 281, 
 and see in Lex. acies, 2, a. 
 
 396. Nee frairis radiis obnoxia stirgere Luna, scil. videtur. The commen- 
 tators have found much difficulty with this passage. Voss, Wch., Jahn and 
 Con., with whom Forb. substantially agrees, interpret it, ' nor is the moon 
 seen to rise beholden to her brother's beams,' i. e. the moon rises as bright 
 as though she shone with her own light, and was not dependent upon the 
 sun, (Phoebus). According to Wr. and Ladewig, the meaning is; the moon 
 does not derive from the beams of the setting sun, a reddish color, portending 
 a storm. 
 
 397. Tenuia lanae vellera, ' thin fleeces of wool,' i. e. ' thin fleecy clouds,' 
 like wool: cf Aratus, vs. 206, 207, and pendeniia vellera lanae, Lucr. 6, 504, 
 sq. See vellus, B. in Lex. Tenuia, see Metrical Key. 
 
 398. Tepidum, ' warm ' ; the afternoon or evening sun. Con. 
 
 399. JJilcctae Thetidi alcyones, ' the kingfishers dear to Thetis.' For the 
 story of Alcyone and Ceyx, her husband, changed by Thetis into kingfishers, 
 see those words in Lex., and cf Ov. Met. 11, 268, sq. On the approach of a 
 storm these birds were said to appear on the shore, spreading out their wings 
 to the sun. 
 
 400. Eespecting this sign of an approaching storm see Plin. 18, 35, 88, 
 turpesque porci alienos sibi (i. e. ipsis non factos) manipulos foeni lacerantes. H. 
 Keightley says the swine carry straw in their mouths to make beds for them- 
 selves, and toss the bundles about when getting the straw. — Jactare solutos, 
 i. e. solvunt et Jactant, or jactant ita td solvantur, cf. on v. 320. — Maniples, ' the 
 bundles,' i. e. of straw, grass, etc. H. 
 
214 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 401. The positive signs of fair weather, vs. 401—423. Cf. Aratus, vs. 256, 
 sq., Pliu. 18, 35, 83, nebulae e monlibus descendentes, aut caelo cadenies, vel in 
 vallibus sidentes serenitaiem promUtunt. 
 
 402. The night owl is a sign of fine weather. Con. Cf. Aratus, 267. 
 
 408. Neqiiicquam, like incassum, v. 387, ' without purpose,' 'aimlessly,' of a 
 prolonged objectless effort. Con.; 'in vain,' as if striving to bring back foul 
 weather by its cries. Wr., Forb. 
 
 404. Ajjparei, etc. Another sign is derived from the birds disporting, or 
 pursuing one another in the clear air. He gives as an instance, the haliaetus, 
 or sea-eagle, pursuing the ciris, H.^ K. For the story of Nisus, changed to a 
 sea-eagle, and Scj'-lla transformed into the ciris, see Nisuii, Scylla and ciris in 
 Lex., Ov. Met. 8, 80, sq., and the poem Ciris. Cf. also on E. 6, 74:.— Apparet 
 sublimis, Gr. § 210, E. 4. — Liguido^ ' clear,' after the storm. Con. 
 
 405. Poenas dat, ' suffers punishment,' ' is punished.' 
 
 406. Quacumque ilia, etc. The chase of a small bird by a bird of prey is 
 very Avell depicted in these lines, 406 — 409. In the last, that part of the chase 
 is described where the greater bird, having missed his pounce is obliged to 
 soar into the air in order to make a second, and meantime the smaller one 
 escapes as fast as it can. K. 
 
 407. Inimicus, atrox, two epithets. 
 
 410. As the ravens, by hurrying home, v. 381, aimounce rain, so their re- 
 maining at home, cawing and flying about their nests, is a sign of fair 
 weather. K. Aratus, vs. 271—277; Lucr. 5, 1083.— Liquidas,^ clem;' opposed 
 to raucas, ' hoarse,' H. — Presso, i. e. coarctato, H., ' compressed,' see in Lex. 
 premo, I. 10. Presso gutture, apparently opposed to plena voce, v. 388, Con. 
 
 412. Dulcedine, i. e. voluptate, gaudio, ' pleasure,' 'joy.' H. 
 
 413. In foliis, i. e. inter folia. — Imbribus actis, i. e. abactis, pulsis, ' when 
 the rain is driven away,' H. ; Burman explains it by exaciis, jiniiis, ' when the 
 rain is spent' ; Wch., and Forb., by actis caelo, ' when the rain is driven from 
 the sky,' i. e. has descended. Cf. G. 2, 334. 
 
 415. Eaud equidem credo, (scil. hoc ita fieri, H.), quia, etc. The poet now, 
 in opposition to the Pythagoreans, Platonists and Stoics, who held that there 
 was a portion of the divine mind in all animated beings, attempts to explain 
 these acts of the ravens on the principles of the Epicureans and others, who 
 allowed only of matter and its modifications. II., K. Cf. on G. 4, 219. 
 
 416. Ingenium, * natural capacity,' 'genius.' — Aui o'erum fato, etc. This 
 is explained by Burm., H., Wch., Wr., Lade, and Con., as follows: aut rentm 
 ptrudentia fato, (i. e. a fato data), major, scil. sit illis, quam in hominibus esse 
 solet; 'or the foresight of things given to them by Fate, is superior in them 
 to what is usual in men ' ; the gifts of Fate being thus contrasted with those 
 from Heaven, {divinitus), i. e. of the Gods. Con. sa.js divinitus is distinguished 
 from fato, as Virgil is evidently alluding to the language of different pliiloso- 
 phies,— ;/"rt/o pointing to the Stoic doctrine. Another explanation is given by 
 Serv., Voss, Jahn, Forb., and K. : aut (quia sit illis) j^rudentia (quae sit) major 
 fato rerum. i. e. cui fatum i-ermn pareat, 'or rather because the}' have a fore- 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 215 
 
 sight superior to the fate of things,' a degree of foresight such that fate must, 
 as it were, obey. Aut, see in Lex. 4. 
 
 417. As the air is condensed or rarefied, he says, a coiTesponding effect is 
 thereby produced on these birds, which they signify by their notes, now 
 huarse, now clear, i/., Fo7-b. — Tempestas, 'the weather.' — Gaeli, 'of the atmo- 
 sphere.' 
 
 418. Mutavere vias, ('have clianged their courses '), is explained by onohi- 
 Z/s, the weather and the atmospheric moisture being supposed to shift, Con. 
 Forb. explains vias by indoles, habitus, ' nature,' or ' condition ' ; cf. aspicienda 
 via est caell (i. e. quae sit ratio et qualitas aeris), Prop. 4, 1, 103. — Juppiter uvi- 
 dus austris denotes the condition of the atmosphere before the change. Con. 
 Ucidais austris as it is the south winds which bring rain. Forh. 
 
 419. Denset, is the reading of the best manuscripts, but Wr. gives densai 
 for the sake of conformity with v. 248. — Denset erant quae, etc., ' condenses 
 what just now was rare, and also rarefies what was dense,' and so gathers and 
 disperses the clouds. For the foi'ce of et, see in Lex. 8. 
 
 420. Species, ' phases,' a materialistic word, Con. ; ' habits,' ' disposition,' 
 II., Forb., K. — Motus, also a materialistic word, Con., 'motions,' 'sensations.' 
 
 421. Nunc alios, alios, scil. concijnebant, dum, etc. The words alios, dum 
 nubila ventus agebat, are to be taken parenthetically. 
 
 422. Ille, ' that,' see in Lex. II. A. 
 
 423. Ovantes ffutture, ' rejoicing with their throats,' i. e. rejoicing in song, 
 uttering joyful notes, H. Cf. v. 410. 
 
 424. The weather may also be predicted from the appearance of the sun 
 and moon, vs. 424 — 437. Cf. AratiTs, 46, sq., from which these lunar prognos- 
 tics are taken. — Rapidum, 'fierce,' 'consuming,' 'scorching.' Cf. E. 2, 10; 
 G. 1, 92. — Lunas seguentes ordine, ' the moons following in order,' i. e. the 
 phases or changes of the moon. H. 
 
 425. Crastijia hora, ^ to-morrow ^ ; hora=^tempus, see in Lex. II., here pat 
 for dies, a part for the whole, Forb., K. 
 
 426. Insidiis noctis capiere serenae, that is, of a night which though clear 
 in the early part, ends in rain, and which therefore, like an ambush, presents 
 a deceitful appearance. Cf. caeli toties deceptus fraude sereni, A. 5, 851, H. 
 Forb., K. 
 
 427. Revertentes, etc., ' when first she collects her returning light,' i. e. 
 when she begins to fill anew, K. Con. cites from Tennyson; " what time the 
 mighty moon was gathering light." 
 
 428. Nigrum, 'dusky.' — Obscuro cornu, for cornibus, 'with her obscure 
 horns ' ; the horns of the moon being dull because the air is dusky. 
 
 429. Pelago, for nautis, H. 
 
 430. Virgineum, alhiding to the virgin moon-goddess Diana. Forb., K. — 
 Buffuderit ore (scil. in), ruborem, for suffuderit as rubore, cf. on G. 3, 439, Forb. 
 See Gr. § 323, 4, (b), (3); 254, E. 3. 
 
 431. Vento semjjer rubet, ' always reddens with the wind,' i. e. grows red 
 whenever wind is near. H., Forb.. K. Gr. § 249, III. E. or 247, 3. 
 
 432. Auctor, ' announcer,' ' foreteller,' H., ' authoritv-' K- 
 
216 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 435. Exactum ad mensem, ' to the end of the month.' See in Lex. exigo, II. 
 B. 3. 
 
 436. Votaque, etc. It was a custom among the ancient mariners, to vovsr 
 a sacrifice to the sea-gods, on the shore, provided they returned safe from 
 their voyage, M. — Servati^ ' that have come safe to port,' not ' preserved ' 
 from peril as if there had been a stoi-m: cf. aw^iadai, Con. 
 
 437. This verse, according to Gellius, 13, 26, and Macrobius, 5, 17, is from 
 the Greek of Parthenius. See Metrical Key, and Gr. § 305, 1, (2). 
 
 438. Of the signs of the weather to be derived from the sun, both when 
 rising and setting, vs. 438—463. Cf. Aratus, vs. 87, sq., and Phn. 18, 35, 78.— 
 Condet in undas, cf. on v. 442. 
 
 439. Seguuntur, ' attend,' Con. 
 
 441. Nascentem maculis variaverii ortum, ' shall variegate with spots the 
 beginning of his rising '^jn-imum oriens maculis infectus erit, Wr. 
 
 442. Conditus in nubem. Condo is naturally constructed here, as in v. 438, 
 as a verb of motion, since it means strictly not ' to hide,' but ' to throw to- 
 gether,' Con. ; see in Lex. II. (/?), and Gr. § 225, IV. — Medioque refugerit orbe, 
 ' and shall retire,' or ' shrink from sight in respect to the middle of his disc,' 
 1. e. shall appear concave, only the outer edge being bright, while the centre 
 is coverd with clouds. Cf. bTrdre koiIos hiSdiievo; -KEpiri/.hj^ Aratus, v. 96, and 
 concavus oriens, (i. e. sol) plavias praedicit, Plin. 18, 35, 78, 5"., Wr., Forb.; 
 or, ' shall recede from the middle of his disc ' to the circumference, Con. 
 
 443. Suspecti tibi sint imbres, i. e. tunc jure suspiceris imbres futures. Forb. 
 — Urget, intransitive, for imminet, instat or ingruit, Forb., ' threatens,' ' im- 
 pends,' ' approaches.' — Ab alto, 'from on high,' ' from the high heaven.' Cf. 
 on V. 324, Wr., Forb. 
 
 445. But when, at the approach of dawn, the rays of the sun burst forth 
 separately among the dense clouds, or when the light of the early morning is 
 pale, then hail-storms may be expected. Br. — Sub lucem, ' toward sun-rise,' 
 'just before sun-rise'; see in Lex. sub, II. B. 1., and Gr. § 235, (2), E. 6. 
 
 446. Diversi, ' in different directions,' ' separate,' ' scattered,' Forb., K. — 
 Sese rumpent=erumpent, ' shall break forth.' Forb. 
 
 447. This verse is imitated from Hom. II. 11, 1 ; Od. 5, 1 : 'Hwj 6' Ik ?.i^io}v 
 ira^ ayavov Tiduivoio "n.pvvTo. — Croceum. This epithet, according to Voss, 
 does not refer (as Keightly supposes), to the yellow or orange color of the 
 eastern part of the horizon before sunrise, but is used for the same reason 
 that in Homer all the goddesses are clothed with purple or saffron garments; 
 those colors being the most precious known to the ancients. Cf. 'Hwj KpoKo- 
 ■neirXos, Hom. II. 8, 1, ' saffron-veiled Aurora.' This verse is repeated A. 4, 
 585; 9, 460. 
 
 448. If ale, cf. on v. 360. Wr., Forb. 
 
 449. Tarn mulia, ' so very much, '=««»« plurimo, Wr. — Voss calls attention 
 to the imitative harmony of this verse, K., and Bryce says of it, that it is 
 onomatapoeic, the words crejntans salit horrida grandohelug admirably adapted 
 to express the jumping, pattering character of hail. 
 
BOOK I. ZnOTES. 217 
 
 450. ZTof , ' this,' probably refers to what goes before, meaning generally the 
 sun's significance ; see vs. 438 — 440 : Keightly thinks it points to what follows ; 
 what I am about to tell you. — Etiam magis prqfuerit. Aratus saj^s, v. 158, 
 the signs in the evening are more to be relied on than those in the morning. 
 Forb., K. —Decedit, scil. sol, ' is going down ' ; see in Lex. decedo, I. B. 3, b.— 
 Olympo emenso, ' the heavens having been traversed by it,' ' having traversed,' 
 e'c. 
 
 451. After nam understand turn, at evening. Con. 
 
 452. Errnre, ' moving fitfully about.' 
 
 453. Euros may mean ' Avind ' in general, but the south-east wind was 
 usually accompanied with heavy rain, and was on that account very much 
 disliked both by the Greeks and Romans. Forb. 
 
 454. Sin maculae rutilo iffni, alluding to the dark and the fiery clouds. — 
 Immiscerier, see Gr. § 322, 6. 
 
 456. Fervere, see in Lex. — No7i ilia, etc. The meaning is, Let no one at 
 such a time venture out to sea. For the sake of giving greater animation 
 the poet makes the caution particular and personal instead of general. Cf. G. 
 2, 315. Non for ne, see in Lex. (p). — Me vioneai convellere, Gr.§ 218, E. 2, & 
 273, 2, & (e). — Per altum, ' over,' or ' on the high sea.' 
 
 457. Moneaf, 'tell,' 'urge.' — Funein, the rope by which the vessel was 
 held. Forb., K. — Convellere funem, 'to pluck away the cable,' 'unmoor.' 
 
 458. If the sun is clear at morning and evening. — Condetque relatum, ' and 
 buries it' (i. e. ' ends,' ' closes it ') 'after he has brought it back.' K. 
 
 460. Claro, ' making clear ' ; see in Lex. clarits, I. 1, b. 
 
 461. In fine, the sun will teU what weather the evening will bring, etc. 
 According to Gell. 13, 11, and Macrob. Sat. 1, 7, nescis, quid vesper sei-us vehat, 
 was a Roman proverb. Forb. — Unde, etc. i. e. a qua parte caeli venturus sit 
 ventus, qui agat nubes ita ut serenum sit caelum. Wr., Con., ' from what quarter 
 of the heaven the wind shall come which wUl chase away the clouds so that 
 the sky may be clear.' — Serenas, see in Lex. 
 
 462. Quid cogitet Auster. The south wind is here pei'sonified. Cf. Quodcun.> 
 que minabitur Eurus, Hor. Od. 1, 28, 25 : Aujidus . . . diluviem meditatur agris, 
 Id. Od. 4, 15, 25, sq. H., Fo7'b. — Humidus, ' moist,' i. e. ' bringing rain.' 
 
 463. Falsum, i. e. fallentem, decipientem. H., Forb. 
 
 464. Ille etiam, etc. Here commences the digression leading to a descrip- 
 tion (vs. 466 — 514) of the prodigies which followed the death of Julius Caesar 
 and portended the civil war which then ensued. — Caecos, ' secret' 'dark.' 
 
 465. FrrtM(?e7n, ' fraud,' i. e. ' treachery ' of consph'ators. H. — Tumescere, 
 * are rising,' ' are swelling.' The metaphor is taken from the sea, H., Forb. 
 
 466. Ille etiam, etc. It would seem from the prodigies about to be enu- 
 merated, that in the year of Caesar's death there were volcanic eruptions and 
 earthquakes similar to those which devastated Calabria in 1783, and which 
 caused obscurity in the atmosphere of the whole of Europe for the greater 
 part of that year. Modern astronomers, Wunderlich tells us, assert that there 
 was an eclipse of the sun in the November of the year that Caesar was slain, 
 but an eclipse alone would not account for the effects narrated not only by 
 
 19 
 
218 
 
 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 poets but by historians; cf. Hor. Ocl. 1, 2; Ov. Met. 15, 782, sq.; Tibull, 2, 5, 
 71; Dio. Cass. 45, 17; Plutarch Jul. Caes. 69. K. — Mlseratus Romam, 'com- 
 passionated Rome,' i. e. by giving warning of the civil wars to come. H. 
 
 467. Obscura ferrugine, ' with a dusky ferruginous hue', i. e. with a dusky 
 atmosphere of the color oi feri^yo. According to Nonius this color was iron- 
 grey: it was often used in speaking of things pertaining to the lower Avorld 
 meaning dark, dusky, murkj'^; also to denote the violet hue of the hyacinth, 
 cf. G. 4, 183. Forh.^K. 
 
 468. Impia saecula, ' the impious race,' living at the time of Caesar's mur- 
 der: like mortalia saeda in Lucretius. Con. 
 
 469. Quamqua?n, ' although,' it was not the sun alone which gave warn- 
 ing. Con. — Tellus; by earthquakes, vs. 475, 479. Con. — Aequairt ponti] cf. on 
 V. 246. 
 
 470. Ohscenae^ 'ill boding,' see in Lex. I. — Importunae, 'unseasonable,' 
 and hence, ' of ill omen,' ' inauspicious,' synonymous with obscenae ; volucres, 
 quae in alienum seu non opportunum tempus ruebant. Serv., Forb. Compare 
 Shakspeare, Jul. C. 1, 3; "And yesterday the bird of night did sit, even at 
 noon-day, upon the market place, liooting and shrieking." Con. 
 
 471. Cydojywn in ar/ros. Homer says that the Cyclops dwelt on the Avest- 
 ern shore of Sicily; a later age represents them as living, with Vulcan, in the 
 caverns of Aetna, or on the Aeolian Isles, Voss., Forb.; see Aetna, in Lex. 
 
 472. Undantem, 'waving,' or 'surging,' refers to the lava. Con. — Ruptis 
 fm^nadbus, to be construed with effervere. The crater of Aetna was called 
 fotmax, since the whole mountain was considered as the workshop of Vulcan 
 and the Cyclops. Forb. 
 
 473. Liquefada saxa, referring to the lava, which on cooling hardens into 
 stone. K 
 
 474. Armorum sordtum, etc. The Roman gari'ison stationed in Germany, 
 on the banks of the Rhine, was said to have seen an army of foot soldiers and 
 horsemen fighting in the air, and to have heard the sound of their trumpets. 
 The origin of this belief is to be found in the appearance of the northern 
 lights. H., Forb. Cf. "the noise of battle hurtles in the air," Shakspeare, 
 Jul. C. 2, 2, Con. — Germanin, i. e. the Roman garrisons on the Rhine, Con. 
 
 475. Imolitis niotibus. The belief of the ancients that earthquakes took 
 place in the Alps from time to time, (Plin. 2, 80), is confinued by modern ex- 
 perience, though Heync suggests that avalanches may have been mistaken 
 for them. Con. 
 
 476. Vox quoque, etc. This prodigy occurred also before the city was taken 
 by the Gauls. K. — Lucos shows that the voice was that of a deity. Con. — 
 Per lucos vulgo, ' every where through the groves,' i. e. thi-ough many groves. 
 Wr., Forb. 
 
 477. Simulacra, 'shades' of the dead; from Lucr. 1, 124. H. — Modis for 
 in modum, Forb. 
 
 478. Sid), see in Lex. IL B. 1. — Obscurum, see in Lex. under obscurus, L— 
 Pecudesgue locutae. This prodigy is commonly related of oxen. Cf. vocales 
 boves, Tibull. 2, 5, 78. H., Forb. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 219 
 
 479. Infanduni cnlls attention to the peculiar horror of the portent last 
 named, Con. See Gr, \ 205, R. 10.— SisUrnt, 'stand still,' see in Lex. II. B. 2. 
 The cause is given in ttrrae dehiscunf, as the earth shaken down by the earth- 
 quakes filled and dammed up the streams, ff. 
 
 480. lUacrimat tempUs^ i. e. in temjMs. Forb. — Ebw^, aeraque, i. e. the 
 statues of the gods, made of ivory and brass. Because drops collected on 
 them when the air was moist they were said illacrimare and sudare. H. 
 
 481. Uimsual overflows of rivers were accounted prodigies. Foi^b. 
 
 482. Flwviorum rex. The Po is so styled as being the largest river of 
 Italy, Wr. Fluviorum^ see Metrical Key. 
 
 484. Tristibus extis, etc. ' the fibres did not fail to appear threatening in the 
 inauspicious entrails.' The ancients derived auguries of the future from the 
 appearance of the exta of the victim. K. Fibrae, according to Varro, L. L. 
 5, 79, and Serv. on v. 120, A. 6, 599; 10, 176, are the extremities of the liver; 
 what the point to be observed with regard to them was, does not appear. 
 Coti. — Apparere and manare depend upon cessavit. 
 
 485. Puteis manare cruor, as if there were springs of blood. Con. — Cessavit, 
 cf. on E. 1, 59. — Et^ scil. nan cessarunt. Wr. — Altae per noctem, etc. It was 
 deemed a bad omen to have wolves come even so near to a city that their 
 howling could be heard within it. Forb. Wolves entering Rome are several 
 times mentioned in Livy as portents. Con. — Altae m'bes, of cities in an ele- 
 vated situation, with special reference to Eome, standing upon seven hills. 
 Ffrrb. 
 
 487. Non alias, ' at no other time,' ' never,' see in Lex. alias, 1, g, under 
 alius. — Caelo sereno. Lightning in a clear sky was considered a prodigy. 
 Furb. 
 
 488. Cometae. The Romans believed, (as some persons have done in 
 modern times), that comets portended wars and other calamities. It may be, 
 as Voss suggests, that by cometae, meteors are here meant, as comets do not 
 usually appear in numbers. Forb., K. 
 
 489. Ergo, 'therefore,' i. e. as foreshadowed by these portents. Cb«. — 
 Paribus telis, because the army on each side was composed of Romans. 
 C?. infestisque obvia siynis si(jna, pares aquilas, et pila minantia pilis, Lucan. 
 1, 7. //. 
 
 490. Iterum qualifies concurrere, H., K. & Con., the sense being, as Con. 
 says. The issue of all was a second civil war. This seems more natural than to 
 connect z^crw/n with vtrfej'e and then to explain with Wr. as follows: Phillipi 
 was a city of Thrace, or of Macedonia on the borders of Thrace, while Phar- 
 salia, where was fought the other battle to which allusion is here made, 
 was in Thessaly, (see Pharsalia in Lex.); under the name of Macedonia (and 
 also of Emaihia, a part of Macedon, for the whole), the ancients sometimes 
 included not only Macedon, but Thessaly, Epirus, and a part of Thrace, 
 as if all constituting but one province; and hence the poet says, that Phi- 
 lippi, a city of Emathia as above defined, saw two battles between the 
 Romans, instead of saying that Elmathia itself was a witness to them both. 
 
220 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 as embracing within its limits both the cities where those battles were 
 fought. Wr., Lade. 
 
 491. Nee fuit indignum snperis=:nec d'ds indiynum visum est, ' it did not 
 seem to the gods unworthy of our crime,' i. e. too severe a punishment for 
 our cruelty towards Caesar. Toss. According to Heyne the meaning is, nee 
 diis iniquum est, i. e. diis placuit. Cf. Cul pulchrum fuit in medios dormire 
 dies, Hor. 1, Ep. 2, 39. Con. 
 
 492. Emathiam. Eraathia, as a district of Macedonia, did not include 
 within its limits either Philippi or Pharsalia, but as here used it embraces 
 both; see on v. 490; and Haemi camjws has here a like latitude of signi- 
 fication. 
 
 493. Scilicet et tempus veniet, larai bniTov koI otov, ' yes, and the time will 
 cQme,' 'and doubtless the time will come,' Jahn, Wr., Fori., Con. But Heyne 
 and Wakefield connects scilicet with what precedes. 
 
 494. Terram molitus aratro ; cf. ferro molirier arva, Lucr. 5, 932, i. e. fer- 
 tere, H., Forb. 
 
 495. Pila is emphatic, as denoting the well-known weapons of the Roman 
 legions. K. 
 
 496. Inanes is emphatic, as the hollowness would affect the sound, at the 
 same time that it reminds us that the heads which wore the helmets have 
 long since mouldered away. Con., H. 
 
 497. Grandia. It was a common opinion among the ancients that the hu- 
 man race from age to age was constantly degenerating in strength and size. 
 Forb. In the 12th Aeneid the poet represents Turnus throwing a stone of 
 such a size that twelve such men as lived in his time could hardly lift from 
 the ground. M. Cf. in Walter Scott's Lady of the Lake, Canto 5: 
 
 " When each, his utmost strength had shown. 
 
 The Douglas rent an earth-fast stone 
 
 From its deep bed, then heaved it high. 
 
 And sent the fragment through the sky, 
 
 A rood beyond the farthest mark ; — 
 
 And still in Stirling's royal park, 
 
 The grey-hak'd sires, who know the past, 
 
 To strangers point the Douglas-cast, 
 
 And moralize on the decay 
 
 Of Scottish strength in modern day." 
 
 498. Di patrii (et) Indigetes, etc. A prayer for the preservation of Au- 
 gustus Caesar. Two classes of gods are meant hy patrii and indigetes ; the 
 former, 'the gods of one's forefathers,' (Tr-orpwoi, iyxi^pioi, ro-niKoi,) especially 
 the Lares and Penates, are opposed to those deities whose worship the Romans 
 borrowed from foreign nations. The Indigetes are Roman heroes deified. 
 The poet names one of each class, Vesta belonging to the former. Cf. Ov. 
 Met. 15, 861, sq. : Di, precor, Aeneae comites, qidbus ensis et ignis cesserunt, 
 (i. e. dii patrii, Penates et Vesta), digue Indigetes, genitorque Quirine, etc. Wr. 
 Forb. — Vestaque viater, cf. on v. 163. 
 
BOOK I. NOTES. 221 
 
 499. Tuscum Tiberim. The Tiber was called ' Tuscan,' because it rose in 
 Etruria, in tlie Apennines. Thus Ovid, A. A. 3, 386, uses Tuscum amnem, 
 and Hon Od. 3, 7, 28, Tuscum alveum, of the Tiber. Forb. — Palatia. Augus- 
 tus Caesar had his residence on the Palatine hill, where also Eomulus had 
 resided.* Foi-b. 
 
 500. Saltern, ' at least,' as the gods had taken away Julius Caesar. — Everso 
 saeclo, ' this ruined age.' — Juvenem. Octavianus was at this time about 27 
 years old. See Juvenis in Lex. 
 
 501. Ne prohibete juvenem succurrere, Gr. § 272, E. 6. — Jam pridem, ' long 
 since.' 
 
 502. Luimus perjuna, etc. The ancients believed that the sins of ances- 
 tors were to be atoned for by their descendants : hence the poet represents the 
 Eomans as suffering for the crimes committed by their ancestors, the Trojans. 
 The crime of Laomedan, king of Troy, to which he alludes, consisted in de- 
 frauding Apollo and Neptune of the reward which he had promised them for 
 building the walls of that city, and also Hercules of what he had promised 
 him for rescuing Hesione. JI., Wr., Forb. 
 
 503. Gaeli regia ' the court of heaven.' 
 
 604. Inridet te nobis. The meaning is, that the gods have long been de- 
 sirous of associating him with their number. Wr., Forb. — Queritur (te) homi- 
 num curare triumphos, 'complains that jou. concern yourself with human 
 triumphs.' Augustus had not yet celebrated a triumph ; and Forb. under- 
 stands hominum curare triumplios as equivalent, by poetic flatteiy, to inter 
 homines vivere, as if to live and to triumph were the same thing with Octa- 
 vianus. 
 
 505. Quijype assigns the reason why the gods grudge Caesar to the Eomans. 
 Con. — Ubi, for apud qiios, sciLhomines}!., Forb. ; see ubi, II. B. in Lex. — Versum, 
 i. e. C(wj/msmj?i, ' confounded.' — Tot bella j^er orbem. The time here referred 
 to, and in vs. 509 — 511, is a. u. c. 717, H., when war had again broken out 
 betAveen Octavianus and Sextus Pompey; when Antony was on his march 
 against the Parthians, and when Agrippa had just ci'ossed the Ehine and 
 concluded the German war: but Forb. believes that a year later, B. C. 36, is 
 intended. Br. 
 
 506. Fades, ' aspects,' ' forms.' — Aratro, the dative ; cf. honos erit huic quo- 
 que porno, E. 2, 53. Con. 
 
 507. Dignus, ' due,' ' suitable.' — Abductis, ' taken away,' to serve as sol- 
 diers. K. — Here and in the two following lines the subject of the Georgics is 
 kept before the eye. Forb., Con. 
 
 508. Conflantur in, ' are melted into,' i. e. are melted down and then beaten 
 into. 
 
 509. Eujyfirates, i. e. the Parthians and other nations dwelling on the banks 
 of the Euphrates, and against whom Antony was then waging war. Wr., Forb. 
 — Germania; cf. on E. 1, 63, and on v. 505. 
 
 510. Vicinae urbes, i.e. of Italy, especially of Etruria, where dissensions 
 broke out between the different cities. Wr., Forb. — Ruptis inter se legibuSy 
 
 19* 
 
222 BOOK I. NOTES. 
 
 ' breaking the laws wliicli had bound them together,' i. e. either the laws of 
 civil society, Con., or positive treaties of peace. 
 
 511. Arma ferunt, i. e, ' are in arms.' Con. 
 
 512. The poet illustrates the commotions in the world by a simile taken 
 from the chariot races of the Circus. H., K. — Carceribus. The carceres were 
 a range of stalls at the end of the Circus, with gates of open wood-work, 
 which were opened simultaneously to allow the chariots to start. Con. 
 
 513. Addunt in spatia. Both the true reading and interpretation are here 
 uncertain. Besides the reading in the text some manuscripts have addunt se 
 in spatia, some addunt spatio or in spatia. Wagner suggests addunt se spatio, 
 meaning, ' they increase their speed with the course,' i. e. the further they 
 go the faster they run. Heyne, Forcellinus, Jacobs, Forb., K., and Con. sup- 
 ply se, and explain addunt se in spatia by, ' they give themselves to the 
 course,' ' rush along the course.' This seems better than the explanation 
 of Voss, approved by Ladewig, Freund and Klotz, viz. addunt in spatia, 
 i. e. spatia in spatia, or spatiis, addunt, ' they add space to space,' and thus 
 hasten through the course. See in Lex. addo, 3. — Spatia is to be understood 
 of the seven circuits which the chariots were to make. H. — Retinacula, ' the 
 reins.' K. 
 
 514. Audit, see in Lex. audio, 4. Currus, i. e. equi, see currus, II. 2, in 
 Lex. 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 LIBER SECUNDUS. 
 
 ARGUMENT. 
 
 I. Subject of the Second Book, and invocation of Bacchus, vs. 1 — 8. 
 
 II. Trees and plants — their modes of propagation : 
 
 1. Natural mode (10 — 21), viz. spontaneous growth (10 — 13): by seed 
 (14—16): from root of parent trunk (17—19). 
 
 2. Artificial mode (22 — 34): viz. by suckers (22, 23): by stocks or sets 
 (24,25): by layers (26,27): by cuttings (28, 29): by the trunk cut into 
 'lengths' (30, 31): by ingrafting (32—34). 
 
 III. Invocation, and detailed directions as to peculiar kinds of treatment 
 necessary for different trees and plants (35 — 82): 
 
 1. Introductory address to husbandmen, and invocation of Maecenas 
 (35—46). 
 
 2. Means of improving trees of natural growth (47 — 60). 
 
 3. How to employ artificial means of propagating (61 — 82). 
 
 IV. The differences in trees and plants: 
 
 1. Variety of species (83—108). 
 
 2. Soils suited for different kinds (109—113). 
 
 3. Trees peculiar to certain counti'ies (114 — 135). 
 
 V. Episode in praise of Italy (136 — 176). 
 
 VI. Soils — their nature, capabilities and indices (177 — 258). 
 
 1. Soils suited for the olive (179—183): for the vine (184—194): for cat- 
 tle rearing (195 — 202): for corn crops (203 — 211): for almost no production 
 (212—216): for any purpose (217—225). 
 
 2. Index to loose or close soil (226—237) : to salt and bitter (238— 247) : to 
 the rich and fat (248—250): to the moist (251—253): to the heavy and light 
 (254, 255): to the black (255): to the cold (256—258). 
 
 VII. The vine: 
 
 1. Directions for the preparation of the ground and for planting (259 — 
 353): trenches (259— 264) : nursery (265— 268): setting of slips (269— 287): 
 depth of trenches (288 — 297): miscellaneous cautions (298 — 314): time for 
 planting (315— 322): praises of spring (323— 345): manuring and airing of 
 young plants (346—353), 
 
224 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 2. General culture and treatment after planting (354 — 419): digging and 
 ploughing about the young vines and propping them (354 — 361): pruning 
 (362 — 370): hedges (371 — 396): ploughing of vineyard and other operations 
 (397—419). 
 
 VIII. Various other trees and plants: — the olive (420 — 425): fruit trees 
 (426—428): wild forest trees (429—457). 
 
 IX. Blessings and happiness of a country life (458 — 542). Bryce. 
 
 NOTES ON THE SECOND BOOK OF THE GEORGICS. 
 
 1. Hactenus^ scil. cecini, to be supplied from canam, v. 2. Cf. E. 9, 1. — 
 Arvorum culius, etc., referring to the subject of Book I. Cf. G. 1, 1. 
 
 2. Bacclie. Bacchus is naturally invoked at the commencement of this 
 Book, as he Avas the god of the vine and of fruit trees generally. — Sikestria 
 virgulta^, ' wild shrubs,' i. e. ' forest trees,' such as the elm, poplar, ash, etc., 
 which were planted for the future support of the vine. Vlrgultam means 
 properly ' a shrubbery,' or ' thicket of brushwood,' but here it signifies the 
 virgulae, ' rods ' or ' settings,' grown up to be young trees. 
 
 3. Prolem olivae, 'the offspring,' i. e. ' the fruit, of the olive tree.' Observe 
 how the poet has indicated the subjects he proposes to treat of in this Book, 
 without expi-essly naming either of them, viz., the vine by Bacchus, fruit- 
 bearing trees by prolem olivae, and the non-fruit bearing by silvestria virgulta. 
 Br. — Tarde cresceniis. The olive was of slow growth, Avhether propagated 
 from seed or from slips. Pliny quotes a saying of Hesiod to the effect that no 
 man who planted an olive lived to gatlier its fiiiit. 
 
 4. The invocation (vs. 4 — 8). — Hue, scil. veni, from v. 7. — Pater. This 
 term of honor (cf. pater D. in Lex.), was very frequently applied to Bacchus, 
 and was bestowed not on account of his appearance, as he was usually re- 
 presented in the form of a beaiitiful youth, but because of the benefits which 
 he was supposed to have conferred on man, with the kindness of a father. — 
 Lenaee, from Xtjvd';, ' a wine-press.' — Hie. Virgil fancies himself suiTOunded 
 by the gifts of autumn, of which he is going to sing. Con. 
 
 5. Tibi, 'for thee,' i. e. 'through thy favor,' 'by thee.' Cf. on G. 1, 14. — 
 Pampineo auctumno, ' with the viny autumn,' i. e. Avith the grapes which au- 
 tumn is yielding. K. — Gravidus, cf. on fultiis, E. 6, 53. 
 
 6. Floret, ' blooms,' in allusion to the various hues of the grapes and other 
 fruits. 2C, Voss. — Vindemia, '■ t\\Q vintage,' 'the gathered grapes,' i. e. their 
 expressed juice. K. — Plenia labris, ' in the full vessels ' : the lahra were the 
 vessels which received the liquor as it ran from the press. H., K. 
 
 7. Hue, pater, etc. Gr. § 324, 16. — Nudata, etc. The poet represents Bac- 
 chus and himself as entering the wine-press together, and treading out the 
 grapes. In the East, (see Isaiah 63, 1 — 3), and in Greece and Italy, the grapes 
 were trodden out by men with bare feet. The practice still prevails in many 
 parts of the south of Europe. K. 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 225 
 
 8. Dereptis cothiirnis, 'stripping off your buskins.' Bacchus was com- 
 monly represented as wearing buskins : see Bacchus in Lex. 
 
 9. Trees are propagated in two ways — by the means provided by nature 
 (10 — 21): by artificial means (22 — 34). Of the natural method there are three 
 varieties ;'l. Spontaneous production (10 — 13): 2. The dropping of the seed 
 by the trees themselves (14 — 16): 3. The growth of suckers (17 — 19). — Prin- 
 cipio, ' first,' ' in the first place.' — Arhwibus creandis, ' for producing trees,' 
 'for the production of trees.' Cf. on G. ], 3. — Natwa, 'the means provided 
 by nature,' ' the law.' 
 
 10. Virgil is supposed by Heyne and others to refer here to production by 
 invisible as distinguished from visible seeds, agreeably to a distinction made 
 by Varro, 1, 40 ; but from v. 49, it seems as if he believed in strictly sponta- 
 neous generation, (hn. — Nullis hominum, Gr. § 212, E. 2, (5). — Ipsae^ 'of them- 
 selves,' i. e. without any seed. Cf. on E. 8, 106. 
 
 11. Veniuni, cf. on G. 1, 54. — Late qualifies tenent=tegunt, implent. 
 
 12. Curva, by calling attention to the bends of the river, shows that the 
 trees grow along its side. Coii. — Siler, Gr. § 60, 2. 
 
 13. Pqpulus. Observe the quantity and gender (fern.) of this word when 
 meaning 'the poplar-tree,' as distinguished from populus, (masc.) 'a people.' 
 Br. — Glauca, etc., 'the hoary willows with bluish-green leaves.' This is a 
 beautiful description of the common willow : the leaves are of a bluish green, 
 and the under side of them is covered with a white down. 3L — Salicta for 
 salices. Cf. E. 1, 55. 
 
 14. Pars — surgunt, Gr. § 209, E. 11. — Posito de semine, ' from fallen seed,' 
 from seed deposited casually, dropping from trees. Con, 
 
 15. Nemorum, etc. The order is, neviorumque maxima aesculus, quae Jovi 
 frondet. Serv. Nemorum maxima, ' the largest of grove-trees,' nemorum being 
 equivalent to arborum nemoralium, Wr. Jovi, ' for Jupiter,' ' in honor of Jupi- 
 ter,' being, like other oaks, sacred to him. 
 
 16. Habitae oracula guercus, ' the oaks regarded as oracles,' referring to the 
 oaks of Dodona, which were reputed to give oracles, either by means of the 
 notes of pigeons sitting upon their branches, or by the murmuring of the 
 leaves when stirred by the wind. Cf. quercus, oracula prima, Ov. Am. 3, 
 10, 9. 
 
 17. Pullulai ab radlce: propagation by natural suckers, called puUi by 
 Cato, E. E. 51, puUuU by Pliny 17, 10, 12. Con.—Silva, cf on G. 1, 76. 
 
 18. Cerasis, see in Lex. But the wild cherry tree was doubtless found 
 in Italy before the time of Lucullus. — Etiam Parnasia laurus, etc. Observe 
 how the poet, in making this enumeration, varies the form of expression, 
 instead of saying, ut cerasis, ulmis et lauro. Parnasia. The finest bay trees 
 grew on Mount Parnassus, according to Pliny. M. See also laurus and Par- 
 nasus in Lex. 
 
 19. Parva — ingenti, cf. on G. 1, 366. Se subjicit, cf. on E. 10, 74. 
 
 20. Primum, ' at first,' ' in the first instance,' before men had tried experi- 
 ments. Con. — His, scil. modis. — Genus, 'kind.' 
 
226 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 21. Nemorumque sacrorum^ does not denote a botanical, but merely a poet- 
 ical division. Con. 
 
 22. Sunt alii, soil. modi. These artificial modes of propagating trees are 
 six in number: 1. Avulsio, (23, 24), i. e. tearing off suckers, and planting 
 them in trenches. 2. Infussio, (24, 25), i. e. covering in the earth sets, with 
 the ends either slit across in four {quadrifidas), or pointed. 3. Propagatio, 
 (26, 27), i. e. by layers 4. Surctdaiio, (28, 29), i. e. planting in the earth a 
 twig or shoot taken from the topmost boughs 5. Consitio, (30, 31), i. e. cut- 
 ting up the stem itself into 'lengths,' and then planting the parts either 
 whole or cleft. 6. Insitio, (32 — 34), i. e. ingrafting. Br. — Via sibi reperit usus, 
 ' experience has found out for itself by method,' i. e. by pursuing a regular 
 course: via=:arte, ratione, 'art,' 'method,' Serv., H., Wr.: but Voss, who 
 is followed by Forb., personifies nsus, and explains via by 'on her way,' 'in 
 her progress.' 
 
 23. Tenero is not for teneras, but expresses the violence done to the tree 
 by the artificial separation, thus contrasting it with natural propagation by 
 suckers, vs. 17 — 19. Con. 
 
 24. Deposuit, cf. on G, 1, 49. — Sulcis=^/bssis, Serv.; see in Lex. sulcus, II. 
 B. 1. — Stirpes, sudas and vallos all refer to the same thing, i. e. the sets ; being 
 either the stock of the tree, or pieces cut from the branches. 
 
 25. Acuta robore, 'the trunk' or 'body of the stake being sharpened,' 
 * made pointed,' i. e. at one end. 
 
 26. Silvarum^arhorum, see silva, B. 2 in Lex. — Presses, i. e. depresses in 
 terram, Wr. — The Roman agi-icultural writers use the term propagatio exclu- 
 sively in the sense of raising by layers. V. The common mode of doing this, 
 as described by Columella, was to dig a trench and then to bend down into 
 it a branch of the ti-ee, leaving two or three buds on the end of the branch, 
 which was to appear above the ground to form the tree, and rubbing off all 
 the other buds except four at the bottom of the trench, near the lowest part 
 of the bow {arcus) of the depressed branch, which were left to strike roots. 
 In the third year the branch might be separated from the parent tree. 
 
 27. Viva, ' living,' ' live,' because not separated from the parent stem. — 
 Sua terra, ' in their own soil,' i. e. in the soil in which they themselves, (the 
 parent trees), are growing. — Plantaria, see 2^l<^ntaris in Lex. 
 
 28. Summum cacumen, ' the highest point,' i. e. ' the topmost boughs ' 
 of the tree. 
 
 29. This is the surculaiio process, i. e. the cutting of a 'slip' or 'set' from 
 the top of a tree or branch. Br. — Ref evens, ' restoring,' i. e. to its native earth. 
 Forb., Con. It may however be translated ' bringing back,' as the pruner may 
 be regarded as going forth to prune the trees and bringing back the cuttings 
 with him. Wch. 
 
 30. Caudicibus seciis, ' the stocks being cut.' The root and branches were 
 separated from the stem of the tree, which was then cut into pieces or 
 'lengths,' and these were usually split up before planting. Br. — Mirabile dictu, 
 Gr, § 276, III. 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 227 
 
 31. Sicco Uffno, ' the dry wood.' Siccus seems to be here used literally, 
 the cleft pieces of the stem being considered as actually, or at least appar- 
 ently, sapless : hence the expression mirabile dictu. Pliny tells us that olive- 
 wood wrought and made into hinges for doors has been known to sprout 
 when left. some time without being moved. K. But Voss understands the 
 trunk to be termed dry in comparison with the root and branches, which 
 contain more sap. — Radix oleagina is mentioned as a specimen of the several 
 kinds of trees which are grown in this manner. Con. Myrtles and mulberries 
 were propagated in the same way. 
 
 32. Impune, ' without injury,' to the tree. Forh. 
 
 33. Vertere, scil. se, in (ramos) alterius. — Mutatam, ' changing its na- 
 ture.' K. 
 
 34. Pirum is the subject of ye7'?'e. — Prunis lapidosa rnbescere corna^ 'the 
 stony cornel cherries redden on the plum trees,' i. e. the cornel cherry is 
 grafted on the plum. It does not appear what was the object in thus grafting 
 upon a fruit-bearing tree this cherry, which Homer, Od. 5, 241, and Colu- 
 mella, 10, 15, describe as only food for swine, and of which Virgil himself 
 says, A. 3, 649, victuvi infelicem dare : but the epithet lapidosa shows that 
 coma is not put for cornos. and rubescere would be inapplicable to a change 
 from the redder fruit to the less i-ed, — the cornel cherries being of a beautiful 
 red color. Columella also says that these cherries were used for olives. The 
 explanation here given is that of Martyn, Jahn, Forb., Lade., and Con. But 
 Heyne, Voss, Wch., Wr., K. and V. hold that the poet is speaking of grafting 
 plums on cornel trees ; that coma is put for cornos^ the fruit for the tree, like 
 poma for pomi^ v. 426, and that lapidosa is applied to the tree on account of the 
 nature of its fruit, as having a large stone. 
 
 35. Qwoj-e, ' wherefore,' since art can do so much. K. — Generatim, 'ac- 
 cording to their kinds,' as required by the different kinds of plants. Genera- 
 iim is a Lucretian woi'd. Cf. also, for this and the following lines ; Iiide aliam 
 atqne aliam culturam dulcis agelli tentabant, fructusque feros mansuescere terra 
 cernebant indulgendo blandeqve colendo. Lucr. 5, 1367. Con. 
 
 37. iVew, after a simple imperative, without ne or ut preceding, is found also 
 in A. 9, 235. Forb. — Segues jaceant, ' lie idle,' ' lie unproductive,' cf. on G. 1, 
 72. — An encouragement is added by the examples of the mountains Ismarus 
 and Taburnus, the former of which produced excellent wine, and the latter 
 was very fruitful in olives. — Juvat Ismara — Tahurnum. This sentence is pa- 
 renthetic. Juvai, ' it is delightful ' ; or, ' it is of use.' 
 
 38. Taburnum. Taburnus was a mountain on the confines of Samnium, 
 Campania and Apulia. Forb. 
 
 39. Z7na, scil. mecum, decurre, ' run through with me,' i. e. ' accompany me 
 in.' The metaphor is taken from navigation. See decurro II. A. (/?). in Lex. 
 
 40. decus, etc., i. e. Avhose friendship I deem my greatest glory. Cf. 
 Maecenas . . . o et praesidium et duke decus meum, Hor. Od. 1, 1, 2, and Mae- 
 cenas, mearam grande decus columenque rerum, etc. Id. Od. 2, 17, 4. 
 
 41. Maecenas, cf. on G. 1, 2. — Pelago (dative) patenti da vela, scil. una 
 mecum, ' spread the sails with me to the open sea,' i. e. ' set sail with me on 
 
228 
 
 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 the open sea,' or, laying aside the metaphor, assist me in entering upon the 
 boundless subject which lies open before me. By j^elagus reference is made 
 to the vastness of the subject of which the poet is to treat. 
 
 42. Cuncta, ' the w-hole subject.' Co7i. 
 
 43. There is here an imitation of Homer's II. 2, 488. Macrobius, Sat. 6, 3, 
 says that Hostius, a contemporary of Julius Caesar, had already made a 
 translation of the passage, from which he quotes, non si mild linguae centum 
 atque ora sient totidem vocesgue Uquatae. Con. — Non, scil. optem amplecti. 
 
 44. Primi liioris oram=primam liioris Oram, ' the first part of the edge,' 
 etc., * the very edge of the shore.' — Lege, ' coast along.' Cf. on E. 8, 7. The 
 poet indicates that he does not intend to go into his subject at large and in 
 detail, but only to treat cursorily of its principal topics. 
 
 45. In manibus, like h x^9°i-^t ' close at hand,' implying that the argument 
 of this didactic poem, which treats of plain realities, of the earth and the 
 fields, is easy to be perceived and comprehended, and therefore requires no 
 long circumlocution or preamble to introduce it. — Hie almosts seems to imply 
 an intention of doing so one day. Con. — Ficto carmine, i. e. a poem on a 
 mythic subject, an epic or heroic poem. 
 
 46. Exorsa=exordia ; see exorsus under exordior in Lex. 
 
 47. The poet here returns to the threefold division of trees naturally pro- 
 duced (cf. on V. 9), each of which kinds, he says, may be improved by culti- 
 vation. Con. — In luminis oras, ' into the regions of light.' This phrase is never 
 iised, says Forb., except in reference to the birth of animals or the bursting 
 forth of plants. Br. Compare Gray's " warm precincts of the cheerful day.V 
 Con. ; see ora, I. B. in Lex. 
 
 48. Laetas, ' luxuriant,' Br. ; cf. on G. 1, 1. 
 
 49. Solo natura subest, ' there is latent (sub) in the soil a natural power.' 
 Fo7'b. Natura, ' natural energy,' or ' power,' i. e. for the prodiiction of those 
 trees. Cf. nam penitus jyrorsum latet haec natura subestque, Lucr. 3, 273. 
 
 50. Inserat, ' engraft,' i. e. with cuttings from other trees. Co7i. — Mutata, 
 'removed,' 'transplanted.' Forb. That simple transplantation improves a 
 tree is stated by Palladius, 12, 7, and other rural writers. Con. But Wch. 
 and Wr. explain mutata as meaning changed by engrafting, ' engrafted.' — 
 Subaciis, ' well prepared,' ' well dug.' 
 
 51. Exuerint, see Gr. § 259, E. 1, (5). — Animum=naturam. H., see in Lex. 
 IL 1, b. — Cultu frequenti, 'constant cultivation.' 
 
 52. Artes, ' artificial cultm-e,' ' kinds of culture.' 
 
 53. Sterilis, scil. arbor, which occurs in v. 57, though it is implied in what 
 has preceded. He is referring to suckers which spring up from the roots 
 of the tree. — Stirpibus ab imis ; cf. ab radice, v. 17. 
 
 54. Hoc faciei, i. e. exuet silvestrem animum. — Vacuos, ' open.' — Digesta, 
 * planted out in regular order,' ordine disposita, Br. 
 
 55. Nunc, ' now,' i. e. in its natural state. Con. 
 
 56. Crescentique adimunt, etc' ' and rob it, as it grows up, of its fruit, and 
 dry it up when it does bear,' i. e. prevent it from bearing fruit, or if it does 
 bear, dry up the tree and so wither the fruit. 
 
BOOK IT. NOTES. 229 
 
 57. Jam^ 'again,' 'moreover.' This use of jam, nearly in the sense of 
 praeterea, is not uncommon. Con. — Seminibus jactis=^j)Osito semine, v. 15. It 
 does not relate to sowing by the hand. Con. 
 
 58. Venii=provenit, cf. on G. 1, 54. — Seris nejMibus, cf. E. 9, 50, and on 
 V. 294; 'distant' or 'unborn generations of men.' 
 
 59. Po?««, ' the fruit,' generally. — (?6^ito, 'forgetting,' i.e. being deprived 
 of, losing; cf. on v. 214. 
 
 60. Turpes, 'unsightly,' as being not cultivated. II.; hence, 'poor,' 'sour.' 
 — Avibus praedam, because no men will pick them. Con. — Uva for vitis. Serv. 
 It appears from Cic. de Sen. 15, 52, and Flin. 17, 10, 10, that vines were raised 
 at Eome from grape-seeds. Forb. 
 
 61. Scilicet is explanatory, ' the fact is,' ' in fact.' — Omnibus, scil. arboribus, 
 referring not only to trees of natural gi'owth, but to those propagated arti- 
 ficially. — Impendendus, Gr. § 274, R. 8, («). 
 
 62. Cogendne in sulcum, i. e. made to stand in the trenches in order: 
 formed on the analogy of cogere in ordinem, and giving the notion of training 
 and discipline, ' drilled into trenches,' Con. — Malta mercede, ' at great cost,' 
 i. e. of labor. 
 
 63. Sed, etc. Some however are propagated better in one way, some in 
 another. — Truncis, 'by stems,' or 'truncheons'; cf notes on vs. 30, 31, and 
 on V. 22, 5th mode. Gr. § 247, 3. — Propagine, cf. on vs. 26 & 22, 3d mode. 
 
 64. Respondent, ' answer,' i. e. ' succeed,' according to our own idiom, V. — 
 SoUdo de robore, ' from the solid wood,' referring to the 2d mode mentioned in 
 note on v. 22. — Myrtus, cf. on E. 7, 62. It is here of the 4th declension, 
 Gr. § 99. 
 
 65. Plnntis, 'from slips' or 'shoots.' This may include 'sucker?,' vs. 23, 
 24, and also the shoots mentioned in the 4th mode in note to v. 22, but is not 
 to be confined to the former, as the oak, palm and fir do not produce suckers. 
 
 66. Ilerculeaeque arbos toronae, cf on E. 7, 61. 
 
 67. Chauniique patris, i. e. Jupiter, to whom the oak was sacred; cf. on E. 
 9, 13; Chaonli—Dodonaei, Con. — Glandes=quercus. — Palnia. The palm was 
 planted in Italy not for its fruit, but for its pliant twigs, which were used for 
 making baskets, etc., and for its shade. Forb. 
 
 68. Nascitur, scil. planiis. — Abies. The fir was much used in ship 
 building. 
 
 69. In many manuscripts this line reads, Inseritur vero et fetu micis arbu- 
 tus horrida, making a hypercatalcctic verse, (cf. on G. 1, 295), but it was coi'- 
 rected as given in the text, on the authority of the Medicean and six other 
 manuscripts, by Wagner.— iZor?-irf«, 'rough,' 'prickly,' so called from its 
 fruit, or, more probably, from its bark. Foi-b. — Nucis fetu, ' with the offspring,' 
 i. e. ' with a shoot of the walnut-tree.' Fetu is the abl. — Inserere, like many 
 verbs compounded with in, admits a double construction, arbore inserere nu- 
 cem and arborem inserere nuce. Forb. 
 
 70. Steriles. The plane trees are called steriles because they bear no 
 edible fruit. Forb. — Gessere=gerere solent; cf. on G. 1, 49. So incanuit and 
 fregere, below. 
 
 20 
 
230 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 71. Castaneae, scil. Jiore. — Fagus, the nom. pi. after the 4th declension, 
 Wr., Forb.^ though the verb which follows it is singular, see Gr. § 209, K. 12, 
 note 9, (3). The last syllable may however be long by caesura. Con. 
 
 72. Glandemque sues fregere sub ulmis, i. e. the oak being gi'afted upon the 
 elm. Fregere, 'crunch.' — Modern naturalists assert that the grafts here 
 named are impossible, and that it is only plants of the same family that can 
 be grafted on each other. K. Cf. on this subject Daubeny, 156, 157: " Colu- 
 mella asserts that every tree can be grafted upon every other, provided only 
 their bark be similar. In proof of this he states, that if a fig-tree be planted 
 close enough to an olive, to allow of the extremities of its branches being 
 brought into contact with the former, we may cause the olive-branches to 
 grow out of the stump of the fig, by sawing off the trunk of the latter at a 
 certain height from the ground, splitting with a wedge the part that remains 
 standing, and inserting the extremities of the branches into the fissure thus 
 occasioned. The latter will by degrees so coalesce with the wood of the fig- 
 tree, that they may in four years' time be severed from their parent tree, and 
 continue to live as grafts upon the fig. And this same method applies, he 
 sa3^s, to every other tree. Pliny too observes, that we see the cherry growing 
 upon the willow, the plane upon the laurel, the laurel upon the cherry, and 
 fruits of various tints and hues springing at once from the same tree; whilst 
 Palladius, in his poem de Jnsiiione, particularises not only these, but various 
 other instances in which scions have been grafted upon stocks altogether dif- 
 ferent from themselves. And yet all modern authorities concur in assigning 
 a very limited range to the capacity of grafting one plant upon another." 
 
 73. Nee modus (est) inserere, etc.,=??ec solemus inserere, etc., ' nor are we 
 accustomed to graft and to inoculate in the same mannei',' ' nor are the modes 
 of grafting and of inoculation identical ' ; Gr. § 275, III. R. 1, note 1, Cf. on 
 G. 1, 213. — Simplex, 'one,' i. e. 'one and the same,' 'identical.' He describes 
 the process of inoculation, vs. 74 — 77, and of grafting, vs. 78 — 82. 
 
 75. Tunicas, i. e. the liber or inner bark, R. ; that which is under the 
 cortex. Con. 
 
 76. Nodo. Tlie bud, bursting forth from the bark and swelling up like a 
 knot, is here called nodus. Wr. — Sinus, 'a cavity,' 'hollow.' — Hue — includunt. 
 This expression contains the two ideas o^ motion towards and rest in a place. 
 
 77. Dot ent inolescere, ' teach it to grow to,' ' to unite with,' i. e. ita efficiunt, 
 ut inolescat. Forb. 
 
 78. Aut rursum, ' or again ' ; he thus passes to the other mode of propaga- 
 tion, namely grafting. — Enodes trunei, ' the trunks free from knots,' ' the 
 smooth stems." — Alte=profunde. Serv. 
 
 79. In solidum, scil. lignum. — Feraces jilaniae, 'fruitful slips,' i.e. slips 
 from a fruit-bearing ti-ee. 
 
 80. Xec longum tempus (est) et. Ft, like the Greek Kai, is often thus used 
 to connect two points of time immediately adjoining: see in Lex. II. 3. 
 
 81. Fxiit, see on G. 1, 330, and in Lex. I. 2. f. — Felicibus=fertilibus. Serv. 
 
 82. Non sua jjoma, ' fruit not its own.' 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 231 
 
 83. Of the varieties existing in the several species of plants, vs. 83 — 108. — 
 Unum, ' one and the same,' ' single.' 
 
 84. Lotoque. The tree here spoken of is thought by Martyn to be the 
 2i2;?/^;A«s or 'jujube tree.' Keightley says of it: The lotus-tree grows on the 
 north coast of Africa ; it is described by Theophrastus and Polybius, and is a 
 tree of moderate altitude, bearing small fruits, which are sweet, resembling 
 the date in flavor. For the use of que see on v. 87. — Idaeis cyparissis. The 
 cypress was said to have been brought into Italy from Mount Ida in Crete. 
 See on E. 1, 55. Cyparissis is the Greek form, instead of cupressus. 
 
 85. Nee unam in faciem. There are many varieties of olives, of which 
 Virgil mentions only three: Cato mentions eight kinds. Columella ten, Macro- 
 bius sixteen. Con. 
 
 86. Orchades and radii appear to be so named from their shape. The or- 
 chades, (J(>;;^dj), are oblong, the radii are long like a weaver's shuttle. Pausia 
 is a kind of olive which requires to be gathered before it is ripe; hence amara 
 bacca. Con. 
 
 87. Pomaque. We should have expected pomave, but in excited or em- 
 phatic narrative the copulative conjunction is often put for the disjunctive, 
 especially when several negative particles have preceded. Forb. — Et Alcinoi 
 silvae, ' the orchards of Alcinous ' are the same as the jjoma., unless we sup- 
 pose them to convey a still more general designation, ' apples and all Alci- 
 nous' orchard trees.' Con. 
 
 88. Ci'usiumiis. The Crttstumia, or as others call them, Crustuviina^ were 
 reckonedthe best sort of pears. Jf. ; they were so called from Crustumerium 
 or Crustumium, at the conflux of the Allia and Tiber: Serv. says they were 
 partly red. Con. — Syriis. Serv. and Pliny say they were black. Con. — Volemis, 
 so named, according to Servius, because they were large enough to fill the 
 vola, or hollow of the hand ; ' hand-fillers.' Con. 
 
 89. He now enumerates many varieties of the vine. — Arboribus, i. e. the 
 trees which supported the vine. — Vindemia=ume. H. — Nostris, 'our,' i. e. the 
 Italian. 
 
 90. Palmite. The pahnes is the bearing wood of the vine; Col. 5, 6. Con. 
 
 91. Thasiae. The Thasian wine is mentioned by Pliny, as being in high 
 esteem. M. — Mareotides^ scil. uvae, or vites^ the vines being put for their 
 fruit. 
 
 92. Hae, 'the former,' Gr. § 207, R. 23, {b).—Habiles, 'proper for,' 
 ' adapted to.' 
 
 93. Passo, scil. vino^=vino e passis uvis facto. Con. The wine made from 
 raisins was called passum^ from the grapes being sj^read out in the sun to dry. 
 The manner of making it is described by Columella, lib. 12, c. 39.— Psythia— 
 Lageos. These are the names of two Greek vines or grapes, but the meaning 
 of the names is not known. — Tenvis. According to Heyne the meaning is 
 ♦ small,' referring to the size of the clusters and of the grapes : others under- 
 stand it to mean a ' light,' ' thin ' wine: Serv. explains it by penetrabile, quae 
 cito descendit in venas= subtle,' 'spirituous,' 'intoxicating.' This explanation, 
 
232 BOOK II. XOTES. 
 
 ■which seems to me preferable, is approved by Voss, Forb. and Klotz, and is 
 supported by the next line. 
 
 94. Olim, 'hereafter,' 'one day,' i. e. when the wine shall have been 
 pressed out from it. Burm., Con.^ or it may mean 'soon,' after it has been 
 drunk. Con. 
 
 95. The purpureae are mentioned as a particular kind of grape by Col. 
 3, 2 : of the preciae, which Serv. explains by j^fd-ecoquae, ' early-ripe,' there 
 were two kinds, distinguished by the size of the grape. Col. 3, 2, 1, Plin. 14, 
 2. Con. 
 
 96. Rhaetlca, scil. vitis. Suetonius says that the Ehaetian wine was a 
 favorite with Augustus. — Nee, i. e. nee tamen. Forb. — Cellis Falernis. The 
 wine cellars are put for the wine itself. The Falernian was the best Italian 
 wine, next after the Caecuban. Forb. 
 
 97. Aminaeae. These wines are said, by Aristotle, to have been trans- 
 planted by the Aminaeans from Thessaly to Ital}'. — Firmissima vina, ' very 
 durable Avines,' which keep good for a long time. Forb. Observe the apposi- 
 tion between vites and vina. 
 
 98. Tmolius seems to be here used in imitation of the Greek, like 
 Afo-jSjof, XiOf, etc., olvos being implied, Wch., Wr., Forb.-^ others supply mows. — 
 Assurgit, cf. E. 6, 66. 
 
 99. Argitisque minor. This is to be connected with sunt et Aminaeae, etc. 
 Of this vine there were two kinds, Argitis major and minor, so nained from 
 the size of the grapes. 
 
 100. Tantum Jluere, ' in yielding so much juice.' 
 
 101. Bis et mensis, etc. ; drinking did not begin till after the first course, 
 when it was commenced by a libation. Con. 
 
 102. Transierim, Gr. § 260, II. R. 4. — Rhodia, scil. vitis. 
 
 103. Species, scil. vitium. 
 
 104. Est numerus, ' is there, a number,' =e«w??ie?'a?'i potent, ' can it be num- 
 bered,' or ' told.' — Neque eriim, ' nor indeed.' — Reftrt, ' is it necessary,' ' need 
 we.' K. 
 
 105. Aequoris, 'plain,' 'desert.' — Idem, Gr. § 207, R. 27, ('0- 
 
 107. Violentior incidit, ' falls more violent than usual.' 
 
 108. lonii fluctus=jluctus lonii maris. Con. 
 
 109. Of the soils suited to different kinds of trees, vs. 109 — 113, and of the 
 trees peculiar to certain countries, vs. 114 — 135. — For the words of this verse 
 compare Lucr. 1, 166, ferre omnes omnia possent, where the fact that particu- 
 lar places produce particular things is urged to prove that nothing can come 
 of nothing: the fact has been mentioned alread}^, G. 1, 50 — 63, where it is 
 recognized as connected with the present condition of humanity, just as the 
 opposite, omnis feret omnia tellus, E. 4, 39, is a characteristic of the Golden 
 Age. Con. 
 
 110. Fluminibus — ^prfZwrfiiMs, ablatives of place, for ad fiumina, ad paludes: 
 cf. on E. 7, 66. Forb. The willow appears to grow in the river. Con. 
 
 111. Steriles, see on v. 70. 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 233 
 
 112. Litora myrteiis laetissima, instead of myrii solent esse laetissima in litO' 
 ribus. H. Cf. G. ,4, 124, and on E. 7, %2.—Apertos suggests the idea of apricos^ 
 to which aquilonem et frigora is opposed : he treats soil and climate together, 
 as in G. 1, 51, sqq. Con. 
 
 113. Bacchus^ see in Lex. 2, a, 
 
 114. Extremis domitmn cuUoribus orhem—extremas orhis partes cultas. Gul- 
 toribus is the dative of the agent. The sentence is closely connected with 
 what follows, the sense being, Look at foreign lands, go as far as you will, 
 you will find each country has its tree. Con. 
 
 115. Pictos, 'painted,' or 'tattooed.' 
 
 116. Divisae arboribus patriae, ' their countries are divided among trees,' 
 i. e. each tree has its allotted country. Con. 
 
 117. Ebenum. If Vivgil meant that ebony was peculiar to India proper, 
 Theophrastus was perhaps his authority. Plant. 4, 5 ; but under the name of 
 India, Ethiopia was also included. V. — Turea virga Sabaeis. Cf. G. 1, 57. 
 
 119. Acanthi. The acanthus here spoken of is a tree, perhaps the acacia, 
 and then baccas would mean 'berries,' or 'seeds ' in the pods: Martyn under- 
 stands it of the globules of gum. 
 
 120. Molli lana, referring to the cotton-tree, gossypion or xylon. 
 
 121. Foliis depectant. It was the belief in Virgil's time, and long after, 
 that silk, which was brought to Europe from the East, grew on the leaves of 
 trees. — Observe the change of construction from the accusative, nemor<i, after 
 Q-efei^am, to the subj. with ut. Forb. 
 
 122. Oceana j^ropi-iur is explained by extremi sinus ot'bis, and seems to 
 imply the Homeric idea of the ocean as a great stream encircling the outside 
 of the world. Con. 
 
 123. Simis, ' bend,' or ' curvature,' referring to the curved eastern shore 
 of this remotest part of the eartli. — Aera summum arboris, ' the topmost air 
 of the tree,' instead of, the top of the tree where it rises highest in the air. 
 
 124. Jactu, ' by a throw,' ' when shot.' With regard to the height of these 
 trees Pliny says, 7, 2, arbores quidem tantae proceritatis traduntur ut sagittis 
 superari nequeant. — Non potuere, i. e. nan possunt, cf. on G. 1, 49. Fo7'b. 
 
 125. Et quidem^et tamen, H., ' and yet,' ' although.' — Non tarda, for strenua, 
 impigra, or the like, ' active,' ' quick.' By what figure of rhetoric is this? 
 
 126. Tristes, ' sour,' ' bitter.' H. Cf. G. 1, 75.— Tardum, ' lasting,' ' linger- 
 ing,' that remains long on the tongue and palate. K. 
 
 127. Fellcis, 'happy,' 'blessed,' i. e. 'healthful,' 'wholesome.' on account 
 of its salubrious qualities. — Mali, ' citron.' — Praeseniius, see in Lex. prae- 
 sens, C. 
 
 128. Saevae novercae. The Latin writers often charge stepmothers with 
 the crime of poisoning the children of their husbands by a former marriage. 
 
 129. This line is found again G. 3, 283, on which account, and because it 
 inteiTupts the connection between praesentius idlum and auxilium venit, it is 
 supposed by Heyne and some others to be an interpolation here. But Con- 
 ington justly observes that, as the external evidence against the genuineness 
 of the line is far from strong, and there is nothing inappropriate in the sense, 
 
 20* 
 
234 
 
 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 poisons and incantations being frequently connected, it seems decidedly best 
 to retain it : it will then serve as an epexegesis of infeceret — Miscuerunt, cf. 
 on E. 4, 61. — Herbas, scil. no7i innoxias^ i. e. venenatas. H. — Nbn innoxia verba, 
 i. e. noxia verba^ ' incantations.' H. 
 
 130. A(jiit=ablgit, expellit. Forb. 
 
 131. Faciem, cf. on E. 1, 55. 
 
 132. Jactaret, see in Lex. I. B. 4. 
 
 133. Erat for esset, Gr. § 259, E. 4, (1) & {b).—Labentia, 'falling off.' 
 Instead of labentia we should expect labuniur; but see Gr. § 274, 3, (a). , 
 
 134. 4fi prima, i. q. in primis, maxime, ' extremely,' ' in the highest de- 
 gree.' — Olentia, see in Lex. olens, B. This word applies both to animas and 
 ora, Forb. 
 
 135. Fovent, i. e. curant, Qipa-nebovai, the same as the following verb medi- 
 cantur, H., 'cure,' ' correct'; see in Lex. anima, 3. — Illo, scil. malo. Forb. — 
 Medicantur. This verb sometimes governs the dative, as here, and some- 
 times the accusative; Gr. \ 223, K. 2, 1, (a). 
 
 136. Here follows, vs. 136 — 176, a highly wrought patriotic effusion, enu- 
 merating the blessings which his native land enjoys, and the evils from which 
 she is free. V. — Silvae ditissimn.for silvarum Gr. § 213 andE.5, (3). The punctua- 
 tion given in the text was introduced by Reiske: the old interpretation, 
 approved by Con., connected Medorum silvae, and placed ditissima terra in 
 apposition ; and then, as Con. observes, the silvae would be the citron-groves, 
 but with the other pointing nothing more seems to be meant than general 
 luxuriance in trees. 
 
 137. Auro turbidus, whose mud or sand is gold: Heyne calls it an oxy- 
 moron. Con, 
 
 139. Panchaia, a fabulous island off the east coast of Arabia, rich in myrrh, 
 frankincense, etc. It seems here to be put for Arabia. 
 
 140. The idea conveyed is: Italy is not inferior to Colchis in fertility, and 
 she is at the same time free from those monsters which afflicted that country. 
 Forb., Br. The allusion is to the story of Jason, who went to Colchis for the 
 golden fleece; where he conquered the bulls, which breathed forth fire from 
 their nostrils, and yoked them to a plough: he also slew a vast dragon, 
 sowed his teeth in the ground and destroyed the soldiers which arose from 
 the dragon's teeth, like a crop of corn from seed. M. — Ilaec loca, ' tliese re- 
 gions,' ' this country.' 
 
 141. Satis dentibus. According to Wr. and Forb. this is the dative, Gr. 
 §222, and is equivalent to serendis dentibus; the bulls being yoked to the 
 plough not after the teeth were sown, but before, and for the purpose of 
 ploughing the ground so that the teeth might be sown. Con. however takes 
 satis dentibus as the ablative absolute, regarding the passage as a sort of 
 hysteron proteron. — Hydri, 'of the dragon,' whose teeth were sown by Jason. 
 
 142. Viritm seges, ' a crop of men.' — Horruit, scil. in his locis. K. 
 
 143. Gravidne, 'heavy '=largae, abundantes. Serv.—Bacchi Massicus hu- 
 mor, 'the Massic liquid of Bacchus,' i. e. Massic wine, or wine from Movmt 
 Massicus. 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 235 
 
 144. Oleae. See Metrical Key.— iaeto, ' prolific,' Con. 
 
 145. The idea to be conveyed by these verses, 145—148, is, that Italy pro- 
 duces good horses and cattle. E. Varro, Festus and others derive the name 
 Italia^ from its oxen, WaXoi, {vituli), and Gell. 11, 1, calls it armentosissima, 
 Con.— Bellaioi', cf. on E. 8, 13. Bellatoi- equus, 'the war-horse.'— ^rJwMs, 
 i. e. erectus, celsus, Forb., referring to the proud bearing of the horse advanc- 
 ing with lofty head. 
 
 146. Albi greges. White victims were offered to the celestial gods, and 
 black to the deities of the lower world. i^or3.— The waters of the river Cli- 
 tumnus were supposed to have the effect of changing the color of cattle to 
 white. Wr. — Maxima, either as being the largest victim, or as being offered 
 on the occasion of a triumph. Burin., K. 
 
 148. Ad templa deum, i. e. in Capitolium, Wr. — Duxere. As these white 
 bulls preceded the triumphal car they are represented by the poet as leading 
 the triumphal procession, though in fact they were not at its head. 
 
 149. He describes the temperate air of Italy by saying it enjoys a per- 
 petual spring, and summer warmth in months where summer is strange. — 
 Alienis mensibus aestas, ' summer in months not its own,' soil, hibernis. Wr. 
 
 150. Bis gravidae. The sheep yean twice in the year. X. — JJtilis, 'useful 
 for,' i. e. ' productive of.' K. 
 
 151. Saeva leonum semina, i. e. genera, Serv., for saevi leones. 
 
 152. Fallunt, ' deceive,' i. e. they do not gather aconite by mistake, when 
 collecting other plants. — Aconita. According to Dioscorides, 4, 78, aconite 
 grew in Italy. It is probable therefore that the poet is not to be understood 
 here as denying that this plant existed in Italy, but only as representing it to 
 be seldom met with there, the stress being laid on fallunt, Serv., Forb. 
 
 153. The words immenso and tanto show that the poet does not deny that 
 venomous reptiles do exist in Italy, but that they are comparatively small 
 and harmless. Br. — Tantx) iractu, ' with so vast a train,' scil. quanto in aliis 
 terris. H. 
 
 155. Adde, etc. To those blessings of nature already enumerated add the 
 works of man and the men themselves. K. — Egregias, 'noble,' 'famous.' 
 There were many more cities in Italy than in any other country of the same 
 extent. Aelian says that it contained 1,197. Forb. — Operum laborem, 'the 
 labor of the works,' i. e. the buildings, etc., erected with much labor, 'the 
 laborious ' or ' mighty works.' Con. 
 
 156. Congesta, i. e. aedijicata, consiructa, Serv. — Manu here implies labor, 
 personal exertion. Con. — PraeriqHis saxis. The site of many of the ancient 
 Italian towns was on precipitous rocks. 
 
 157. Sublerlabentia. This does not mean that the rivers flow beneath the 
 walls and into the cities, but that they flow close by the walls. Thus when 
 any action is performed close to the walls of a town we say it is done under 
 the walls, J/. The poet here refers to such towns as were built on the banks 
 of streams. 
 
 158. Mare quod supra, i. e. superum mare sen Adriaticum. — Quodque infra, 
 i. e. inferum seu Tyrrhenum. — Alluit, scil. Italiam. 
 
236 BOOK II. ^'OTES. 
 
 159. M(ixhne=2^erinagne, H. Lake Verbannus, now Lago Maggiore, is 
 larger than Lake Larius. — Lam^ Gr. § 52. 
 
 160. Fluctihus, scil. marinis. The lake was so large that in time of storms 
 its waves and its roar were like tliose of the sea, E. — Assurgens, i. e. tumes- 
 cens, H. 
 
 161. Portus. The Portus Julius is meant, which was near Baiae in Cam- 
 pania, and which was made by Caesar Octavianus, a. u. c. 717, as a place 
 where his fleet might be repaired in safetj^, after his defeat by Sextus Pom- 
 pey. A communication was made between the Lucrine lake and the Aver- 
 nns, and the two were thus thrown into one; the mound which separated the 
 Lucrine from the sea was strengthened, so as to form a strong breakwater, a 
 passage being of course left for the admission of vessels. The harbor thus 
 made was called Julius in honor of Caesar and the Julian family, Br. — 
 Claustra, ' mound,' ' dyke,' K. 
 
 162. Indignatum, ' expressing its indignation,' ' chafing ' at the barrier. — 
 Magnis sbndoribus, ' loud murraurings.' 
 
 163. Julia unda=iunda Julii portus. Con. — Longe may be joined either 
 with sonai or refuso, but it is better to connect it with sonat. The meaning 
 here seems to be, that the sea rushed against and was flung back by the 
 dyke, and that the sound was heard all over the new-formed port, K. — 
 Refuso, ' driven back,' ' beaten back.' Wr. is of the opinion that re in refuso 
 denotes a change in the course of the waters, which are therefore to be un- 
 derstood as 'pouring in' at the opening in the mole for ships to enter. 
 
 164. Fretis, the dative. This refers to the passage made between the 
 two lakes, of which Avemus was the more inland ; ' the channel of Aver • 
 nus,' Con. 
 
 165. Italy abounds also in metals, vs. 165, 166. — Rivos, ' streams,' is used 
 to denote the abundance of the metal, //. — Aeris metalla, i. e. aes, H. 
 
 166. Ostendit . . . fluxit. Pliny tells us, -3, 20, that the senate forbade the 
 working of mines in Italy, and it may be, as is supposed by Wr. and others, 
 that the perfects ostendit and jluxit refer to this discontinuance of working, 
 though they need only mean ' it has been known to display,' etc. Con. — 
 Venis, ' in its veins,' Con. — Auro plurinia jluxit^ poetic for plarimum auri in 
 ea invenitur, Forb. Plurima, ' abundantly,' Gr. § 205, E. 10. 
 
 167. Genus acre virum refers to all the tribes named. — Puhera Sahellam, 
 ' the Sabellian youth,' i. e. the Sabines. Under the name ' Sabines ' were in- 
 cluded several tribes, the Afarsi, Peligni, Vestini, etc., Avhich derived their 
 origin from the Sabines, Forb. ^ 
 
 168. Mnlo for malis, aei'umiiis, laioribiis, KaKoizadfia, JL, 'to hardship,' for 
 they inhabited a barren and rocky country. 
 
 169. Decios, Marios, etc. All these heroes saved Rome in extreme peril, 
 the Decii from the Latins, Marius from the Cimbri, Camillus from the Gauls, 
 the Scipios from Carthage; and so Octavianus saves her from her enemies in 
 the East, Con. Throe of the Decii, the father, son, and grandson, devoted 
 themselves at different times, for the safety of their country; the first in the 
 war with the Latins; the second in the Tuscan war, and the third in the war 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 23T 
 
 with Pyrrlius, M. ; see also Decius in Lex. — Marios — Camillos. These plurals 
 are used to denote men of the kind of Marius and Camillus, Wr., Forb. 
 
 170. Scipiadas. Eespecting the two Scipios see in Lex. Scipio, IT, — Duros 
 hello, i. e. induratos ad bellum, bello being the dative, ' inured to war,' H., Wr. 
 
 171. The poet here refers to the journey of Octavianus, a. u. c. 724, and 
 soon after the battle of Actium, through Egypt and Syria into Asia, where 
 he spent the winter near the Euphrates and arranged the affairs of Asia, H. — 
 Oris, i. q. regionibus, terns, Forb. 
 
 172. Imbellem, ' unwarlike,' ' unfit for war,' cf. molles Sabaei, G. 1, 57, H., 
 an epithet denoting contempt: but Voss, who is followed by Jahn and Forb., 
 takes it to mean ' dispirited,' by defeat. — Arcibus, referring to the city of 
 Kome, built on seven hills, Wr. — Indum, meaning the Parthians and other 
 Eastern nations who sided with Anthony in the battle at Actium, Forb. 
 
 173. Salve, etc. He addresses Italy as if it were a goddess, H. — Saiurnia 
 iellus, cf. on E. 4, 6. 
 
 174. Tibi, ' for thee,' ' in thy honor.' — Res aniiquae laudis, because, as Ser- 
 vius says, apud majores in ingenti Tionore fuerai ogricultura. — Res laudis et 
 artis, i. e. a subject both held in honor and practised ; a7'tls, the ax-t of agri- 
 culture. 
 
 175. Sanctos ausus recludere fontes ; implying that he is the first to write 
 a Latin poem on the subject of agriculture. Poets were said to derive their 
 inspiration by drinking from the fountain sacred to the Muses ; and those 
 who treated of a new subject were regarded as ' unsealing its spring,' Wr. 
 
 176. Ascraeum carmen. Hesiod, who was born in Ascra, a village of Boe- 
 otia, wrote the " Works and Days," an agricultural poem; hence Virgil calls 
 his Georgics ' an Ascraen poem,' Br. 
 
 177. Of the different kinds of soil, the power of each, by what color known, 
 their productions, etc. vs. 177 — 258. — Locus, see in Lex. II. B. 
 
 178. Quis is here used adjectively for qui, Gr. § 137, 1. 
 
 179. Soils suited for the olive, vs. 179—183. "The fittest soil for the 
 olive is one of gravel mixed with chalk, but in reality a much richer soil, if 
 not necessary, will suit it well. Its peculiar merit, however, is that it thrives 
 when the soil is too barren to afford abundant ci*ops of other kinds, and hence 
 it covers the bleak hills in the south of France, the slopes of the Apennines, 
 and the mountains of Greece," Daubeny. — Difficiles, opposed to facilis in v. 
 223. Both difficiles and maligni are metaphorical, ' churlish ' and ' niggardly,' 
 Co7i., i. e. hard to get any thing out of, and unfruitful. 
 
 180. Tenuis, ' meagre,' ' lean,' ' hungry.' — Ai-vis, scil. sunt. 
 
 181. Palladia, cf. on G. 1, 18. — Silva seems to have no particular force, a 
 sort of ornamental variety for ay-bore. Con. — Vivacis. As the olive is slow of 
 groAvth (see on v. 3), so it is long-lived. Pliny, 16, 44, speaks of it as an al- 
 lowed fact that olives live two hundred years. Con. 
 
 182. The presence of the wild olive shows that the soil is good for the cul- 
 tivated. Con. — Indicia est, see in Lex. indicium, II. — Oleaster. The oleaster 
 is not to be confounded with the plant cultivated in our gardens under that 
 name, 31. 
 
238 BOOK IT. NOTES. 
 
 183. Plurimus ol€aster=permulti vieastri, cf. on E. 7, 60. — Baccis, scil. 
 oleastri, Wr. 
 
 184. A rich soil is suited for the vitie, vs. 184 — 194. — UUgine. Servius 
 says this is terrae humor naturaUs, the natural moisture of the earth. 
 
 185. Quique does not represent a second kind, but this and the following 
 quique^ v. 188, form an apposition to v. 184, Br. — FertiUs vbere, ' abounding 
 in fertility,' ' of abundant fruitfuhiess ' ; see 1. uier, II. C. in Lex. 
 
 186. Cava convalle, ' in the hollow valley,' refeiTing as well to the land 
 on the sides as to that in the bottom of the mountain hollow ; see on the 
 next verse. 
 
 187. Despicere. The poet conceives himself on the summit of the moun- 
 tain, and looking down upon the valley. — Liquuntur=zdefluunt, Wr. 
 
 188. Felicem, i. e. fecitndantem, ' fertilizing,' II. — Ftlicem I'lmum forms a 
 contrast to tenuis argilla, above,' Con. — Quique editus nustro, soil, campus, from 
 V. 185, K. — Editus austro ^ov ad austrum, 'rising to the south.' Authorities 
 were divided as to the best aspect for a vineyard. Con. 
 
 189. Curtis invisam aratris; because its long roots impede the ploughs, K. 
 
 190. Fluentes, cf. on v. 100, 'flowing with,' 'abounding in.' 
 
 191. FertiUs urae, like fertilis frufjum 2)ecorisque, Hor. Carm. Saec. 29, 
 Con. See Gr. § 213. 
 
 192. Puteris libamus et auro. See Gr. § 323, 2, (3). Cf. on E. 2, 8. In 
 explaining this and similar expressions by hendiadys, we must bear in mind 
 that such figures ai*e not so much rules Avliich the poets followed, as helps 
 devised by the grammarians for classifying the varieties of language In which 
 the poets indulged : the two nouns may generally be combined in transla- 
 tion, being resolved into a noun with its epithet, or a noun with another in 
 the genitive, as here, ' golden bowls,' or ' bowls of gold,' Con. — The best wines, 
 particularly the Chian and Faleruian, were used in libations, Forb. 
 
 193. Pinguis Tyrrhenus. Servius explains pinguis, '■ victimarum scilicet 
 carnibusJ' Tuscan flute-players were employed at Eome to play when sacri- 
 fices were off"ered, H. — Ebur, i. e. tibia tbarnea, either made of or adorned 
 with ivory, see in Lex. ebur, B. 1. 
 
 194. Pandis, 'curved,' 'hollow.' — FM?/irm/ia, ' reeking,' Co??., referring to 
 the natural heat of the exta^ as being just taken from the body of the newly 
 slain victim, Wr., Forb. But Servius understands it of the heat acquired in 
 cooking the entrails, which he speaks of as boiled before being offered, Con. — 
 Reddimus, ' pay,' ' offer.' Reddcre is said by Servius to be the technical word 
 for laying the entrails on the altar, Con. 
 
 195. Of good pasture-lands, vs. 195 — 202. — Studium iiieri, scil. est tihi, 
 'you are desirous to keep,' or 'rear.' See Gr. § 275, III. R. 1., note 1, and cf. 
 on G. 1, 213. Tueri, ut servare, eo sensu, quo est nutrire, alere, H. 
 
 196. Fetus ovium, i. q. eves, K. — Urentes, ' drying up,' 'withering.' The 
 ancients supposed that there was something either in the bite or the saliva 
 of the goat poisonous to trees, especially to vines and olives. — Culta, ' the cul- 
 tivated trees ' or ' plantations.' 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 239 " 
 
 197. Saturi, see in Lex. I. B. 2. — Longinqua, soil, mwa, ' the distant pas- 
 ture-grounds.' — Tarentum, (Taranto), at the head of the bay of the same 
 name, was famed for the fertiUty of its soil, Br. 
 
 198. Infelix Mantua, see Argument E. 1. 
 
 199. Merboso Jiumine, i. e. Mincio, cf. E. 7, 12, 13. 
 
 200. Deerunt, cf. note on deerraverat, E. 7, 7. 
 
 201. FA, quantum, etc. This is a poetic exaggeration ; but Varro (K. R. 1, 7), 
 quotes a statement that in the plains of Rosea a pole left lying on the ground 
 one day was overgrown by the grass the next day, K., Con. — Longis diebus 
 and exigua node are opposed, Con. 
 
 203. Land fit for corn, vs. 203— 211.— Fere, see in Lex. IL B. 2. It is to 
 be taken with optima frumentis. The meaning, according to Wagner, is 
 solet optima esse nigra, si eadem pinguis est et puiris. — Presso sub vomere, cf. 
 on G. 1, 45. 
 
 204. Putre. A soil at once fat and loose answers to the description of that 
 which Virgil terms putre, being naturally in that condition which it is our 
 business in other cases to bring about by art, Daubeny. — Hoc imitamur aran- 
 do, ' this we endeavor to effect by ploughing,' i. e. to make the ground loose 
 or crumbling. 
 
 205. Non ullo ex aequore . . . aut unde ; for non ullo ex aequore (quam e 
 tali), . . . aut (ex illo), unde, Forb. Aequore. Cf. on G. 1, 50. 
 
 206. Tardis may not only express the naturally slow movement of the 
 oxen, biit may also imply the great weight of the load and the size of the 
 cart, H. — Juvencis is in the dative, by a Greek construction, according to 
 Wr. and Forb., decedere being construed like a passive, (Gr. § 225,, IL), and 
 decedere juvencis being equivalent to devehi a juve7icis: it seems better with 
 Con., to take juvends either as an ablative of manner, Gr. § 247, 2, or as an 
 abl. of the agent, Gr. § 248, R. 2 & 3 ; decedere, in the latter case, being equal 
 to devehi- 
 
 207. Ground lately cleared from timber is another kind of soil which is 
 good for corn. — Iratus. This epitliet seems to be added to express the anger 
 or impatience of the ploughman, who sees his land overgrown with wood, 
 which otherwise miglit bear good crops of corn, M. — Devexit et evertit . . . 
 eruit, for devexit evertens, eruens, i. e. exstiipans, cf. on E. 6, 20. 
 
 208. Ignova, see in Lex. ignavus, II. 
 
 209. Cf. Frondiferasqiie domos avium, Lixcr. I. 19. 
 
 210. Altavi 2)etiere, ' seek the heavens,' * fly aloft.' The tense does not 
 denote rapidity, as in G. 1, 330 and above v. 81, but is determined by that 
 of the preceding verbs, Con. 
 
 211. Rudis, 'untilled,' hitherto uncultivated. — Enituit, ' looks trim,' 'neat,' 
 Con. ; or ' begins to shine,' as a rich soil does when newly ploughed, Wr. 
 Enituit, like the perfects preceding is aoristic, Con., cf. on G. 1, 49. — Impulso 
 vomere, ' when the ploughshare is driven into it ' ; cf. v. 203, and G. 1, 45. 
 
 212. Nam. lihe connection is : these are the best kinds of soil for corn, 
 and not those of a diffex-ent nature, for, etc. Forb. — Ruris, ' field.' 
 
240 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 213. Casias, cf. E. 2, 49. But Martyn thinks the 'mountain widow-wail' 
 is meant here. — Rorem, see Lex. II. 2; rosemary, a favorite plant with 
 bees, Dauheny. 
 
 214. Tqfus, ' the tufa,' a porous and crumbling stone. The construction is, 
 Tofus et creta negant alios agros aeque ftrre serpentibus cibum, scilicet, ac ipsi, 
 tqfus et creta, ferunt. Here, as is frequently the case with the poets, reason 
 and speech are attributed to inanimate objects, jE; cf. v. 59, and on E. 5, 27. 
 — Exesa, ' eaten out,' ' hollowed.' Heyne thinks the poet alludes to natural 
 cavities, but there seems to have been an opinion that the serpents ate the 
 creta, 'potter's clay,' K. — Chelydris, 'water-snakes,' these were venomous 
 and noisome serpents, with a hard skin like a tortoise, from x^^^s tortoise, and 
 {)(5wp, water, Fo7-b. 
 
 215. Aeqzie, ' to an equal extent,' ' as much.' 
 
 216. Et (aeque), ' and in such abundance,' Br. 
 
 217. Of the best kind of land, fit for vines, olives, cattle and com, vs. 217 — 
 225. — Nebulam and fumos both refer to the same thing, viz. the light mist 
 which the heat of the atmosphere draws up from lands which contain mois- 
 ture, K. Houldsworth, in his " Observations" on Virgil, as quoted by Bryce, 
 states that the " Campania Felix generally has a thin mist hanging over it 
 some part of the day, Avhich preserves it from being dry, though continually 
 cultivated. And though there is scarce any running water over so large a 
 tract, yet its own natural moisture, (and that without dampness), still main- 
 tains it rich and fertile. This mist, flying like smoke from the foot of Mount 
 Vesuvius and the Surrentine hills over the Campania, is so frequent, that it 
 has often put me in mind of this description." The poet seems to have taken 
 this district as the type of a rich and fertile soil, Br. 
 
 219. Sua semper viridi. Some of the manuscripts and many of the earlier 
 editions have suo viridi semper ; but the reading in the text is supported by 
 the authority of the best manuscripts and also by the following reasons: 
 first, by Wr., that semper is usually placed immediately after the personal or 
 relative pronoun, cf. E. 1, 7; 3, 62; 5, 74; and second, by Forb., that an ad- 
 verb always precedes the adjective which it qualifies, unless the adjective is 
 the emphatic Avord, Cf Gr. § 279, 15, (a) & 16. Voss and Wr., on the au- 
 thority of one manuscript, adopt the reading viridis, which could be under- 
 stood as used proleptically for viridem se vesiit, i. e. vestit se gramine, quo fit^ 
 ut lireat, (cf. on G. 1, 320); or viridis se vestit might be regarded as a more 
 elegant form of expression for viridis est, Wr. — Suo, ' its own,' i. e. natural. 
 Semper viridi, 'ever green.' 
 
 220. Salsa robigine, ' salt rust,' i. e. rust occasioned by salt. 
 
 221. Iniexet vitibus ulnios, cf E. 2, 70.— 222. Oho, abl. 
 
 223. Faiilem, 'friendly to,' i.e. yielding abundance of food, cf. on y. 
 179. — Patientem vomeris, ' submissive to the ploughshare,' i. e. easily tilled, 
 and hence suited to raising corn. 
 
 224. Vicina Vesevo ora. The eruption of Vesuvius, by which Herculaneum 
 and Pompeii were destroyed, did not take place till more than a century after 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 241 
 
 the writing of the Georgics, and the country about it was then one of the 
 most charming in Italy, K. — Ora^ 'the region,' 'the country.' 
 
 225. Vacuis^ 'thinly-peopled.'— Cfoniws, i. e. the people dwelling on its 
 banks, cf. on G. 1, 509.— iVb?i aeguus, ' not kind,' ' unkind ' ; see Clanius and 
 Acerrae in Lex. 
 
 226. Of the ways by which different kinds of soil may be known, vs. 226— 
 258. — Quamque, scil. terram, from v. 203, K. 
 
 227. Bara sit, etc. The construction is; si requires, rara ('loose') sit an 
 supra inorem densa Cst[f£^), ante locum copies, lines 228 & 229 being paren- 
 thetic. — Supra morem, ' unusually,' not ' excessively.' 
 
 229. Magis with densa, answering to rarissima quaeque, Con. 
 
 230. Cnpies, ' choose,' ' select.' — Alte, ' deep.' 
 
 231. Tn soUdo, ' in the solid ground,' as the experiment could not be fairly 
 tried if the ground was hollow, M. — 232. Aequabis, see in Lex. 1, c. 
 
 233. Si deerunt, scil. arenae, ' if the sand is wanting,' i. e. if there is not 
 enough to fill the pit. — Rarum, etc. The construction is, rarum erit uber, 
 jjecorique aptius et vilibus ahnis ; uber, i. e. ubertas, uber et fecundum solum, be- 
 ing here equivalent to humus, solum, ' the soil,' H. 
 
 234. Negabunt, scil. eae (arenae), etc., i. e. if they cannot be replaced; 
 cf. note on v. 214. 
 
 235. Scrobibus, i. e. scrobe, the plural for the sing. ; here used as a synonym 
 for puteus, v. 231, K. — Superabit, 'be in excess-,' i. e. be a surplus of it; or 
 ' be left over,' ' remain ' ; see in Lex. L 2 & 3. 
 
 236. Cunciantes=:tenaces, 'tenacious,' 'stubborn,' Wr. — Terga, cf. on 
 G. 1, 97.— a-ossrt, 'stiff.' 
 
 237. Prosclnde, cf. on G. 1, 97. 
 
 238. " The sweetness of a soil is estimated by its communicating no un- 
 pleasant taste to water that has filtered through it. The presence of this 
 flavor would be occasioned by certain salts noxious to vegetation, such for in- 
 stance as alum or sulphate of iron, which Virgil seems to allude to in the 
 following lines, (vs. 238 — 247). The presence of these latter salts would be 
 more common in the volcanic soil of Italy than elsewhere, the sulphurous 
 fumes rising through the ground being a constant source of sulphuric acid, 
 which would produce alum and sulphate of iron with the bases with which it 
 came into contact." Daubeny. 
 
 239. Frugibus, the dative. — Infelix, cf. on E. 5, 37. — Mansuescit arando=. 
 aratione, 'grows mild by ploughhig,' i. e. by being ploughed, by cultivation; 
 see Gr. § 275, 1. R. 2. 
 
 240. Both grapes and apples degenerate in such a soil. — Nomina,'' ' name,' 
 for ' charactei-,' Serv., Burm., Con., and others; see in Lex. 11. A. 2. Both 
 genus and nomlna are metaphors from nobility. Con. Forb. thinks that nomina 
 means the ' names ' by which they had been known before becoming de- 
 generate. 
 
 241. Tu. The personal pronoun here gives force and calls attention, K. — 
 Spisso vimine qualos, ' baskets with close rods,' i. e. closely-woven baskets, K. 
 
 242. Colaque prelorum, ' and the strainers of the wine-press.' Cola is con- 
 
 21 
 
242 BOOK II. XOTES. 
 
 nected to qualos epexegetically, 'the closely woven baskets,' (to wit), 'the 
 strainers of the wine-press,' Wr., qualos and cola appearing to be used here 
 for one and the same thing, and the plur. for the sing. — Fumosis tectis. 
 When not in use they were hnng np under the roof to prevent their being 
 injured by worms or moisture, Foib. — Deripez=sume, H. 
 
 243. Hue. As there is no verb of motion we might have expected Idc, but 
 the form of expression is abbreviated, instead of hue infundnntur et calcentur. 
 Ager, i. e. a portion of it. — Mains: he assumes the bitterness, which he calls 
 malignity, (cf. sceleratum frigus, v. 256), of the soil, both in making the ex- 
 periment and in the result, Avhere a prose writer would of course have 
 expressed himself hypothetically, Con. — A fontibus undae, i, e. undae fon- 
 tanae, Wr. 
 
 244. Ad plenum, ' to the full,' 'to the top,' H., Wr., Con. and Klotz; rather 
 than ' copiously,' or ' abundantly.' — Cakentur seems to mean here ' pressed,' 
 not ' tread ' or ' trampled ' ; see in Lex. 4. 
 
 246. At, i. q. autem, see in Le_x. at, remarks at the beginning, and I. — 
 Sapor, soil, aquae exjii^essae, H. — Indieium faciet, ' will make disclosure ' or 
 ' discovery.' — Sapor manifestus faciei for rnanifeste, qualifying faciet. Con. 
 But Jahn, Wr. and many others connect vianifestus with amaror. — Ora tristia 
 tentantum torquebit, ' will distort the wry faces of those trying it,' tristia being 
 proleptic, (cf. on G. 1, 320), i. e. ' will twist awry the faces of the tasters.' 
 Ti-istis shows the effect produced by the bitter taste, while it continues. 
 
 247. Sensu, ' by the sensation.' — Some Mss. have amaro. 
 
 248. Denique, ' finally.' He now gives the third and last of the experi- 
 ments, described by him, for ascertaining the qualities of different soils. 
 Daubeny says: " Another indication of fatness (of the soil) is its glutinous 
 quality, sticking like pitch to the hand." 
 
 249. Manibus jactata, ' when tossed about with the hands,' i. e. when 
 thrown to and fro between the hands ; from one hand to the other. 
 
 250. In morem, see mos, 11. A. in Lex. — Lentescit, 'becomes viscous,' 
 ' adheres.' — Habendo, ' when being held ' in the hands, ' in handling,' cf. on 
 v. 239. 
 
 251. Majores, ' higher than usual,' hence, ' rank.' — Ipsa, ' of itself,' i. e. 
 without the aid of manure. — Justo laetior, 'more fertile than is right,' 'too 
 fertile.' Gr. § 256. — Ilerbas, ' grass,' ' herbage.' 
 
 252. Ah nimium, etc. Observe how elegantly the poet expresses the 
 thought: such land is undesirable; cf. on G. 1, 456. Nimium is to be taken 
 with fertilis. 
 
 253. Neu se ostendat, ' nor ' (as mine) ' show itself.' — Primis aristis, ' in its 
 first crop,' i. e. when it is first brought under tillage. Con. 
 
 254. Tacitam, for iacite; see Gr. § 205, E. 1, & E. 15, (a), 'silently,' i. e. 
 without any external evidence, such as the crops produced by it. 
 
 255. Promptum est, see p)''^omptus, B. 2, under jrromo in Lex. — Praediscere, 
 i. e. before cultivation. — Oculk, dat. with promptum, or abl. 
 
 256. Cui for cuigue, Wr. and Forb. — Exqidrere, ' to search out.' 
 
 257. Taxique nocentcs, cf. on E. 9, 30. 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 243 
 
 258. Pandunt vestigia^ ' disclose signs,' ' exliibit traces.' — Nigrae. Martyn 
 is of the opinion that niger is used because the berries of the common ivy are 
 black, when ripe. Cf on E. 3, 39 ; 7, 38. But Forb. refers to E. 6, 54. 
 
 259. Of the preparation of the ground for a vineyard, and of planting, vs. 
 259 — Zh^.^—His aiiimadversis, i. e. agri qucdltate depreliensa, Serv. — Multo ante, 
 ' long before,' scil. quam seras quklpiom, Wr. 
 
 260. Excoquere, ' to bake,' i. e. to let lie exposed to the sun and weather, 
 K., cf. G. 1, 64 — 66. — Magnos monies. The poet enjoins unsparing labor : no 
 matter how large the hill, which is to be planted with the vine, it must all be 
 intersected with numerous trenches. — Concidere, ' cut up,' 'cut to pieces.' 
 
 261. Ante. Suppl}'- multo before ante, from v. 259, Wr. 
 
 262. Laetum, an epithet marking the vine's luxuriance, cf. on E. 7, 48. — 
 Optima, etc. He now gives the reason for the precept contained in the pre- 
 ceding verses, to expose the soil to the Aveather, cf. v. 204. — Putn solo, abla- 
 tive of quality, Gr. § 211, R. 6. 
 
 263. Id, i. e. ut piitre Jiat solum. — Curant, ' cause to be done,' ' effect.' 
 
 264. Lahefacta, i. e. pastinata, Forb. — .Tugera, ' the acres,' i. e. the ground 
 where the vineyard was to be planted. 
 
 265. Si quos hand vHa vivos vigi^ntia fugit is a poetical variety for si quos 
 prae vigilaniia nihil fugit. Con. ; i. e. those who take every precaution select 
 for the nursery of the vines a place in which the soil is similar to that of the 
 future vineyard. 
 
 266. Locum similem, in apposition alternately, as it were, Avith each of the 
 two causes that follow, ubi — seges and quo—feratur, a like spot for the nursery, 
 and a like spot for the vineyard. Con. — Prima=primum, ' at first,' opposed to 
 mox: seges, 'the vine-crop,' nursery of young vines, Con. 
 
 267. Arhoi'ihus, ' for the trees,' i. e. those which are to support the vine ; 
 cf. on V. 89. — Et quo. In prose we should have had locum similem ei, quo mox, 
 etc., instead of locuvi similem et quo, H. — Digesta feraiur, i. q. digeratui' et 
 feratur, or, as this is a hysteron j^roteron, fei'aiur et digeratur, ' may be car- 
 ried and planted in regular rows,' Gr. § 274, 3, {b). 
 
 268. Subito goes with mutatam. Con. — Semina, ' the young vines.' — Matrem, 
 i. e. the earth that gave them nutriment, K. 
 
 209. Quin etiam, etc. They even go so far as to mark on the bai'k of the 
 plant the position in which it stood with respect to the cardinal points; 
 putting a mark, for instance, on the side facing the north or south, in order 
 that they may give it the same position Avhen transplanted, K. The idea 
 of the importance of replanting trees Avith the same relative position which 
 they before occupied, is held also by Theophrastus, 2, 7; Columella, 5, 6, 19, 
 20, and Palladius, 3, 19; but is dissented from by Pliny, 17, 11, 16. — In cor- 
 tice, scil. j^i'^'-ntae. Serv. 
 
 271. Quae terga, ' the back Avhich,' (the plural for the singular), i. e. the 
 part which, the plant being spoken of as a person, turning his back to the 
 cold of the north. Lade. — Axi, see in Lex. 2, b. 
 
 272. Eestituant, scil. plantas. — Adeo in teneris consuescere multum est, ' so 
 
244 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 powerful are habits formed in tender age'; 171 teneris having the force of i« 
 teneris annis, Con. 
 
 273. Before planting it should be determined, (in view of the soil, the dif- 
 ferent kinds of vines, etc.), w^hether to make the vineyard on the hills or on 
 the plain. This preliminary in strictness precedes that in v. 259, sq. 
 
 274. Metahere, see in Lex. II. 1. — Campi is the same as plano^ and the em- 
 phatic word. — Pingues opposed to the light soil of the hills, Con. 
 
 275. Densa for dense, Serv., see G.r. § 205, E. 10. — In denso, etc. This 
 may be interpreted ' in a dense soil,' uber being taken as equivalent to solu7n, 
 (cf. on v. 233); or, as is preferable, in denso^n locodenso consito, ' in a thickly 
 planted place,' ' when thickly planted,' segnior ubere being then construed to- 
 gether, (Gr. § 250), 'more sluggish as to fertility,' 'less pi-olitic' " The dis- 
 tance between the rows will depend upon the sort; but here Columella and 
 Virgil appear to be at issue, the fox'mer recommending that if the soil be poor, 
 they be planted at intervals of five; if of middling quality, of six; if rich, 
 of seven feet." Daubeny. 
 
 276. Sin, scil. metabere, H. — Supinos, see in Lex. B. 2. 
 
 277. Indulge ordinibus, i. e. ordines effice largiores, Serv., ' give your rows 
 room,' ' set them apart ' ; see in Lex. indulgeo, I. — Nee secius, etc. This is a 
 passage with which commentators have befen much perplexed. Conington's 
 explanation appears to be the best: "The order of the passage is probably 
 nee secius (quam si densa seras) omnis secto limiie via, arbor ibus positis, in 
 unguem quadret: — ' let each avenue with drawn line, as you set your trees, 
 exactly tally '=' let the line of each avenue that you draw exactly'- tally with 
 the rest.' Secto via limite then will=:na secta. Nothing more than regularity 
 is prescribed in these two lines so understood; the simile of the legion, which 
 follows, shows that the quincuncialis ordo is intended. If Avith Martyn we 
 press the distinction between via and limes, making the latter mean the 
 ti-ansverse path, which is to cut the former at right angles, the constniction 
 must be omnis via, secto limite, (i. e. quurn limes secius J'uerit), quadret (cum eo 
 limite). But there w^ould be some awkwardness in this abl. abs. following 
 arboiHbus positis, and the language would stiU not be quite precise, as a quin- 
 cunx would not be represented by a number of parallel lines with cross lines 
 at right angles. In unguem goes with quadret.'''' In unguem, see unguis in 
 Lex. Arboribus', cf on v. 89. Wch. and Lade, also supply the same thought 
 after nee secius. Forb. I'cfers 7iec secius to indulge ordinibus: give room to 
 the rows, and ' not less,' i. e. with no less care than you use in doing this, 
 see that all the paths correspond. Heyne makes nee secius~etiam, arboribus 
 =vitikcs, limite secto=linea ducta, {quae ordines facit), and takes iw unguejn 
 •with positis. Wr. explains it thus: nee secius arboribtis in unguem positis, 
 omnis via, secto limite, quadret, ' and not less than trees planted exactly, let 
 every path, when a cross path is made, agi-ee with it,' i. e. let all the corres- 
 ponding paths, between the different rows of trees, be of equal width, as in 
 the quincunx: thus making arboribus the abl. after seciiis, Gr. § 256, and giv- 
 ing to limes and via substantially the same signification. 
 
 279. Ut^veluti.—Longa. The legion is called longa by anticipation, for it 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 245 
 
 is only after the cohorts have been divided hito maniples and these maniples 
 have been extended, that the legion, which usnally marched in a square, be- 
 comes extended. The position of the hastati, /)ri?za};es and trimii, when the 
 army was drawn up for battle, represents the quincunx order of planting: 
 Hasiati D D G D a 
 
 PmicijJes ■ D D D D 
 
 Triarii Q □ □ □ □ 
 
 280. Steiit, ' has taken its position in the ranks.' — Agmen is the column in 
 order of march, which deploys into acies^ or line of battle, Con. 
 
 281. Blreciaeque acies, ' and the army is drawn up in battle array.' — 
 Late tellus flactuut aere, poetically, for aeris^ i. e. armorum, fulgor fiuctuat, 
 coruscai in terra, dum moventur arma et agitantur, Forb., see fluctuo in Lex. I. 
 
 282. Aere renidenti tellus ; cf. At7-e renidescit tdlus, Lucr. 2, 326. — Miscent 
 proelia, scil. milites; see in Lex. misceo, 1. B. 4. 
 
 283. Mediis in ai'mis, i. e. inter duo exercitus, H. — Mars errat dubius, be- 
 cause it is as yet uncertain on which side and when the battle will com- 
 mence, H., ' in suspense.' 
 
 284. Viarum with paribus numeris=.paribus et numerosis viis, ' equal and 
 regular avenues,' Con.; or paribus intei-vallis viarum, Forb. 
 
 285. Animum inanem, ' an empty mind,' that looks only to the gratification 
 of the eye, (K.), and does not consider the practical advantage of the ar- 
 rangement. 
 
 286. Vires dabit aequas, i. e. aeque suppediiabit alimenta, succum, H. 
 
 287. In vacuum, i. e. mto a space that is not already occxipied by the 
 branches of other trees, K. ; see in Lex. vacuus, I. b. 
 
 288. The depths at which different trees should be planted, vs. 288 — 297. 
 The depth varied from one and a half to four feet. — Fastigia, see in Lex. 
 L B. b. 
 
 289. Ausim, see Gr. § 162, 9, note. — Sidco for scrobe, H., see in Lex. sulcus, 
 
 n. B, 1. 
 
 290. Altior defigiiur arbos, for arbos defigitur altius, ' a tree is driven down 
 deeper,' i. e. 'is sunk deeper." — Pemtus, 'far within,' ' far.' — Terrae dejigitur 
 =in terra ; cf. Defigunt ielluri hasias, A. 12, 130, and see dejigo in Lex. — 
 Arbos seems here to refer, as Heyne says, to the trees quibus vites jungantur 
 sen maritentur, to which the vines are trained. 
 
 291. In primis, ' especially.' — Quantum . . . in Tai^tara tendit, repeated 
 in A. 4, 445, 446. 
 
 294. MuUosque nepotes, ' many descendants,' ' many generations of men.' 
 The order is : multos nep)oies, multa virum saecida vincit durando, volvens, scil. 
 ea saecula, Forb. 
 
 295. Multa virum saecula. This is a mere variation of the preceding 
 words, K. — Fofoetts, J rolling along,' and hence 'going through.' — Durando 
 vincit, ' conquers in enduring,' ' outlives.' 
 
 296. Turn. The three preceding verses are parenthetic in character*, or at 
 least they are a digression from the line of description. We now go on, at 
 
 21* 
 
246 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 turn, to the rest of the particulars of the tree. Turn is not tiierefore in this 
 case an adverb of time but of enumeration. See turn, II. B. 1, in Lex. 
 
 297. Ipsa, ' itself,' the trunk, opposed to ramos. Ipse is employed to dis- 
 tinguish the whole from a part, and the better or principal part from the re- 
 mainder, Wr. — Inyentem umbram, i. e. frondes umbrain late facientes, Wr. 
 
 298. Miscellaneous precepts relative to vines, vs. 298 — 314. — Neve t'M ad 
 solem, etc. Columella, Pliny and Palladius hold that the aspect of a vine- 
 yard should vary with the climate, Con. — Neve — neve is used in prohibitions 
 (it is, however, of rare occurrence) and in dependent propositions with ut pre- 
 ceding, Madv. §"459. 
 
 299. Corylum; eithet because its dense shade is injurious, or because, hav- 
 ing long roots, it deprives the vine of nourishment, Wr. 
 
 300. Summa, ' the highest,' ' the topmost.' — Pete, ' seek,' i. e. for cuttings. 
 — Arbore, the tree which supports the vine. Con. 
 
 301. Tantus amor terrae, ' so great is their love of the eai'th ' ; implying 
 that those which are nearest to the earth are more vigorous. — Neu ferro, etc. 
 This precept against injuring young trees or vines with a blunt knife is also 
 found in Col. 4, 24. 
 
 302. He passes now to the olive-grounds, and directs tliat the wild olive 
 should not be planted among the vines, as they were so apt to take fire. — 
 Oleae. Wr., followed by K., Forb., and Lade., reads olea, giving insere the 
 the technical meaning of grafting, and understanding the caution to be 
 against grafting the olive on the oleaster. It is better, with Hejme, Con. and 
 others, to read oleae, and suppose the precept of the poet to be against plant- 
 ing wild olives among the vines, taking insere as equivalent to intersere. 
 
 305. Robora=solidum oleae truncum, ' the solid trunk of tlie olive,' Foi^b. — 
 Elapsus, see in Lex. elabor, I. A. b. 
 
 306. Caelo for ad caelum, K. — Dedit, cf on G. 1, 49. — Secuius^=progressus, 
 gliscens, 'spreading,' II. 
 
 308. Ruit, ' sends up,' ' throws up.' — Nemus, ' vineyard,' the word being 
 used here with reference to the trees supporting the vines :=ariws<Mm. 
 
 310. A vertice=desiqyer, a caelo, h^podev, ' from on high,' ' from above,' ff. 
 
 311. Glomerat, ' forms into a mass,' i. e. by spreading the fire in every 
 direction makes one general conflagration. — Ferens, i. e. j^'^^ofh'ens, ' extend- 
 ing,' ' spreading,' Wr. 
 
 312. Hoc ubi, scil. accidit, "Wr. Wakefield places a comma after hoc and 
 joins ubi to the following clause. Hoc would then be equivalent to propter 
 hoc, hac de causa, and it is often used thus in Lucr. when ubi follows, Furb. — 
 Non a stirpe valent, scil. vites, ' they have no strength in the stock,' i. e. their 
 stock no more shows life. A stirpe, see in Lex. ab, C. 12. — Caesae, ' Avhencut 
 down,' to make them sprout. — Reverti, ' return,' i. e. ' revive,' ' recover.' 
 
 313. Supply non before possunt, or, que, v. 312, may be disjunctive. — 
 Ima terra, ' from the deep earth,' ' from the earth at their roots,' Con.. — 
 Similes, ' such as they were.' 
 
 314. InJ'dix, cf, on E. 5, 37. — Superat^^superest, revirescit, H. 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 247 
 
 . 315. Time of planting, vs. 315—322. " Vines may be planted either in 
 spring or in autumn ; in spring if the ground be moist and rich ; in autumn, 
 if it be dry and poor," Daubeny. — Nee tibi, etc. =nec quisguam tarn prudens 
 auctoi- habeatur ut iibi j^ersuacleat, Con. Cf. on G. 1, 456. Auctor, see in 
 Lex. 6. . 
 
 316. Movere^ ' to stir,' i. e. in making trenches ; see v. 260, H. 
 
 317. Claudit, ' shuts up,' i. e. binds together, ' tightens ' ; cf. v. 331. — 
 Semine jacto. Sernine is here used in the same signification as in vs. 268, 302, 
 and jacto for posito, ' planted.' 
 
 318. Concretam, 'chilled,' 'congealed,' 'frozen,' Forh., Lade.^ K. This 
 seems better than the explanation of Heyne, who takes concretam as active, 
 * clinging,' quae concrescit, dum affigitur; or that given by Wagner, Mems non 
 2)atliur surculorum radices concrescere cum terra eique affigi-, or the reading 
 of Voss, concrettmi. See in Lex. concretus under concresco, and 2. concretus. — 
 Affigere, sell. se. 
 
 319. Optima vinetis satio, scil. est, which is inserted in some of the old edi- 
 tions. — Rubenti, ' blushing,' so called with reference to the brilliant flowers, 
 of i-ed and other colors, which it produces, Foi-b. 
 
 320. Candida avis, referring to the stork, ciconia, a bird of passage, and 
 which feeds on serpents, K. 
 
 321. Prima vel, etc., ' or towards the first cold of autumn,' and therefor© 
 near the end of October, as the winter commenced early in November. 
 
 322. Hiemem, i. e. those constellations which the sun enters in winter. — 
 Aestas, ' the summer heat,' ' warm weather.' Cf. on G. 1, 312. 
 
 323. Adeo=yi, quidem, cf. on K. 4, 11, and see in Lex. 2. adeo, B. 2. It 
 qualifies ver. — Nemorum. Wagner says that this word here means ' orchards ' 
 or other trees planted by man, while silcis refers to ' forests ' of natural growth. 
 
 324. Tament, ' swell,' dpydsn, as the breasts of females when come to ma- 
 turity, //., K. 
 
 325. The language of this passage is metaphorical, and derived from physi- 
 cal generation, Con. — Pater omnipotens Aether, cf. on E. 7, 60, and G. 1, 324, 
 and See in Lex. aether, 2. This allegory of the Aether and the Earth was a 
 very favorite one with the poets, Br. — 326. Conjugis, i. e. Terrae. 
 
 327. Magnus magno. This repetition of the same adjective, in different 
 cases, is often found in the poets, and is intended to give emphasis. Cf. G. 1, 
 190. — Alii fetus is a departure from the figure of the marriage of heaven and 
 earth, to the common and natural idea of the fertilizing efi"ect of showers. Con. 
 
 328. This relates to the loves of the birds. Con. — Canoris, 'tuneful.' 
 
 329. Venerem repetunt, 'renew their love.' — Certis diebus, 'on the days 
 fixed,' ' at their appointed times.' 
 
 330. Parturit ager, cf. E. 3, 56. — Zejjhyri, the genitive. — Amis, the dative. 
 
 331. Laxant, cf. v. 317. — Arva, the nominative. Sinus, the accusative. — 
 Superat, 'is abundant,' 'abounds.' 
 
 332. In novos soles credere, for novo soli, containing the two ideas, in solem 
 prodeunt and soli se creduni. — Novos, because new to them, as they were but 
 just now springing into existence. Many Mss. have gramina. 
 
248 BOOK II. KOTES. 
 
 334. Magnlsz=vehtriienilhus, procellosis^ H. 
 
 336. Observe how beautifully the poet expresses the idea that the world 
 was created in the spring of the year. — Crescentis=nascentis, H. 
 
 337. Tenorem, ' nature,' ' quality,' ' condition.' 
 
 338. lUud, soil, tempus. — Ver agebat, like agere festum, H., * was keeping 
 spring.' Compare Milton's Paradise Lost. 4, 264, sq. 
 
 '' The birds their quire supply : airs, vernal airs, 
 Breathing the smell of field and grove, attune 
 The trembling leaves, while universal Pan, 
 Knit with the Graces and the Hours, in dance 
 L«d on the eternal spring." 
 
 339. Hibernis parcehant jlatibus, ' forbore to put forth ' — . 
 
 340. Primae. Voss, Forb., and some others, say this is for irrimum, cf. 
 on 6. 1, 12; but this seems unnecessary here. The meaning is ' the first,' 
 i. e. the first-created. — Lucem hausere, ' drank in light.' Haurio is used for 
 drinking through the eyes and ears as well as through the mouth, A. 4, 359 ; 
 10, 899: but light and air are not unfrequently confounded, pure ether being 
 supposed to be liquid flame, Oon. 
 
 341. Ferrea, ' iron,' ' hardy.' This is the reading of all the Mss. except 
 two, which have terrea, (adopted by Voss, Wr. and others), but terrea means 
 
 * made of earth,' not ' earth-born.' — Duris arvis, ' the hard ' ' I'ugged fields,' 
 i. e. Twndum cultu miiigatis, Forb. The ancients believed that men sprang 
 originally from the earth. 
 
 342. Sidera. The stars were regarded as animated beings. Cf. G. 1, 32. 
 
 343. This verse, with the two following, refers to the beneficence of spring 
 generally, Con. — Ees tenerae, ' the tender things,' i. e. iiova suta, frondes, gem- 
 mae, etc. H., the tender productions of nature. — Possent is not for potuissent, 
 as the poets represent that in the first period of the world's existence there 
 was neither heat nor cold, but constant spring. — Lahorein, ' hardsiilp,' ' trials,' 
 to which they are exposed from the extremes of heat and cold. The word is 
 also appUed to inanimate things in G. 1, 79, 150, and G. 2, 372. 
 
 344. Quies, see in Lex. B. 2. — Iret for esset, H. 
 
 345. Inter, Gr. § 279, 10, (/). — Exciperet, 'receive,' 'befall,' 'happen 
 to.' Excipii me aliquid, i. e. accidit, contingit mihi aliquid d'mersum ab illo, 
 quod ante fait, Wr. — Indulgentia, ' the indulgence,' i. e. mildness of tem- 
 perature. 
 
 346. Quod superest, ' as to the rest,' ' as to what remains,' a Lucretian for- 
 mula. — Premes, see in Lex. j^remo, I. B. 9, b. — Virgulta=^surculos, ' sets,' 
 
 * slips,' E. i. e. of vines and of the trees in the arbustum. 
 
 347. Memor, cf. on G. 1, 167. 
 
 348. Lapidem bibulum; qui arenarius vacatur, Serv., i. e. sandstone. — 
 Squalentes conchas, ' rough shells.' 
 
 349. Inter— labentur, tmesis, V/r. ; cf. E. 6, 6.— Tenuis haliius, cf on G. 1, 92. 
 
 350. Anirnos tollent, ' take courage,' i. e. thrive, grow vigorously. Cf. on 
 V. 214. — Sata=plantae, 'the sets' or 'plants.' — Reperti, scil. sunt, 'there have 
 been found.' — Jamque, ' and before now,' Con. 
 
EOOK II. NOTES. • 249 
 
 351. Super is to be taken -with zirijerent, i. e. desuper uryerent, H. — Atque^ 
 for vel or aut, Wr. and Forb..— The stone or potsherd, placed near the plants, 
 would, as the poet says, prevent the earth fi-om being Avashed away by the 
 rain, and would also keep it from becoming baked and hard. 
 
 352. Uoc — hoc: these both refer to the same thing, i. e. either the stone or 
 potsherd before mentioned. — Ad=adcersus^ Wr. 
 
 353. Hoc, scil. munimen est. — Iliulca is here used proleptically. Cf. on G. 
 1, 320. — Cams aestifer, etc. refers to the heat of dog-days. 
 
 354. Seiuinibus positis, ' when the sets are planted,' Con. — Diducere, * to 
 separate,' ' to break up,' of reducing the clods. 
 
 355. Ad cnpiia, ' about the roots ' ; see under caput, 2 in Lex. — Jactare, 'to 
 throw,' implying difficulty in wielding it. 
 
 356. Presso vomere, cf. on G. 1, 45. — Exercere solum, cf. on G. 1, 99. 
 
 357. Fkctere, i. e. to plough across, as well as up and down the rows. Con. 
 
 358. Cnlamos, scil. arvndineos, Wr. He now speaks of supports for the 
 vines. — Rnsae virgae, 'of the smoothed rod,' 'of peeled rods.' 
 
 859. Aptnre, see in Lex. ajjto, 2. — 360. Vu'ibus, Gr. § 247, 3. 
 
 361. Tabulain, ' stories ' or ' stages.' These were the successive branches 
 of the elm to which the vines were trained, the intermediate boughs being 
 removed ; they were to be at least three feet apart, and were not to be in the 
 same perpendicular line, lest the cluster hanging from the tabulatum above 
 should be injured by that below; Col. 5, 6, Con. 
 
 362. Pruning the vine, vs. 362 — 370. — Dum prima novis, etc., ' while their 
 firsf age is growing up with j^oung leafy branches,' i. e. while the young sets 
 are making their first growth. 
 
 363. Parcendum teneris, scil. vitibus. The same precept is given by Theo- 
 pln-astus, C. P. 3, 9, and Cato, 33, but Col. 4, 11, condemns it. Con. — Three 
 periods are spoken of: first, when the vines, during their first growth, must 
 not be pruned at all ; second, when, more advanced, they may be pruned 
 with the hand, and third, when at a further stage of their growth the pruning 
 knife may be used. — Ad auras, 'toward heaven.' 
 
 364. Agii se, ' extends ' or ' shoots upwards.' — Laxis immissus habenis, ' let 
 go with loose reins,' alluding to the rapid growth of the vine. The metaphor 
 is taken from the driving of horses, and had before been used by Lucretius 
 with reference to the growth of trees, 5, 785. — Per purum=per aerem, cf. 
 G. 2, V. 287. 
 
 365. Ipsa, scil. viiis, Voss, Fovb., as distinguished from the leaves. Con. — 
 Tentanda may perhaps imply a dangerous experiment. Con. — Uncis manibus, 
 ' with crooked hands,' i. e. plucking off the superfluous leaves with the thumb 
 and finger, which is practiced in summer time, before the shoots are grown 
 woody and hard. 
 
 366. Inter legendae, tmesis, ' picked out.' 
 
 367. Stirpibus, ' stems.' Some manuscripts have viribus. 
 
 368. Exierint, see in Lex. I. A. 2, f. — Brachia, see in Lex. 4, a. 
 
 369. Dura exerce imperia, ' exercise a severe dominion.' 
 
 370. Fluentes, see in Lex. I. B. 2: Then is the time to set up a strong 
 government, and keep down the luxuriance of the boughs, Con. 
 
250 • BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 371. Texendae sepes, etc. Here the poet speaks of makiug hedges, to keep 
 out cattle, and especially goats; whence he takes occasion to digress into an 
 account of the sacrifices to Bacchus, M. — Tenendum, 'restrained,' 'kept out,' 
 see in Lex. tetieo, I. A. d. 
 
 372. Imprudensque lahorum, ' and xinacquainted with hardships,' ' having 
 no experience in trials.' Cf. on v. 343, and see Gr. § 213, E. 1. 
 
 373. Oui, .i. e. frondi tenerae, depends on illuduni. — Svper=2)raeter, ' be- 
 sides,' and not, as explained by Heyne, plus quam, 'more than,' Wr., Forb., 
 Con. The comparison of injuiy is in v. 376. — Tndignas=saevas, Serv., see 
 indignus, B. in Lex., and cf. on G. 1, 491. 
 
 374. Url. The urus is described by Caesar, B. G. 6, 28, as a native of the 
 Hercynian forest in Germany. It was, he says, almost as large as an ele- 
 phant, but of the shape and color of a bull; of great strength, velocity and 
 fierceness, K. Virgil applies the name here, and in G. 3, 532, to the buffaloes 
 or wild oxen of Italy. 
 
 375. lUudwit, ' destroy in sport ' ; see in Lex. I. B. 2. — Pascuntur, ' browse 
 upon ' : quam is to be supplied from the foregoing cui. For the construction 
 see in Lex. pasco, I. B. 3, b. 
 
 376. Concreta, 'stiff'; see in Lex. under concresco, IL The epithet here 
 applied to the cold more properly belongs to the objects affected by it; thus 
 also in cana j^rnina, trisiis cura, tarda senectus, etc., an epithet is given to the 
 cause from the effect produced. In the same manner we say ' hoar frost,' 
 ' pale melancholy,' etc. 
 
 377. Gravis aestas, * severe ' or ' oppressive summer-heat.' Wagner takes 
 gravis for graviter] cf. on G. 1, 163. — Incumbens scojmlis, 'lying on the rocks,' 
 and therefore heating them thoroughly. Vineyards were often planted on 
 rocky hills, K. Cf v. 522. 
 
 378. Illi, dative. — Venenum, cf on v. 196. 
 
 379. Stirpe. Virgil makes stirps masculine, when speaking of the stock 
 of a tree. See in Lex. and Gr. § 64, 3. 
 
 380. A digression on the festivals of Bacchus, in Greece and Italy, vs. 380 
 — 396. This is the reason, the poet says, why the goat is universaUy sacri- 
 ficed to Bacchus, to which sacrifice, he adds, the origin of tragedy and of the 
 ascoliasmus, (see on v. 384), is to be traced. Tragedy is said to have derived 
 its name, i. e. rpaytitSia, literally 'the goat-song,' from rpayos, 'a he-goat,' be- 
 cause the Athenians, when celebrating the festivals of Bacchus in early 
 times, (on which occasions poets were wont to be present and vie with each 
 other in songs), used to give a he-goat as the prize to the victor, who then 
 sacrificed it to Bacchus. These songs were the germ of tragedy. Cf car- 
 m.ine qui tragico vilem certavit ob hircum, Hor. A. P. 220. 
 
 381. Veteres ludi, ' the ancient plays,' i. e. plays in ancient times, the first 
 plays. — Ineunt for inierunt, Gr. § 145, I. 3. Ineunt proscenia, ' entered upon 
 the stage,' i. e. were acted or exhibited. 
 
 382. Praemia. For the ' prize ' here spoken of, cf. on v. 380. — Tngeniis, 
 see in Lex. II. B. 1 : poets are referred to. — Pages, ' the villages.' 
 
 383. Thesidae for Athenienses, see in Lex. — Inter pocula, ' while drinking.' 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 251 
 
 384. This line refers to the dcrKwXinafjids, or dance on goat-skin bottles, 
 which took place at the Dionysia. Goat-skins were filled with wine, or in- 
 flated, and smeared with oil, and the rustics tried who could dance on them 
 with one leg. Their numerous falls of course excited the merriment of the 
 spectators.' He who succeeded in dancing in this way without falling was 
 victor, and carried off the goat-skin of wine, if., Forb., Br. 
 
 3S5. Ausonii, ' the Italians ' in general ; though it was true only of the 
 Latins, the Albans and the Romans, that they could be said to be Troja missi, 
 i. e. descended from the companions of Aeneas, Fori. Two festivals seem 
 to be alluded to, that of the Liberalia, which took place in the spring, and 
 another (vs. 393, sq.), which was celebrated after the vintage, Wr. — Coloni, 
 ' farmers,' ' rustics.' 
 
 388. Versibus incomptis, ' with unpolished verses,' * with rude verses,' per- 
 haps the Saturnian. — Soluto, ' unbounded,' ' immoderate.' 
 
 387. Ora horrenda, 'horrid masks.' — Corilcibus, i. e. e corticibus. Cf. on 
 G. 1, 262. 
 
 389. Osdlla. These were little images of the face of Bacchus, and were 
 hung from trees, so as to be easily moved by the wind. Any place towards 
 which the faces turned was believed to be thereby rendered fertile. — Mollia, 
 i. e. mobilia, Philarg., from which it is contracted. IFr., ' easily moved,' 'wav- 
 ing'; or perhaps, 'mild,' 'pleasant,' cf. caput honestum, v. 392. 
 
 391. Comjjlentur, scil. ubere, 'with fruitfulness ' or 'fruit,' Wr., 'teem.' 
 
 392. Ft quocumque, etc. Cf. on v. 389. — Honestiim=pulchrum, Serv. ; see 
 in Lex. 11. B.; 'comely,' Con. 
 
 393. Bicevius, cf. on E. 3, 65. — Honor em^audes, Wr. 
 
 394. Carminibus patriis. These were an ancient kind of Roman song, in 
 common use in celebrating the praises of Bacchus, Forb. — Lancesque et liba, 
 i. e. et lances libaque. These dishes were filled with first fruits, as an offering 
 to the god, Wr., or were for the exta, as in v. 194, Con. 
 
 395. Ductus. The victims were led with a slack rope to the altar, for if 
 they were reluctant it was thought an ill omen, M. Ducere .and stare are 
 words appropriate to sacrifice, H. — Sacer, ' devoted,' Con. 
 
 396. Colurnis. Servius says that liazel spits were used because the hazel 
 was injurious to the vine ; cf. on v. 299, Con. Such parts of the victim as 
 Avere not consumed on the altar were feasted upon by the worshippers, H. 
 
 397. Est eliam, etc. He now returns to the vineyards, and shows what 
 labor further attends the culture of them, in frequent digging, dressing and 
 pruning, M. — Alter refers to v. 371. 
 
 398. Fxhausti (or exhausiionis, Serv.; but the word exhaustio is without 
 classical authority. The meaning is qui numquam satis exhauritur, H., ' which 
 is never sufliciently performed,' is never ended. This use of the neuter 
 participle as a substantive was common with Lucretius. — Namque=nempe, H. 
 
 399. Scindendum. This probably refers to the ploughing, though it may 
 also be understood of turning up the ground with the prongs of the bidens.— 
 Ver-sis, ' reversed,' i. e. turned over so that the back of the bidens could be 
 used in breaking the clods. 
 
252 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 400. Aeternum., see in Lex. aeternus, 2. 
 
 401. Neimis. Cf. on v. 308. — The object in ' lightening ' the vineyard of 
 Its leaves, (as if from a troublesome burden), was to give the sun access to 
 the grapes. — Eedii acjricoUs, etc. ; construe, laboj^ (9!^") adits est redit in ai^bem 
 agricolis, H., ' the labor which has been finished returns in rotation,' etc., 
 comes round in its course to be again performed ; or labor actus in orbem, 
 ' moving in a ring,' Con. 
 
 402. Atque, etc. The construction is, atque annus volvitur in se per sua 
 vestigia, ' and the year rolls round upon itself along its own track,' repeating 
 the same course from year to year. Annus, i. 6. ' the labor of the year.' 
 
 403. Jam oUm is nearly equivalent to jam turn in v. 405, Forb., 'now at 
 length,' oUm referring here to future time. — Stras, ' late,' as having continued 
 on the vines late into the autumn.— Posz«7, ' has laid aside,' ' has shed.' 
 
 404. Silvis, ' from the gi-oves,' i. e. of trees which were the supports of the 
 vine. Perhaps, however, it may refer to the woods in general.. The time of 
 year here alluded to was Nov. or Dec. — Honorem, see in Lex. II. B. — Servius 
 says this line is borrowed from Varro Atacinus. 
 
 405. Jam. turn, ' even then.' — Acer, ' active,' ' diligent.' 
 
 406. Dente, i. e. falce, ' pruning hook.' Saturn was usually represented 
 with a pruning hook in his hand. — Relictam, ' deserted,' i. e. forsaken by or 
 stripped of its leaves ; cf. v. 403. 
 
 407. Persequitur. Cf. terram inseciari rastris, G. 1, 155. 
 
 408. Primus hwnum, etc. Be the fii-st to dig and prune, but the last to 
 gather the grapes ; for the more thoroughly ripe they are the better will be 
 the wine, K. 
 
 409. Sarmenta, ' the branches,' cut from the vine, the pi'unings. — Vallos. 
 The stakes or poles Avhich supported the vines were to be taken up, at the 
 end of the vintage, and placed uiider cover, so that they might not be rotted 
 by the rain, H. 
 
 410. Meiito is here used of ' gathering ' the grape, as we have before had 
 seges, serere and semina used in speaking of the vine, H. — Bis vitibus, etc 
 The leaves must be stripped from the vines twice in the year, in the spring 
 and in the autumn, H. 
 
 411. The vineyard must also be weeded twice a year, K. — Segetem, i. e. 
 vineam, K. — Herbae, in a wide sense, ' plants,' ' weeds.' 
 
 412. Uterque labm-, scil. of stripping off the leaves and of weeding. — 
 Laudato, etc. The thought and connection are; as the labor of cultivating 
 vines is so great, a small farm is better than a large one, and therefore you 
 may commend a large farm, but it will be better for you to cultivate a smaU 
 one. 
 
 413. Nee non, etc. Butchers' broom, reeds and willows are to be cut for 
 tying up the vine. Con. — Rusci, cf. on E. 7, 42. 
 
 415. Inculti, because it requires no cultivation, H. — Cura, i. e. in prepar- 
 ing rods. — Salicti, cf. on G. 1, 265. 
 
 416. Arbusta reponunt. The trees on which the vines were trained 
 having now been pruned, there was no fm'ther occasion for the pruning- 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 253 
 
 hook, Wr. Cf. on E. 2, 70. Eeponunt^ ' lay aside,' i. e. permit it to be laid 
 aside, require it no longer. 
 
 417. Jam canit, etc. The order is, jam vinitor extremus canit effectos antes, 
 'now the farthest vine dresser sings the corapleted rows,' i. e. rejoices because 
 his labor is' ended. The vine-dresser is termed extremus as having come to 
 the end of the vines, i. e. in pursuing his labor of pruning, etc., he has reach- 
 ed the furthest part of the vineyard, and so has arrived at the end of his 
 w^ork. The reading in the text is that restored by Wagner, and since gen- 
 erally adopted. There are many other readings, as extremos effetus, effeios 
 extremus^ etc. Canit, see in Lex. 11. 2. 
 
 418. Pulvisque movendus ; see pulveratio in Lex. The pulveratio appears 
 to have been a distinct process founded on the belief that dust was beneficial 
 to vines. Con. 
 
 419. Jupj)iter, ' the weather,' ' storms.' — Uvis, for or by the grapes. 
 
 420. Of trees requiring little or no culture, vs. 420 — 457. — Nan ulla is a 
 rhetorical exaggeration. They do not need the same constant attention as 
 the vines. Con. 
 
 422. Qiium semel haeserunt, ' when once they have become fixed,' i. e. have 
 taken root, after being transplanted from the nursery, H. — Aurasque tulerunt, 
 and have borne,' or ' stood the breezes.' Cf. vs. 318, 332, sq. 
 
 423. Ipsa=sponte. Cf. on E. 4, 21, Forb. — Satis, ' the plants,' i. e. the young 
 olives. — Dente unco, i. e. bidente, H., or perhaps =vomere, Wr. 
 
 424. Cum vomere, i. e. ' if ploughed,' ' as sure as the ploughshare is put in 
 the ground, Wr., Con. Others say, quum vomere, soil, recluditur. — Gravidas 
 fruges, ' heavy,' ' weighty fruits,' i. e. heavy olives. 
 
 425. Hoc, like t(^ in Homer for hia TovTo=propter hoc, prqpterea, H. But 
 with M. and Con. I prefer the explanation ' by this,' soil, arando. — Nutriior^ 
 imperative of the deponent nutrior. This is the only instance of such use of 
 nutrior, though Priscian says that the older writers employed it instead of 
 nutrio. 
 
 426. Poma, ' fruit trees,' of any kind: &&Q pomum, II. in Lex. and cf. ou 
 V. 34. — Quoque, ' also,' i. e. like the olive. — Ut primum., etc., * as soon as they 
 feel their trunks to be strong,' i. e. as soon as they become strong. 
 
 427. Vires suas, 'their own strength,' i. e. the necessary sap, H. — Raptim= 
 rapide, Con. 
 
 428. Vi propria, ' by their own proper force,' i. e. by their own nature. 
 
 429. He speaks here of wild trees. — Nee minus, ' and not less,' soil, than 
 the trees that have been named. — Interea, i. e. while we are cultivating the 
 vine, olive, etc. 
 
 430. Sanguineis, such as the elder, cf. E. 10, 27. — Aoiaria, i. e. the woods. 
 
 431. Tondentur ctjtisi. Cf. E. 1, 79. 
 
 432. This verse is a poetic amplification of taedas ministrat, Con. 
 
 433. M dubltant, etc. The meaning is : When these things are so, will any 
 one hesitate to plant these trees and to bestow on them the little care which 
 they require? For the force of et see in Lex. II. 7. 
 
 22 
 
254 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 434. Quid majora sequar, ' why shall I pursue greater things,' i. e. why 
 shall I go on to speak of the larger trees, since even the smaller are valuable. 
 
 435. Illae, emphatic, ' even they,' K. 
 
 436. Sepem, cf. E. 1, 54, 55. — Satis^ ' crops,' including not only corn, but 
 plantations of vines, olives, etc. //. — Pabula melli. Conington says this is 
 not for pabula apibus, (as Heyne explains it), but a poetic confusion of pabula 
 apibus and materiam melli. 
 
 437. Et, as employed here in resuming the subject which had been inter- 
 rupted at V. 434, is emphatic. — Undantem. He applies this participle, ' wav- 
 ing,' which properly belongs to the trees, to the hill on which they grew, K. 
 
 438. Naryciae^ i. q. Bruttiae, since Naryx or Narycium was a city of the 
 Locri Eplcnemidii, in Greece, a colony of whom settled in Bruttium, Wr. ; 
 see Sila in Lex. — Arva^ ' fields,' covered with woods. — Picis for piceae. 
 
 439. Obnoxia, see in Lex. II. B. 
 
 440. Caucasia. The Caucasus is put poetically for any woody mountain, 
 Forb. — Steriles opposed to frugiferae. 
 
 441. Feruntque, 'and carrj^ away,' i. e. such parts as are broken off. 
 
 442. Aliae., scil. silvae^ Forb. — Fetus, ' products,' i. e. different kinds of 
 timber, K. — See Gr. § 207, K. 32. — Viile with navigiis. 
 
 443. A hypermeter verse. 
 
 444. Hinc, i. e. de silvis, Serv., i. e. from other trees that grow in them, 
 ash for example, K. : so Forb. and Con. Burmann, who is followed by Wr., 
 in his smaller edition, joins hinc — hiiic, in the sense ex alia — ex alia arbore. — 
 Radios, see in Lex. B. 1. — Trivere, cf. on G. 1, 49, and see in Lex. tero, B. 2. — 
 Tympana, ' drums,' i. e. Avheels made solid or all in one piece, K. 
 
 445. Virgil expresses himself as if the farmer built ships, meaning no more 
 than that the trees which the farmer is encouraged to plant and cultivate are 
 turned to that use. Con. 
 
 446. Viminibus salices fecundae. The twigs of the willows were used to 
 bind the vines and to make all sorts of wicker work, M. Viminibus, Gr. § 213, 
 R. 5, (3). — Frondibus. The leaves of elms were used as food for cattle. 
 
 447. At, see in Lex. I. — Myrtus, etc. The construction is, myrtus et cornus 
 bona hello validis hastiUbus, scil. fecundae sunt, Wr. Hastilibus, ' shafts ' for 
 spears, darts, etc., and the cornel is styled bona bello, ' good for war,' because 
 it furnished such shafts, Avhich were useful in wai*. 
 
 448. Ituraeos. Iturea was the region of Palestine beyond the Jordan. It 
 was inhabited by Arabs famed for their archery. Cf. on E. 1, 55. 
 
 449. Nee tiliae, etc. Connect nee nan iiliae, etc. i. e. etiam tiliae, etc. — 
 Torno rasile, ' smoothed by the lathe,' i. e. adapted for smoothing, or readily 
 smoothed by the lathe.— 450. Accipiunt, Gr. § 209, R. 12, (3). 
 
 451. Torrentem undam, scil. Padi: Pliny, (3, 10), calls the Po, torrentior^ 
 Con. Cf. G. 1, 481, sq. — Alnus. Alders grew abundantly on the banks of the 
 Po. Cf. also G. 1, 136. 
 
 452. Missa pado, ' sped down the Po ' : Pado, abl. as in the common phrase 
 jlum,ine subvehere, Con. ; or =immissa in Padum, H., ' launched on the Po.' 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 255 
 
 453. Vitiosa, ' decayed,' ' rotten.' He speaks of bee-liives made of the bark 
 of trees and also from hollow trees. Cf. G. 4, ii.—Alveo, Gr. § 306, 1. 
 
 454. The vine is not only less useful than these forest trees, but it has also 
 given occasion to crime. — BaccJieia. The moi-e usual forms of the adj. are 
 Baccheus, 'Bacchicus, Bacchius, Forb. 
 
 455. Bacchus, i. e. vinum, K. — Ille furentes, etc. This refers to the battle 
 between the Centaurs and Lapithae, at the marriage of Pirithous and Hippo- 
 damia; the excess of the Centaurs in wine on that occasion having led to a 
 contest in which many of them were slain and the rest put to flight. 
 Another version of the story is that Ehoetus and Pholus were put to flight, 
 not killed. Cf. Ov. Met. 12, 210, sq. 
 
 457. Cratere. The crater was a large vessel in which, at an entertain- 
 ment, the wine stood mixed with the requisite quantity of water, and whence 
 it was drawn in the pocula and handed to the guests. The modern ' punch- 
 bowl ' and ' glasses ' answer to the ancient crater and pocula, K. The size 
 of some of these cratera may be conjectured from A. 9, 346, where Rhoetus 
 is represented as hiding behind one, Br. Cf. with this verse, Ingentem man- 
 ibus tollit cratera duabus, infregitque viro, Ov. Met. 5, 80, sq. 
 
 458. The praises of a countrj'' life, vs. 458 — 540; a beautiful description, 
 often imitated. Cf. Thomson, Autumn, 1132. — Fortunatos nim.ium=fwiuna- 
 tisslmos ; see nimius, II. A. 2, in Lex. 
 
 459. Ipsa— sua sponte, cf. on E. 4, 21.. 
 
 460. Huvio, i. e. ex Immo, ' from her soil,* i. e. the ground at the surface 
 of the earth; see in Lex. I. — Facilem, ^ensj,'' i. e. easy to be procured, H. 
 Wagner makes it equivalent to affluentem, acpdovov. — Justissima, ' most just,' 
 not because she returns with interest whatever has been committed to her, 
 ( T-Fr., K.) but because she gives man all he really needs, Con. 
 
 461. He alludes to the custom, at Rome, of clients coming in the morning 
 to their patron's house to pay their respects to him. — Foribus superbis, to be 
 taken with domus alia, Con. Gr. § 211, R. 6. But Wr. and Forb. connect 
 them with vomit, i. e. per fores magnijicas. 
 
 462. Tutis aedibus, 'from the whole house,' 'from all its apartments.' 
 These words, as well as vomit and undam are expressive of the multitude 
 of clients. 
 
 463. Varios, i. q. variatos, ' variegated,' ' inlaid.' — Inhiant, ' gloat over,' or 
 perhapi=, referring not to the owner but to others, ' nor do men gaze at their 
 inlaid doors '=' nor have they inlaid doors for men to gaze on,' Con. — Pastes, 
 ' door-posts,' or ' doors.' — Testudlne. The wealthy Romans adorned their doors, 
 couche?, etc., with tortoise shell, ivory, etc. 
 
 464. lUusas, ' adorned,' ' embroidered ' : ludere artifices dlcuntur rebus varie 
 ortiandis indulgentes, Wr. — Vestesz=^stragulas, Wr., 'couch-covers,' etc.— 
 Fphyreia, see in Lex. Epliyi^a, II. and Corinthus, II. 1, b. 
 
 465. Assyria is here put for Syrio or Phoenicia. — Veneno, Lex. II. B. 1. 
 
 466. Cusia, see in Lex. casia, 1. — Liquidi, ' clear,' ' pure.' — Usus olivi, i. e. 
 the oil in respect to its use, ' the service of the oil,' Con. 
 
256 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 467. At, scil. no7i abest, from v. 471, Wr.—The whole connection is: 
 Though the humble farmer has not crowds of morning visitors to pay their 
 fulsome adorations, though he has not grand porticos and pillars, inlaid with 
 tortoise shell, though furniture-covers ornamented with gold are denied him, ■ 
 though no vases of Corinthian brass adorn his mansion and his grounds, and 
 though his circumstances will not admit of purple garments and perfumed 
 unguents, yet (at), he possesses blessings far beyond these, Br. — Secura, 
 i. e. sine cur a, K., 'free from care.' — Nescia fallere, see in Lex. nescius, B. 
 
 468. Opum variarum, ' in various wealth,' of corn, fruits, etc. — Laiis fundis, 
 not 'large farms,' {latifundia), but ' broad farms,' i. e. open, and furnishing 
 fine prospects ; opposed to the confinement of the city. 
 
 469. Vivi lacus, ' living lakes,' i. e. natural lakes, supplied by streams of 
 running water, and not like the artificial reservoirs at Rome. — Frigida Tenvpe, 
 ' cool valleys,' see Tempe in Lex. II. 
 
 470. Molles somni, i. e. tranguilli et dukes, H. Cf. on E. 7, 45. 
 
 471. Saltvs, etc. There are pastures for cattle, and haunts of wild beasts, 
 1. e. hunting. 
 
 472. Operum, scil. rusticorum, Forb. Cf on G. 1, 277. — Exiguo assueta, cf. 
 contentus vivere parvo, Tibull. 1, 1, 25, H. 
 
 473. Sacra deum (scil. illic), sanctique patres, ' the sacred rites of the gods 
 are there, and venerable parents,' i. e. the worship of the gods is conducted 
 there with true devotion, and parents are there held in honor. 
 
 474. Astraea, or Justice, was feigned by the poets to have descended from 
 heaven in the Golden Age. She continued upon the earth until the wicked- 
 ness of the Brazen Age gave her such offence, that she left mankind and flew 
 up to heaven. Aratus says she retired first from cities into the country, M. 
 Cf. on E. 4, 6. 
 
 475. He gives the preference to a life devoted to literature and philosophy; 
 but if he cannot attain to that, he will adopt a rural life before any other, K. — 
 Primuvi is opposed to what follows in v. 483, sq, — Dulces ante omnia, i. e. duU 
 cissimae, Wr. ; or take ante omnia with primuvi, ' above all things,' Con. 
 
 476. Quarum sacra fero, ' whose sacred rites I perform ' ; sacra ferre is 
 used of any one off"ering a sacrifice, especially of a priest, Wr. Poets are often 
 called priests of the Muses, H. — Percussus, ' smitten.' 
 
 477. Accipiant, ' receive,' i. e. receive me with favor while I dedicate myself 
 to them. — Caelique mas et sidera, i. e. vias siderum in caelo, ' the courses of the 
 stars in the heavens.' Cf. on G. 1, 173. The poet speaks of physical questions 
 as his chief study, because the older poets, as Orpheus, Musaeus, etc., were 
 said to have paid special attention to such studies, and because Empedocles 
 gained great renown by his poem " on Nature." Such subjects admit of high 
 poetic adornment, and are therefore much prized by the votaries of the Muses, 
 H., Forb., Br. — 478. Labores, ^o(it\ca\\j=defectus. 
 
 479. Unde tremor ierris, i. e. the causes of earthquakes, K. — Qua vi, etc., 
 ' through what force ' of nature. Something more violent and irregular than 
 the tides seems to be denoted by the expressions here used. Con, 
 
 480. Objicibus, '• their barriers,' i. e. ' their shores,' H. 
 
BOOK II. NOTES. 257 
 
 481. Quid tantum, etc. Why the days are so short and the nights so long 
 in winter, K. See note on v. 482. — Oceano se tingere. The ancients supposed 
 that the sun set in the ocean. Cf on G. 1, 246. 
 
 482. It might be doubted whether tardis noctibus meant slow in coming or 
 slow in going — in other words, whether the epithet was equivalent to aestivis 
 or to hibernis^ but it seems to be decided in favor of the latter by Lucr. 5, 
 699, Prqjterea nodes hiberno tempore longae cessant, Con. So K., Br., Klotz. 
 The former meaning is approved by Serv., Fhilarg., Wr. and others. 
 
 483. Sin—fHgidus sanguis, etc. It was the opinion of some of the ancient 
 philosophers that the blood about the heart was the seat of thought, and 
 as that was warm or the reverse the mental powers were vigorous or ob- 
 tuse. Lucretius makes the heart the abode of the animus, K. 
 
 485. Rigui, ' watering,' ' iiTigating.' 
 
 486. Amem, see in Lex. amo, 4 ; it corresponds with placeant. — Inglxyt^us, 
 * without glory,' i. e. without the renown which he would have acquired as a 
 philosopher. — 0, ubi campi, etc. : tlie construction is, 0, ubi (sunt) campi — 
 (ubi est) qui me sistat, etc. Jahn. The sentence is not interrogative, but 
 expresses a wish. — Campi Spercheosque, for campi Sperchei, cf. on G. 1, 173. 
 
 487. Baccliata, ' where the rites of Bacchus were celebrated,' ' the scene 
 of the revels,' etc. : bacchata is passive ; see in Lex. 
 
 488. Taygeta, soil, juga, dprj, For-b. 
 
 490. The philosopher is happy in the possession of knowledge, but so also 
 is the dweller in the country in his exemption from ambition and all its cares 
 and dangers, K. — Qui potuit, i. e. qui potest, H., cf. on G. 1, 49. So of the 
 perfects Avhich follow. 
 
 491. Metus omnes, etc. A great object with the ancient philosophers espe- 
 cially the Epicureans, was to keep the mind free from all pertiu'bations, such 
 as those occasioned by fear or pity (see v. 499), and especially to overcome 
 the dread of death and the terrors of a futui-e state, K. — Fatum, ' death,' re- 
 garded as the fiat of nature, Con. See in Lex. under for, 11. B. 2, b. 
 
 492. Avari^ ' greedy,' since this river, surrounding Tartarus, devours, as 
 it were, all the shades of the dead, restoring none of them to the upper world, 
 Forb.—Gf. on vs. 491, 492, Lucr. 3, 37; 1, 79; 3, 14—30, Con. 
 
 493. Foriunatus et illex the calm, which Avas the great boon of philosophy, 
 is given also, after its kind, to the lover of the country : felix and fortunatus 
 seem practically synonymous, Con. — Deos qui novit agrestes: throughout the 
 Eclogues, and particularly in E. 5: 6: 10: the country gods are represented 
 as mixing with the human dwellers in the country, (hn. 
 
 494. Nymphosque soroi'es; not sisters of Pan and Silvanus, but of one 
 another. 
 
 495. Populi fasces, ' the fasces of the people,' i. e. magistracies bestowed 
 by the people. 
 
 496. Flexit^moret, 'moves,' i.e. 'disturbs.' Cf. on v. 490. — Injidos fratres; 
 in allusion probably to one of the domestic contests for Eastern thrones, and 
 perhaps, as Heyne holds, to that between Tiridates and Phraates for the throne 
 of Parthia; they however were not brothers, though relatives. 
 
 22-* 
 
258 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 497. Conjurato ab Eistro, ' from the conspiring Ister.' The Ister is repre- 
 sented as conspiring with the Dacians, instead of saying that other nations 
 dwelling on the Ister joined the Dacians in making incursions into the Roman 
 provinces, E. Cf on G. 1, 509. — Descendens. The Dacians dwelt in the 
 monntains beyond the Ister. 
 
 498. Ees Eomanae, etc., ' the affairs of Rome and the kingdoms about to 
 perish,' i. e. the wars of the Romans with foreign kmgdoms, destructive to 
 the latter, Wr. 
 
 499. Aut doluit, etc. In the country, where aU have enough, distinctions 
 of poverty and wealth, and the emotions of pity and envy which they cause, 
 are alike unknown, Con. — Habenti, rw exovn, i. e. diviti, Wr.; see in Lex. 
 habeo, n. A. 
 
 500. Imitated from Lucr. 5, 937, 938 ; quod sol atque imbres dederant, qttod 
 terra crearat sponie sua, satis id placabat pectoi^a donum. 
 
 501. Ferrea, ' unbending,' which cannot be changed by favor, by fear or 
 by pity, E. 
 
 502. Insanum forum, ' the mad forum,' so called from the great noise and 
 bustle occasioned by the disputants. So rabies, furor, etc. are applied to the 
 forum and to pleaders, E. — Tabularia, ' the archives.' Here were kept such 
 contracts as the public were interested in, and hence Heyne thinks there is a 
 reference to contracts for farming the public revenue, etc. 
 
 503. The pursuits of ambition and avarice as displayed by the dwellers 
 in cities, and with which the poet next proceeds (v. 513), to contrast life in 
 the country, vs. 503 — 512. Voss and Heyne understand three modes of ob- 
 taining wealth as being alluded to in vs. 503, 504, viz. commerce, war and the 
 favor of the great. Wr. and Forb. think that these two verses refer to foreign 
 war, and v. 505 to civil war. — Freta caeca, like ruunt in ferrum, which fol- 
 lows, seems to denote headlong daring. Con. Caeca, ' dark,' ' beset with unseen 
 dangers,' ' dangerous.' — Regum, (v. 504), ' the great,' Con. 
 
 504. Ferrum, Gr. § 324, 3. — Aulas et limina, ' the courts and doors.' 
 
 505. Petit excidiis, 'attacks with destruction,' 'brings destruction' or 
 *ruin to.' — Vrbem, ' a city,' and not the city of Rome in particular. — Penates, 
 ' homes.' 
 
 506. Gemma, see in Lex. II. 2, a. (a). 
 
 507. Incubat auro: cf. Congestis undique saccls indurmis inhians, Hor. S. 1, 
 1,70. 
 
 508. Hie, the aspirant to eloquence, who is struck dumb with admiration 
 of the successful speaker. Con. — Stupet rostris, — ' at the rostra,' like carmini- 
 bus stupens, Hor. Od. 2, 13, 33, Forb. — Eunc, the aspirant (Mantem) to political 
 greatness, who is caught and carried away {corripidt) by the applause in the 
 theati'e {per cuneos) which rewarded popular statesmen, Coji. The order is, 
 jplausus per cuneos geminatus, enim pilebisqxie patruinque, cm'7'ipuit Irnnc Man- 
 tem. — Plausus jyer cuneos, 'the applause throughout the cunei,'' i- e. from those 
 seated there. — Eiantem, see in Lex. hio, B. 2. 
 
 509. Cuneos. In the ancient theatres the rows of seats formed arcs of cir- 
 cles, and these increased in compass as they receded from the front. Pas- 
 
BOOK II. NOTES,' 259 
 
 sages for the spectatoi's to reach their seats ran from back to front, mtersect- 
 ing the rows, and thus divitUng them into separate portions, which as they 
 were broad above and narrow below were named cunei or ' wedges,' K. — 
 Gemlnaius, ' repeated ' ; cf. Populus frequens laetum theatris ter crepuit sonum^ 
 Hor. Od. 2, 17, 25. — Enim, see in Lex. I. 
 
 510. Corripuit, 'has seized,' ' has fascinated.' — Gaudent^ (scil. alii)^ perfusi, 
 i. e. se 2)e7'fusos esse, Gr. ^ 271, Note 5. Cf. in EngUsh, ' rejoice in being 
 bathed.' It is to be explained thus: perfusi sanguine, (i. e. quum pei'fusi 
 sint), gaudent, scil. se perfusos esse, Forb. There may be an alhision in this 
 and the two following verses to the civil commotions occasioned by Mark 
 Antony, and to the soldiers who accompanied him into Egypt: the leading 
 thought liowever seems to be the crimes and exile which are frequent in 
 cities, but which are unknown in the country. 
 
 511. Limina, ' dwellings,' ' abodes.' — Exsilio, ' a place of exile.' 
 
 512. Alio sub sole^=sub alio climate, Serv. 
 
 513. The advantages of the country ; cf. on v. 503. — Dimovit, cf. on G. 1, 49. 
 
 514. Anni labor, scil. est, i. e. annuus labor, ' his annual labor,' i. e. in til- 
 lage. — Nepotes, ' offspring,' ' children.' Lade, and Con. read parvos Penates, 
 'little homestead,' and, as Con. observes, this appears better in itself than the 
 common reading, nepotes, which can hardly be rendered otherwise than as 
 'descendants,' a sense not applicable here ; but the Ms. authority for such 
 reading is weak. 
 
 615. Meriios, ' deserving,' having merited their support by ploughing, K. 
 
 516. Requies, i. e. anno, rather than agricolae. Cf. Lucr. 6, 1177, Con. — 
 Quin exuberet annus, i. e. ut non exuberet, ' so that the year does not abound,' 
 * to the year's abounding,' Gr. § 262, E. 10, note 6, 2. 
 
 518. Oneret sulcos, i. e. before the harvesting. — Horrea vincat, ' conquer the 
 barns,' i. e. give such abundant crops that the barns cannot hold them, 
 'burst the barns.' Cf. G. 1, 49. 
 
 519. Venit hiems, teritur, for quum venit hiems, teritur, Wr. 
 
 520. Glande laeti, ' content,' ' satisfied with.' Wr. takes glande with redeunt^ 
 i. e. a glande, which they have been crunching in the woods. Cf. G. 1, 275. 
 
 521. Ponit, ' lets fall,' ' drops.' Cf. on vs. 14 & 403. 
 
 522. Ap>ricis saxis, cf. on v. 377. — Coquitur, see in Lex. I. 2, b. 
 
 523. Oscula, 'his mouth ' ; implying however, by the use of this diminutive 
 form, that the lips are put forth, or to use a common expression, ' the mouth 
 is made up ' for a kiss. — 524. Domus, ' family,' for ' wife.' 
 
 525. Demittunt, ' lot down,' i. e. they are large and full, K. — Laeto, ' luxu- 
 riant,' cf. on G. 1, 1. — 526. Adversis, ' adverse,' i. e. horn against horn. 
 
 527. Ipse, scil. agricola. — Agiiat, see in Lex. 5. — Fusus ^je?-, 'extended 
 along,' ' stretched at his length upon.' 
 
 528. Ignis, i. e. upon the altar. — Socii, i. e. operis riistici, Wr. — Coronant^ 
 i. e. with wreaths of flowers. 
 
 529. Lenaee, cf. on v. 4. — Magistris, cf. on E. 2, 33, 
 
 530. Ceriamina ponit, see in Lex. ceriamen, under 1, b. — In uhno. The elm 
 itself, or something fastened to it, was the mark, Wr. 
 
260 
 
 BOOK II. NOTES. 
 
 531. Agresti palaestrae, ' for the ru&tic wrestling.' — Nudant, scil. pecoris 
 magistri, there being a change of subject. 
 
 532. This was the mode of life in Italy in the olden time. 
 
 533. Fortis EtruHa crevit, ' powerful Etruria grew,' i. e. Etruria grew 
 powerful. In the early days of Kome the Tuscans were powerful both by sea 
 and land, K. 
 
 534. Scilicet,' indeed,^ ' without doubt.' — Rerum pulcherrima, i. e. omnium 
 puldierima, Wr. — See in Lex. res, I. near the end. 
 
 535. Arces, i. e. colles, Wr. ; cf. on v. 172. 
 
 536. Ante etinm, etc. This Avas also the life of the men of the Golden 
 Age, K. — Dictaei regis, i. e. Jupiter, who was said to have been born on 
 Mount Dicte, in Crete. Before him Saturn reigned, in the Golden Age, Br. 
 
 537. Imjna gens. In the early ages it was considered a great crime to kill 
 an ox. Cf. Bovis tanta fuit apud antiquos veneraiio, ut tarn capital esset, bovem 
 necuisse, quam civein, Colum. de Re. Rust. 1, 6: Tanta putabatur utilitas per- 
 cipi ex bubus, ut eorum visceribus vesci scelus haberetur, Cic. de N. D. 2, 63. 
 
 538. Aureus Saturnus, Cf. on E. 4, 6 ; the king of the Golden Age. 
 
 539. Classica, see in Lex. 2, a, (P). 
 
 540. Crqjitare, i. e. while they were being forged. 
 
 541. The poet, by a metaphor taken from the circus, indicates that he has 
 arrived at the end of the book, Wr. — Immensum spatiis aequor, i. e. iinmenso- 
 rum spatiarum, or immensa spatia habens, Forb.; see Gr. § 250, 1. Spatiis, 
 ' circuits,' ' courses.' Cf. on G. 1, 513. Aequx}r, ' a plain,' ' field.' Cf. on G. 1, 
 50, & 2, 105. 
 
 542. Solvere colla, instead of saying, solvere jugum collo impositum. 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 
 LIBER TERTIUS. 
 
 AKGUMENT. 
 
 I. Subject of the Book (vs. 1, 2), and general introduction, referring to the 
 topics selected by other poets, to his own expected success, and his thankful- 
 ness to his patron and emperor, Augustus: invocation of Maecenas, (3 — 48). 
 
 II. Of horned-cattle and horses (50 — ^285): viz. 
 
 1. The cow; her marks and age (50—71). 
 
 2. The horse; his marks, his characteristics at different periods of life, 
 and his training (72 — 122). 
 
 3. Feeding and preparation of horses for the breeding season (123 — 137). 
 
 4. Care of female during pregnancy (138 — 156). 
 
 5. Tending and training of the young (157 — 208). 
 
 6. Of keeping the male from the excitements of passion and jealousy: 
 a combat described (209 — 241). 
 
 7. Of the powerful effect of love on mankind, and on animals generally 
 (242—265): mares especially influenced by it (266—283). 
 
 ni. Of sheep and goats (286—473): viz. 
 
 1. General introduction (286—293). 
 
 2. Winter treatment of sheep and goats (294 — §04) : both kinds of ani- 
 mals valuable (305—321). 
 
 3. Mode of tending during warm weather (322 — 338): habits of African 
 and of Scythian shepherds (339—383). 
 
 4. Ofwool (384—393): of milk (394— 403). 
 
 5. The guarding of cattle: (a) against thieves — by dogs (404 — 413); 
 (b) against serpents (414—489). 
 
 6. Diseases: the scab (440—463); the plague (464—473). 
 IV. Description of gi-eat plague in Noricum (474 — 566): viz. 
 
 1. Of the cause and characteristics of the disease (478 — 485). 
 
 2. The symptoms as seen in different animals: (a) in the smaller kinds, 
 as sheep, calves, dogs, swine (486 — 497); (b) in the larger and stronger 
 beasts, horses and cows (498 — 536); (c) in wild animals (537 — 540); (d) in 
 other classes of the animal kingdom, e. g. fishes, reptiles and birds (541 — 
 547). 
 
 3. Failure of all proposed remedies (548 — 566). Bryce. 
 
262 BOOK III. ^^OTES. 
 
 NOTES ON THE THIRD BOOK OF THE GEORGICS. 
 
 1. The general subject of this book is the management of cattle and of the 
 domestic animals. He commences with the mention of the principal deities 
 presiding over them. 
 
 2. Pastor ah Amphryso^ for pastor Amphrysius; cf. on G. 2, 243, and see in 
 Lex. ab, C. 2. Respecting Apollo, see on E. 5, 35. — Lycaei. The poet, by 
 this mention of Lycaeus, which was sacred to Pan, (cf. on G. 1, 16), and also 
 famous for its sheep, indicates a third deity. 
 
 3. Ce<e?'«, ' other subjects.' — Vacuas, 'unoccupied,' 'idle,' having leisure 
 to devote to their perusal. — Tenuissent, 'might have charmed' or 'delighted.' 
 
 4. Vulgata, ' common,' ' hackneyed.' — Eurysthea. The poet refers to the 
 labors of Hercules. 
 
 6. Cui, scil. poetae. Gr. § 225, ll.—Dlctus, cf. on E. 3, 55. See Gr. § 310, 6. 
 
 8. Acer equis, ' a keen charioteer,' ' a spirited driver.' Gr. § 250, 1. 
 
 9. Fzcior, i. e. having accomplished what I proposed, K. — Virum volitare 
 ptr ora, ' to hover before the faces of men,' Co7i. ; or. ' to be in the mouths of 
 men,' ' be praised by men,' Wr. 
 
 10. Virgil says that he will be the earliest poet of his country. The na- 
 ture of the allegory contained in these lines, (vs. 10 — 39), has been much dis- 
 puted. It seems clearly however to be drawn from a Roman triumph, Con. — 
 In patriam, i. e. Italy, Con., but Serv., H., Wr. say it means Mantua. — Mode, 
 see in Lex. modo^ B. d, under modus. 
 
 11. Aonio vertice, ' from the Aonian height,' or the ' Aonian mount,' as 
 Milton has it, i. e. Helicon, which was celebrated as the abode of the Muses, 
 JSr. — Eediens, as from a campaign, Con. 
 
 12. Idumaeas. Idumaea was celebrated for its palm-trees. Cf. on E. 1, 55. 
 — Palmas, see in Lex. D. b. (0). 
 
 13. Templum ponam. The custom of vowing temples to the gods in battle 
 and dedicating them after victory is too well known to need illustration : see 
 however Livy, 1, 11, 12; 2, 20. Con. Here Virgil proposes to erect and conse- 
 crate a temple to Caesar Octavianus, as his tutelar divinity. JD. 
 
 14. Propter. Cf. on E. 8, 87. — Ingens. The Mincio spread into a lake near 
 Mantua. Con. 
 
 16. In medio, scil. te?npU, i. e. in the shrine. It was the custom to place in 
 the middle of the temple the statue of the god to whom it was dedicated. M. 
 
 17. lUi, i. e. in honorem Caesaris, Forb. Gr. § 222. — Tpio conspectus in 
 ostro. He refers eitlier to the toga picta, worn in the triumph, or to the prae- 
 texta, worn by the magistrates at the public games, Con. 
 
 18. Agitabo, ' will drive,' i. e. cause to be driven, by instituting games. — 
 Ad Jlumina, 'near to,' or 'along the river,' i. e. the Mincius. R. 
 
 19. The poet intimates that the games which he shall institute in honor 
 of Augustus, will be so famous that the Greeks will come to them, forsaking 
 their own Olympic and Nemaean games, M.—Alpheum. The Olympic games 
 were celebrated near this river. See Pisa in Lex.—MulorcM. See Nemea 
 in Lex. 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 263 
 
 20. Curslbus, 'in runniug.' — Crudo. See in Lex. B. b. 
 
 21. Tonsae foliis ollvae, ' -with leaves of the stripped olive.' Voss under- 
 Btands by tonsae that the leaves are ' clipped,' so as to be of equal length : Heyne 
 with probably better reason, thinks it means that the leaves are ' stripped ' 
 from the tree, and woven into a wreath: Wagner supposes that in making the 
 olive wreath, (worn by those about to offer a sacrifice), the larger leaves were 
 * cut off' or ' plucked away,' and only the smaller ones left, that the wreath 
 might appear more fine and elegant and not shade the forehead too much. 
 This explanation is consistent with that of Servins, minutis foliis compositae. 
 
 22. Dona, See in Lex. 2. — Jam nunc, etc. He speaks of the games which 
 he proposed to institute as if they were now on the point of being celebrated. 
 — Ducere pomjxis. The ceremony referred to was that of caiTying the images 
 of the gods in solemn procession to the circus before the commencement of 
 the ludi Circenses, Br. 
 
 24. Vel scena, etc. There are to be dramatic entertainments also. — Vei'sis 
 frontihus. The poet refers to the scena versatilis or revolving scene, which 
 turned on a pivot and so presented different faces or views. 
 
 25. Tollant. The ancient curtain rose from the stage at the conclusion of 
 a piece, (cf. aulaeum, 1. in Lex.), and it descended when the piece was to be- 
 gin. — Intexti Biitanni. He supposes the figures of Britons to be interwoven 
 in the aulaeum or curtain, so as to appear to raise the curtain with them as 
 they rose. The Britons sued for peace to Augustus, a. u. c. 727, when he 
 ■was in Gaul preparing to invade them, Con. 
 
 26. He recurs to the temple, to describe its ornaments, pai-ticularly the 
 sculptm-e in gold and ivory on its doors, K. The combination of ivoiy and 
 gold Avas common in ancient statuary, the ivory representing the flesh. Con. 
 
 27. Gangaridum, here used for the people of the East. Cf. on G. 2, 172. — 
 Arma Quirini, ' tlie arms of Quirinus,' poetically for Quirino in armis or ar- 
 mato, H. See Quirinus, III. in Lex. 
 
 28. ffic, soil, fadam. — Undantem bello, ' swelling with war,' i. e. with 
 warlike feeling. The allusion here is to Antony and Cleopatra, and to their 
 defeat by Octavianus. — Magnum jluentem, tto'/.vv piovTu, 'flowing onward with 
 full stream.' 
 
 29. Columnas. Servius says that Augustus constructed four columns from 
 the beaks of ships captured in that naval engagement, and that these were 
 afterwards placed by Domitian in the Capitol. 
 
 30. Addam, etc. There will also be there cities conquered in Asia, and 
 victories gained over the Armenians, (indicated by their mountain Niphates), 
 and the Parthians, K. In such cases cities were represented under the figures 
 of women. — Niphaten. Cf. on G. 2, 497. 
 
 31. Fidentemque fuga, etc. Alluding to the manner of warfare of the Par- 
 thians, who used to fly from their enemies, and at the same time shoot their 
 arrows behind them : compare the description in Milton, P. E. 3, 323 : 
 
 How quick they wheeled, and flying, behind them shot 
 Sharp sleet of arrowy shower against the face 
 Of their pursuers, and oercame by flight. 
 
264 BOOK in. NOTES. 
 
 32. Dlverso ex hoste, i. e. dwelling in opposite portions of the earth — the 
 East and. the West. See on the next verse. 
 
 33. Bisque triumphatas. The two triumphs in the East were, first, in the 
 defeat of Antony and Cleopatra in the years 31 and 30 B. C, and second, in 
 the restoration by the Parthians, in B. C. 20, of the Roman standards which 
 had been taken from Crassus: those in the West were, the subjugations of 
 the Cantabri, B. C. 25, and again, after their rebellion, B. C. 22. The Britons 
 also might be included; cf on v. 25, Wr. — Utroque ah lit07-e, to be construed 
 Avith gentes, ' the nations from,' i. e. ' of either shore,' i. e. the shores of the 
 ]\Iediterranean and of the Ocean. Ab here denotes origin or place of habita- 
 tion : cf. on V. 2, Forb. — It is probable that lines 30 — 33 were added shortly 
 before Virgil's death. 
 
 34. Stabunt, etc. Marble statues of the Trojan ancestoi-s of Augustus, 
 (who was adopted into the Julian gens)^ are to be placed in this temple. 
 
 35. The descent oi lulus, (the ancestor of the gens Julia), from Jupiter is 
 traced as follows : Jupiter was the father of Dardanus, who was the father of 
 Ericthouiiis, who was the father of Tros, who Avas the father of Assaracus, 
 who was the father of Capys, who was the father of Anchises, who was the 
 father of Aeneas, who was the father of Ascanius, called also lulus. — Bemis- 
 sae, see in Lex. demissus, II. 4. 
 
 36. Trojae auctor. Cf. on G. 1, 502. ApoUo Avas the tutelary deity of 
 Augustus, who Avas even called the son of Apollo. 
 
 37. In another part of this temple Envy is represented, but as overcome 
 and cast down to Hades. This is emblematic of the triumph of Augustus 
 over his enemies, (so that the invidious were obliged to be silent), and of the 
 conclusion of the civil Avars, Br. It is probable, as Voss and Wr. suppose, 
 that the poet here refers to a painting. — Severum, ' gloomy,' ' dreadful.' 
 
 38. Angues. Virgil represents Ixion as bound to the wheel by serpents; 
 the other version of the legend says, chains, B7\ 
 
 39. Non exsuperabile saxum, ' the stone that cannot be overcome,' i. e. that 
 cannot be rolled to the summit. See Sisyphus in Lex. 
 
 40. Such will be my future occupation ; meantime I Avill continue my 
 poem and sing of cattle, K. — Dryadum. Cf. on G. 1, 11. 
 
 41. Tniactos, ' untried,' ' unattempted,' i. e. not hitherto sung by any Roman 
 poet. — Maecenas. Cf. on G. 1, 2. 
 
 42. Ahum, 'lofty,' ' sublime.'— £« o^e, etc. These AA^ords are addressed 
 by the poet to himself, Cerda, Ruaeus, Voss, Wr., Forb.; others suppose them 
 to refer to Maecenas. 
 
 43. Vocat, etc. The meaning is: I seem to hear the cattle, the dogs and 
 the horses calling aloud to me to proceed with my song, Wr.— Cithaeron. 
 Numerous herds of cattle pastured on this mountain. 
 
 44. Taygeti. The dogs of Laconia Avere famous hunting diOgB.—Ejndaurus. 
 All Argolis was noted for its superior horses. 
 
 46. Mox iamen, etc. I now sing of cattle, but I soon Avill venture to cele- 
 brate and transmit to posterity the warlike deeds of Caesar, K. — Ardentes, 
 'ardent,' 'fiery.' — Accingar dicere, Gr. ^ 270. 
 
BOOK III. — -NOTES. 265 
 
 48. Tithoni. Tithonus was great-grandson of Tros, and son of Laomedon, 
 he was therefore not in the dh'ect line from which the Juhan cjens was de- 
 rived, and his name is probably used here only for the sake of variety, K. — 
 Pi'ima ab origine, ' from the first origin,' i. e. from the time of. 
 
 49. Choice of a cow for breeding, vs. 49 — 59. He confines himself to the 
 cow, on the ground that the qualities of the offspring depend upon the make 
 of the mother ; a notion, the truth of which, if not fully acceded to in our 
 own times, the Arabians at least are fully persuaded of in the case of horses, 
 as appears from their never selling a mare, although they are willing enough 
 to dispose of their stallions ; Daubeny. — Seu quis, etc. General direction with 
 respect to the breeding of horses and oxen, to attend chiefly to the qualities 
 of the mother, K. — Miratus, ' admiring,' has in effect the sense of ' desiring,' 
 Con. — Palmae, see in Lex. D. b. fi. 
 
 50. Pascit, ' feeds,' i. e. breeds, K. — Fortes ad aratra, scil. vehenda, Forb. 
 
 51. Torvae, ' grim-looking,' ' stern-looking.' 
 
 52. Turpe caput., ' coarse head,' i. e. large and unsightly, Br. — Phcrlma 
 cervix, 'a great deal of neck,' i. e. havhig it both long and thick, K. As cat- 
 tle were at this period bred principally for the purpose of draught, strength 
 was the first requisite, V. 
 
 54. Turn loncjo, etc., i. e. her side should be very long. — Omnia magna, 
 i. e. all her parts should be large. 
 
 55. Pes etlam, scil. magnus est, H. 
 
 56. Nee mihi dlspUceat =valde 2)laceat, Serv. Gr. § 324, 9. — Maculis insig^ 
 nis et albo=7nacuUs albis. Cf. on G. 2, 192. 
 
 57. Aut juga, etc., i. e. it is not a bad sign if she refuses to go under the 
 yoke, and threatens with her horns, for it shows spirit, K. — AsjJera cornw, 
 see in Lex. asper, 5, b. 
 
 58. Faciem, ' looks,' * appearance.' — Ardua iota, * altogether tall,' Br. Cf. 
 Vaccae quoque 2)robaniur aliissimae fonnae longaeqtte, Col. 6, 21. 
 
 59. Ft gradiens, etc., ' and as she Avalks, sweeps her footprints with the 
 tip of her tail,' Br. 
 
 60. The age for breeding, vs. 60 — 71. — Aetas x><^i'h GJi". § 270, K. 1, c. — 
 L^icinam, ' a bringing forth,' ' birth.' — Jiistos, ' proper,' as taking place at a 
 suitable age. 
 
 62. Cetera, scil. aetas, i. e. before four and after ten years, K. 
 
 63. Interea, ' meanwhile,' i. e. between the fourth and the tenth year, H. 
 — Superat=svperest, ' remains,' Cvn. ; Wagner explains it ,by abunde est, but, 
 as Con. observes, v. 66 seems to point to the former meaning. 
 
 64. Solve. The males were kept confined for some time previous to the 
 breeding season, Br. — 3Iitte in Venerem, etc., ' be the first to give your cattle 
 the pleasures of love.' Primus. Cf. on G. 2, 408. 
 
 66. Optima quaeque, etc., ' each best time of life for wretched mortals,' 
 i. e. ' the best time of life for all wretched mortals.' He makes here a general 
 reflection on the flight of time, carrying away the days of youth {optima dies 
 aevi), which are our best and happiest, K. 
 
 68. Eapit, Gr. § 209, R. 12, (2), 'hurries on.'— Labor, 'sickness.' 
 
266 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 69. Semper erunt, etc. He returns to tlie subject of breeding, by observ- 
 ing that in a man's stock there will always be some that he does not like, and 
 for which he would wish to substitute others, K. — Quarum corpcn^a, periphras- 
 tic for quas, H. 
 
 70. Enim=^i(j'dur^ as yap is used for ap«, 5>;, H., ' therefore,' ' then.' — Amissa, 
 =quae amiseris, Con. ; scil. corpora. — Requiras, ' feel the want of.' 
 
 71. Anieveni, ' anticipate,' ' be beforehand.' — Subolem, ' young cattle,' ' a 
 supply of young ones,' Con. — Sortire, see in Lex. B. 2. 
 
 72. On the breeding of horses, vs. 72 — 94. Here however it is the sire, not 
 the dam that he describes, led pi-obably by his poetic feeling, as he thus has 
 an ampler field for description, K. — Pecori equlno, ' a stud of horses.' 
 
 73. Quos, i. e. Us quos. — Sjjem. Cf on E. 1, 15. — Submittere. Cf. on E. 1, 46. 
 
 74. Jcmi huh a teneris^ i. e. ' even from foals.' Cf. on G. 2, 272. 
 
 75. Continuo^ ' from the very first.' Cf. on G. 1, 169. — Pecoris, ' cattle,' i, e. 
 'horses,' 'breed of horses.' — PuUus, 'colt.' 
 
 76. Aldus iiifjreditur, ' walks quite high,' or ' tall.' He looks tall as he 
 walks, because he has long and straight legs, M. Cf. aequaUbus atque altis 
 rectisque cruribus, Col. 6, 20. Coningtou thinks the meaning is, ' steps higher.' 
 — Mullia, 'pliant,' 'flexible.' Cf. on E. 2, 72. — Reponit^ 'bends' or 'throws 
 back ' ; see in Lex. B. "Wagner explains it by humi vidssim ponit, ' sets down 
 alternately.' 
 
 77. Primus et ire viam, etc. He shows courage by taking the lead. — Ire 
 viam, Gr. § 232, (1). 
 
 78. Ponti. The bridges meant were probably wooden, K., Con. 
 
 79. Vanos, ' vain,' ' idle,' i. e. in which there is no real terror, K. 
 
 80. Arrjutum, ' expressive,' as conveying to the beholder, by its very form, 
 evidence of the generous blood of the horse; 'clearly defined,' 'neat,' Con.; 
 perhaps also including the idea of graceful motion. 
 
 81. Luxuriat toris, ' abounds in muscles,' i. e. is broad and full, K. — 
 Bonesti, from the context, must mean ' good,' rather than ' handsome,' Con. 
 
 82. Albls. There is no distinction intended by Virgil between albus and 
 candidus as applied to the color of a horse: the poet condemns white only as 
 a color for stallions, M. 
 
 83. Si qua, ' if by chance.' A further proof is here given of the spirit 
 of the horse ; but the description applies only to the trained Avar horse, and 
 not to tlie colt, as above, K. 
 
 84. Stare loco., ' to stand still.' — Nescit, see in Lex. II. B. — Ilicat auribus, 
 ' he twitches as to his ears,' i. e. 'his ears twitch' or 'quiver.' — Tremit artus; 
 cf on E. 1, 55, ' his limbs tremble,' i. e. with excitement. 
 
 85. I(jnem, i. e. the hot breath. 
 
 86. Jactata^ ' after being tossed up,' Con. 
 
 87. Duplex spina, i. e. the flesh rising on each side of the spine forms a 
 ridge, and so presents the appearance of a double spine. — Agitur per, ' runs ' 
 or ' extends along.' 
 
 88. Solido cornu. A hard and thick hoof would be especially requisite 
 when horses were not shod with iron, Con. 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 267 
 
 89. Pollucis. The poets commonly represent Castor as famous for horse- 
 manship, and Pollux for fighting with the caestus. — Talis, scil.f tdi. 
 
 90. Cyllarus, the name of a horse said to have been presented by Juno to 
 Castor and Pollux. 
 
 91. Curr'us, i. e. equi. Cf. on G. 1, bli.—AcMlli. Cf. on E. 8, 70. 
 
 92. Tails et ipse, etc. The poet alludes to the legend that Saturn, in order 
 to avoid being discovered by his wife, Ops, coming suddenly upon him while 
 he was in company with Philyi-a, changed himself into a horse. Ijise. Cf. on 
 E. 8, 96. — Cervice effudit equina., ' spread out upon that horse's neck of his.' 
 
 93. Adventu pernix, ' swift at the arrival,' i. e. exerting himself and moving 
 swiftly. Observe the derivation of pernix, in Lex. 
 
 94. Pellon. Because the north of Thessaly, where Mount Pelion lay, was 
 the scene of this adventure, K. — Acuio, ' clear,' ' sharp.' 
 
 95. The stallion, when affected by disease or old age, is no longer to be 
 employed, vs. 95 — 102, K. — Hunc quoque, i. e. even this perfect horse, Ckrn. 
 
 96. Abde domo, ' hide at home ' ; domo, the dat. form domum; i. e. keep him 
 at home, away from the mares, and employ him at various kinds of work, K. 
 This interpretation is approved by Voss, Wr., Forb. and Con., but Heyne and 
 some others take the meaning to be, ' send him away from home,' ' send him 
 off".' — Nee turpi iqnosce senectae, ' and do not indulge his shameful old age,' 
 ' do not suffer him to disgrace himself in his old age,' i. e. do not, out of com- 
 passion and regard for him, leave him with the mares when he has become 
 past use through age, K., Voss., Wr., Con. But Servlus, Forb. and others con- 
 nect nee with turpi, * spare his not inglorious old age.' 
 
 97. In Venerein, ' to love.' — Senior, ' an old horse.' 
 
 98. Trahit, * drags on,' ' performs.' — Ad proelia, ' to an engagement,' scil. 
 Veneris. — Ingratum, 'fruitless,' Con. 
 
 99. Quondam. See in Lex. IL — In stipulis, etc. Cf. G. 1, 84, sqq. — Sine vi- 
 ribus, ' without strength,' because the straw is its only fuel, Con. 
 
 100. Animos, ' courage,' ' spirit.' 
 
 101. Iline, ' after this,' ' afterwards,' ' then.' — Alias artes, ' other qualities.' 
 — Prolem parenium, ' the offspring of his progenitors,' i. e. his breed, pedi- 
 gree, traced from the parents of the stock, Serv., Wr., Forb. 
 
 102. Et quis cuique, etc. how each of them was affected by defeat or vic- 
 tory in the race. 
 
 103. A description of a chariot race, vs. 103 — 112, imitated from the Iliad, 
 23, 362 — 372. — Nonne vides; a favorite Lucretian exjDression. 
 
 104. Corripuere, 'seize.' Cf. on G. 1, 49: so Shakspeare says: " He seemed, 
 in running, to devour the way," Br. 
 
 105. Spes arrectae, a poetical variety for animi nrrecti spe. Con. — Juvenum, 
 i. c. auricjar'um, Serv. — Exsidtantia, ' bounding,' ' thi-obbing.' — Haurit. See in 
 Lex. I. B. 2, near the end. Their interest in the race, and consequent ex- 
 citement, propels the blood more quickly from the heart, and hence, as it 
 were, exhausts it of blood. Cf. KapSia ^d/?o; (ppiva ?.aKTti^ii, Aesch. Prom. 906. 
 
 100. Pavor, 'anxiety.' — Verbere=flagello. — Torio, 'circling,' Con. 
 
268 BOOK in. NOTES. 
 
 107. Proni. The reins were passed round tlie body of the driver, so that 
 he naturally leant forward when at full speed, Con. — Volat t*i, i. e. volat cum 
 impetu, H. — Axis. This was a very conspicuous part of the ancient chariot, 
 because the car was so small and light. Con. 
 
 108. Jamque humiles, etc. He refers to the bounding of the chariots, and 
 not to a motion of the charioteers independent of that. Cf. Horn. II. 23, 
 368, 369, Con. 
 
 109. In auras, 'into the air,' * on high.' — Sublime with ferri or elati. 
 
 111. Sumescunt, scil. aurigae. 
 
 112. Amor laudum, ' desire of praise,' i. e. with the horses. See v. 102. 
 
 113. Chirrus et quattuor jungere equos=currui quattuor jungere equos, Con. 
 
 114. Rotis, 'the wheels,' i.e. 'the chariot.' — Tnsisttre, 'to stand upon,* 
 because the charioteer drove standing upright in the chariot. — Victor, i. e. in 
 the chariot-race, or in battle. 
 
 115. Frena gyrosque dedere, ' gave the bridle and the ring,' i. e. taught 
 the use of the bridle, and how to train horses by making them go round in 
 the ring. He represents the Lapithae as the inventors of the art of horse- 
 manship. 
 
 116. Impositi dorso, ' mounted on their backs.' — Sub armis=ziarmatum. 
 
 117. Insidtare solo. He attributes to the rider what properly belongs to 
 the horse. — Gressus glomerare sujjerbos, ' to prance proudly.' 
 
 118. Aequus uterque labor. The poet now returns to the subject introduced 
 in V. 100, that youth and vigor are indispensable, juvenem calidumque animis 
 answering to animos aevumque. Labor, the difficulty of providing a good stal- 
 lion, is aequus in both cases, that is, whether you wish to breed racers or 
 chargers. Con. — Juvenem, scil. equum. 
 
 119. Cursibus acrem, ' eager in the race.' 
 
 120. Quamvis saepe, etc., i. e. whatever may have been his former exploits, 
 or the country of his birth, or his pedigree, he is not to be selected as a stal- 
 lion unless he also have youth and spirit. — Fuga versos for in fugam ver- 
 sos, H. 
 
 121. Fpiimm. Cf. on G. 1, 59. — Myceiias, for ArgoUs. Cf. on v. 44. 
 
 122. Neptunique ipsa, etc. He refers to the story of the birth of the horse 
 Arion, Avhich was said to have been the offspring of Neptune and Ceres. 
 Nepluni ipsa origine, ' from the very origin of Neptune,' i. e. from Neptune 
 himself as progenitor. Or the reference may be as in G. 1, 12. 
 
 123. His aniinadversis, i. e. moiHbus et aetate deprehensis, Serv. — Instant, 
 scil. magistri, v. 118, — -' are attentive ' or ' diligent.' — Sub tenipms, scil. admit- 
 iendi, i. e. appropinquante admissurae ternqjore, Wr. 
 
 124. Impendunt curas distendere, i. e. in eum distendendum, Forb. — Denso, 
 ' firm.' 
 
 125. Legere. See in Lex, 2. lego, I. B. 2. — PecoH is to be taken both with 
 ducem and maritum, Con. — Dixere. See in Lex. 2. dico, I. B. 7. 
 
 126. Florentes, 'flowering', ' blossoming,' indicating the kind of herbage, 
 as vetches or clover, Con. — Secant and ministrant imply that the animal is 
 kept up, Con. 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 269 
 
 127. Superesse. See in Lex. I. B. 
 
 128. Beferant, ' repeat,' i. e. resemble him in his leanness. 
 
 129. Ipsa armenta, ' the herd itself,' as distinguished from its dux and mai^ 
 tus; that is, the mares, Con. — Volentes, 'purposely.' 
 
 130. Ubi-primos for ubi primum, Wr., ' when first,' ' as soon as ' ; but Forb. 
 takes concubitus primos to mean ' the first intercourse ' of the season. 
 
 132. Gursu, ' by running.' — Sole, * by the sun,' i. e. ' by the heat of the sun.* 
 
 133. Quum graviter, etc., i. e. when the grain is threshed and winnowed. 
 
 135. Hoc faciunt, etc. He gives the physical reason of this practice in a 
 figurative form, K. — Luxu, ' pampering,' and hence, * fatness,' obesitate, H. — 
 Ne obtusior usus sit geniiali arvo, ' that the use of the generative field may 
 not be too blunted.' Cf. on G. 2, 466. 
 
 136. Sulcos oblimet ineries, ' overspread the sluggish furrows.' 
 
 138. Care of the mothers after conception, vs. 138 — 156. — Patrum, * sires.' 
 — Cadere, 'to give way,' 'cease.' — Matrum, 'dams.' 
 
 139. Exactis mensibus, ' the months being completed,' i. e. when they are 
 near their time of bringing forth. 
 
 140. Nan. Cf. on G. 1, 456. — Plaustris, 'with the wagons,' abl. =juga 
 gravium jylaustrorum, Con. : Wr., K. and Forb. say it is the dat. Gr. § 222, 1, 
 ' the yokes for tlie wagons,' i. e. by which they are moved forward. 
 
 141. Scdtu superare vlam, ' to leap over the path ' or ' road ' ; or it may 
 mean, as K. and Con. think, ' to leap out of the road.' He has just before said 
 that they must not be put to hard work, and he now adds, that they must be 
 kept from violent exercise, in leaping, running, etc. 
 
 142. Carpere pratn, ' to scour,' or ' to gallop over the meadows.' — Rapaces, 
 'rapacious,' alluding to the swift current of the sti-eam; 'rapid.' 
 
 143. Vacuis, i. e. aperils, Serv., ' open,' free from rocks or other impedi- 
 ments; or, 'lonely,' ' quiet,' where they will be undisturbed, H. — Pascunt, i. e. 
 magistri or armeiitarii pascunt (' pasture ') eas. — Plena flumina: that they may 
 get water without straining themselves by scrambling up and down the banks. 
 
 144. Musctis vbi, scil. sit, Wr. — Ripa (sit) viridissima. 
 
 146. The order is, circa lucos Silari, Alburnumque virentem ilicibus, est 
 plurimus voliians. 
 
 147. VoUtans, used substantively, Serv. Plurimus volitans, * a flying in- 
 sect in great numbers.' — Cui nomen asilo, Gr. § 204, R. 8, (a). Asilo. This 
 insect, (according to the authority of a work by Antonius Vallisnierus, print- 
 ed at Padua in 1723, as quoted by Martyn), penetrated into the skin of cattle 
 with its sting, causing intolerable pain to the animals, and deposited an egg 
 in the wound. The egg thus deposited was hatched within the wound, and 
 the worm continued there till ready to turn to a chrysalis. 
 
 148. Oestrum veriere vocantes, ' have translated it, calling it oestrus,^ i. e. 
 have translated it into their language, giving it the name oestrus. 
 
 149. Asper. See in Lex. 5, b. Cf. Asper, acerba tuens, Lucr. 5, 34. — 
 Acerba sonans, for acerbe. Cf. on E. 3, 63. — Quo tota exterrita, etc. Homer, 
 Od. 22, 299, sqq. represents the suitors, who had long fought with Ulysses, on 
 Minerva's raising up her shield, flying like oxen from the oestrus, M. 
 
 23* 
 
270 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 150. Furit mufjitibus aether^ for furii mugitus per aetlierem^ i. e. aether re- 
 sonat furieniium muffitu, H. 
 
 151. Sicci marks the heat of summer, when the stream is dried up, 21. 
 
 152. Monstro. Cf, on G. 1, 18b.—£xercuit. See in Lex.. B. 
 
 153. Inachiae juvencae ; referring to lo and the gadfly Avhich Juno sent to 
 torment her. See under Inachus and lo in Lex. Cf. Ov. Met. 1, 588, sqq. and 
 Aesch. Prom. 567, 674. — Pestem^ ' a plague,' ' torment.' 
 
 154. Acrior instat, i. e. saevius vexat, H. 
 
 155. Arcebis, Gr. § 267, E. 2; 259, K. 1, (4).— Pecori. Cf. on E. 7, 47. 
 
 156. Ducentibus, ' leading on.' The stars are said to usher in the night, 
 because they are seen before the night has closed in. Con. 
 
 157. Rearing of calves, vs. 157 — 178. — Traduciiur, 'is transfen'ed,' i. e. 
 from the mothers. 
 
 158. Notas et noviina gentis, a hendiadys, for notas nominum, etc. K., i. e. 
 notas gentem indicantes, Forb. — Inurunt. Cf. on G. 1, 263, and G. 3, 312. 
 
 159. Ei, scil. signnnt eos, qvx)s\ the verb being supplied from the meaning 
 of the preceding verse, John. , ' designate ' ; but H. and Voss supply inurunt 
 notas tJs, after et. — Pecori habendo. Gr. § 275, IIL E. 2. Cf. on G. 1, 3. — 
 Submitter e. Cf. on E. 1, 46. 
 
 161. Eorrentem, ' bristling,' ' rough.' 
 
 162. Cetera, i. e. all those which are not intended for breeding, for sacri- 
 fices or for labor; viz. such as are raised for milk only, or for the shambles, 
 Wr. But ifartyn seems right in referring this line to what follows, making 
 cetera include all not designed for agricultural labor. 
 
 163. Here and in the two following lines he borrows language from the 
 education of youth, Con. — Ta. Cf. on G. 2, 241. — Studium ati/ue usuin agrestem, 
 'rustic studies and use,' i. e. ' rustic employment and service,' labor and ser- 
 Tice in agriculture. 
 
 164. Viam insiste, ' enter on the mode,' i. e. begin to. 
 
 165. Faciles, ' easily moulded.' — Dum mobiUs aetas, ' while their age is 
 pliant,' i. e. while their age is such that their bodies are pliant or agile. 
 
 166. Ac primum, etc. The gradations of training here specified seem to 
 be, 1st, accustoming the calf's neck to a collar; 2d, teaching it to step to- 
 gether with another; 3d, teaching two to draw a light weight; 4th, a heavy 
 one. Con. — Be. See in Lex. C. 3. — Circlos. See circulus in Lex. 
 
 168. Tpsis e toj-quibus aptos, ' fastened together from,' i. e. ' by the collars 
 themselves.' The torques are the same here as the circidi, v. 166, ipsis having 
 virtually the force of {«7em, as Wagner remarks. Perhaps there maybe an 
 implied prohibition of a custom which, as Columella, 6, 2, tells us, was justly 
 reprobated by most Avriters on agriculture, of yoking bullocks together by the 
 horns, Con. 
 
 169. Pares, ' equal,' i. e. in strength. Thus also Varro and Columella say 
 that bullocks of equal strength must be yoked together, lest the stronger 
 should wear out the weaker, M. — Gradum Lonferre, 'to step together.' 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 271 
 
 170. lUis, 'by them.' — Rotae inanes, 'an empty cart.' Cf. on v. 114. 
 Varro and Columella give the same direction, the latter recommending that 
 they should begin with a branch of a tree, to which a weight should next be 
 attached, Qm. 
 
 171. Sufnmo pulvere, expressing the lightness of the cart. — Vestigia^ 
 ' tracks ' or ' ruts ' of the wheels. 
 
 172. Valido, ' heavy,' ' ponderous.' — Nitens, ' laboring.' — Translated from 
 Hom. 11. 5, 838: /xiya 8' 'iPpa^e <p}'jyivos a^(j)v, H. 
 
 173. Junctos orbes, ' the wheels joined to it,' orbes being put for plaustrum. 
 Cf. on V. 170. — Temo aereus. In ancient times the pole was plated with 
 copper, K. 
 
 174. Pubi. See in Lex. 2. pubes, C. 
 
 175. Vescas, 'small,' 'slender.' — Ulvamque palustrem. Martyn thinks it 
 probable that the ' marshy sedge ' here spoken of is the ' cat-tail.' 
 
 176. Frumenta sata, i. e. herbas novellae se(/etis, H., ' the growing corn,' 
 * the corn in the blade.' — Nee tibi fetae^ etc., i. e. when cows have newly 
 calved the whole of their milk should go to the calves; which precept, he 
 says, is contrary to the practice in ancient times. 
 
 178. In dukes consument natos, as we talk of spending on a person or thing, 
 Con. See in Lex. consumo, B. 2, (/?). Natos, ' young,' ' offspring.' 
 
 179. The rearing and training of foals intended for chargers or racers, 
 vs. 179 — 208. — Sin magis (sell, est tibi), studmm ad bella, VVch., Br., Con. 
 This seems better than the explanation of Heyne, adopted by Wr., Forb., 
 and Lade.; sin magis (scil. est) studium {sci\. formare pullos) ad bella ; for- 
 mare being supplied from v. 163, which is a forced ellipsis, 
 
 180. Alphea. Cf. on v. 19. He puts the Olympic for any chariot races. 
 
 181. Jovis in luco, alluding to the Altis, or sacred grove of Jupiter, which 
 was near his temple. See Olympia in Lex. 
 
 182. Labor ^ 'task,' as implying some degree of toil and effort, iT.; the first 
 part of a horse's training, in the cases supposed, is what is meant. — Animos, 
 etc., i. e. to become accustomed to the shouts of the troops, the glitter of 
 arms, the sound of clarions, etc., K. 
 
 183. Lituos. The kind of trumpet here spoken of was almost straight, 
 only turning a little at the end, M. — Tractuque gementem, i. e. stridentem durti 
 trahitui\ H., ' creaking in the draught,' K., or ' as it is dragged along,' Br. 
 
 184. -Ferre, 'to bear,' 'to stand,' as we say, K. — Frenos audire sonantes, 
 ' to hear the sounding bridles.' Little bells were frequently attached to the 
 bridles, K., Con. 
 
 186. Plausae cervicis, ' of the patted neck,' Br., i. e. to delight in being 
 clapped on the neck, K. 
 
 187. Jam primo depulsus ab ubere, for qunm primuni or statim ac dejmlsus 
 est, H., 'as soon as,' etc.; primo is not an adv. but an epithet of ubere, Con. 
 
 188. Audeat, 'venture to do'; for facial, with the idea of courage in- 
 cluded, K. — Inqiie vicem, ' and by turns ' ; this implies that these experiments 
 on his courage are to alternate with wearing the halter, Wr., Con. 
 
272 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 189. Invalidus, i. e. dum est invahdus. — Etlam=etiamnum, \Vr., 'as yet,' 
 ' still.' — Inscius aevi, ' ignorant of life,' as having so recently begun to live. 
 Heyne and others explain it by ' unconscious of his powers,' i. e. as not having 
 yet attained to that age which imparts strength. 
 
 190. At tribus exactis, etc., ' but when three (summers) being past the 
 fourth summer shall have come to (the horse),' i. e. when he has completed 
 three years and is entering on the fourth: tinbus exactis, ahl. abs. Wagner 
 reads acceperit instead of accesserit, because he thinks the latter would denote 
 that the fourth year was finished; but the reading in the text is supported 
 by the weight of authority. Cf. Cic. Ep. ad Q. 1, 1, annum tertium accessisse 
 desideHo nostro et labori tuo, meaning that his brother has just been continued 
 in office for a third year, Con. 
 
 191. Carjjere gyrum, ' to go ' or ' move in the ring,' so as to be ti'ained and 
 taught his paces. See in Lex. carpo, II. 4, and cf. on v. 115. — Gradlbus sonare 
 compositis, ' to sound with measured steps,' i. e. ungula sonante incedere gradl- 
 bus in numerum factis, Wr. Sonare is not merely ornamental, as the ring of 
 the hoof was esteemed a mark of its soundness. Con. 
 
 192. Sinuetque alterna volumina crwum, ' and let him bend the alternate 
 joints of his legs,' i. e. * let him bend alternately the joints of his legs.' 
 
 193. Sitque laboranti similis implies that he is not to follow his own bent 
 but to be trained, Con. — Turn cursibus, etc. The order is, turn, turn cursibus 
 auras vocet:=provoc€t, — ' challenge with the race.' Cf. G. 4, 76. 
 
 194. Ceu liber habenis, as if he were simply following his own will; con- 
 trasted with labora7iti similis, Con. 
 
 195. Aequora. Cf. on G. 1, 50. — Vestigia, see in Lex. I. or B. 1. 
 
 196. Qualis Aquilo, scil. volat. — Hyperbureis, 'northern.' See in Lex. — 
 Densus, ' dense,' and hence ' strong,' ' violent' : qui quasi condensata aura et ad 
 resistendum difficili flat, ergo vehemens, Wr., or, perhaps, 'constant,' 'blowing 
 uninterruptedly,' Klofz. : densus with incuhuit, Con. 
 
 197. Incubuit, ' rushes forth.' — Hiemts, ' storms.' — Arida, as being without 
 rain. Cf. Sen. Nat. Quaest. 3, 28, fluere assiduos imbres et non esse modum 
 pluviis, suppressis Aquilonibus et flatu sicciore, Wr. 
 
 198. Campi natantes, ' the swimming fields,' i. e. the water. It is from Lucr., 
 where it means the space overflowed Avith water ; hence a periphrasis for the 
 sea, Con. It is also explained ' waving fields ' of corn, H., Wr. 
 
 199. Lenibus flaLris marks the beginning of the gale, Cun. 
 
 200. Longi fluctus, ' long waves,' which denotes the force of the winds, not, 
 as Heyne renders it, qui longe, e longinqun veniunt, K. This explanation of 
 Keightley's is approved by Conington. Cf. Homer's /laKod Kiixaru. — Urgent, 
 scil. se, ' press ' or ' roll on.' 
 
 201. Jlle, i. e. Aquilo. — Fuga, ' in its swift motion.' 
 
 202. Hie has here the force of talis, ' a horse like this,' Wr. — Elei. Cf. on 
 G. 1, 59. — Meias et maxima camjn spatia seems to be a kind of hendiadys, 
 as if it had been metas campi maximis spatiis, Con. — Maxima for magna, H. 
 
 203. Sud(d)it contains the notion of sudans ibit. Con. — Spatia. Cf. on G. 1, 
 513. — Aget. Cf. on G. 2, 130. — Cruetitas. This denotes the spirit of the horse, 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 273 
 
 whicli pulls so hard that his mouth is cut by the bit in the efforts of the 
 driver to hold him in, K. 
 
 204. Belgica esseda is here put for a war-chariot in general. — 31oUi=domiio, 
 Serv., 'obedient,' ' easily managed.' Philarg. explains it hj mobili, 'pliant,' 
 * flexible.'— ^i^e?'e^ seems to refer to the wearing of the yoke on the neck and 
 to drawing the car, Con. 
 
 205. Crassa, i. e. ' fattening.' Cf. on G. 1, 320. — Farragine. This was a 
 mixture of spelt, barley, vetches, etc., which crops the ancients sowed to- 
 gether and cut as food for their cattle, K, 
 
 206. Ante domandmn, i. e. si farraginem loraebueris anteguam domentur. 
 See Gr. § 275, 1. E. 2, & 235, (1). 
 
 207. Ingentes iollent animos, 'they will raise their mettle too high.' — 
 Prensi, ' taken in hand,' Con. Cf. on G. 1, 285. 
 
 208. Lujmtis. The curb is said to have been called Ivpattim because it had 
 unequal iron teeth, like the teeth of wolves, Se^-v., M. 
 
 210. Caeci=occulti^ H. See caecus, II. in Lex. 
 
 212. Tauros. He confines himself here to the bulls, omitting the horses 
 entirely, K. — Kelegant, scil. raagistri, K. 
 
 213. Oppositum^ ' opposed ' between him and the cows, ' intervening.' The 
 intervening hill excludes the view ; the breadth of the stream prevents cross- 
 ing. Con. 
 
 214. Aut intuSy etc. If they cannot remove him in that manner, they keep 
 him shut up at home, K. — Satura. Cf. on G. 2, 197. 
 
 215. Carpit. See in Lex. II. 2. c. — Unique^ sc. taurum. — Videndo. Cf. on 
 G. 2, 239, 250=wsM, 'by the sight of her,' Q)n. 
 
 217. Dulcibus^ etc. The order is, et saepe quidem dulcihus illecehris ilia, etc. 
 
 219. Pascitur, etc. The heifer feeds, unconcerned, as it were, in the 
 woods, K. — Sila. All the manuscripts have silva, but in the Medicean there 
 is a dot over the v, which is equivalent to our dele. Servius also says that 
 some read Sila. Heyne therefoi-e, whom all the later editors follow, has ad- 
 mitted it into the text, K. 
 
 220. Alternantes, dnin^diievoi, i. e. vicissim, invicem inter se, H. 
 
 222. Versa^ 'turned against,' 'adverse.' — Obnixos, scil. adversarios, i.e. 
 their opponent. 
 
 223. Longus Olympus, ' the distant heavens,' V. Cf. on E. 5, 56. 
 
 224. Stobulare, instead of the more usual stabulaH, K. 
 
 226. Muha, adverbially, 'much,' 'greatly,' — Ignominiani, sc. suam. 
 
 227. Amores, i. e. juvencam. See in Lex. amor, b. meton. 
 
 228. Excessit, ' he has departed from.' 
 
 229. Inter, etc. The order is, jacet pernox cubili instrato inter dura saxa. 
 
 230. Pernox, ' all night.' Most Mss. have pernix, meaning ' pertinacious.' — 
 Instrato seems to be here an adjective, from in and stratus, ' not covered,' 
 ' bare,' H., Wr. If a participle it must mean ' spread on ' (the rocks). Con. 
 
 231. His fare is hard as well as his couch. Con. — Carice. This, according 
 to Martyn, is the common hard ' rush,' which grows in pastures. 
 
274 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 232. Irasci in cornua. See in Lex. irnscor. The words are translated from 
 Eur. Bacch. 732, rdvpot , . . el; Keoag Ovfiovnevoi. Con. 
 
 233. Ventosque. There may be an allusion here to the preparatory move- 
 ments which gladiators were wont to practise as a prelude to the fight, Br. 
 
 234. Sparsa arena. Cf. E. 3, 87. — Ad jmgriam proludit^ ' practises for the 
 fight.' 
 
 236. Signa movet, ' he moves the standards,' as was done when breaking 
 up a camp; ' he marches,' 'advances.' The poet here, as often elsewhere, 
 applies to other animals terms properly belonging to human beings, Wr. — 
 Oblitum, ' who has forgotten him,' and is therefore taken by surprise, K. 
 
 237. Virgil shows his judgment by calling off" the reader's attention to a 
 simile instead of following the animals through a second encounter. Con. — 
 Ud medio ponto. Wagner says the preposition is omitted by Vii-gil when he 
 uses medius loosely, signifying ' in ' rather than ' in the centre,' Con. 
 
 238. Longius, ' far ofi".' — Fx altoque, ' and from the deep,' ' from the main 
 sea,' answering to 7nedio ponto, Con. — Slnum, ' the curve ' of a wave, between 
 the overhanging crest and the base. 
 
 239. J^iso monte, the mons being the whole of which the saxum is a part, and 
 probably here the crag against which the sea breaks, Con. 
 
 241. Alte subjectat, ' casts up from its depths.' Cf. Saxaque subjectare, 
 et arenae iollere nimbos, Lucr. 6, 700, which Virgil plainly imitated, Con. 
 
 242. Adeo, ' indeed,' ' in fact.' — Ferarvnujve, hypermeter. 
 
 243. Pecudes, of tame animals, as opposed to the ferarum of the preceding 
 verse, K. — Pictae, ' painted,' ' variegated.' 
 
 244. Amor ovinihus idem, Gr. § 222, R. 7. 
 
 245. Tempore non alio, ' at no other time,' except when under the influence 
 of this passion of love. — Cutulorum obliia, Gr. § 274, 1. 
 
 246. Erravit. Cf. on. G. 1, 49. 
 
 247. Dedere, ' make.' Cf. note on v. 246. 
 
 248. Pessima, as malus is used of serpents, vs. 416, 425, Con. 
 
 249. Male erratur, ' it is ill wandering,' M. — Soils, though grammatically 
 belonging to agris, really points to the traveller. Con. 
 
 250. Nonne vides. Cf. on G. 1, 56. 
 
 251. Si noias odor attulit auras, poet, for si aurae notum attulere odorem. 
 Gr. § 323, 4, (3). As the scent comes with the gale, Virgil chooses to make 
 it the bearer, not the borne, for the sake of variety. Con. — Aurae, see in Lex. 
 4, d. 
 
 252. Neque jam frena, etc., ' no longer do either,' etc. Jain implies that 
 the fury has risen beyond control. Con. — Virum, because other than human 
 obstacles are mentioned in the next verse, Con. 
 
 253. Ohjecta, 'opposed in his way,' K., 'opposing,' Phihrg. 
 
 254. Correpios monies, ' huge rocks swept awaj'.' — Uada may be connected 
 with either correptos or torquentia, Con. 
 
 255. i)e«ies eajfiCMzV, ' whets his tusks,' M. — SabeUlcus siis; an epilheton or- 
 nans. Samnium, as being mountainous and woodv, abounded in all kinds of 
 wild beasts, K. Servius and Voss suppose that Virgil liere means the tame 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 275 
 
 boar, as he has akeady named the wild boar, v. 248; but, as Bryce observes, 
 in V. 248 the animals are mentioned in a very cursory manner, and the poet 
 may well return and take up one of those instances, to enlarge upon it. 
 Aristotle, speaking of the wild boars, H. A. 6, 17, says, that at this time they 
 rage horribly, and fight one with another, making their skins very hard by 
 rubbing against trees, and by often rolling themselves in the mud and letting 
 it dry, make their backs almost impenetrable, and fight so furiously that often 
 both of them are killed, M. 
 
 256. Arbore may be either the instrumental or the local ablative, Con. 
 
 257. Atque — atque. The first of these words connects this clause with the 
 preceding, and the second atque couples Jiinc and ilUnc, Wr., Lade. But 
 Forb. supposes that the copula between these two clauses is to be supplied, 
 (as it is to be between j^rosubigit and fricat), and that atque — atque=et — eU 
 as in E. 5, 23. — Durut, i. e. by rolling in the mud: see on v. 255. Cf. Luto se 
 tergorantes, Plin. 8, 52, 78. 
 
 258. Quid juvenis, scil. facit. He refers to the story of Hero and Leander, 
 to prove the povv'er of love over mankind, K. — Magnum cui^ etc., 'for whom 
 cruel love stirs up the mighty fire in his bones,' i. e. ' in whose bones cruel 
 love excites the mighty fire.' See in Lex. 2. os^ I. 
 
 269. Abriipiis has here the force of abrumpentibus, H., ' bursting.' 
 
 260. Natat frtna. See in Lex. nato, I. {(i). 
 
 261. Porta cadi. The ancients supposed the heavens to be a solid arch, 
 having gates, through which the gods descended, and thunder and lightning 
 issued, Wr. 
 
 262. Nee miseri, etc., i. e. neitlier the thoiight of his parents' grief if he 
 should perish, nor that Hero would be unwilling to survive his death, keeps 
 him back, H. — Recknnant, ' reverberate ' ; or, ' cry out against,' warn to desist. 
 
 263. Moritara. Hero, on hearing of the death of Leander, threw herself 
 into the sea. — Stiper^insuper, prefer ea, 'moreover,' 'besides,' Wr., Forb. — 
 Crvdeli fanere^ to be taken with moritura. Cf. on E. 5, 20. 
 
 264. Quid^ scil. dicam^ ut furant, Wr. or scil. faciant. — Lynces variae, ' the 
 spotted lynxes,' which were fabled to draw the car of Bacchus, K. 
 
 265. Quid, sc. dicam. — Quae dant proelia, ' what combats they engage in.' 
 
 266. Scilicet=z2)rofecto, idique, ' undoubtedly,' ' certainly,' ' of a truth,' S. 
 Scilicet is apparently explained by quid in the two previous lines. He has 
 been hurrying on, and now he gives his reason for doing so — the fact that it 
 is on the fury of the mares that there is most need to dwell, Con. — Ante 
 omnes, ' above all animals,' for ' above the fury of all animals,' Con. 
 
 267. Mentem, scil. earn, Wr., 'that disposition.' — Quo tempore Glauci,' etc. 
 Glaucus, the son of Sisyphus, who dwelt at Potniae in Boeotia, kept his 
 mares from the horses in order that they might be in proper condition for 
 running. Venus, to punish him, filled them with such fury that they tore 
 him to pieces, K. The story is intended merely to illustrate, not to give the 
 origin of their fury, Co7i. — 268. Malis, ' with their jaws,' i. e. ' with their 
 teeth,' K. — Absumpsere, '• tore to pieces.' 
 
276 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 269. Illas, i. e. equns. — Gargara. A particular mountain and river are 
 here named for mountains and rivers in general, Serv. 
 
 270. Ascanium. The Ascanius is here a river, issuing from the lake of the 
 same name in Bithynia, IT. — Superant — iranant. The stress is to be laid, as 
 Coningtou suggests, on these verbs; monies and Jlumina meaning little more 
 than ilia and hunc. 
 
 271. Subdita, see in Lex. subdo, B. 
 
 272. Magis, 'chiefly,' 'especially.' — Ossibus, ' their bones,' i.e. the marrow 
 in their bones, as that was considered the seat of heat, Wr. 
 
 273. Ore versae, ' turned as to the mouth,' ' with the mouth turned.' Ore 
 is used distributively, Forb. 
 
 276. Vento gravidae. '' Brood-mares were freqiaently kept in large troops, 
 which were removed, according to the season, from the mountains to the 
 coast, and studiously kept apart from the males, except at the breeding sea- 
 son, when, in Columella's opinion, it was the more expedient to bring them 
 together, because the mares, if debarred at that period from sexual intei'- 
 course, are "^pt to conceive by the winds, and in that case to engender an 
 offspring which is sure to die within three years. Virgil also adopts this 
 same fable, which, extravagant as it may appear to us, was very generally 
 believed amongst the ancients." Daubeny. 
 
 276. Saxa per, ' over the rocks.' 
 
 277. Dlffugiunt — in Borean, etc. Aristotle says, on the same subject, 
 H. A. 6, 19, Olovai 6i ovre npbs £w, ovre np^j ^vdfxas aXka Trpoj dpKrov ij votov. — 
 Tuos, scil. a.d ortus. 
 
 278. Aut^^cW. in eccm partem. — Nigerrimus Atister; so called because of 
 the darkness it occasions by means of the thick showers which it brings Avith 
 it, M. 
 
 279. Pluvio f rigor e; since all rain cools the air, Wr. Cf. on G. 1, 462. 
 
 280. Hie, ' upon this,' ' under these circumstances,' Con. 
 
 282. M(dae novercae. Cf. on G. 2, 128. 
 
 283. Miscueruntque^=et cui miscuerunt, Wr. Cf. on G. 2, 129, and see E. S, 
 67 — 70. — Non innoxia verba, Gr, § 324, 9. 
 
 285. Capti amore. Cf. on E. 6, 10. — Circumveetamur, see in Lqx. 
 
 286. The poet now proceeds to the subject of sheep and goats. — Armentis 
 includes horses as well as cSitt\Q.—~Superat, i. q. superest. Cf. on E. 9, 27. 
 
 287. Agilare, ' to tend,' ' pasture,' ' manage.' 
 
 288. Hie labor, scil. sit, i. e. in hoc ojiera vestra posita esto, Wr. — Hinc, i. e. 
 from this pursuit. — Fortes, 'strong,' 'vigorous.' 
 
 289. Nee sum nnimi dubius, ' nor am I doubtful in mind,' i. e. I am well 
 aware. — Verbis vincere, ' to ovei'come by words,' to treat in suitable poetic 
 language. — ATagnmn, ' great,' ' difficult.' 
 
 290. Angitsiis rebus, ' lowly subjects.' — Rune honorem, ' this grace ' or ' dig- 
 nity,' i. e. such as is expected from a poet. 
 
 291. Deserta, ' deserts,' i. e. 'lonely' or 'untrodden places'; no Roman 
 poet, before him, having treated of these subjects in verse. See vs. 292, 293. 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 277 
 
 292. Ire jugis. Gr. § 255, 2. — Qua nulla, etc. The order is, qua nulla pri- 
 orum orhila Castaliam devertitur, Serv. 
 
 293. Castaliam, i. e. ad Casialiavi, Wr. This spring was at the foot of 
 Mount Parnassus. — Molli clivo, ' with a gentle slope.' Cf. E. 9, 8. 
 
 294. 3Iagno ore sonandum, 'I must sing in lofty speech,' — ' in an exalted 
 strain.' 
 
 295. Incipiens, dpy^^Sixivos, i. q. principio, Forb. — MoUlbus, ' comfortable.' 
 
 296. Carpere Jierbam, i. e. in praesepi appositam, H. — Mox seems to denote 
 that they will not have to remain long in the sheds. Con. The cold weather 
 does not begin in the south of Italy till towards the end of December, K. — 
 Aestas includes all the warmer months, as Mems the colder, Om. 
 
 299. Podagras, ' the podagra ' : probably the clavi, a name given to two 
 kinds of disease in the feet of sheep, Col. 7, 5, Con. 
 
 300. Post Mnc digressus, ' afterwards departing hence,' i. e. leaving the 
 sheep : these words answer to incipiens, v. 295, and are equivalent to deinde 
 vero, H. 
 
 301. Arbuta. 8ee in. Les.. arbutum, 2. — Fluvios recentes, 'fresh' or 'run- 
 ning water.' 
 
 302. M staUda, etc., i. e. face the south, that they may have the sun and 
 be protected against the cold northern blasts, K. — A ventis, scil. aversa, Wr. 
 
 303. Ad medium diem, i. e. toward the south. — Quum olim, ' when at length,' 
 * when now,' ' when.' 
 
 304. Extremo Gr. § 205, E. 17. — Aquarius is represented, in the zodiac, as 
 pouring water out of an iirn, and was esteemed a rainy sign, M. It sets in 
 February, which with the Eomans, (Gr. § 326, 2, (1), would be close on the 
 end of the natural year : frigidus and cadit seem to refer to the sign ; irrorat 
 to the supposed figure in the zodiac, Con. 
 
 305. Hae, scil. caprae. — Leviore, 'less,' scil. quam oves. 
 
 306. Usus, scil. earum. — Milesia. Miletus was famous for excellent wool, 
 very soft and commanding a high price. The wool of Miletus is here put for 
 wool in general. Cf on E. 1, 55. — Magno, Gr. § 252, E. 3. 
 
 307. Mutentur=zvendantur, Wr. — Tyrios incocta rubores, for incocta rubori- 
 bus, H. Cf. on E. 3, 106. Rubores, ' purple.' 
 
 308. Densior, ' more numerous.' Columella says a goat, if she is of a 
 good sort, frequently brings forth two, and sometimes three kids at a time, M. 
 The recommendations of the goat enumerated in this and the following lines 
 are summed up in Geoponics, 18, 9, Con. — Hinc, i. e. ab Ms, K. — Largi pro- 
 perly belongs to copia. 
 
 309. Qtiam magis — (tam) magis, i. e. quo magis — eo magis, Forb. — The 
 meaning is, as exhausto shows, the fuller the pails after one milking, the more 
 will be yielded by the next, Con. 
 
 310. Laeta=larga, 'abiindant,' Forb. 
 
 312. CinypMi. The country through which the river Cinyps flowed was 
 famous for goats with long hair. Cf on E. 1, 55. — Tondent, 'men clip,' like 
 inurunt, v. 158, Con., or scil. pastores, Philarg. : cf G. 2, 282. — Betas comanieSf 
 ' long hair,' hanging down, Klotz. 
 24 
 
278 EooK III. — :notes. 
 
 313. Usihm in castrorum, etc. Goat's hair was used to make hair-clotli for 
 garments and for various other purposes ; also to make ropes. 
 
 314. Another recommendation of the goat is, that it is kept with little ex- 
 pense and care. — Pascuntur silvas, scil. caprae. See in Lex. pasco, I. B. 3, b, 
 and Gr. § 232, (2). — Lycaei, a particular for a general term., K. 
 
 315. Horrentes, 'rough,' 'prickly.' — Bumns. Cf. E. 1, 77. 
 
 316. Ipsae, i. e. sua sponte. Cf. on E. 4, 21. — Suos, scil. J'etus, ' their 
 young,' Serv. 
 
 317. M ffravido, etc., i. e. the}'- also bring home plenty of milk, K. 
 
 319. Quo minor, etc., i. e. the less need goats, in other respects, have of aid 
 from men, the more should we be careful to shield them from the winter's 
 cold, V. — Est egestas^egent, H. — Curat mortalis, i. e. Tiominum curae, Forb. 
 
 320. Virgea pabula. Cf. vs. 300, 301. — Laetus seems rightly explained by 
 Wr. ?is=largus, the epithet belonging rather to the gift than to the giver, Con., 
 'bountifiil,' 'liberal.' Cf. v. 494. So also Forb. But Heyne explains it to 
 mean 'joyful,' i. e. 'joyfully,' ' cheerfully.' 
 
 323. Utrumque gregem, i. e. the sheep and goats. 
 
 324. Prima cum sidere, ' at the first appearance ' or ' rising' — . 
 
 325. Carpamus, ' let us hasten over,' ' take our way aci'oss.' 
 
 326. Cf. with this verse E. 8, 15. 
 
 327. Quaria caeli hora. This was about nine o'clock, according to our 
 mode of reckoning. Gr. § 326, 1, (1). Caeli is added after hora because time is 
 measured by the course of the sun in the heavens^ Forb. Cf. G. 1, 335, & 4, 
 100. — Collegerit, see in Lex. II. 1. 
 
 328. Cf. E. 2, 13.— Rimpent, hyperbole, Gr. § 324, 5. 
 
 330. Currentem ilignis canalibus. It was the custom in Italy, (as in the 
 East, see Genesis, 30, 38), for the shepherds to draw the water and pour it 
 out into wooden or stone troughs for their flocks, K. 
 
 331. Exquirere depends on jubeto, understood. 
 
 332. Jovis quercus. Cf. on G. 2, 15. — Antiquo robore, ' with ancient trunk.' 
 
 333. Aut sicubi, etc. The order is, aut sicubi nemus nigrum ilicibus crebris. 
 
 334. Ilicibus crebris to be taken with nigrum, and saci^a umbra with nemus. 
 — Accubet, ' lie?,' ' rests,' ' reposes.' Properly speaking it is the shade itself 
 which is said accubare or cubare ; here the verb is transferred to that which 
 forms the shade, Wr. 
 
 335. Tenues, 'fine,' 'slender,' an epithet of water, expi-essing its penetrat- 
 ing power. Cf on G. 1, 92. Thus Serv., Burm., H., Forb., Con. But Wr. and 
 Lade, refer to v. 330 ; water from a little stream. — Dare, scil. jubeo, Wr. 
 
 337. Roscida luna. The moon was regarded as catising the dew; and was 
 called rorijlua and roris mater, Con. Cf. G. 2, 202. 
 
 338. Akyonen. Cf on G. 1, 399. — Acalanthida. AcalantMs or acanthis is the 
 Greek name for the goldfinch or thistle-finch, in Latin ca7-duelis, because it 
 lives among thorns and eats the seeds of thistles. Con. 
 
 339. The poet loses no opportunity of embellishing his subject, and conse- 
 quently digresses at this place into a description of the nomad tribes of Africa, 
 which keep their flocks in the fields the whole summer ; and again, in v. 349, 
 
BOOK ni. NOTES. 279 
 
 he speaks of those northern regions where the cold compels them to keep 
 their herds in the stalls, i?., Br. 
 
 340. Prosequar, see in Lex. II. C. — Et raris, etc., ' and the huts, with 
 scattered roofs, inhabited by them,' i. e. the huts in which they dwell, not 
 close to ea.ch other, but scattered here and there at considerable intervals, 
 Wr., Br. 
 
 341. The elder Scaliger declares, (Poet. 5, 16,) that Apollo himself could 
 produce nothing superior to these verses of Virgil, Con. 
 
 343. Eospitiis, ' lodgings,' ' fixed abodes.' — Jacet, ' extends,' ' stretches out.' 
 
 344. Agit, ' carries off.' — Tectum Laremque, ' his roof and his home,' Con. 
 
 345. Amydaeum. Cf. on vs. 44, 405, & E. 1, 55, Hyhlneis. 
 
 346. Nan secws, etc., i. e. just as a Roman soldier carries everything with 
 hira, H. — Patriis in armis, ' in his national arms,' i. e. such as the Roman 
 soldiers always used, K. 
 
 347. Injusto. Cf. 2mjM0 with a similar meaning, G. 1, 164. The Roman 
 soldier, besides his armor, had to carry provisions, palisades for the camp, 
 etc., altogether amounting to 60 lbs. according to Vegetius, 1, 19, Con. 
 
 348. Ante exspectatum (est) hosti, a Greek construction for antequam ah 
 hoste exspectetur, Wi'.-^In agmine seems to be used here for in aeie, ' in line 
 of battle,' K. — This line shows that carpit, in v. 347, implies haste. Con. 
 
 349. At non, scil. ita pasciiur, H. — Maeotia, see in Lex. Maeotae, C. & D. 
 
 350. TurUdus. The order is, et turbidus torquem. Cf. on G. 1, 163. 
 
 351. Eedit, ' returns ' : this expresses the form of the mountain, stretching 
 first to the east and then to the north, Serv. — Medium porrecta sub axem^ 
 * stretched under the very pole itself,' running directly north. Cf. on G. 2, 271. 
 
 355. Assurgit. The earth is said to rise because its height is increased by 
 the ice and snow, Con. 
 
 356. Semper hiems, i. e. there do not occur those mild bright days that in- 
 terrupt the rigor of winter in Italy, K. 
 
 357. Turn, see in Lex. II. B. 1. — Pallentes umbras, ' pale shades,' i. e. the 
 dim and dusky atmosphere, H. This and the two following lines are imi- 
 tated from Hom. Od. 11, 15, sq., where the atmosphere of the Cimmerians is 
 similarly described. Con. 
 
 358. Nee quum, etc. neither when he rises nor when he sets, i. e. in no part 
 of his course, K. 
 
 359. Rubro, see in Lex. r«&e/-, I. 
 
 360. The features of a severe winter are now dwelt upon, in highly finished 
 and richly embellished detail, Br. 
 
 361. Ferratos orbes is from Lucr. 6, 551. Orbes, i. e. 7'otas. 
 
 362. Hosjnta. See in Lex. hospes, C. (;8). 
 
 363. Aera, ' copper ' or ' brazen vessels.' — Dissiliunt. They burst, as our 
 leaden pipes do, in consequence of the expansion of the fluid in them, when 
 it is congealed, K. Cf. G. 4, 135, 136. 
 
 364. Indutae, 'having been put on,' i. e. 'while being worn.' — Humida^ 
 ' liquid,' i. e. whose natural state is fluidity, K. See in Lex. I. 
 
 365. Vertere, i. e. se vertere. See in Lex. B. 2, a. Cf. on G. 1, 49. 
 
280 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 367. Non secius, ' not less,' i. e. the snow is as abundant as the frost is 
 severe.— Nine/it. Gr. § 209, R. 3, (1). 
 
 369. Cotyora bovm. The poet seems here to have in mind the oxen which 
 would be required to draw the planstra, Lade., Wr. Cf. v. 352. 
 
 370. Mole nova, soil, nivis. Nova=insolenti, ' unusual,' ' strange,' to which 
 they are not accustomed, H. Wagner explains it to mean ' new-fallen.' 
 
 372. Formidine, see in Lex. IL B. The formido Avas a cord with red 
 feathers fastened along it, which the hunters stretched in open places in the 
 woods: the deer, when roused and driven toward it, terrified by the motion 
 of the feathers turned aside, and thus rushed into the nets, (crtsses), that were 
 stretched to receive them, K. 
 
 373. Ojjpositum, ' opposing.' — Montem, i. e. moUm, v. 370. 
 
 376. Ipsi, i. e. the people of the North themselves. Tpsi distinguishes their 
 own life from the state of things about them, Con. — In defossis speatbus: 
 defossis for fossis, H., ' in caves dug out.' — Sub alta terra, ' under the deep 
 ground,' i. e. ' deep under ground.' This underground mode of life is ascribed 
 by Tacitus to the Germans, to the Sarmatians by Mela, and to the Armenians 
 by Xenophon, K. 
 
 377. Congesta, 'piled' or 'heaped up.' — This verse is hypercatalectic. 
 Cf. on G. 1, 295. 
 
 378. Advolvere — dedere. Cf on G. 1, 49. 
 
 379. Noctem, i. e. the winter time, resembling night in obscurity. Cf. on 
 V. Sb7.—Focula. Cf. on E. 8, 28. 
 
 380. Fermento, see in Lex. B. 2. — Sorbis. The fruit of the service-tree is 
 acidulous: the liquor made from it must have been a kind of cider, K. 
 Wagner explains fermento atque sorbis by sorbis fermentatis. Cf on G. 1, 173. 
 
 381. Talis, etc., such is the life of the northern nations. — Hyperboreo. Cf. 
 on V. 196. — Septem trioni by tmesis (Gr. ^ 323, 4, (5), for Septentrioni, 'the 
 Seven Oxen,' now called ' Ursa Major,'' ' the Wain,' etc. 
 
 382. Rhipaeo. Cf on G. 1, 240. 
 
 383. Corpora. Cf. on E. 1, 55. — Setis, ' with the hairs,' i. e. with skins with 
 the hair left on them, K. 
 
 384. " Virgil makes a correct distinction between the kind of pasture best 
 suited for encouraging the gi'owth of pure wool, and for the secretion of 
 milk." Daubeny. — Curae, scil. est. See cura in Lex. A. 1, (y). — Aspera silva, 
 etc. These are to be avoided as tearing the wool and wounding the flesh. 
 Cf V. 444, Con. — Lanicium, 'wool,' i. e. the growth of it. 
 
 385. Lappaeque tribiiliqiie. Cf. on G. 1, 153. — Pabula laeta, ' rich pasture,' 
 ' luxuriant pasturage ' ; the wool in such case not being so fine as when sheep 
 are fed on poor pasture. " Sheep fed on short grass have always finer wool 
 than those fed on rich ones; thus the southdown bears the highest price of 
 any English wool." Daubeny. 
 
 386. Continuo. Cf on G. 1, 169. — Villis, ' wool ' or 'fleece.' 
 
 387. Ilium, scil. arietem, to be supplied from the following clause. — Ipse 
 distinguishes the whole ram from a particular part, viz. the tongue, Fo7'b. 
 Cf on G. 2, 297. 
 
BOOK III. — NOTES. 281 
 
 388. Nigra lingua, etc. This is an opinion held by all the ancient writers 
 on the subject, K. 
 
 390. NascenUim, ' of the offspring.' — Pleno campo, instead of saying, fi-om 
 the flock which fills the plain. 
 
 391. Munere, ' inducement,' Con. ; the word means anything calculated to 
 express or to secure favor and affection. One version of the legend here re- 
 ferred to was that Pan changed himself into a splendid white ram and thus 
 induced the Moon to follow him, Con. Macrobius says the story was bor- 
 rowed by Virgil from Nicander. — Niveo for niveae. Gr. § 205, R. 14. — Dignum 
 est, see in Lex. dignus, (y). 
 
 393. Aspernata, scil. es. 
 
 394. Amor, scil. est — iMos. This is not the lotus mentioned in G. 2, 84, 
 but a ' water-lily.' — Frequentes, ' in abundance.' 
 
 395. Ipse, i. e. let the farmer himself do it, and not leave the sheep to look 
 for salt hei'bage for themselves. — Manu, scil. sua. — Salsas, ' salted ' ; as we 
 salt hay for cattle. Keightley says, it is remarkable that the graminivorous 
 animals in general are fond of salt, while the carnivorous dislike it. 
 
 39^. Hinc, i. e. from the use of salt. — Fluvios, ' water.' — Tendunt^disten- 
 dunt, i. e. give more milk. 
 
 397. Occidtum, ' obscure,' ' slight.' — Referunt, ' return,' ' give.' 
 
 398. 3fuUi, etc. Those who wish to reserve the milk for sale and for other 
 purposes take measures to prevent the young ones from sucking their 
 mothers, IL — Jam excretos prohibent, etc. ExcretoSy ' separated,' is the par- 
 ticiple of excerno. Heyne explains the passage by excernunt et prohibent, 
 (Of. on G. 1, 320), making j«w equivalent to porro. Wagner says: Midti 
 prohibent haedos recens natos a lacte matrum ita, ut eos aui separeni (excretos), 
 aut capisirum ori praejigunt; thus adopting the proleptic use of the participle, 
 and distinguishing between the removal of the kids and the putting on of the 
 capistrum, as being two methods of preventing their sucking. Que in v. 399 
 would then have the force of ve. The explanation given by Conington seems 
 preferable to either. He says, the meaning evidently is that the kids are not 
 allowed to suck at all — a practice opposite to that recommended above, v. 
 178, in the case of calves, as the object to be attained is different. Excretus 
 then will have a sense analagous to that which it bears in physiological 
 writers, denoting the separation which takes place in birth. Jam is then=to 
 statim: 'restrain the kids, as soon as they are born, from their mothers,' 
 i. e. from sucking their mothers. So Bryce; jam excretos, 'just fallen.' 
 
 399. Prima ora. Prima may be taken adverbially, ' from the first,' like 
 Jam excretos. Con., or we may render prima ora, ' the extremities of their 
 mouths.' — Ferratis cajnstris, ' with spiked muzzles.' These capistra, unlike 
 those in v. 188, seem to have been made with iron points, which would prick 
 the mother and make her drive the kid away, Con. Ora praefigunt capistris, 
 by hypallage for capistra praefgunt oribus, Forb. 
 
 400. Surgente die horisque diurnis, ' at sunrising and in the morning hours.' 
 It would appear, from tenehris et sole cadente, v. 401, as Conington remarks, 
 that surgente die and horis diurnis refer to the same thing, the morning milk- 
 
 24* 
 
282 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 ing, though at some seasons the ewes were milked at mid-day. Cf. Varro 
 II. 11 : Mulgeni vere ad caseum faciendum mane, allis ternporibm, meridianis 
 horisi etc. 
 
 401. Premunt, i. e. in caseum, H. Cf. E. 1, 35 «& 82. See in Lex. premo, 
 I. B. 5. This was probably a soft, new cheese, intended for immediate use. 
 Cf. Varro, II. 11: JEst etiam discrimem, utrum casei molles ac recentes sint., an 
 aridi et veteres. — Jam tenebris et sole cadente, scil. mulsere, ' now in the evening 
 and at sun setting,' i. e. at the evening milking. Cf. on v. 400. 
 
 402. Adit oppida pastor. Cf. E. 1, 35. Possibly there may be some play- 
 fulness in the juxtaposition of oppida and pastor, Con. 
 
 403. Parco, ' little, '^ ' a small quantity of.' — Contingunt, 'sprinkle'; i. e. 
 they make cheese of such of the evening's milk as is not carried to town, 
 and salt it for keeping. This was more thoroughly pi-essed than the cheese 
 refered to above, and was also dried. Contingunt from tango, Con. 
 
 404. Nee tibi cura canum postrema : litotes. — Una, i. e. cum pecore, ' to- 
 gether with the flock,' Serv. 
 
 405. Spartae catulos, * dogs of Sparta.' Cf. on vs. 44, 345. — Molossum. 
 The Molossian dogs were chiefly valued as sheep-dogs and watch-dogs, K. 
 
 406. Pingui, ' fattening.' Whey as a food for dogs is recommended by 
 Dioscorides, 2, 80, and by Col. 7, 12, the latter prescribing the addition of 
 barley-meal. Con. 
 
 407. Stabulis furemlwrreUs; cf. Jnven. 6, 17, timer e fzirem pomis, Wch. 
 
 408. A tergo seems intended to give the notion of surprise, Wr., Con. — 
 Jberos. The Spaniards Avere reputed cattle-stealers, and therefore the word 
 is here used for thieves of that description in general, H. 
 
 409. Cursu agitabis, ' will pursue by ninning,' ' will hunt ' or ' chase.' — 
 Onagros. The wild ass is not mentioned by any ancient writer as being 
 found in Italy. As it is an animal of great speed it is probably mentioned 
 here by way of poetic embellishment, to intimate the swiftness of the dogs. 
 
 412. Turbabls, ' disturb,' ' rouse.' — Agens, ' chasing,' ' driving ' ; as in the 
 ballad of Chevy-Chase; " To drive the deer with hound and horn," 2C 
 
 413. Premes ad retia. Cf. vs. 371, 372. 
 
 414. Directions for driving awaj'- and destroying serpents, vs. 414 — 439. 
 Pliny says that the smell of cedar shavings puts serpents to flight, Con. 
 
 415. Galbaneo. Dioscorides says Galbanum is the juice of a sort of ferula, 
 gi-owing in Syria, that it has a strong smell, and drives away serpents with its 
 fume, M. — Agitare, 'to drive' or 'frighten away.' — Graves may here signify 
 either ' oftensive,' as emitting a very offensive odor, H. ; cf. on v. 451, and see 
 in Lex. gravis, I. B. 2, or ' dangerous.' — Chelydros. Cf on G. 2, 214. 
 
 416. Immotis, ' undisturbed,' i. e. that have not been cleaned. — Mala tactu 
 for iaclui, 'dangerous to touch,' H., K., aanrog, Con. 
 
 417. Caelum^ucem, H., Forb. — Exterrita seems to refer to the timid nature 
 of the animal, Con. 
 
 418. Ant iecto, etc. The order is, aut coluber, pestis acerba bourn, assuetua 
 succedere tec to et umbrae, pecoriqiie aspergere virus. It is uncertain what kind 
 of serpent is meant by coluber. — Umbrae, ' shady places.' 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 283 
 
 420. FovU, ' inhabits,' ' occupies constantly.' Fotet humum is, qui multum 
 et assidue in eo ■moratur, H. Cf. also G. 4, 42, 43 : effossis latebris sub terra fo- 
 vere larem. — Cape saxa, etc. The rapidity of the verse expresses the instant 
 necessity for exertion, V. — Robora, ' clubs.' 
 
 421. Tollentem minas, ' raising threats,' i. e. ' raising himself in a threaten- 
 ing posture,' K., 'raising his threatening head,' Br. Cf. A. 2, 381: attollerir- 
 tern iras et caerula colla iumentem. — Colla sibila, i. e. quae sibilum edunt, H. 
 Gr. § 234, II. 
 
 422. Dejice, ' strike ' or ' knock him down.' — Jamgue, etc. The precept is 
 exchanged for narrative, Con. — Alte, ' deep in the ground,' K. 
 
 423. Quum seems virtually equivalent to dum, Con. — Nexus, ' rings,' ' spiral 
 folds.' — Extremaeque agmina caudae, ' the train of his far distant tail.' This 
 and the medii nexus before formed a complication, which is now unloosed 
 {solvuntur), but the tail still continues to undulate. Con. 
 
 424. Tardosque, etc., ' and the last fold drags along its slow-moving coil ' : 
 tardos orbes=tardum wbem. 
 
 425. Est etiam, etc. The sei-pent here meant is the chersydrus, a species of 
 water-snake, which abounded in Calabria, (Solinus, c. 8), the passage being 
 imitated from Nicand. Ther. 359, sq. Con., H. — Malus, ' dangerous,' ' hurtful.' 
 
 426. Squamea, etc., i. e. his back is scaly and his belly has large spots 
 on it, K. 
 
 427. Cerda remarks that two characteristics are here mentioned, the 
 length of the belly and the spots, Con. 
 
 428. Enmpuntur fontibus=se rumpunt, ' break ' or ' burst forth from — .' 
 Cf. on G. 1, 446. 
 
 430. Eic, i. e. in stagnis, 'Ww—Atram. Cf. on G. 1, 129. 
 
 431. Improbus, ' voracious,' ' ravenous.' Cf. on G. 1, 119. 
 
 434. Asper=exasperatus, Forb. Cf. Sail. Jug. 89: Natura serpentium, ipsa 
 perniciosa, siti magis quam alia re accenditur. — Exten-itus, ' made wild.' 
 
 436. Dm^so nemorls, i.e. 'a woody ridge,' the back or ridge of a mountain 
 covered with woods. — Libeat, etc., ' may I never take a fancy,' Con. — Jacuisse 
 for Jacere, Gr. § 268, 2, R. 2, last clause.— Per herbas. Cf. on G. 2, 527. 
 
 437. Fositis exuviis, ' having cast its slough ' or ' skin,' thus, as it were, re- 
 newing its youth. Aristot. (Hist. A. 8, 17), says the serpent casts his skin 
 twice in the year, in the spring and autumn ; catulos relinquens seems to mark 
 the former, ova the latter period, H., K., Con. 
 
 438. Volvitur, see in Lex. B. — Catulos, 'its young.' — Tectis, 'at home.' 
 
 439. Arduus, ' raised,' ' lifted up.' — Linguis micat ore trisulcis, i. e. micat 
 Unguis (in) ore, H., ' makes a quick motion backwards and forwards in his 
 mouth, with his three-forked tongue.' From the rapidity of its motion the 
 ancients supposed a serpent's tongue to be cleft into three divisions. 
 
 440. The diseases of sheep, vs. 440 — 463. 
 
 441. Tentat, ' attacks.' — Scabies. Columella observes that no animal is so 
 subject to the scab as sheep. He adds that it usually arises on their being 
 injured by cold rain or frost ; or, after shearing, if they are not well washed, 
 
284 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 or if they are permitted jto feed in woody places where they are wounded witli 
 brambles and briars, M. — Frigidus irriber, cf. on G. 1, 259. 
 
 442. Altius, ' very deep.' — Vivum, see in Lex. vivus, B. — Persedit, see j>er- 
 sido in Lex. 
 
 445. Magistri, ' the shepherds.'— Cf. on G. 1, 272. 
 
 446. Villis. Cf. on v. 386. 
 
 447. Missus, etc., 'sped with the stream, floats' or 'swims down': cf. on 
 G. 2, 452. — Secundo amni, see in Lex. sccundus, B. 2. under seqvor. 
 
 448. Trisii. Cf. on G. 1, 75.— Contmgunt, cf. on v. 403. 
 
 449. A number of ingredients are now named, to be mixed with the lees 
 of oU. — Spumas argenti, ' litharge of silver,' the oxide or scum that forms on 
 the sm-face of silver, or of lead containing silver, when in fusion, K. — Viva, 
 see in Lex. vivus, 2, and cf. on G. 2, 469. 
 
 450. Idaeasque pices, ' and Mean pitch ' ; because pine-trees abounded 
 on Mount Ida. Cf. on E. 1, 55. Liquid pitch or ' tar ' is here meant, Serv. — 
 Pingues unguine ceras, ' wax rich in oily matter,' i. e. to which oil has been 
 freely added. Wax can only be rendered soft and jaelding by the addition 
 of oil, K. 
 
 451. Graves=graveolentes, Wr. Cf. on v. 415. 
 
 452. Non ulla, etc., ' a favorable crisis in the disease is never so nigh at 
 hand,' Con. Cf. A. 7, 559. Others explain praesens, ' efficacious,' foriuna, 
 'remedy.' — Laborum^mcn^bi, scabiei, H. 
 
 453. Ferro, ' with an iron instrument,' as a knife. — Potuli seems merely a 
 poetical amplification, Con., and si quis potuit resci7idere to be equivalent to 
 si quis resdndat or rescinderit, Forb. 
 
 454. Vitium, i. e. the ulcer. — Tegendo. Cf. on G. 2, 250. 
 
 456. Abnegai, ' refuses,' i. e. out of despair. — Sedtt, ' sits idly ' : see in 
 Lex. sedeo, B. 2. 
 
 457. Ima ossa, ' the inmost bones,' or ' marrow.' Cf. on v. 272. — Dolor, i. e. 
 mm^bus, ' the disease,' H. — Balantum=ovium. — Lcqjsus, 'having sunk' or ' pen- 
 etrated.' 
 
 459. Profuit, i. q. solet prodesse. Cf on G. 1, 49, Forb. — Incensos aestus, 
 instead of the more usual fervidos aestus, ' burning heat,' H. — Ft inter, etc. 
 i. e. by bleeding in the foot, between the hoofs. This is the usual place for 
 bleeding a sheep, as, on account of the wool, the neck cannot be got at. The 
 sheep is also bled in the face or ear, K. 
 
 460. Ima, ' the lower -parts.*— Salientem, see in Lex. salio, I. A. 2. 
 
 461. Quo more. This practice is nowhere else ascribed to the Thracians, K. 
 
 462. Fugit, see in Lex. L A. 2, near the end. Gr. § 209, E. 12, (3).— 
 In Ehodopen; this refers only to Bisaltae, as deserta Getarum does to the 
 Gelonus, Wr. By deserta Getarum is meant the country lying between the 
 Danube and the Dniester, a part of Moldavia, Forb. 
 
 463. Ft lac, etc., ' they di'ink (mares') milk coagulated with horses' blood,* 
 Con. This custom is ascribed to several ancient nations. 
 
 464. Quam, sell. ovem. — Procul, ' at a distance,' from the rest of the flock. — 
 
BOOK III. ^'OTES. 285 
 
 JfoZZi, 'soft,' 'voluptuous'; so called from the eflfeminacy of liim who seeks 
 it, Voss, Wr., Forb. ; or it may mean ' pleasant,' ' agreeable,' Lade. 
 
 466. Medio. Cf. on v. 237. 
 
 467. Solam^ ' alone.' — Decedere nodi. Cf. on E. 8, 88. 
 
 468. Culpam ferro compesce, ' check the evil by the knife,' i. e. kill the 
 faulty sheep ; see in Lex. cidpa^ 3. Quas — videris — decedere should have been 
 followed by hanc continuo macta, or the like, Wr. Gr. § 823, 3, (5). 
 
 469. Tncautam^ ' incautious,' ' unwary.' 
 
 470. The comparison seems to be not between the frequency of storms at 
 sea and the number of the diseases of cattle, but between the quick rush of a 
 storm-wind and the rapid spread of each of the various diseases. Creber 
 then will be taken closely with agens liiemem, like creberque procellis Africus, 
 A. 1, 85. Aequore, either along the ocean, or from it, Con. ' The whirlwind 
 bringing frequent rain-storms, does not rush so quick from the ocean, as 
 the many diseases of cattle (spread)'. Wr. says: non turbo^ hiemem agens, tarn 
 creher ruit, ' does not rush down so thick,' i. e. with drops so thick. 
 
 471. Pestes, i. e. morbi, H. 
 
 472. J esiim, 'flocks,' 'folds'; see in Lex. 3; a military term applied to 
 the flocks of sheep, because they were frequently pastured in different places 
 in summer and in winter, Con. 
 
 473. Spemque gregemqiie, ' both the hope of the flock,' i. e. the young, 
 *and the flock itself.' Cf. onE. 1, 15: agnos cum matribus, Serv. — Cunctam- 
 que ab oriyine gentem. These words, which might have been put in apposi- 
 tion to the foregoing, without a conjunction, are added in the form of an 
 epexegesis, que being inserted, Wr., Br. 
 
 474. Turn sciat, scil. morbis lotos greges abripi, H. He who has any doubt 
 of this, may convince himself of the truth of it by viewing the present con- 
 dition of a district in which the cattle were attacked by an epidemic, K. 
 The order is, si quis aerias Alpes, etc., videat, etc., turn sciat. 
 
 475. Castella, see in Lex. 2. — In tumulis, ' on the hills.' — lapydis Timavi, 
 ' of lapidian Timavus.' The Timavus was so named from the lapydes, an 
 Illyrian people who dwelt near it, K. 
 
 476. Post tanto for tanto post, 'so long afterwards.' Gr. § 256, K. 16, (3). — 
 Regna pastorum. Cf. E. 1, 70. 
 
 478. We know nothing of the epidemic described, or the time at which 
 it happened, but it seems to have left a sufficiently terrible recollection behind 
 it to induce Virgil to select it as a subject for a companion picture to that 
 of the great plague of Athens, at the end of the sixth book of Luci-etius, Con. 
 — Morbo caeli=:iViiiG aeris, H., ' from badness of the air,' ' from a vitiated state 
 of the atmosphere.' Cf. E. 7, 57. 
 
 479. Temjjesias, ' season.' — Toto auctumni aestu, ' with the whole heat of au- 
 tumn,' i. e. with the full force of the heat of autumn. The autumn extended 
 with the Romans from the early part of August, (11th), till the beginning 
 of November (11th), and the first part of this period was usually the hottest 
 and most deadly of the year, Br. 
 
286 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 482. Via mortis, ' the way to death,' ' the mode of death.''— Simplex, * one 
 and the same,' ' uniform.' The disease is described as going through two 
 opposite stages, parching fever being succeeded by a sort of liquefaction, 
 Con.— Venis omnibus acta, 'driven through all their veins,' 'coursing through 
 every vein.' 
 
 483. Sitis, ' fever,' so called from its effect, K.—Adduxerat artus, from the 
 shrinking of the skin in fever, H. See in Lex. adduco, 4. 
 
 484. Fluidiis liquor, ' a corrupt moisture ' or ' liquid '=<a6z<TO. — Omniaqiie, 
 etc., i. e. trahebat in se omnia ossa, minutatim morho collapsa, ' converted into 
 itself,' (i. e. into its own substance), ' all the bones, eaten away ' or ' con- 
 sumed hy the disease.' 
 
 486. In Jionore deum medio, ' in the midst of a sacrifice to the gods.' Cf. 
 honor, n. A. in Lex. — Sians. Cf. on G. 2, 395. 
 
 487. Lanea, etc., i. e. dum infula lanea, vitta nivea, (i. e. infula vittata, H.) 
 circumdatur {capiti), ' while the woollen band, with its snow-white fillet, is 
 being put round the head.' Instead of thus taking vitta as an abl. of quality 
 with infida, it may be regarded as the abl. of the instrument with circumda- 
 tur, though the former seems preferable. The infula appears to have been a 
 broad woollen band, that was put round the head of the victim ; the vitta a 
 narrow band which fastened the infula on, K. 
 
 489. Quam, see in Lex. 2. quis. — Ante, ' before,' i. e. before it fell down 
 dying from the disease. 
 
 490. Indez=ex ea, and is to be joined with fibr}s=fbris ex ea or ejus. 
 -Cf. on G. 1, 5. — Altaria, 'the altars,' for 'the victim' placed on them. — 
 Fibris, see in Lex. fbra, IL and cf. on G. 1, 484. The refusal of the flame 
 to kindle, here arising from the state of the animal, was a bad omen. Con. 
 
 491. Nee responsa, etc. The entrails of the victims were thought not to 
 discover the will of the gods, unless they Avere sound, M., and therefore 
 when there was any deficiency or disease in them the exta were said to be 
 muta, H. 
 
 492. Sujypositi, because the throat was cut from beneath, Con. See in Lex. 
 suppono, I. A. 
 
 493. Jejuna, opposed to pinguis ; the ' thin ' gore just dyes the surface of the 
 sand. Con. 
 
 494. Einc, ' hence,' from this disease, K. — Laetis in herbis, ' in the luxu- 
 riant grass.' The herbage was tainted, as Wagner remarks, so that laetis 
 merely denotes luxuriance, answering to plena ad praesepia: the misery 
 of the scene is indefinitely heightened by their dying in the midst of 
 plenty, Con. Cf. v. 481. 
 
 495. Dulces animas, ' their sweet lives'; because life is sweet; i^i'Aifpova 
 6v(x6v. Cf. Gray in his Elegy, quoted by Brj-ce: 
 
 " For who to dumb forgetfulness a prey, 
 
 This pleasing, anxious being e'er resigned, 
 Left the warm precincts of the cheerful day, 
 
 Nor cast one longing, lingcriug look behind." 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 287 
 
 496. Blandis. The ejiithet here is in oonti'ast to rabies^ Con. 
 
 497. Tmsis anhela. The angina, vay^7] or Ppdy^os, is meant, a disease 
 of swine, //. — Faucibus angii obesis, 'chokes their swollen throats': obesis^z 
 tumentibus, Serv. 
 
 498. Lahiiur, 'sinks,' 'falls sick.' — Infelix siudiorum, 'deriving no fruit 
 from his pursuits,' Br. ; cid nihil prosunt siudia sua, victoriae reportatae, Wr., 
 i. e. his occupation of racing, and his victories, do not avail him now. Cf. v. 
 525, and for a similar construction, on G. 1, 277. 
 
 499. Avertiiur, see in Lex. 1, b. 
 
 500. Crebra, see in Lex. creber, 2, b, and cf. on v. 149. — Demissae (sunt) 
 aures. Col. 6, 80, mentions aui'es Jtaccidae among the symptoms of disease in 
 horses, Con. — Incertus, ' irregular,' either in quantity, or in its time of appear- 
 ing; nunc multus, nunc nullus, Wr. ; qui per vices, non certis intervallis consti- 
 iuias, accedii et recedit, H. — Ibidem, 'just there,' i. e. about the ears, H. 
 
 501. Ille, ' that,' i. e. the sweat. — Morituris, ' doomed to death,' ' when 
 ^eath was certain,' rather than ' about to die,' Wr., Con. The pi. is used be- 
 cause he is speaking of horses, not of a particular horse: so in the following 
 line?, Con. 
 
 502. Ad iactum, ' to the touch,' ' when it is touched,' quum iangeretur, H. — 
 Tractanii dura resistit, ' being hard resists him who handles it,' * resists by its 
 hardness him,' etc., i. e. does not yield. 
 
 503. Ante exitium, ' before their death.' 
 
 504. Processu, see in Lex. I. — Crudescere, opposed to mitescere, Forb. 
 
 505. Ardentes. Cf. on G. 2, 133. — Attrwtus ah alto, ' fetched deep,' M. 
 
 506. Gemitu gravis, ' laden with a groan.' — Tma ilia, ' the lowest parts of the 
 flanks.' 
 
 507. Tendunt, scil. eqtii. Cf. v. 503, and on v. 501. — Tt, ' flows,' ' gushes.' 
 
 508. Obsessas, 'beset,' 'closed'; either by a swelling or by ulcers, II., 
 cf. Lucr. 1146, ulceribus vocis via septa coibat. See obsido in Lex. — Premit, 
 because the tongue itself had swollen, H. — Aspera lingua. Cf. Lucr. 1149, 
 lingua . . . aspera tactu. The tongue is rough on account of the inflamma- 
 tion, K. 
 
 509. Profuit, ' it was of service,' i. e. at first. — Inserto, in the mouth : Aristot. 
 (H. A. 8, 21) speaks of pouring wine into the nostrils of sick pigs, Con. 
 
 510. Lenaeos. Cf. on G. 2, 4. Oil or fat mixed with wine is prescribed by 
 Col. 6, 30, as a remedy for lassitudo in horses. Con. 
 
 511. Max erat, etc.; but this very thing soon proved to be injurious, as it 
 was found to increase the fever, K. — Furiis refecti, ' recruited by madness.' 
 This may be a kind of oxymoron, ' strength returned, but it was the strength 
 of madness,' though it need mean no more than that the fever was increased, 
 Con. 
 
 512. Jam morfe sub aegra, ' even just before sad death ' ; just before they 
 died miserably. 
 
 513. Di meliora, scil. de7it. — Errorem=furorem, H. See in Lex. IL 2. 
 Deprecating evils from ourselves on our enemies is frequent in ancient 
 writers, V. 
 
288 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 514. Nudis, 'naked,' 'bared,' i. e. exposed by drawing back the lips, K., 
 and expressing the horrid graining of the horse in the agonies of death. M. 
 
 515. £cce auiem calls attention to a new object, something like Koi fxi^v in 
 Greek, Con. — Fumans, scil. sudore. Cf. G. 2, 542. — Sui vomere, i. e. sub arandi 
 labore, Wr. 
 
 517. Ciet, ' gives,' ' fetches.' The pause in this verse and the slow mea- 
 sure of the next line, consisting of spondees, are worthy of obsei'vation, 31. 
 
 518. Fraterna moi^te^ 'at the death of his brother,' i. e. comrade, K. 
 
 520. The lines that follow refer to the ox that has just fallen dying, (Con.) 
 and not to the juvencus, of v. 518, or to the cattle in general which were af- 
 fected by the disease. Wr. thinks that pascuntur, v. 528, points to the latter; 
 but cf. vs. 498, sq. and on v. 501, morituris. 
 
 521. Movere animum, ' affect his mind,' ' move ' or ' attract him.' 
 
 522. Purior, ' purer,' ' brighter.' — Electro. It is uncertain whether ' am- 
 ber' is here meant, or the metal electrum^ (see in Lex). Either comparison 
 would be natural. Serv., H., Voss, and Forb. think the metal is referred to; 
 Cerda, that it is the amber. Of the latter opinion was probably Milton : 
 "KoUs o'er Elysian flowers her amber stream," P. L. 3, 359, V. . 
 
 523. Solvuntu7'=Jlaccescunt, H., ' become flaccid,' 'gi'ow flabby.' 
 
 524. Fluit, ' falls down.' Flnit expresses gradual sinking to the ground, 
 Con. — Devexo, ' inclining ' or ' tending downwards.' 
 
 525. Of this and the five following lines Scaliger said, (Poet. 5, 11), that 
 he would rather be the author of them than have Croesus and Cyrus at his 
 command, K. — Benefacta, i. e. his services to men. 
 
 626. Massica Bacchi munera. Cf. on G. 2, 143. 
 
 527. Epulae repostae, ' renewed banquets,' luxurious feasts, where there is 
 a succession of courses. See in Lex. 7'epuno, L A. 1, near the end. 
 
 528. SimpUcis, opposed to the arts of cookery displayed in an elaborate 
 banquet, epulae repostae, Con. 
 
 529. Pocida. Cf. on E. 8, 28. — ^icera'i'a CMrsw, i.e. 'rapid,' Con. The refer- 
 ence is to running water as opposed to that which is stagnant, Wr. 
 
 531. Tempore nan alio, i. e. this was the first time. Con. 
 
 532. Quaesitas, ' sought for ' and not found, ' wanting.' — Ad sacra, ' for the 
 sacred rites.' — Boves, i. e. white cows, such as were used in the sacred pro- 
 cession in honor of Juno, when the priestess was drawn by them to the tem- 
 ple of that goddess. Sacra Junonis, pro quibusvis sacris ponit, H. — Uris. Cf. 
 on G. 2, 374. 
 
 533. Imparibus, ' ill-matched,' perhaps referring to color as well as to size. 
 — Donaria, see in Lex. II. 1. 
 
 534. Ergo, etc. Having thus no draft-cattle, they wei-e obliged to give up 
 the use of the plough and cultivate their corn with the hoe, etc., K. — Riman- 
 tur. The slow progress of the work is imitated by the succession of spon- 
 dees, V. 
 
 535. Fruges, i. e. semina, H. 
 
 536. Contenia, see in Lex. contenius, 1, under contendo. 
 
BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 289 
 
 537. The spectacle of a state of nature, from which the terror felt by beast 
 for beast or man is removed, has been already presented to us by Virgil in 
 two different lights ; in E. 5, 60, as part of a restored golden age, in E. 8, 28, 
 52, as resulting from a monstrous reversal of the order of the world, such as 
 is conceived by a heart-broken lover: we see it now in a third aspect, as 
 the actual consequence of a leveling pestilence, Con. — Explored^ see in Lex. 
 I. (a). 
 
 538. Nocturmis=nodu. Gr. § 205, K. 15, (a), & § 210, K. 4. See nocturnus 
 in Lex. — Oktmbulat, ' walk ' or ' prowl about.' 
 
 539. Cura, i. e. the disease, which has attacked him also. — Cf. on E. 8, 28. 
 
 541. Jam. Cf. on G. 2, 57. — Maris immerisL Cf. on G. 1, 2d.—Et genus omne. 
 Cf. on V. 473. — Natantum, see in Lex. nutans, under nato. 
 
 542. Aristotle, (H. A. 8, 19), denies that fish suffer from epidemics, but 
 later naturalists do not agree with him. Con. 
 
 543. Insolitae, ' unaccustomed to do so ' ; being accustomed to the sea but 
 not to rivers. They are unable in their sickness to contend with the waves. 
 
 544. Curvis lalebris. Cf. G. 2, 216. The epithet is significant, as the shape 
 of their lurking place would prevent most animals from following them, Con. 
 
 546. Non aequus, i. e. non innoxius. Cf. on G. 2, 225, Forb. 
 
 547. Praedpites, * headlong,' i. e. ' falling headlong.' 
 
 548. Mutari pabula, of changing their food, not of driving them to pasture 
 in another district. Con. 
 
 549. Quaesitae aries, ' the remedies devised,' or ' sought out.' — Nocent, * in- 
 jure,' rather than benefit.— Cessere maffistri, i. e. magistri artis medendi, the 
 specification being supplied from the previous clause, Con., 'the masters 
 of the heahng art yielded,' to the disease, i. e. were baffled by it. So also K, 
 and Fo7-b. But Voss supplies pecoris after magistri, and makes the meaning 
 to be, that the ' chief herdsmen,' (a part of whose business it was to cure such 
 of the cattle as were sick), even though as skillful as Chiron and Melampus, 
 could not cope with the disease. So Wr. and Lade. 
 
 550. Chiron . . . Melampus. To convey the idea that the best medical 
 skill was of no avail, he introduces the names of two most celebrated phy- 
 sicians. 
 
 551. Saevit, etc. The order is, et pallida Tislphone in lucem emissa Stygiis 
 tenehris saevit (et) Morbos Meiumque ante agit. Tisiphone, the impersonation 
 of Vengeance, comes up from the Shades, with Disease and Terror flying be- 
 fore her as her harbingers, Con. — Ante, see in Lex. II. A. 
 
 553. Tnque dies, see in Lex. dies, I. A. b. — Keightley observes of this pas- 
 sage, that it is a noble poetic expression of the increasing ravages of the pes- 
 tilence. 
 
 555. Arentes points to the intense heat, v. 479, Con. 
 
 556. Cdtervut'im, ' by troops.' Cf. inde catervatim morbo mortique dabantur, 
 Lucr. 6, 1144. — Bat stragem, soil. Tisipihone, ' causes their slaughter,' 'slays,' 
 'destroys.' 
 
 557. JDilnpsa, ' falling to pieces,' ' decaying.' Cf. vs. 484, 485. 
 
 558. Donee, etc., i. e. until they began to bury the dead bodies, which 
 
 25 
 
290 BOOK III. NOTES. 
 
 was the only way of checking the plague ; and this they did when they had 
 ascertained that no use could be made either of the skins, flesh, or wool 
 of such as had died of this disease, Wr. — Discunt. Gr. § 209, K. 2, (2). 
 
 559. Viscera, see in Lex. B. 1. According to Servius it signifies the whole 
 carcass under the skin, so that it is the natural con'elative of coi'ia. Con. 
 
 560. Abolere, see in Lex. 2. nboJeo. — Fincere ^arama, i. e. ' cook.' This is 
 the explanation of Servius, approved by W7\, Forh. and K. But Heyne and 
 Voss suppose the meaning to be that the dead bodies were too numerous to 
 be consumed either by water or by fire, and that they were therefore buried. 
 
 561. Illuvie. The discharge from the sores is what is here meant, Con. — 
 Peresa, ' consumed,' ' rotten.' 
 
 562. JYec, (scil. si guis totonderat et telam inde ftcerat), ullo ea erai usu, 
 quia putHs erat, statim igitur rumpehatur, Wr. There is in fact a rhetorical 
 climax : The wool was too rotten to be shorn, or, if shorn, to be woven, or 
 if woven, to be put on, or if put on, to be worn without contracting dis- 
 ease, Con. 
 
 563. Etiam is to be taken with papulae atque sudor sequebatur, as if non 
 modo, or something equivalent, had been expressed in the preceding part of 
 the sentence. — Attingere appears as if it might refer either to the weaver, or 
 to the person who takes up the texture for use. 
 
 565. Membra sequebaiur, i. e. se diffundebat per omnia membra, 'spread 
 over his whole body,' Wr. — Moranti, scil. ei, of the patient, Avho, as we should 
 say, had not to wait long before he was seized, Con. 
 
 566. Contacios, 'tainted,' 'infected.' — Sacer ignis, ' the sacred fire.' This 
 disease resembled the erysipelas, from which however Celsus distinguishes it 
 6, 28. Voss thinks it might have been St. Anthony's fire, K. See in Lex. 
 ignis, I. 2. 
 
p. VERGILI MARONIS GEORGICON 
 LIBER QUARTUS. 
 
 AKGUMENT. 
 
 I. Subject of the Fourth Book, viz. the care of bees: Invocation of Mae- 
 cenas, (vs. 1 — 7). 
 
 II. Of the bee-hives : 
 
 1. Situation for them, regard being had to the winds, to the enemies 
 of bees, (bee-eater, lizard, etc.), to water, trees and flowers (8 — 32). 
 
 2. Their material and construction (33 — 46); position to be studied as 
 regards smells and sounds which might injure the bees (47 — 50). 
 
 III. Of Spring occupations and swarming (51 — 148). 
 
 1. Of the first excursions and swarming (51 — 62). 
 
 2. Means by which to cause bees to alight, when swarming (62 — 66). 
 
 3. Their quarrels — how to be allayed (67 — 90): characteristics of the 
 best bees (91—102). 
 
 4. INIeans to prevent swarms from deserting a hive or a locality (103 — 
 115). 
 
 5. Description of a well-cultivated garden, such as would attract bees 
 to remain in a locality (116 — 148). 
 
 IV. Of the nature and economics of bees (149—227). 
 
 1. Special qualities given by Jupiter (149 — 152). 
 
 2. Community of offspi-ing and of property (153 — 157). 
 
 3. Apportioning of duties to classes and to individuals (158 — 190). 
 
 4. Sagacity in the matter of weather (191 — 196). 
 
 5. Generation of bees (197—209). 
 
 6. Respect for queen-bee (210—218). 
 
 7. Philosophical speculations on the nature and essence of bees (219 — 
 227). 
 
 V. The honey-harvest (228—250). 
 
 VI. Diseases and their remedies (251—280). 
 
 VII. Artificial production of bees (281—314). 
 
 VIII. The story of Aristaeus — the loss of his bees, and the means by 
 which the disaster was repaired (315 — 558). 
 
 IX. Epilogue in conclusion of the poem (559—566). Bryce. 
 
 291 
 
292 BOOK lY. NOTES. 
 
 NOTES ON THE FOURTH BOOK OF THE GEOEGICS. 
 
 1. Protinus, ' in continuation,' ' next.' — Aerii, refeiTing to tlae notion of the 
 ancients that honey was a deAV that fell from the sky, and that the bees 
 merely collected it, K. 
 
 2. Aspice, ' regard with favor,' Can. 
 
 3. Admiranda, etc. The order is, dicam tibi ordine admiranda spectacula, 
 etc. The two following lines are epexegetical of this. 
 
 4. Maynanimos. Cf. v. 83. — Ordine with dicam. 
 
 5. Studia, ' pursuits,' ' employments.' — Populos, ' peoples,' 1. e. the different 
 communities into which the gens or race is divided, K. 
 
 6. In tenui labor, scil. est, of the thing on which the labor is spent, as 
 laborare in re is used, Con. — Quem=aliquem, ' any one,' ' one.' 
 
 7. Laeva, ' adverse.' This is the explanation given by Aulus Gellius, and 
 followed by most commentators; Servius and H. understand it to mean ' pro- 
 pitious.' Sinunt, see in Lex. I. (e). 
 
 8. Stcttio, 'station,' or 'post,' a militaiy term: cf. macjuanimos duces, v. 4. 
 
 11. Campo with errans, which conveys a notion of space, rather than with 
 decutiat, Con. — With insidlent, etc., supply ubl from quo in v. 9. 
 
 12. Rorem. Cf. on v. 1, aerii. — SurgerUes=crescentes. Cf. on E. 6, 39, H. 
 
 13. Ficti. Cf. on G. 3, 243. — Squalentia=squamosa. Cf. on Jiorem, E. 1, 55. 
 
 14. Pinguibus, see in Lex. I. B. 1. — Stnbidis, see in Lex. H. A. 
 
 15. Procne. Cf. on E. 6, 78. — Pectus signata. Cf. on E. 1, 55. Signata^ 
 'marked,' 'stained.' The blood which stained her hands was supposed to 
 have dropped on her breast, Con. Cf. Ov. Met. 6, 6G9: neque adhuc de pectore 
 caedis excessere notae, signataque sanguine pluma est. Some species of swal- 
 lows are described as having red marks on the breast, V. 
 
 16. Vastant. Like a plundering army they spreaJ tJieir ra^-ages far and 
 near, K. — Volantes, 'flj-ers,' i. e. bees. See in Lex. 2. volo, L 2, and cf. on 
 G. 3, 147; or, ipsas volantes, ' the bees themselves, on the \Ying.' 
 
 17. Nidis, see in Lex. IL A. 
 
 18. Stagna, ' pools,' of standing, but not of stagnant water. — Virentia mzisco, 
 * green with moss,' i. e. with gi-een moss gi-owing aroimd them, K. 
 
 19. Tenuis fugiens, ' hastening aAvay with shallow stream.' Cf. on G. 1, 163. 
 VaiTO says, (3, 16), the water should not be more than two or three inches 
 deep. 
 
 20. Oleaster. Cf. on G. 2, 182. 
 
 21. Reges, see in Lex. I. B. 2. The ancients supposed that what Ave now 
 know to be the queen-bee, was a male. The swarms are headed by new 
 chiefs who lead out the colonies, juvenius. Con. 
 
 22. Vere suo, ' in their own spring,' i. e. in the spring which is favorable 
 to them, and which they love. See iii Lex. suus, I. B. 2.—Ludet. This refers 
 to the incessant flying backwards and forwards of the bees previous to the 
 rising of the swarm, K. — Favis, ' cells.'— Emissa, ' sent forth,' ' issuing.' 
 
 23. Decedere calori, ' to retire from — .' Cf. on E. 8, 88. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 293 
 
 24- Ohvia arbos, ' the tree which is in their way,' ' which is over against 
 them.' Wr. supplies examina to obvia, 'the swarms coming against it,' (the 
 tree). — Hospitm frondeniihis, ' in its leafy lodging,' or ' shelter.' The image 
 is from a man who meets his friend and detains him, teneat, hospitably, Con. 
 It is an object with bee-masters to get the swarm to settle as soon as pos- 
 sible, K. 
 
 25. In medmm, scil. humorem, Wr., ' into the midst of the water.' — Seu 
 stabit iners, of the stagna. Cf. v. 18. — Profluei, of the invus, v. 19. 
 
 27. Consistere, see in Lex. I. B. 2. d. 
 
 29. Sparsest, scil. imbre, Wch., * sprinkled.' — Praeceps Eurus, see in Lex. 
 praeceps, I. B. 3. — Neptuno=aquae, and it is intended angustis rebus addere 
 honorem. Con. 
 
 30. Haec circum, i. e. circa fontes et stagna, H. — Casiae. Cf. on E. 2, 49. — 
 Olentia, see in Lex. olens, A. and on E. 2, 11. 
 
 31. Graviter spirantis, ' strongly exhaling,' i. e. * strong-scented,' but not 
 disagreeable. 
 
 32. Flweat. Cf. on E. 1, 59, cessabit. — Irrigtium, see in Lex. L B. — 
 Funtem=aqua7n. 
 
 33. Ipsa. Cf. on G. 3, 387 .— Corticibus. Cf. on G. 2, 463 & 387, and see in 
 Lex. co7-tex, b. — Cavatis, 'hollow.' 
 
 34. Lento vimine. In addition to the two kinds of hives mentioned by 
 Virgil, Columella, (9, 6), notices also those made of the ferula, which he 
 says are next best to those of cork ; those of a hollowed piece of timber or 
 of boards; those of potters' ware, which he looks on as by far the worst, and 
 finally those made of cow-dung or bricks. The ancients do not seem to have 
 liuown the straw hive, K. 
 
 35. Angustos aditus. The reasons for making the entrance narrow, were 
 as Columella tells us, (9, 7), first, to exclude cold, secondly, to keep out liz- 
 ards, beetles, moths, etc. 
 
 36. Gogit, see in Lex. I. 2. — Liquefacta remittit, ' melting dissolves it, ' for 
 liquefacit, ' melts,' H. Iiemittit=resolvit, H. We may also translate the 
 phrase by two verbs, ' melts the honey and causes it to run,' Br. 
 
 37. Utraque vis, • each force,' i. e. the force both of cold and of heat. 
 
 38. Nequicquam, ' in vain,' ' fruitlessly.' Cf. on G. 1, 96, and see in Lex. — 
 Tectis. Cf. on v. i7.—Apibus, (v. 37), cf. on G. 2, 419. 
 
 39. Spiramenia, ' crevices,' ' chinks.' — Fuco et jloribus, i. e. fuco florum. 
 Cf. on G. 1, 173, Wr. Fuco, see in Lex. 1. fucus, II. B. 2. This bee-glue 
 was said to be derived from flowers. 
 
 40. Haec i2)sa ad munera, i. e. ad Unenda spiramenta et explendas oras, Con. 
 — Gluten, i. e. propolis, which was collected from the vines and poplars, Plin. 
 11, 7, K. 
 
 41. Visco. Cf. G. 1, 139. — Servant, see in Lex. I. B. — Pice Idae. Cf. on 
 G. 3, 450. 
 
 42. Fffossis latebris, ' in hiding-places made by digging,' i. e. as Servius 
 explains it, which the bees themselves have excavated. 
 
 25* 
 
294 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 43. Fovere larem, ' they inhabit their dwe\lir\g,' =habitani, H., ' they dwell,' 
 'live. Cf. on G. 1, 49, G. 3, 420, and see in Lex. 1. lares, U. B. l.—PenituSf 
 'far within.' — Repertae, scil. sunt. 
 
 44. Pumicibus, see in Lex. pumex, II. — Exesae, ' eaten oiit,' ' hoUow.' — 
 Aniro, ' cavity.' 
 
 45. Tu tamen, etc., the bee-keeper should aid the bees in their endeavors 
 to make their abode secure, H. The order is, Tu tam&n, et unge circum rimosa 
 cubilia Uvi limo, f ovens, et, etc. — 'smear their chinky chambers round.' 
 Wagner and many others read e lem. 
 
 46. Fovens, because one object is to keep out the cold air, ' warming them,' 
 ' to keep them warm.' — Raras, ' loose,' as leaves do not lie close when spread 
 on any thing, K. ; or, ' scattered,' ' thinly spread,' ' a few.' 
 
 47. Tectis, ' dwellings,' i. e. their hives. — Taxum. Cf. on E. 9, 30. 
 
 48. Cancros rubentes, ' reddening crabs.' The ancients used to burn crabs 
 as a remedy against certain diseases. The smell which they emitted in burn- 
 ing was thought to be injurious to bees, V. As is well known, crabs turn red 
 under the influence of heat, K. — Crede, 'trust,' as harmless; or scil. tecta. 
 
 49. Aui, scil. locis, to be supplied from ubi. The dislike of bees for strong 
 smeUs is abundantly vouched for by various authorities whom Cerda quotes. 
 Pliny, (11, 18), says, that they attack persons who are strongly perfumed; 
 Columella, (9, 14), that they are angry at those who smell of Aviue, Con. — 
 Pulsu, 'with the stroke,' or 'impact,' of a sound: the two clauses state the 
 same thing, Con. 
 
 50. Vocis imago, ' the reflection of the voice,' ' the echo ' ; see in Lex. 
 imago, I. B. 1. — Offensa, ' striking,' against the rocks, Gr. § 274, 2, K. 3, (a). 
 There is some impropriety in the iise of the word here, as that which strikes 
 the rock is the actual sound; the reflection or echo is that which is returned, 
 Con. Modern writers speak less decisively of the eff'ect of sound on bees, 
 some doubting whether they have a sense of hearing, Con. 
 
 51. Quod superest. Cf. on G. 2, 346. — Pulsam egit=pepuUi, ' has driven 
 away,' H. 
 
 52. Sub terras. The ancients thought that the interior of the earth was 
 cold in summer, but warm in winter, Serv., refen-ing to Lucr. 6, 840, sq. — 
 Caelum reclusit, ' opened the heavens.' In the Avinter the sky is closed up 
 with clouds and bound with frost, so that it is here said to be opened and 
 relaxed by light and warmth, Cx>n. The year is here viewed as divided into 
 two seasons, winter and summer, K. 
 
 54. Purjmreos, see in Lex. II. B. — Metunt jioi^es, ' reap the flowers,' i. e. 
 collect the pollen, Con. — Libant, see in Lex. 1. libo, I. B. 1. 
 
 55. Leves, ' light ' ; as while on the wing they sip the water. — Huic, i. e. 
 from the flowers and water, H. — Nescio — laetae may refer either to the plea- 
 sure of collecting the pollen, or to the delight of rearing their young, Con. 
 
 56. Progeniem nidosque, ' their offspring and their young,' ' their young off- 
 spring.' — Arte, ' with art,' ' ingeniously.' — Recentes, ' new.' — Fovent, probably 
 in a wide sense, expressing warmth as well as support. Con. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 295 
 
 58. Hlnc, 'on this account,' their love of trees and water, JT., Con.; * after- 
 wards,' 'after this, H. — Enissum.^ 'after issuing.' Cf. on v. 22. — Ad sidera 
 caeli, ' to the stars of lieaven,' i. e. aloft in the air. 
 
 59. Aestaiem Uqiddam; see in Lex. aestas, 3. Cf in Gray's Ode to Spring: 
 " And float timid the liquid noon." — Suspexeris, ' shall look up at,' ' shall look 
 tip and see.' — Agmen, i. e. ' a swartn.' 
 
 60. Obsmram lUbbtin, i. e. the swarm. — Truld^ 'drawn out,' 'driven' or 
 ' carried along.' 
 
 61. Contemplator, ' attend,' ' watch.' Cf. G. 1, 187. 
 
 62. Huc^ ' here,' i. e. on some tree towards which they may be tending 
 and to which you wish to lure them, Con. Cf. on G. 2, 76. — Jussos, i. e. those 
 which I am going to direct you to use, H. — Sapores, see in Lex. I. B. 2; re- 
 ferring to the juices of the plants named. See on v. 65. 
 
 63. /(jnobile gramen, ' the common herb.' 
 
 64. Tinnitiisqzie cie, 'and make a tinkling.' — 3fatris, i. e. Cybele; see in 
 Lex. mater, I. B. The priests of Cybele, the mother of the gods, used to beat 
 brazen drums or cymbals, in the sacrifices to that goddess, M. The making 
 of a tinkling noise with brazen utensils is used among us to cause the swarms 
 of bees to settle: Aristotle mentions this custom, and questions whether they 
 hear or not, and whether it be delight or fear that causes the bees to be 
 quieted with these noises; Varro (3, 16), ascribes it to fear, Pliny, (11, 20), to 
 pleasure, M. This practice is now disapproved of by those learned in the 
 habits of bees, Br. 
 
 65. Ipsae, 'of themselves.' — Consident, ' will settle. '• — Medicatis sedibus, see 
 in Lex. medicatus, under medico. Others explain sapores, v. 62, to mean ' odors,' 
 ' odoriferous herbs,' and medicatis, ' medicated,' * rubbed ' with the herbs. 
 
 66. Cunabula, ' cradle,' i. e. the hive, the rearing-place of their young. 
 
 67. Sin autem, etc. Virgil evidently intended to give directions as to 
 what should be done by the bee-keeper in the case of a battle, as he has just 
 now laid down a rule to meet the case of swarming; but he strikes at once 
 into a parenthesis which swells into a regular description, forming a para- 
 graph of itself, and we can only collect Avhat the apodosis Avould have been 
 from vs. 86, 87, and the following paragraph, where he returns from the bees 
 to their owner: — this irregularity of structure, as Forb. remarks, has doubt- 
 less a design of its own, the poet throwing himself into the enthusiasm of the 
 subject, and sympathizing with his heroes, Con. So also Wr. — Exierint 
 refers to what has been said previously, (v. 58, etc.) about their leaving the 
 hive, so that ad jmgnnm is emphatic : ' if their going out be for battle,' Con. 
 
 G8. Re gibus incesdt, instead of reges incessit, Gr. § 233, (3), N., and see in 
 Lex. incedo, II. B. (/S). Regibns. Cf. on v. 21. — Discordia. Other reasons for 
 these conflicts are assigned by ancient and modern authorities beside the 
 clahns of rival monarchs, such as rivalry in getting honey, (Pliny 11, 17), and 
 actual want, when the inhabitants of one hive will attack another, (Aristotle 
 H. A. 9, 40), and if one nation loses its queen, the vanquished will combine 
 with the victors, (London Encyclopaedia, Apis), Con. — Motu, see in Lex. 
 IL B. 1. 
 
296 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 69. Animos, see in Lex. 11. 2, c. — Trejndaniia hello, ' palpitating for the 
 war,' i. e. with eagerness for the war; bello being in the dative, Voss. 
 
 71. Martins aeris canor is explained by the next line to mean a sound as 
 of a trumpet, Con. — Ille, see in Lex. IL A. — Aeris rauci, etc. The terms 
 and actions of Roman military life are applied to the habits of the bees in the 
 following lines, Br. 
 
 72. Fractos, ' broken,' expressing the successive short blasts of a trum- 
 pet, Con. 
 
 73. Trepidue, ' in a hurry,' ' hastily.' — Inter se coeunt, ' they assemble.' — 
 Pennisgue coruscani, ' they vibrate with their wings,' i. e. they vibrate or move 
 their wings quickly, K. 
 
 74. Spiculaque exacuunt rostris, for rostrorum, Virgil expressing himself as 
 if the bees wounded by their bite, cf. morsibus, v. 237; but the words might 
 also mean ' and sharpen their stings against their beaks,' which again would 
 be a mistaken statement, as Keightly says, Con. — Ajitant lacertos, ' prepare 
 their arms,' a figure taken from the language of the ring, and referring to the 
 practice of the pugilists, who toss their arms and beat the air, as a prelude 
 to the fight, iT., Br., 'get in order for action,' Con. 
 
 75. Frattoria, ' the royal cell,' see in Lex. L 5, and cf. on v. 71. 
 
 76. Miscentur, see in Lex. L B. 3. — Vocant, ' challenge.' 
 
 77. Nactae, scil. sunt.— Camposqut patentes, ' and open fields,' here used 
 of the air, the battle-field of the bees, patentes apparently meaning cleared 
 from storms. Con. 
 
 78. Concurritur, 'tbe battle begins,' 'they join battle.' Aethere in alto 
 might also be taken with concurritur. — 79. Orbem, 'mass,' 'melee,' Con. 
 
 81. Tantum glandis, i. e. ' so many acorns,' K. 
 
 82. Ij)si, scil. reges, H. — Per medias acies, scil. incedentes, Wr. — Insicjnibus 
 alis, scil. instructi: ipsi is to be taken with insignibus alis {instructi), Wr. 
 The real distinction between the wings of the queens and those of the rest is 
 that the former are shorter ; but Virgil can scarcely have meant this : Colu- 
 mella says that tlie reges have wings pulcri coloris, Con. 
 
 83. Ingentes animos, ' mighty souls,' 31. — Versant, ' employ,' may refer to 
 the plans which the generals are supposed to form, though it need be no more 
 than a poetical equivalent for hnbent, Con. 
 
 84. Usque adeo, etc. The order is, obnixi non cedere usque adeo dum gravis, 
 etc. Obnixi, ' resolved,' ' determined.' Usque adeo dum, ' even until,' ' until.' — 
 Aut hos aut hos. Cf. on E. 4, 56. IIos is used in the masculine, because the 
 poet is regarding the bees as the soldiers of the two armies, Forb. 
 
 85. Fi/ga dare terga versa, i. e. ' to turn their backs in flight.' 
 
 88. Acie revocaveris. Cf on G. 2, 520. Acie, see in Lex. 4, b. — Ambo, 
 Or. § 118, R. 1. 
 
 89. Dcterior is explained by vs. 92, sq., so that it has no reference to infe- 
 riority in the contest. Con. — Ne prodigvs obsif, 'lest wasteful he do injury,' 
 i. e. lest he do hurt by consuming honey without making any return. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 297 
 
 90. Dede neci, ' kill.' — Vacua in aula, ' in the empty court,' ' in the court 
 without him,' i. e. which is freed from the presence of the other king.— 
 Sine regnei, Gr. § 262, R. 4. 
 
 91. Maculis auro squalentibus ardens, ' glowing with spots rough with 
 gold,' apparently meaning that the spots seem to be laid on like scales of 
 gold. Con. 
 
 92. Ore=forma, H., and seems to refer to ' form ' as distinguished from 
 color, Con. 
 
 93. With regard to the tW'o kinds of royal bees, which Columella admits, 
 and which Virgil describes in so beautiful a manner, all we can say is, that 
 there is no foundation in fact for this distinction ; and that ancient writers 
 may probably have confounded the drone, to which the latter description ap- 
 plies, with the queen bee, which is distinguished from the rest by its more 
 brilliant color, as well as by its greater size, Daubeny. — Rutilk clarus squamis 
 =maculis auro squalentibus v. 91, Con. — Ilk alter, ' the other.' — Ilorridus^ 
 ' rough,' ' shaggy,' seems to express the squalor arising from inaction, its hair 
 rough, etc., Coru 
 
 94. Desidia, ' through sloth,' in consequence of sloth. — Lalam, ' broad,' 
 * large.' 
 
 95. Binae, Gr. § 120, 4, (o). — Faciesz=ore, v. 92, see in Lex. I. A. — CoV' 
 j)ora ; this is merely a variation of phrase after fades, K. 
 
 96. Turpes horrent, ' being ugly are rough,' i. e. 'have an unsightly rough- 
 ness ' or ' squalor.' Cf. v. 93. — Ceu pulvere, etc. The order is, ceu viator (hor- 
 ret) quum venit ab alto j^idvere, — 'from the high dust,' 'from a very dusty- 
 road,' i. e. where the dust rises as it were in a column. 
 
 97. Terram, i. e. pulverem, H. — 98. Aridus=sitiens, ' thirsty.' 
 
 99. Ardentes coipora. Cf. on E. 1, 55, and E. 3, 106. — Lita auro et paribus 
 gutiis, ' overlaid ' or ' covered with gold and equal spots,' i.e. ' with equal 
 golden spots.' Gr. § 323, 2, (3). 
 
 100. Hi7ic, i. e. from these. — Caeli tempore. Cf. on G. 3, 327. — Tempore 
 certo. The seasons meant are spring and autumn, cf. v. 231, Jff. 
 
 101. Premes, ' press,' ' strain,' the honey being strained through wicker 
 work, before being put into jars, Col. 9, 15 : Hor. Ep. 2, 15, Con. — Nee tantum 
 dulcia, ' and not so much sweet,' ' not so sweet.' 
 
 102. Liqidda, ' cleai',' ' limpid,' and therefore able to overcome the harsh 
 taste of wine, K. He seems to mean that the clearer and thinner the honey, 
 the more readily it Avould blend with the wine. The liquor thus composed 
 was called mulsum; it cojisisted of two parts wine and one part honey; strong 
 old wine, such as Falernian was preferred for making it, Plin. 11, 15, K. 
 
 103. Incerta volant. Cf. on E. 3, 8, 63, G. 3, 149, ' vaguely,' ' without an 
 object,' as opposed to their issuing forth to collect honey. Con. 
 
 104. Friyida tecta. i. e. their abodes cold by reason of their not occupying 
 them, K. Frigida, used proleptically. Cf. on G. 1, 320. 
 
 105. Prohibebis. Gr. § 259, R. 1, (4), and § 267, R. 2. 
 
 106. Tu. Cf. on. G. 2, 241. — Alas eripe: this is to be done, according to 
 Col. 9, 10, by first rubbing the hand with balm, which will prevent the bees 
 
298 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 from flaring olT: Didj-mus (in Geop. 15, 4), and Pliny (11, 17), speak merely 
 of clipping the wings, Con. 
 
 107. I Ills cunctantibus, ' whilst they tariy,' i. e. whilst they remain at 
 home. — Quisquam is employed because the individual bees are spoken of as 
 soldiers, Br. ; cf. on v. 84. — Altum ire iter, ' to take their flight aloft ' : altum 
 like caelo ludunt, as opposed to flying near the flowers. Con. 
 
 108. Vdlere signa, ' to pluck up the standards,' as was done when a camp 
 was about to be moved. This may refer to a battle like that described 
 above, which the bee-keeper might wish to prevent; but it seems simpler 
 to suppose that he is merely speaking of an ordinary flight in military 
 terms, Co7i. 
 
 10&. Another way of keeping bees near the hive is to provide a garden, 
 for them, Con. — Croceis, see in Lex. 2, the definite for the indefinite, K. 
 
 110. Let there be a garden placed under the guardianship of Priapus, 
 seems to mean, Let there be a regular garden, complete in its appointments, 
 Con. — Custos furum, 'the keeper of thieves,' i. e. who guards or protects 
 against them: the objective genitive, Gr. § 211, E. 2: like (pv?.aKf) kukov. — 
 Cum fake suligna. A sickle made of willow was usually placed in the right 
 hand of the images of Priapus set up in gardens. 
 
 111. Tutela Priapi, ' the protection of Priapus,' i. e. ' the protecting Pria- 
 pus,' as Milton uses "the might of Gabriel" for "the mighty Gabriel," Br. 
 
 112. Ipse, cui talia curae, serai, ' let him, who has the care of such things,' 
 i. e. the bee-keeper, 'himself plant.' Gr. § 227. Ipse is meant to emphasize 
 the importance of the direction given, and to keep up the general tone of the 
 Georgics, enforcing the necessity of personal labor, and the dignity arising 
 from it, Con.— Finos. Cf. on E. 7, 65. 
 
 113. Tecta, i. e. ' the hive,' ajnarium, Wr. 
 
 114. Labo7-e duro, i. e. in digging and planting, K. — Terat, 'rub,' and so 
 'harden.' Cf. Tibull. 1, 4, 48, 02)ere atterere manus, and Lucr. 5, 1359, sq. 
 Atque ipsi pariter durum sufferre laborem, Atgue opere in duro durarent membra 
 manusque, Forb. — Feraces j)lantas. Cf. on G. 2, 79. 
 
 115. Figat, in the same sense as premere, G. 2, 346. — Ainicos irriget im- 
 bres, scil. plantis, H. — Amicos, ' friendly,' i. e. welcome and salubrious. 
 Lnbres, i. e. spring or river water, II. ; see in Lex. IL C. 
 
 116. Atque equidem, etc. The poet having mentioned the advantage of 
 gardens with respect to bees, takes occasion to speak of them cursorily, but 
 in such beautiful terms tliat every reader must wish that Virgil had expa- 
 tiated on this subject, M. Equidem refers to the precept just given: as I re- 
 commend the bee-keeper to cultivate flowers I should myself write on the 
 subject, Con. — Ni traham, ' were I not furling.' 
 
 117. Vela traham, etc. He recurs to the metaphor of G. 2, 41, sq. Tra- 
 ham., ' take in,' ' shorten,' ' furl.' Traham— festinem — canerem, Gr. § 258, I. 
 & IL b. 
 
 118. Cava colendi. Colendl is alm.ost pleonastic, Con. 
 
 119. Bifeii, ' twice-blowing.' The rosa semj^erfiorens introduced from China 
 into England about the year 1789, flowers the greater part of the year, V. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 299 
 
 120. Potis rivis, 'in the rivulets drunk by them,' in the water they drink, 
 Br. See in Lex. potus, II., under poto. — Intuba. The plant which Virgil 
 means in this place is ' endive,' that being the name of the garden o-t'ptj, 
 whereas the mild sort is our succory. Cf. on G. 1, 120, M. 
 
 121. Apio^ see in Lex., and cf. on E. 6, 68. — Tortus per herham, 'winding 
 along the grass,' Con, 
 
 122. Cresceret in ventrem^ ' grow into belly,' ' swell,' K. — Sera comantem, 
 * late flowering.' The comae of flowers are the leaves or petals, and hence 
 they stand for the flowers themselves. Cf. v. 137, Forh. Sera for sero. Cf. 
 on G. 3, 149. In a favorable climate the narcissus flowers about the autumnal 
 equinox, Theophr. H. P. 6, 6, Con. 
 
 123. Flexi, 'bent' or 'bending,' because the stalk, after attaining its 
 growth, bends back and inclines towards the earth. Hence it is here said to 
 have vimen, ' a pliant twig,' instead of caulem, ' a stalk,' H. — Acanthi. Cf. on 
 E. 3, 45. 
 
 124. Pallentes hederas. Cf. on E. 3, S9.—Amantes Jltora. Cf. G. 2, 112. 
 
 125. Namque, etc. He gives an instance that he had seen of the profitable 
 nature of a garden, K. — Oeballae, see in Lex. Oebahis and Tarenium. 
 
 126. Niger, ' black,' ' dark.' The waters of this river are clear, but it is 
 of some depth; hence he calls it dark, in opposition probably to the Jlavus 
 Tibris and other rivers of Italy, which wei-e usually turbid, K. ; the epithet 
 may also be referred to the shade from the trees on its banks. — Flaventia cuUa, 
 ' the yellow fields ' of corn. 
 
 12T. Corycium, see in Lex. Coi^ycius under Corycos. The Cilicians were 
 very skillful in gardening, Wr. — Relicti ruris, 'neglected lands,' i. e. land 
 which on account of its poverty had been left out by the surveyors when 
 measuring out lands to colonists, K. Virgil says it was not fit for tillage, for 
 pasture or for the vine. 
 
 128. Fertilis jurencis, ' yielding produce to ' or ' under — ' ; or juvencis= 
 arando, ' fruitful for purposes of ploughing,' Con. H. explains it juvencorum 
 labore, aratione. — 129. Seges, see in Lex. II. A. 
 
 130. Hie seems to be the pronoun rather than the adverb. Con. — Rarum, 
 ' not close together,' ' at intervals,' i. e. ' in.rows or drills.' — In dumis, ' in the 
 bushes,' i. e. ' in the bushy soil,' in the soil having a tendency to produce 
 thorn-bushes, H. — Circum, ' round ' the beds of garden herbs, II. 
 
 131. Fer&ewrts seems here to mean 'vervain,' which was planted for the 
 sake of the bees, //., and also for medicinal purposes, M. — Premens. Cf on 
 G. 2, 346. — Vescum. Cf. on G. 3, 175. The reference here is probably to the 
 smallness of the poppy's seeds, Wr., Con. 
 
 132. Reyum aequabat opes animis, ' he matched the wealth of kings by his 
 spirit,' i. e. his spirit was as high as if he had a king's wealth: cf. Hor. 2. 
 Od. 10, 20, rebus angustis animosus atque fortis appare, Con. The reading 
 animis is su.pported by the authority of the best Mss., but Wr. adopts animo, 
 which would give the meaning 'he matched in his own imagination the 
 wealth of kings,' i. e. he thought himself as rich as a king, Con. — Revertens 
 domum, i. e. coming in from his work in the garden, K, 
 
300 BOOK IV. jS^OTES. 
 
 133. Inemptis, being the produce of his garden, K. 
 
 134. Carjjere. Cf. on G. 1, 200. 
 
 135. Etiamnum, ' still,' referring to past time, see in Lex. I. 
 
 136. Riiniperet. Cf. on G. 3, 363. Virgil is thinking rather of the effect 
 of cold in other places than at Tarentum, where the winter was unusually 
 mild, Con. 
 
 137. Comam, ' the flower,' cf. on v. 122. The pomt here is that the old 
 man got his plant to flower before the season, Cm. — Mollis, ' soft,' ' delicate.' 
 — Toiidebat=carpehat, see in Lex. IL A. 
 
 138. Increpitans, ' taunting,' ' deriding,'the spring for its laziness, Burm., 
 Forb., Con.: 'chiding,' H. 
 
 139. Ergo, etc. In consequence of the numerous and early flowers which 
 he had, he of course had plenty of bees and honey, and his bees were the 
 first to swarui. — Apibus fetis. Cf. on E. 1, 50. — MuUo examine, ' with numerous 
 swarms.' — Fetis is inconsistent with vs. 197 — 202. 
 
 140. Cogere, see in Lex. L — Fressis. Cf. on v. 101. 
 
 141. Tiliae. The lime-tree is known to be a favorite with bees. Con. — 
 Uberrima, ' plentiful,' ' plenty of.' — Finns. Cf. on v. 112. 
 
 142. Quotque, etc., ' and with as many fruits,' etc. The meaning is, that 
 whatever promise of fniit the tree made when in blossom in the spring, was 
 always sure to be verified in the autumn: he uses pomis for the blossoms 
 that promise fniit, K. — Tn Jlore novo, ' in early blossom,' M. 
 
 143. Mafura, (scil. poma) tenebat, ' it retained ripe.' 
 
 144. Seras, ' far-gxown,' ' fuU-gi'Own,' 'old,' Serv., Fhilarg., K, Voss,3I., 
 Con. ; which seems better than the meaning ' slow-growing,' given by Wr. 
 and Forb. — Every one of the trees here mentioned has an epithet added to it, 
 to signify its being well grown, M. — In versum, ' in rows,' =i?j orcZinem, Con. — 
 Distulit, 'planted out,' 'transplanted.' 
 
 145. Fruna, which had been engrafted on them. 
 
 147. Fquidem, see in Lex. II. 2. — Spatiis iniquis, ' by too narrow a space,' 
 by want of room ; see in Lex. iniquus, I. B. — Exclusus, see in Lex. II. 
 
 149. Nunc age, a Lucretian formula of transition. Con. — Naturas, see in Lex. 
 n. A. This word is the object of expediam: see note on the next verse. — 
 Ipse. Cf. on E. 8, 96. 
 
 150. Fro qua mercede, ' for which reward,' instead of mercedem, propter 
 quod qyaverant. Con. He makes the bees, like men, with whom all through 
 he assimilates them, to labor with a view to the reward, instead of the re- 
 ward being a thing of which they had no previous conception, and which 
 was given in consequence of their labors, K. — Canoros Curetum, etc. " This 
 alludes to the fable of Cybele's concealment of Jove in a cave of the Dictaean 
 mountain in Crete, when his father Saturn sought to kill and devour him. 
 The clangor of the cymbals and arms of the Curetes drowned the noise of the 
 infant," (and attracted the bees, cf. v, 64">: "his food was goat's milk and 
 honey," V. vlfMf/// need mean no more than indidit; it seems however from the 
 context to be used in our sense of 'add,' as if the bees had not had their 
 nature originally, but received it afterwards as wages : so virus serpentibus 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 301 
 
 addidit, G. 1, 129, Con. Naturas is the object of expediam, quas being simply 
 relative, not quasi-interrogative, which accounts for the indicative addidit, 
 Con. — Canoros, 'shrill' or ' sonorous.' 
 
 153, Solae communes natos, 'they alone have their young in common.' 
 The refereAce is to a community of children, like that desired by Plato in his 
 Republic, to which Servius appositely refers, Con. Keightley observes that 
 the poet, in his zeal to exalt the bees, seems to have forgotten the ants, who, 
 except in the construction of combs, must in the opinion of the ancients 
 fully have equalled the bees in knowledge and industry. Cf. G. 1, 186. — 
 Consortia tecta urhis^ ' the united dwellings of a city,' ' dwellings united into a 
 city,' the latter being the emphatic word, Con. 
 
 154. Magnis, ' great,' is probably merely an ennobling epithet of legihus, 
 K., like rwj; //fyaP.wv BzofiSiv, Soph. Ant. 797; they live under the majesty of 
 law. Con. — 155. Cerios., see in Lex. certiis, II. A. 1, under cerno. 
 
 157. Experiunlur, ' make trial of,' ' undergo.' — In medium quaesita. Cf. on 
 G. 1, 127. 
 
 158. Victu. Cf. note on curru, E. 5, 29. — Foedere pacio, ' by a settled ' or 
 'regular agreement.' 
 
 159. Exercentur=^exercent se, see in Lex. II. A. (j8). 
 
 160. Narcissi lacrimam^ i. e. the sweet drop which exudes from the flower. 
 The cup of this flower was supposed to contain the tears of the youth Nar- 
 cissus, who wept to death, M. — Gluten. Cf. on v. 40. 
 
 162. Siispendunt. This word is properly used, for bees commence their 
 work at the top of the hive and work downward. 
 
 163. Edacunt fttus, 'lead out — ,' teach to fly, to gather honey &c., K. 
 
 165. Sorii, probably the ablative, ' by lot,' Wr., F., Lade., Con. See Gr. 
 4 82, Exc. 5, (o). Voss and Jahn take it for the dative, 'as their lot' or 
 ' charge.' 
 
 166. Inque vicem, for et invicem, Gr. § 323, 4, (5). — Aquas is to be taken 
 with caeli. — The bees always contrive to avoid rain, scarcely any of them 
 being ever caught in a shower, unless from some accidental disablement, 
 (Lond. Enc), Con. 
 
 167. Aymine facto, ' forming a troop,' M. 
 
 168. Fucos, see in Lex. 2. fucus. — Praesepibiis, see in Lex. 2)^nesepe, II. A. 
 — The drones are not expelled, but massacred after the swarms have left the 
 hive: VaiTO however (3, 16), and Col. (9, 15), agree with Virgil; and Aelian 
 (1, 10), says that the drone is first chastised gently for stealing honey, and 
 afterwards, on repetition of the offence, put to death. Con. 
 
 169. Fei'vet, see in Lex. II. (a). — This sums up the description, directing 
 the attention from the various parts to the whole effect: so at the conclu- 
 sion of the similar description of the ants, A. 4, 407, opere omnis semita fer- 
 ret, Con. 
 
 170. He compares the division and fervor of labor in tlie bee-hive to that 
 of the Cyclopes in the cavern of Aetna, when forging the thunderbolts, K. — 
 Cyclopes. Cf. on G. 1, 471. — Massis, i. e. ferri or metalli. 
 
 26 
 
302 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 171. Properant=i2)roperanter conjiciuni, o-treboovaiv, H. ; see in Lex. I. Un- 
 remitting industry is part of the point of comparison, Con. — Taurinis, *of 
 bulls hide,' ' bull-hide.' 
 
 17'2. Tingunt, ' wet,' ' dip.' 
 
 173. Lacu, ' in the trough.' It seems better to understand lacus of a 
 trough of water standing by for the purpose, than to suppose it with Heyne 
 to be used poetically for aqua, like fons: but Ameis may be right in giving 
 it its ordinary sense, as if nothing smaller than a lake or pool would suit such 
 gigantic operations. Can. — Impositis incudibus, ' when the anvils are set up,' 
 i. e. on the blocks, h aKfioBcrio, Voss, but, as Con. remarks, it is simpler to 
 explain it ' with the anvils placed on it,' meaning that the mountain groans 
 beneath the weight of the, anvils. 
 
 174. Inter sese, by turns,' ' alternately.' The appropriateness of the rhythm 
 in this verse is worthy of notice. 
 
 175. In numerum, ' in harmony,' ' in regular cadence,' V. ; cf. on E. 6, 27. 
 
 177. Cecropiasi, i. e. Atticas. The honey of Hymettus (see in Lex.) was 
 of superior quality, V. Cf. on E. 1, 55. — Innatus, ' innate.' — Amor habendi, 
 * desire of having property,' ' of gi-owing rich,' a human passion being attri- 
 buted to the bees. — Urget, ' urges on,' ' stimulates.' 
 
 178. Munere suo^ ' in his own office,' ' in his proper sphere.' Cf. vs. 158, sq. 
 — Grandaevis, etc. There is here a reference, as Servius remarks, to the 
 custom of setting the old men to man the walls Avhile the young go out and 
 fight. Con. 
 
 179. JSlunire, i. e. fngere, fabricari, H. 
 
 ISO. Multa node, 'late in the night'; an inappropriate expression here, as 
 the bees, like all other animals, hasten home before it is dark; see v. 186, K., 
 Can. — Referunt se, see in Lex. L A. b. 
 
 181. Q-iira. Cf. on E. 1, bb.—Pascuntur. Cf. on G. 3, 314. Pascuntur in 
 order of time would precede referunt, Con. 
 
 182. Salices. Cf. on G. 2, 13, and on E. 1, 55, salictL— Casinm. Cf. on E. 2, 
 49, and on G. 2, 213. — Rubentem. The petal of the saffron flower is purple, 
 but the three divisions of the style are of the color of fire, 31. Col. (9, 4), 
 directs it to be planted near the hive to color and scent the honey, Co7i. 
 
 1S3. Pinguem, ^ M,' 'rich,' so called from the gluten on its leaves, ff., 
 Coi). — Ftrrugineos. Cf. on G. 1, 467. 
 
 184. Quies operum, 'rest from Avork.' 
 
 185. Ruunt portls. Cf. Liv. 27, 41, equites peditesque certatim partis rniere. 
 
 186. E pastil, ' from feeding.' Cf. G. 1, 381. 
 
 187. Corpora curant, referring to the evening refreshment: Servius ob- 
 serves that as applied to men it includes bathing as well as eating; as applied 
 to bees, only the latter. Con. 
 
 188. Mussant, ' murniiu",' ' hum.' 
 
 189. Thalamls, see in Lex. IL B. — Se composuere, see in Lex. campono, IL 
 B. 1. 
 
 190. In noctem, ' for the night,' K. — Sopor suus, ' their sleep,' is probably 
 to be explamed like vere sua, v. 22, ' the sleep they love,' ' kindly sleep,' Con. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 303 
 
 It is explained by others either to mean 'well-earned sleep,' or 'the sleep pe- 
 culiar to them.' See Gr. § 208, (8). 
 
 191. Nee vero seems to mark a transition, as in G. 2, 109, there being no 
 particular connection of this and the following notices of the habits of bees 
 with the preceding description or with each other. Con. 
 
 192. Credunt caelo, i. e. trust to the aspect of the sky, Con. — Adventantibus, 
 ' approaching.' 
 
 193. C^rcum, ' round ' the hive; explained by sub moenibus urbis, Con. 
 
 194. M saepe lapillos^ etc. Aristotle, (H. A. 9, 40), and other ancient 
 writers say that bees ballast themselves with stones. Con. The notion may 
 have arisen from seeing the mason-bee, or some other species, carrying the 
 sand or gravel of which their abodes are constructed, V. 
 
 196. The spondee tollunt, followed by a pause, expresses the difficulty of 
 rising into the air so ballasted, as Wr. remai'ks. Con. — Mania, ' empty,' ' light,' 
 ' unsubstantial ' : the epithet here accounts for the need of ballast, Co7i. 
 
 197. Adeo. Cf. on E. 4, 11. — The opinion here expressed, that bees do not 
 generate like other animals, but find their young among the flowers, or a 
 similar opinion, was held by others of the ancients: see Aristot. H. A. 5, 21; 
 Plin. 11, 16, Con. More careful observation has now proved that the queen- 
 bee is the mother of the hive: within eight weeks she lays from ten to twelve 
 thousand eggs, Voss. Daxibeny says; " The erroneous notion entertained by 
 the ancients with regard to the sex of the royal bee, kept them in ignorance 
 as to the generation of these insects, and led to many fanciful and absurd 
 hypotheses on the subject. Thus Virgil says that they are produced sine 
 concvbiiu, and that they gather their young themselves from flowers and 
 sweet herbs." 
 
 198. Concubitu, the old form of the dative. Cf viciu, v. 158. — Nee coi-pora 
 segnes solvunt, etc., 'they do not relax their bodies in love, so as to become 
 sluggish,' ' languid ' or ' enervated ' : segnes being proleptic, Br. Cf. on G. 1, 
 320 , ' they do not enervate their bodies by venery.' 
 
 200. Ipsne, ' of themselves,' without the male, Wr., Con. — Natos, i.e. 'their 
 young.' — Suavibus, the plants from which they gather honey. Con. 
 
 201. Quirites, ' citizens ' ; see in Lex. II. 
 
 202. Sitfficiunt. Cf. G. 3, 65. — Rejingunt, 'make anew,' 're-form': this is 
 naturally mentioned in connection with the renovation of the race. Con. 
 
 203. Verse 206 seems to be so closelj^ connected with v. 202, that most 
 editoi's think that vs. 203, 204, 205 are inserted here out of place, and II., 
 Foi'b. and K. think they properly come in after v. 196, while Wr. is of opinion 
 that Virgil Avrote them in the margin, after the poem was finished, and that 
 they were afterwards taken into the text. There is no authority in the Mss. 
 for either of these suppositions. But, as Conington observes, perhaps a close 
 connection is not to be sought for in a context like this, where, as has been 
 remarked on v. 191, the various notices of the habits of bees seem to be 
 rather isolated from each other. If it is necessarj' to discover a link, it may 
 be suggested, that the mention of the constant succession reminded Virgil 
 of the accidents which carry off bees before their time, in themselves a 
 
304 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 proof of the energy of the race, and that thence he was led to observe that 
 in spite of the frequency of such accidents and the short lives enjoyed by in- 
 dividuals in any case, the line was inextinguishable, Con. 
 
 204. Ultro^ 'voluntarily,' 'of their own accord,' Con. Cf. on E. 8, 52. The 
 death of the bees may be considered as gratuitous, or what is the same thing, 
 generous, being encountered in the public service. The death is doubtless 
 meant to be the result of the injury to the wings, so that sub feme may ex- 
 press not only the effect of the load in helping to destroy hfe, but the con- 
 stancy of the sufferer in refusing to part with his burden, Con. Wagner ex- 
 plains it by adeo^ insuper. — Dedere, ' yielded iip.' 
 
 205. Generandi, ' in producing,' ' making.' 
 
 206. Ergo seemhigly calls back the mind to the main thought of the pre- 
 ceding context, the propagation of the race of bees. Con. — Ipsas, distinguished 
 from ffenus, Con. 
 
 207. Excipiat. Cf. on G. 2, 345.— PZms. Cf. on ampUus, E. 3, 105.— Ducitia-, 
 see in Lex. II. B. 3, b. — It is now the prevalent opinion, we believe, that bees 
 do not live more than a year, K. 
 
 208. Atz^attamen, tlra, a?.?.a, H. 
 
 209. Domus, see in Lex. II. 2. — Aii numerantur avorum expresses retro- 
 spectively what is expressed prospectively by gcmis immortale manet, Con. 
 
 210. Their submission to their monarch is more than oriental: social order 
 with them is bound up with his life: they guard him, carry him, and die for 
 him, Con.—Nori—et. Cf. on G. 2, 87. 
 
 211. Lydia is styled ingens with reference to the power and wealth of 
 Croesus. — ffydaspes, the river for the people. Cf. on G. 2, 225. The river is 
 called 3Iedus, i. e. ' Persian,' because it rose in a mountain of Persia, If., 
 Wr., Forb. 
 
 212. Observant, see in Lex. II. C. 
 
 213. Amisso, soil. rege. — Rupere fidem, ' break their promise,' or ' faith,' 
 i. e. break the ties by which they are held together as a community. Rupere 
 
 . . . diripuere. Cf. on G. 1, 49. — Constructa mella, ' the honey built up,' 'the 
 fabric of their honey,' Con. Constructa seems to refer rather to the honey- 
 combs than to the honey, the same thing which is expressed by crates fuvo- 
 rum, Con. 
 
 214. Crates favormn, ' the Avickers of their combs,' i. e. ' the honey-combs,' 
 alluding to their artificial structure. 
 
 216. Dense, see in Lex. I. B. 2. — Frequentes, ' in great numbers.' 
 
 217. Attollunt humevis. This takes place, according to other rustic writers, 
 when the monarch is sick, aged or tired. Con. Cerda compares the custom 
 of the Eoman soldiers taking up their commander on their shields and pro- 
 claiming him emperor. Con. — BeJlo with objectant. 
 
 218. Objectant, ' expose,'i. e. for liim, out of regard for him. — Per vulnera, 
 ' through Avounds.' Per apparently signifies not ' by means of,' but, as we 
 should say, ' through a shower of wounds. Con. 
 
 219. Virgil seems here to confuse two classes of thinkei^s, those who from 
 the special qualities of the bees consider them to be specially gifted with divine 
 
BOOK IV. — NOTES. 805 
 
 wisdom (cf. divinitiis, G. 1, 416), and those who believe in the doctrine of the 
 anima mundi^ the soul of the world, or the divine mind, Con. Cf. on G. 1, 415. — 
 His signis^ ' from these indications,' i. e. since there are such indications of 
 the fact. Gr. § 257, R. 7, {a). — Seciiti, 'following,' 'having in view.' 
 
 220. Partem divinae mentis, as Hor. 2, S. 2, 79, calls the human soul divinae 
 particulam aurae : this Virgil goes on to express further by saying that they 
 breathe not merely common air, but pure ether, which was supposed to be 
 liquid flame, the essence of the human soul; purum . . . aetlieHum sensum 
 atque aurai simplkis ignem, A. 6, 746, Con. — Haustus aeiherios^ 'ethereal 
 draughts.' 
 
 221. Deum namque, {sci\. dixerunt), ire per, 'for they have asserted that 
 the deity pervades.' 
 
 222. Profundum, see in Lex. I. B. 2, and cf. E. 4, 51. 
 
 223. The construction is, Mnc pecudes, etc. arcessere sibi ienues vitas; 
 guemque nascentem being parenthetic, K. 
 
 224. Quemque nascentem, 'each at the time of its birth.' — Tenues, 'subtle,' 
 quippe aetheriae naturae, H. — A^xessere^^accqiei'e, ' derive,' H. 
 
 225. The order i?, s( ilk et {scil. dixerunt), omnia resoluta hue reddi deinde 
 ac referri. Scilicet, 'that of course' or 'naturally.' //wc (as Mnc, v. 223), 
 into this divine mind, K. Resoluta, ' when dissolved.' 
 
 226. Omnia, * all thing?,' i. e. splritum omnium, quae vitam sibi ex aethere 
 arcessiverunf, H. — Nee morti esse locum, ' and that there is no room for death,' 
 i. e. there is no death, K. — According to Plutarch, it was the opinion of Py- 
 thagoras and Plato, that the soul did not die, but that, when it left the body, 
 it returned to the kindred soul of the universe, M. 
 
 227. Sideris in numerum, ' into the number of the stars,' i. e. ' among the 
 stars ' ; sideris being used collectively, ff., Wr., Forb. Cf. on G. 2, 342. It 
 seems better, with Conington, to render the words 'into the place of a star.' 
 He observes that numerus, like dptdixd;, seems to be applicable to a single in- 
 dividual, designating as it were his place as a unit; and he adds that the re- 
 ference is partly to the Pythagorean doctrine that each planet was animated 
 by an individual soul, partly to the mythological belief that human beings 
 and other animals were changed into constellations. — Alto succedere caelo is 
 but a repetition, in other words, of the idea already conveyed. 
 
 228. Anyustam. Some Mss. have augustam, which is preferred by Heyne 
 and Valpy. 
 
 229. Thesauris is to be taken with servata, Wi*. — Relines. This is the 
 technical word for opening casks by undoing the pitch with which they were 
 fastened : the removal of the honey from the cells is supposed to be an anal- 
 ogous process, on account of the sticky nature of the wax and gluten, (vs. 39, 
 sq.). Con. — Prius haustu, etc., i. e. prius fove ora, sparsus, scil. ora, ( i. e. ha- 
 bens OS sparsum, or spargens os) haustu aquarum, ' first correct your mouth, 
 wetting it with a draught of water.' The precept intended to be conveyed is, 
 to cleanse the mouth by rinsing it with water, (cf. on G. 2, 135), so as to 
 make the breath sweet; the bees being supposed to dislike strong or offensive 
 smells. Sparsus might be omitted without affecting the sense, and its inser- 
 
 26* 
 
306 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 tion is due to poetic fullness of expression. There is gi-eat diversity in the 
 readings and in the constructions of tliis passage, but the reading and ex- 
 planation here given seem to present as few objections as any. 
 
 230. Fumos : the smoke seems to have been intended not to stupefy the 
 bees, but to drive them aAvay, Con. — Praetende, ' hold out before you,' K. 
 
 231. This and the four following lines are tlu-own in as it were parentheti- 
 cally, H., Con. — Gravidas^ 'copious,' 'abundant.' Cf. on G. 2, 143. — Cogunt^ 
 scil. mellarii, Wr. and cf. on v. 140. — Fetiis, the ' production ' of the bees, 
 i. e. mel. 
 
 232. Taj/^e/e, etc., a poetic mode of saying, when the Pleiades (of whom 
 Taygete was one), rise, K. Cf. on G. 1, 138. — Sinml. Cf. on E. 4, 26. — Hones- 
 tum. Cf. on G. 2, 392. 
 
 233. Plias is the correct orthogi-aphy, Pleias being a trisyllable. Con. — 
 Oceani amnes, ' the stream of the ocean ' ; Homer's 'nKfavoio p6ai, as flowing 
 round the earth, H. — Spretos, ' spurned,' is added poetically and aptly of that 
 which is repelled with the foot, H. — Pede rejmlit, see in Lex. i-eptllo, 1. 
 
 234. Aut eadem, etc., i. e. aut vbi eadem (Plias) descendit trisiior each in 
 undashibernas; when the same constellation sets. Cf on G. 1,138. Trisiior, 
 ' sad,' ' sorrowful,' at the gloomy prospect of descending into the wintry 
 waters, Br. — Fugiens sidus piscis aquosi, ' flying from the constellation of the 
 watery fish.' This constellaiton is called aquosus because it betokens rain, H. 
 It is uncertain what constellation is meant by aquosi piscis. Martyn thinks it 
 is the Dolphin, which rises, he says, on the 27th of Dec, and sooner after 
 the setting of the Pleiades than any other fish delineated on the celestial 
 sphere: Servius says it is the star called the Southern Fish: Catrou and La 
 Cerda explain it to mean 'the Fishes,' Pisces, and this opinion has the greater 
 authority, being adopted by Wch., Voss, Wr:, Forb., Lade, and Con., sidua 
 Piscis, ' the constellation of the Fishes,' which is visible the whole of every 
 night during that season, being put generally for the winter, which is just 
 coming on when the Pleiades set, though actually the sua does not enter 
 Pisces till the latter part of the winter. Con. Cf Ov. M. 10, 165, Piscique 
 Aries succedit aquoso. 
 
 236. Cf. on V. 231. He now speaks of the danger in taking the honey, 
 arising from the anger of the bees, which danger is to be avoided by the 
 precautions mentioned above. Con. — fllis ira est, 'they are wrathful,' M., 
 i. e. when their honey is taken, Wr. — Laesae, see in Lex. luedo, II. B. 
 
 237. Morsibus, ' their bites,' i. e. the ' wounds ' occasioned by their stings, 
 H. It may also be taken for ' their stings.' — Inspirant, ' breathe into,' ' in- 
 fuse.' — Spicula caeca, ' their hidden darts,' i. e. their stings, which are so 
 small as easily to escape notice, Serv., Forb. 
 
 238. Affixae, in a middle sense, for se ajigentes, Y. ; ajfixae venis is a poet- 
 ical variety for nffixa venis, AVr., Con. Vtnis, gravius quam cuti, corpori, H. — 
 In vulnere, ' in the act of wounding,' //., Wr., or it may mean literally, ' in 
 the wound,' Con. Cf. Sil. 12, 386 (quoted by Cerda), AUernique animas saevo 
 in mucrone rdinqaunt, where it is doubtless meant that the life, like the blood, 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 307 
 
 is left on the blade, Con. The bees were supposed to die when they lost their 
 stings, Plin. 11, 18, K. 
 
 239. Sin duram, etc. He now proceeds to speak of the manner in which 
 those hives should be treated, where the honey is not taken, but left to sup- 
 port the bees in winter, and mentions the plagues that infest them, M. He 
 probably alludes to those instances m which, from the unfavorable season, or 
 some other cause, the bees have collected but little honey, Wr. — 3fetues, i. e. 
 for the bees. — Farces fuiuro^ ' shall be considerate for their future,' and so 
 not deprive them of their honey. 
 
 240. Contusos animos, ' broken spirits,' K. — Ees fractas^ ' ruined affairs,' K. 
 
 241. At. Cf. on V. 208. — Suffire thymo. It would appear from Varro, 3, 16, 
 and Col. 9, 14, that fumigation is recommended partly as a means of purifica- 
 tion, partly as grateful to the bees, not, as some have thought, with a view to 
 expelling or destroying the vermin. Con. 
 
 242. Rjnotus culedit, 'iXaQe Tpwyu)v, II., ' consumes ' or ' devours unperceived.' 
 Martyn renders iynotus by ' skulking.' 
 
 243. Btdlio et. Gr. § 306, {i).— CubUia, scil. adederimt, H., Wr., Forb. 
 Congesia cubilia hlattis, ' the lurking-places filled with cockroaches,' i. e. the 
 cockroaches crowding together their sleeping-places, blattae cuhilibus in favos 
 vacuos congestis, Forb. ; cubilia being put for the occupants. Others supply 
 sunt after cmigesfa, and then, as Con. observes, the grammatical connection 
 would be temporarily interrupted and immediately returned to in the next 
 line. 
 
 244. Immunis, aepydg, 'doing nothing,' 'idle,' Wr. — Fucus. Cf. on v. 168. 
 
 245. Asper. Cf. on G. 3, 149. — Crabvo imparibus armis se immiscuit. scil. 
 apibus, ' the hornet with unequal arms,' (i. e. arms which are more than a 
 match for those of the bees), ' mingles with the bees.' Gr. § 211, R. 6, II., Forb. 
 Another explanation is imjxiribus se i^ninisctdt armis, ' engages their unequal 
 arms,' i. e. battles with the bees, which are not able to cope with a hornet. 
 Armis would then be the dative; cf. A. 10, 796; 11, 815, where the words se 
 immiscuit arviis occur again, Con. This explanation seems preferable. 
 
 246. Tineae, scil. se immiscuerunt opibus. — Invisa Minervae, alluding to the 
 transformation of Arachne (see in Lex.) to a spider. 
 
 248. Quo magis, etc. These words contain a precept not to leave too much 
 honey, lest the bees should become idle, //., Con. 
 
 249. Incumbent sarcire, Gr. § 271, and cf. IMadvig, § 389, obs. 2: "By the 
 poets even those verbs are constructed with the infinitive, which otherwise 
 contain a complete idea in themselves, and are followed by ut or a preposi- 
 tion, or those which figuratively denote an inclination, an effort, or the like." 
 — Genens lapsi recalls the notion of a human family, as in v. 208, Con. 
 
 250. Faros, ' rows of cells,' see in Lex. — Floribus. Cf. note on J'uco, v. 39. — 
 Horrea, ' store-houses,' i. e. their cells of honey-comb. 
 
 251. The apodosis would naturally have begun after v. 252, but the clause 
 speaking of the easiness of prognostication leads to an enumeration of the 
 symptoms, which swells into an independent sentence, so that the real apodo- 
 sis is given in a seperate form, v. 264, Con. Vs. 253 — 263 may also be re- 
 
308 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 garded and punctuated as parenthetic, II. — Casus nostros, i. e. such as we ex- 
 perience, K. 
 
 252. Co7'pora may be nora. or ace. ; but the former is more like Virgil's 
 general usage, Con. 
 
 253. Jam seems to point to the time when the disease has made some pro- 
 gress, and the symptoms are consequently explicit. Con. 
 
 254. Alius, ' another,' ' a different.' 
 
 255. Luce carentum, * of those withovit life,' ' of the dead.' The carrying 
 out of the dead can hardly be called a symptom of disease, but it finds its 
 place as a part of the description, and as one of the things which would strike 
 an observer looking at the hive, Con. Dryden has amplified what the poet 
 says of the funeral procession, M. : 
 
 " And crowds of dead, that never must return 
 
 To their lov'd hives, in decent pomp are borne ; 
 
 Their friends attend the hearse, the next relations mourn." 
 
 257. Pedibus connexae, ' united,' or ' clinging together by their feet,' as 
 bees often hang together in a cluster. This however is said not to be a symp- 
 tom of disease in bees, so that Wr. understands connexae of the individual 
 insect drawing up its legs in death, while Heyne suggests connixae: but the 
 common interpretation is supported by Aristot. H. A. 9, 40, Con. 
 
 258. Clausis in aedibus, ' in the closed hive,' for clausae in aedibus, ' shut up 
 in the hive.' Clatisis is merely an ordinary epithet, carrying out the sense 
 of intus, and opposed to ad limina, Con. 
 
 259. Contracto frigore, ' with contracted cold,' poetically instead of con- 
 trattae frigore, H., showing the effect of the cold on the bees. 
 
 260. TracUm susurrant, ' they make a drawling hum,' M. 
 
 261. Friyidvs. Cf. on G. 1, 462, and 3, 279.— Quondam. Cf. on G. 3, 99.— 
 The three similes here given are supposed to be taken from II. 14, 394, sq., 
 where the shout of the contending armies is compared to waves breaking on 
 the shoi:e, to fire in a mountain glen, and to wind among the trees. Con. 
 
 262. Stridit, ' sounds,' ' roai's.' We have no word which will accurately 
 give the sense of sir jJo in this place: it means the sound which the waves 
 of the sea make when running back, after having rushed up on the beach, K. 
 
 263. Clausis accounts for the sotmd. Con. See in Lex. aestuo, 1. 
 
 264. IIic=tum, see in Lex. 2. /u'c, II. — Galhaneos odores, i. e. galbanum odo- 
 ratum. Cf. on G. 1, 56, and 3, 415. 
 
 265. Inferre canalibus may mean either ' to convey ' (to the hives) 'by 
 troiighs ' or ' to introduce into troughs.' There seems to be an allusion in 
 canalibus to the troughs from which cattle drank, (cf. on G. 3, 330); and 
 arundinei canales then will be reeds used as ti'oughs, Con. — Uliro. Cf. on E. 
 8, 52, and G. 4, 204: the bees not merely being allowed to drink, but invited, 
 without any overture made on their part. Con. 
 
 266. Fess'ts: of sickness, as in Hor. Carra. Saec. 63, Co7i. — Nota. Cf. on 
 G. 1, 363. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 309 
 
 267. Tunsum gallae saporem, for scqjorem tunsae gallae, Gr. § 205, R. 14. 
 Cf. on E. 9, 46. Galls are given as astringents, as bees suffer from looseness 
 in consequence of their diet. Col. 9, 13, Con. — Admiscere, soil, illis mellibus, 
 quae infundis, H. 
 
 268. Dried roses, like galls, are mixed with honey, Con. 
 
 269. Defruta. Cf. on G. 1, 295.— Psyihia. Cf. on G. 2, 93.— Passos. Cf. on 
 G. 2, 93, and see in Lex. passus 2, under 2. panda. 
 
 270. Cecropium. Cf. on v. 177. — Centaurea, so called from the Centaur 
 Chiron, who was said to have been cured by it of a wound accidentally in- 
 flicted by an arrow of Hercules, 3f. 
 
 271. Cui nomen amello. Cf on G. 3, 147. 
 
 272. Facilis quaereniibns, ' compliant to those who seek it,' i. e. easily 
 found. Cf. on G. 2, 223, Con. 
 
 273. Caespite, ' root,' whose fibres are thick matted together so as to form 
 a kind of turf, Ph'darg., M. — Ingentem silvam, ' a great wood,' i. e. a great 
 number of stalks, M. 
 
 274. Ipse, ' itself,' ' the flower itself,' i. e. the centre or disc of the flower, 
 as distinguished from its petals, /oKis ; cf. on G. 2, 297, Con. The flower is 
 of that sort which botanists call a radiated discous flower; the disc is yellow 
 and the rays or leaves which surround the disc are purple like violets, M. 
 
 276. Ornatae, scil. sunt. — Torquibus nexis, scil. ex hoc amello, ' with wreaths 
 entwined from this amellus,' i. e. ' with festoons of it,' Wr. 
 
 277. Tonsis, ' cropped,' i. e. where cattle graze. Cf. on G. 1, 206. 
 
 279. Odoraio BaccTio, ' in fragrant wine.' Odoratus merely expresses the 
 scent or bouquet of generous wine, Con. 
 
 280. Pubula, ' the food,' thus prepared. 
 
 282. Genus novae stirpis, ' the stock of a new family ' ; apparently pleonas- 
 tic, as either novum genus or nova stirps might have expressed the meaning 
 with revocetur, Con. — Revocetur, 'regained,' 'recovered.' — Habebit unde, 
 ' know whence,' see in Lex. Jiabeo, IL A. 2. 
 
 283. Tempus pander-e. Cf. on G. 1, 213. — M. It seems doubtful whether et 
 here means ' also,' i. e. in addition to the previous precepts and descriptions, 
 or ' both,' referring to 5'jfe following, Con. — Tnventa. This plan is called his 
 inventum apparently because he was the first who made it known to the world, 
 though it was communicated to him by Proteus, as we shall see in the sequel, 
 Con. — MagistH, i. e. pasioris. Cf. on E. 2, 33, and see G. 4, 317. The person 
 meant is Aristaeus. 
 
 284. Quoque modo, i. e. et quomodo. — Jam snepe, to be taken with tulerit, 
 Forb. — Caesi's is said generally, the particular mode of slaughter being ex- 
 plained below, V. 301, Con. 
 
 285. Insincerus, 'corrupted.' — ^MZev•^7, ' produced,' see in Lex. /ero, I. B. 
 3. This notion of the generatif|ji of bees from a putrid carcass, was common 
 among the ancients, having arisen, as Heyne remarks, from bees having 
 chosen the hollow of the body (as in other cases the hollow trunks of trees, 
 G. 2, 453), as a convenient place for hiving, Con., or possibly, as Valpy says, 
 from the resemblance between bees and flesh-flies, the latter being some- 
 
310 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 times found in gi'eat numbers preying on carrion. — AUius, ' from times re- 
 mote,' ' from ancient times ' ; connect with expediam. 
 
 286. Expediam, ' unfold,' Con. — Famam, ' tradition,' ' story.' 
 
 287. This and the five following lines are a periphrasis for Egypt, Con. — 
 Pellaei, an epithet given to Canopus in consequence of the conquest of Egypt 
 b}' Alexander, Con. See in Lex. under Ptila and Canopus. — Foi'tunata, on 
 accoimt of the fertility of the country. 
 
 288. .^Mso, 'overflowed.' — Siagnanlem, 'forming a lake' or 'pool,' i.e. 
 covering the land like a lake, in consequence of its overflow. 
 
 289. Observe that circum is separated from its case. 
 
 290. Quaque vicinia Persidis, etc., ' and where the neighborhood of Persia 
 presses on,' i. e. where the neighboring country of Persia borders on Egypt; 
 referring now to the eastern, as in Canopus to the icesiern side of the Delta or 
 ofEgj^pt. Forbiger says that the Persian empire extended at one time from 
 the Indus to the Nile, and that the Eomans, in Virgil's time, were accustomed 
 to designate the several countries of Asia lying beyond Syria, to the east or 
 south, either by the name of Persia, Media or India. 
 
 291. Et viridem, etc. The order is, et amnis devexus, etc. . . . fecundat 
 viridem, etc. Wr. is disposed to reject this and the two following verses, as 
 to the order of which there is great diversity in the Mss., but he gives no suf- 
 ficient reason for such a course, though the interpretation of the passage has 
 given rise to much controversy, and taken as a geographical description of 
 Egypt, it is, as Con. observes, perhaps rather overloaded. Viridem is expres- 
 sive of fertility. — Arena, see in Lex. 1. 
 
 292. Ruens, 'pouring along,' M. — Discurr'd, 'runs different ways,' 'di- 
 vides.' 
 
 293. Coloratts, ' colored,' ' swarthy.' — Indis, here for ' the Ethiopians,' II., 
 of. on G. 2, 117. 
 
 294. Omnls regio, ' the whole region,' i. e. of Egypt, which he has just de- 
 scribed. — Jacit=ponU, ' places,' ' rests,' H. — Salutem, ' safety,' i. e. spem sa- 
 lutis, ' their hope of safety,' i. e. of having bees. — Arte, ' art,' ' contrivance,' 
 for supplying bees. 
 
 295. Ipsos contractus ad usus, 'narrowed (or naiTow) for that ver}^ object'; 
 or, 'naiTOwed down to the bare occasion,' as we might say. Con. 
 
 296. Hunc, scil. locum. — Angusti imbrice tecti, ' with the pan-tile of a nar- 
 row roof,' 1. e. 'with a narrow roof.' The imbrices were semi-cylindrical tiles 
 used to cover the lines of junction between the rows of flat tiles {tegulae) on 
 the roof. Con. 
 
 297. Premunt=coangustant, 'inclose,' 'hem in,' Wr. — Artils, 'confined,' 
 ' naiTOw.' 
 
 298. A, 'on the side of,' 'towards '; see in Lex. cd), I. A. 5. — Ohl'iqua luce, 
 'letting in light obliquely,' K.-, so as not M admit too much air or light, 
 which would interfere with the subsequent process. Con. 
 
 299. Turn viiulus, etc. The ' bullock's ' second year is to be past, and his 
 horns already grown : Florentinus, Geop. 15, 2, says it must be thirty months 
 old, Con. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 311 
 
 300. Spiritus oris, ' the breath of his mouth,' an amplification for os, ' his 
 mouth,' Con. 
 
 301. MuUa. Cf. on G. 3, 226. — Plaglsque perempto, i. e. ' and when he is 
 beaten to death.' After stopping up the nostrils of the beast, and otherwise 
 preventing him from breathing, they beat him to death with heavy cudgels, 
 for the purpose of bruising and softening the flesh and bones, so as to hasten 
 decomposition ; while at the same time they are cautious to keep the hide 
 sound, Br. 
 
 302. Tunsa per intefjram pellem. , Per denotes the medium thi'ough which 
 the blows are to pass, Con. Solruntur signifies that the body is to be 
 ' crushed ' and ' mashed up,' Con. — Viscera, ' the flesh.' Cf. on G. 3, 559. 
 
 303. In clauso, see clausum (a) in Lex. under 1. claudo. Florentmus says 
 that the bullock is to be laid on a heap of thyme, and the door and windows 
 closed up with mud, so as to exclude light and air. After three weeks the 
 chamber is to be opened, and light and air admitted, care only being taken 
 to keep out wind. When the carcass appears to have got air enough, the 
 place is to be fastened up again as before, and left for ten days longer. Con. — 
 Ramea fragmenta, ' boughs.' 
 
 304. Casias. Cf. on G. 2, 213. 
 
 305. This is done in the beginning of Spring. — Zephyris. This wind is 
 said by Pliny to begin to blow about the eighth of February, M. 
 
 306. Rubeant. Cf. on G. 2, 319, and see Gr. § 263, 3. 
 
 307. Tiynis, ' beams,' ' rafters.' — Hirundo. The swallow is chosen as the 
 proverbial harbinger of spring, Cun. It made its appearance in Italy from 
 the 20th to the 23d of February, Col. 11, 2, 22. 
 
 308. According to Florentinus, when the chamber is opened on the eleventh 
 day, clusters of bees will be found, while of the bullock nothing will remain 
 but horns, bones, and hair: he adds that the queen-bees "are said to be gen- 
 erated from the brain and spinal marrow, those from tlie brain being the 
 finer, the common bees from the flesh of the caj.-cass, Con. — Teneris, 'tender,' 
 probably refers to the pounding which the bones have undergone, see on v. 
 301, Con. : quia haec ipsa contusa coUiquescunt, H. — Humor, ' the moisture,' 
 
 * the animal jiiices,' not ' the blood,' as Serv. and H. explain it. Con. 
 
 309. Aestunt, 'heaves,' 'fei^ments'; see in Lex. 3- — Visenda=spectanda, 
 
 * worth seeing.' — Modis miris qualifies a.nimalia, as if it had been mira. Con., 
 
 * after a sti-ange sort,' ' wonderful.' Cf. on G. 1, 477. 
 
 310. Trunca pedum, ' deprived of feet,' i. e. ' without feet.' Gr. § 213. 
 
 311. Miscentur, ' assemble,' ' swarm ' ; see in Lex. I. B. 3. — Magis magis, 
 see in Lex. magis, A. 2, b. under magnus. — Aera carpunt, 1. e. ' fly through — .' 
 See in Lex. carpo, II. 4. 
 
 313. Erupere. Cf. on G. 1, 49. — Sagiitae, scil. erumpunt. 
 
 314. Prima for prinio, 'first.' — Leves, 'light,' i.e. 'light-armed': leves 
 nunc ad armaturam, Philarg. — Si quando, i. e. ' whenever,' ' when.' — Parthi. 
 Cf. on E. 10, 59. The reference here is to the showers of arrows with which 
 they begin the battle, Con. 
 
812 
 
 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 315. Quis deus — quis, scil. deus. — Ariem, ' art,' of generating bees in the 
 manner just described. 
 
 316. Inpressus cepit^ ' take its rise,' ' begin.' — Rominum experientia^ ' expe- 
 rience of men,' i. e. in following the discovery communicated by the god. 
 The device itself was of a divine, not of a human origin, Con. 
 
 317. Fugie7is=relinquens, H. Aristaeus is supposed at the time of the 
 narrative to be still living in Thessaly, H., Con. 
 
 319. Extremi amnis, ' of the remotest part of the river,' instead of extre- 
 vium caput, ' the far-distant source ' or ' fountain head.' Burm. thinks that 
 the scene below requires a much larger body of water above than could be 
 found at a river's soui*ce ; but the description is evidently not meant to be re- 
 stricted by physical possibility, vistas of caverns being developed as easily as 
 those in the Arabian Nights, or as the castle at the top of the bean-stalk in 
 the child's tale, Con. — Sacrum. Cf. on E. 1, 53. — Amnis, the Peneus. 
 
 320. Affatus, scil. est, K. 
 
 821. Cyrene, the mother of Aristaeus, Avas the daughter or grand-daughter 
 of the Peneus. Cf. on v. 354. — Gurgitls, ' stream ' or ' spring.' 
 322. Tenes, ' dost occupy,' ' inhabitest.' 
 
 321. Invls/im falls, ' odious to,' ' an object of dishke to the fates,' i. e. un- 
 lucky. 
 
 325. Pulsus (est), ' driven away,' ' banished.' — Amor nostri, ' your love for 
 me.' — Caelum sperare: so Aeneas, as the son of a goddess, looks forward to 
 deification, A. 1, 250; 12, 795, Con. 
 
 326. Hunc ipsum, etc., ' this crown of my mortality,' i. e. this thing which 
 gave a dignity to my mortal existence, the praise of rural success, which 
 falls within a mortal's sphere, and is his natm-al solace under the limitations 
 of humanity, Con. 
 
 327. Quen mihi, etc. The order is, quern custodia sollersfrvgum et pecudum 
 vix extuder'at mihi tentanti omnia. 
 
 328. Te maire, ' though you are my mother,' who art a goddess and might 
 have averted this misfortune. 
 
 329. l2)sa, ' thine own.' — Felices silvas, ' fruitful groves,' i. e. plantations 
 of fruit trees, //., Con. 
 
 331. Sata, as Martyn observes, probably refers to ' young plants,' set out. 
 
 332. Taedia ceperuni, like dementia cepit, E. 2, 69, as we might talk of a fit 
 of weariness and disgust. Con. 
 
 333. The following passage is imitated from E. 18, 35, sq., where Thetis 
 hears the cries of Achilles, though the Nereids there enumerated are not sit- 
 ting witli her, but are summoned by her shrieks, H., Con. — Sonitum sensit, 
 ' heard the sound ' : it would seem from vs. 353, sq., that she did not distin- 
 guish the words. Con. — Sub thalamo, ' under the chamber,' i. e., says Coning- 
 ton, under the roof of the chamber. Thalamo is explained by v. 374 to be 
 the chamber in which Gyrene was sitting, which is supposed to be what we 
 by the same metaphor call the bed of the river. Con. The picture, as Heyne 
 observes, is drawn from the manners of the heroic age, when royal ladies sat 
 in their chambers spiiming with attendants about them. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 313 
 
 334. Earn circum, Gr. § 279, 10, (a) & {f).—Milesia. Cf. on G. 3, 306. 
 The finest of wool is cliosen, with Virgil's characteristic love of local epi- 
 thets, as fit material for the work of these goddesses. Con. 
 
 335. Carpebant. Cf on G. 1, SQO.—Hyali. A green color, like that of glass, 
 would be naturally appropriate to the sea nymphs, Con. 
 
 336. Drymo, us, f , a sea-nymph. This muster-roll is studied after the list 
 of Nereids in II. 18, 39, sq., though the names are different in Virgil, who in- 
 cludes land-nymphs as well. Con. — Such enumerations, as Heyne says, are 
 common in the old poets and in their Roman imitators, especially Ovid, Con. 
 
 337. Caesariem effusae, etc., i. e. ' their shining hair spread over,' etc., Gr. 
 § 234, 11. 
 
 338. Thalia, see in Lex. III. — Cymodoce, es, f , a sea-nymph, daughter of 
 Nereus and Doris. — This verse is wanting in many of the Mss., and it was prob- 
 ably inserted here by some copyist, from A. 5, 826, where it occurs again. 
 
 339. Flnva, ' yellow-haired,' like Ganymede Jlavo, Hor. 3 Od. 4, 4, Con. 
 
 340. Lucinae. Cf on G. 3, 60, and see in Lex. I. B. 
 
 342. Ambae (Incinctae) anro, etc., ' both girt about,' ' begirt with gold,' etc. 
 There is no need to restrict auro to the zone, with Forb., as these huntresses 
 may have been equipped like Dido, A. 4, 138: Cid pharetra ex auro, crines 
 nodantur in aurum, aurea purpuream subnectit fibula vestem. Wagner refers 
 to Callim., Hymn to Artemis, v. 42, where the goddess chooses nymphs for 
 the chase out of the Oceauides, Con. — Pictis. Cf on G. 3, 243; 'variegated,' 
 'spotted.' 
 
 343. Epliyre, es, f., a sea-nymph, daughter of Oceanus. Cf. on Actaeo, 
 E. 2, 24, and see Metrical Key.— ^sia, ' Asian.' Cf on G. 1, 383. 
 
 344. Tandem positis sagittis, i. e. after a long chase she had just left her 
 hunting, in which she delighted, and joined the company in the cavern, Con. 
 —Arethusa. Cf on E. 10, 1. 
 
 345. Curam inanem, ' the fruitless care ' or ' pains,' referring to Vulcan's 
 guardianship of his wife, Avhich Mars contrived to elude, Con. — Narrabat. 
 The custom of singing during spinning or weaving is as old as the Odyssey, 
 (5, 61; 10, 221); and in Theocr. 24, 76, sq., Teiresias tells Alcmena that the 
 Argive women shall sing of her as they sit spinning in the late evening, Con. 
 
 346. Fvrta, i. q. furtici amoves, Forb.; see in Lex. II. B. 2. 
 
 347. Aque Chao, ' and from Chaos,' i. e. from the earliest times. — Densos, 
 ' numerous.' 
 
 348. Carmine quo, like quo motu, G. 1, 329 ; where see note. Con. — Mollia. 
 Cf on E. 8, 64. 
 
 349. Devolvunt, 'spinoff'; this apparently expresses, says Con., the car- 
 rying down of the thread, by the weight of the spindle, as it was formed. — 
 Jterum: the sound had already reached Cyrene, v. 333, and we are left to 
 infer that she did not take notice at once, while the description in the inter- 
 mediate lines as it were fills up the interval between the first and second 
 appeal. Con. 
 
 350. Viti-eis probably includes both glass-green color and glassy bright- 
 ness, Con. Cf. on V. 335. 
 
 27 
 
314 BOOK IV. ^OTES. 
 
 351. Sorores, 'sisters,' as Heyne remarks, is used rather widely, the 
 nymphs being, as we have seen, of various kinds, while in v. 341 two seem 
 discriminated from the rest as sisters. Con. 
 
 353. Procul, scil. dixit. Procul, ' from afar,' gives an idea of the distance 
 of the abode of Cyrene from the surface of the river, K. — Geniitu, 'wailing,' 
 'lamentation.' — Frustra, see in Lex. II. B. 
 
 354. J/Jse tibi, etc. The order is, ipse tristis Aristaeus, tua maxima cura, 
 Stat tibi lacrimans ad undam Penei, (scil. tui) geniioris. But if we follow the 
 authority of Pindar, (P. 9, 13), who makes Peneus to have been the grand- 
 father of Cyrene, genitoris would be merely an ornative epithet, such as is 
 applied to river gods, and gods generally, who by watering the etu-th, or by 
 conferring other benefits on mankind, are looked upon as standing to the 
 human race in the relation of kind and thoughtful parents, Br. Cf. on E. 8, 6. 
 
 356. Aristaeus' cry is supposed to be criidelis mater Cyrene, which is in 
 fact the substance of what he has already said: cf. on E. 5, 23, Con. — Te cru- 
 delem nornine dicii, ' calls thee by name, cruel,' ' is crying on thee by name for 
 thy cruelty,' Con. 
 
 357. Huic, ' to her,' i. e. to Arethusa. — Percussa mentem. Cf. on E. 3, 106, 
 inscripti nomina. — Nova is not to be understood like iterum, v. 349, of a fresh 
 access of terror, but simply of terror as a new feeling succeeding a more ordi- 
 nary'- state of mind, (so A. 2, 228, turn vero tremefacia nanus per pectora cunctis 
 insinuat p)avor) : it will then be rhetorically equivalent to subitus or repentinus, 
 by which Heyne translates it, though it may also have a sense of 'unusual,' 
 the fear in this case being a feeling alien to a goddess, Con. 
 
 358. Age, see in Lex. IV. — Fas illi, as being the son of a god, K. 
 
 360. Gressus inftrret, • might enter.' 
 
 361. Curvata, etc. He represents the river as parting its waters and form- 
 ing an arched passage, along which Aristaeus went down into the subten-a- 
 nean region in which all the rivers of the earth had their origin, K. — 
 In montis faciem, ' into the shape of — ,' ' like a mountain.' The mountainous 
 aspect of the water has reference to its appearance from the outside, Con. 
 
 362. 3Iisit, 'let him pass ' ; mittere nos dicitm- locus dumper eum transi- 
 mus, H. 
 
 364. Spehmcisque lacus clausos. These pools closed in with caves seem to 
 be the sources of the rivers. Con. Plato supposes aU the rivers to rise from a 
 gi-eat cavern, which passes thi-ough all the earth, 3f. — Lucos. He represents 
 the rivers, while yet under the earth, as pursuing their course between banks 
 ovei-grown with trees, H. — Sonantes, i. e. with the noise of the water. 
 
 365. Ibat, ' went along.' — Ingenti motu aqtiarum seems to be the ' mighty 
 flow of waters,' ingenti apparently referring as much to the number of the 
 streams as to the size of an}^ particular river, Con. 
 
 367. Biversa locis for diversis locis, Philarg. — Lycum. Lycus is a river of 
 Pontus, H. 
 
 368. Caput, i. e. fons. Cf. on v. 819. 
 
 370. Saxosus sonans, ' rocky-sounding,' i. e. sounding by running over 
 rocks: saxosus, adverbially. Cf. on G. 1, 163. 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 315 
 
 371. Ei gemina, etc., i. e. et Eridanus, taurino vuUu, ge.mina auratus cornua. 
 Cf. on V. 357. So Aeneas, A. 8, 77, addresses the Tiber: corniger' Eesiieridum 
 "Jluvius regnator aquarum. The origin of this ancient mode of representing 
 rivers is disputed; some thinking that they are compared to bulls for their 
 violence; others for their bellowing; and others from the similarity to horns 
 in the spreading branches of the river, J7., Forb.^ Con. The latter explana- 
 tion, as Forb. observes, is perhaps the most probable. The epithet auratus 
 refers primarily to the custom of gilding the horns of oxen for sacrifice, and 
 perhaps secondarily, as Cerda thinks, to the golden sands of the river. 
 
 373. Pui-pureum, 'dark-colored,' 'dark.' — Violentior. Cf. G. 2, 451. This 
 is not the character of the Po at the present day, its velocity being dimin- 
 ished, perhaps in consequence of the elevation of its bed, K. 
 
 374. In ihalami j^endentia pumice tecta, * to the roof of the chamber hanging 
 with pumice-stone,' i. e. to the chamber with a hanging roof of stone; not 
 one with stone hanging like stalactites, Wr., Con. 
 
 375. Pervenium est, Gr. § 205, R. 18. — Inancs seems to be, as Coningtou 
 contends, a customary epithet, ' idle tears,' which do not cure distress, ' use- 
 less,' ' unavailing.' It is commonly explained to mean ' vain,' because easily 
 remedied; but the context shows no such confidence on the part of Gyrene, 
 and the construction of the episode seems intended to exalt the dignity of the 
 remedy, as only to be obtained from a god, and that with difficulty. Con. 
 
 376. Manibus, ' for the hands,' as if it had been manibus lavandis : the en- 
 tertainment is after the manner of the heroic age, Co7i. — Ordine apparently 
 means in the course of their duty, as distinguished from the others who spread 
 the table, Con. — Fontes^=aguam, H. 
 
 877. Ge?-mfflraae, ' her sisters.' — Tonsis vilUs, ' with shorn nap,' so as to be 
 smooth. These towels were used for drying the hands. 
 
 378. Pars onerani, Gr. § 209, R. 11.— Reponunt. Cf. on G. 3, 527'. 
 
 379. Panchaeis ignibus, i. e. fed with frankincence, etc. — Adolescunt. The 
 kindling of altars to the gods was part of a solemn banquet, Con. 
 
 380. Maeonii, ' Lydian,' perhaps ' Tmolian,' G. 2, 98 ; for excellent wine 
 in general. — Carchesia. The carcliesiutii was an oblong cup, contracted in 
 the middle, and having two handles extending from the top to the bottom. 
 
 381. Libemus. The libation comes after the meal, Co7i. — Simul. Cf. on 
 E. 6, 26. 
 
 882. Oceanumque patrem rerum. Virgil translates II, 14, 246, '£2*cf«i/o5, 
 'doTTfp yivfffig TTavTsaai TeTVKrai, giving the words however a physical sense found 
 not in the original, (which speaks of the mythological descent of the gods), 
 but in later philosophy, such as that of Thales, Con. Thales was of opinion 
 that all things were originally derived from water, M. — Nymphas sorores, ' the 
 sister Nymphs,' either as being sisters of Cyrene, vs. 351, 377, or simply a 
 sisterhood. Cf. G. 2, 494. 
 
 383. Centum is usually regarded as here denoting a considerable but inde- 
 finite number; Con. however justly observes, that both the repetition of the 
 word and the tone of the passage, which expresses solemnity of enumeration, 
 
316 BOOK IV.— NOTES. 
 
 such, as was usual in prayer, show that the specification of the number is an 
 important ritual point. — Servant, see in Lex. II. B. 
 
 384. Wine was poured on the altar, apparently towards the end of a 
 sacrifice, partly, it would seem, with a view of quenching the fire (cf. reli- 
 quias vino et bibulam lavere favillam, A. 6, 227), but partly to create a mo- 
 mentary blaze, which was regarded as auspicious, (E. 8, 106), a result also 
 promoted by flinging incense on the fire, (Ov. F. 1, 75, sq.), Con. — Nectar, 
 used for 'wine' also in E. 5, 71. — Vestam, see in Lex. II. B. 2, and cf. on 
 Vulcano, G. 1, 295. 
 
 385. Subjecta, in a middle sense, ' mounting,' ' shooting up.' Cf. on E. 
 10, 74. 
 
 386. Firmans animurtip i. e. his mind, Con. It is also explained ' reassuring 
 herself,' but this is not supported by vs. 353, 357, as CjTene's fear was before 
 she knew what had happened to her son, Con. 
 
 387. A similar fable in Od. 4, 384, is here imitated, F. — In Carpathio Nep- 
 tuni ffurffite, ' in Neptune's Carpathian gulf,' i. e. in the Carpathian sea; or 
 we may say that Neptuni=maris and the epithet Carpathio properly belongs 
 to it. Con. 
 
 388. Piscibus et curru lipedum equorum juncto, for curru piscibus et eguis 
 bipedibus juncto, H. There is here an instance of hendiadys. The chariot 
 of Porteus is represented as drawn by animals which in their hinder parts 
 were shaped as fish, in their fore parts as horses, Philarg., F., hence they are 
 called bipedes, because having only the fore feet, Br. 
 
 389. Metitur is doubtless, as Heyne says, from the Homeric aXa nerprjcrav- 
 T£s, Con. 
 
 390. Emathlae, see in Lex. B. 1, and cf. on G. 1, 490. — This verse points 
 to a legend variously given by Serv. and Philarg., one version being that 
 Proteus originally lived in Pallene, where he had two sons, Telegonus and 
 Polygonus or Tmylus, who used to wrestle with and kiU all comers, till at 
 last they were themselves wrestled with and killed by Hercules, when Pro- 
 teus in his grief removed to Egypt, through a sea-cavern made for the pur- 
 pose by Neptune, Con. 
 
 392. Grandaevus Nereus, frequently called yipujv by Homer, e. g. II. 1, 
 358, Con. 
 
 393. Mox with Ventura. — Ventura frahantur, equivident to ventura sint or 
 futura sint, Wr. Trahantur may be explained either of distance, as in G. 1, 
 235, (though the notion here is coming from the distance, there of stretching 
 into it), or, with Wr., of delay, which is another aspect of the same thing, or 
 of the drawing of the thread by the Fates, Con. 
 
 394. Quippe ita, etc., i. e. Neptune has thought fit to give him this power, 
 K. See in Lex. video, II. B. 3, c. — Immania amenta, ' monstrous herds,' i. e. 
 sea monsters, H. 
 
 395. Twry^es, 'ugly,' 'unsightly.' Cf. on G. 3, 52. 
 
 397. Eventus may be taken either of what has happened or of what will 
 happen; the expression in the one case being explained with Wch., quae ac- 
 ciderunt jnala in melius mutet, ' may change for the better the calamities that 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 317 
 
 have befallen you,' in the other witli Keightley, del eventus secundos, *■ m?Ly 
 bring about a favorable issue,' i. e. put you on a plan of recruiting your 
 hives, Con.^ Br. 
 
 398. Pr<(ecej)ta, ^ ;\dv\Ge,' 'information.' 
 
 399. Vim iendere aUcul==:vim adhibere., ' to employ — ' ; cf. in Lex. tendo^ B. ; 
 vincula tendere cdiciii=vinculni.njicei-e, ' to put on — ,' Wch. Gr. § 323, 1, (2), (a). 
 We may also explain vim ei vincula as =rm vinculorum, Gr. § 323, 2, (3). 
 
 400. Cm Mm /irtfc seems to give a sort of physical image, combined with 
 frangentui\ ' against these barriers his craft will break ' ; Inanes Avith frangen- 
 tur, proleptic, Co7i., i. e. ut inanes sint, Cf. on G. 2, 219. — Haec refers to the 
 vim and lylncida. — 401. Medlos aestus. Cf. on G. 1, 297. 
 
 402. Quiim slilunt^ etc., is not co-ordinate with q?mm accenderit, but defines 
 and explains it, as if he had said simul ac venerlt tempus quum sitiunt, Con. 
 
 403. Secreta senls, ' the retreat of the old god ' ; he being supposed to sleep 
 at mid-day, like Silenus (E. 6, 14) or Pan (Theocr. 1, 17), as if they were 
 earthly shepherds. Con. 
 
 404. Somno jacentem, ' lying asleep,' ' as he lies sleeping.' 
 
 406. He will assume various transformations. — Eludent, scil. te. 
 
 407. Horridus, ' bristly ' : sus liorridus^ ' the bristled boar ' of Gray, Con.—' 
 Atra. Cf. on G. 1, 129. 
 
 409. He will turn himself into fire or water. 
 
 410. Excidet., see in Lex. 1. excido, I. A. — Tenues. Cf. on G. 3, 335. 
 
 414. Tegeret quum lumina somno is a variety for quum somnus tegeret lumina, 
 with the additional notion of the sleeper closing his eyes, Con., ' when he first 
 closed his eyes in sleep.' 
 
 415. Liquidum odorem^^odoratum liquorem, Con. See in Lex. ambrosia, 2. 
 The object of the ambrosia seems here to be to invigorate Aristaeus for his 
 struggle, Con. — Dlffundlt, i. e. per membra JiUi, H. ; the meaning of diffundit 
 being nearly the same as that of perduxit. 
 
 417. Compositls, ' well arranged,' ' put in order ' ; the epithet seems to im- 
 ply that his hair was arranged at the time when the perfume was imparted, 
 if not by the same process, Con. — Au7-a, see in Lex. 4, d. 
 
 418. Habills. qui reddit habilem, H., ' making supple.' 
 
 419. Exesi, ' hollow.' Exesus frequently occurs as a descriptive epithet 
 of a cave, Cb7i. — Quo, ' where,' refers to specus. — Plurima unda, ' very many a 
 wave,' ' waves in great numbers.' Cf. on G. 2, 183. 
 
 420. Cogitur, 'is driven in.' — Sinus reduclos, ' distant ' or ' remote bays,* 
 i. e. the recesses or indentations far back in the cavern, Heyne. — Scindit 
 sese in, ' separates into,' i. e. separates and goes into. 
 
 421. The outer and open part of the bay was a roadstead for ships ; — the 
 cave being at the head of the bay, H. — Deprensis, of men overtaken in a 
 storm, 'tempest-caught.' Cf. A. 5, 52, Argollco mari deprensus, and Hor. Od. 
 2, 16, 1, in patenti jjrensus Aegaeo. — OUm, see in Lex. L C. or B. 
 
 422. There is a rock in or near the entrance of the cave, behind which 
 Proteus retires that he may sleep undisturbed, Con. — Tegit=tegere consuevit^ 
 denoting habit, //. 
 
 27* 
 
318 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 423. Aversum a lumine, ' removed fi'om the light,' i. e. she places him in a 
 dark corner to which the light from the mouth of the cave does not pene- 
 trate, Wr. 
 
 424. Obscura, ' hidden,' ' concealed.' 
 
 425. In order that the midday heat may be intensified to the utmost, it is 
 made to occur at the time of the domination of the dog-star, Con. — Torrens 
 sitientes Indos. The Indians are here mentioned not of course as having any 
 topographical relation to the scene of action, but to remind us of the star in 
 his fiercest operation, Con. 
 
 426. Medium orbem, 'the middle of his path,' 'half his course.' 
 
 427. Hauserat expresses the absorption, as it were, of the space by motion 
 over it; cf. on G. 8, 104, Con: see in Lex. I. B. 2. — Cava fiumina^ etc. The 
 order is, according to Forb., radii coquebant cava flumina tepefacta ad lignum 
 faucibus siccis, i. e. alveis, ' the rays were drying up the hollow rivers, warmed 
 down to the mud, (i. e. the mud at the bottom), in their dry channels': but 
 it seems still better, with Con., to take ad limuni with tepefacta coquebani= 
 tepefaciebant et coquebant. — Cava. Cf. on G. 1, 326. 
 
 429. JS Jluctibus, from its position, seems to go with, peie^is rather than 
 with ibaf, though of course either construction is tenable, O/i. 
 
 431. Rorem amarum, ' the bitter spray.' See in Lex. ros, II. 1, and cf on 
 G. 1, 385. — Some good editions have dlspergit. 
 
 432. Sojnno, the dative,=:ac? somnum capiendum, Wr., ' for sleep.' — Diversae, 
 ' scattered here and there,' K. 
 
 433. Ipse, scil. Proteus. — Olim, ' at times,' ' sometimes.' 
 
 435. Acuunt, see in Lex. 2, h.-=—Balatibus. The lambs bleat as they are 
 being driven home and folded. Con. 
 
 436. Medius, ' in the midst of them.' 
 
 437. Cujus facultas, etc., ' as soon as Proteus gave him the opportunity,' 
 i.e. by lying down; cujus being Proteus, and quoninm for piostquam, Con. 
 Cujus is also explained as the objective^ genitive, 'an opportunity of taking 
 him,' and quoniam as meaning ' since now,' ' seeing that.' 
 
 439. Ruit, ' rushes forth.' — This and the following line are almost verbally 
 translated from Od. 4, 454, 455, Con. 
 
 440. Occupat, seizes, i. e. ' binds,' denoting the celerity with which he did 
 it, H. 
 
 441. Miracula rei-um, i. q. miras res or formas, H. Mivacula, ' portents ' ; 
 not that there is any thing portentous in the things themselves, but that the 
 fact of transformation is portentous, Con. 
 
 442. Ilorribilcm feram serves as a brief summary of those enumerated, 
 vs. 407, 408, Con. 
 
 443. Fuqam, ' means of escape.' 
 
 444. In sese redit, ' he returns to himself,' ' to his own form.' — Locutus, 
 scil. est. 
 
 445. Nam quis, i. e. qnisnam, Serv. Gr. § 137, 2. 
 
 447. Neque est te fallere, ' nor is it possible to deceive you ' ; see in Lex. 
 sma, I. B. 5, b. — Qulaquam, ' as to anything,' ' in anything.' From the awk- 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 319 
 
 wardness of supplying fallere with a different subject in the next line, Con. 
 makes te the subject of fallere, and supposes the meaning of the passage 
 to be, ' thou canst not deceive me by pretending ignorance, so cease to at- 
 tempt it.' 
 
 448. Velle, scil. me fallere, H.—Beum. He speaks of his mother generally 
 as 'the gods,' perhaps to intimate that it is not worth while to go into detail, 
 since Proteus knows all, Con. 
 
 449. Lapsis rebus, ' for my ruined affairs,' ' my calamity,' referring to the 
 loss of his bees. — Quaesitum, Gr. ^ 276, 11. — Oraeula, ' a response,' 'an ora- 
 cle,' i. e. a remedy enounced by an oracle. — Some Mss. have lassis. 
 
 450. Ad haec=irpdi raira, ' thereupon,' i. e. in consequence of what Aris- 
 taeus had last said. — Vi mulia, ' with great effort,' referring to the violence of 
 inspiration under which Proteus speaks ; cf. our " fit of inspiration." It might 
 however refer to the violence put on him, which would agree with v. 398, 
 but the former explanation is in keeping with the picture given in the next 
 two lines, Con. 
 
 451. Intorsit, ' turned round,' ' rolled ' on Aristaeus, Con. — Lumine glauco, 
 cither with ardentes or with oculos. Con. Glauco. This color is usually as- 
 signed to sea-deities, Forb. 
 
 452. Frendens, ' gnashing his teeth,' either as a mai-k of prophetic fury, or, 
 if vi in v. 450 be made to refer to violence done to Proteus, of displeasure. 
 Con. — Fcitts, i, e. ad edenda fata, H,, ' for the oracle,' ' to give utterance to 
 the oracle.' Cf. on v. 432. 
 
 453. Proteus now proceeds to inform Aristaeus that the cause of his dis- 
 aster was the violence which he had offered to Eurydice, the wife of Orpheus, 
 who in trying to escape from him was bitten by a serpent: and he relates the 
 story of Orpheus' descent to Erebus in order to bring back his wife. Virgil 
 is the only extant author who thus implicates Aristaeus in the death of Eury- 
 dice. — Non ie nulUus, etc., an emphatic assurance tliat the affliction is a divine 
 visitation. Con. Non mdlius, 'some,' Gr. i^ 277, R. 3 and R. 4, (c). — Numinis., 
 i. e. Nymphnrum, cf. v. 532. 
 
 454. Magna luis commissa, ' you are expiating a great crime.' — MiserabiUs 
 Orpheus, etc. The order is, Orpheus hand quaquam ob meriium miserabilis, — 
 ' by no means wretched on account of desert,' not deservedly wretched, for he 
 had done nothing to merit such misery, K. 
 
 455. Poenas — suscitat. This notion of the dead man constantly crying for 
 vengeance, as if fresh inflictions were continually being summoned, explains 
 ni fata resistant, which is a sort of pregnant expression, the meaning being, 
 that Orpheus will summon more, or that his summons will be heard, unless 
 the Fates interpose, Con. Wr. supplies perpetuus futuras after jjoenas. 
 
 456. Rapta=morte erepta, 'snatched from him by death,' Voss, Wch., 
 Wr., Con. 
 
 457. Ilia. Wagner cites A. 5, 609; 12, 901, as other instances where a 
 person is indicated by a pronoun at the opening of a sentence, and afterwards 
 further defined by a substantive; a mode of expression which he thinks 
 taken from Homer, e. g. II. 1, 488, avrap S ix/jvie . . . nbias w>ci)j 'A^ikXevs. This 
 
320 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 of course does not interfere with any special propriety which may be found 
 in the position of the substantive in that particular part of the particular sen- 
 tence, as here, where the contrast between the serpent and the girl and 
 between the thought of death and the thought of youth was doubtless in- 
 tended. Con. — Dum fugeret, ' if only she might escape,' ' in her hurry to es- 
 cape ' ; see in Lex. dum^ I. B. 2, a. — Per Jlumma, ' along the river,'=j?er ripam 
 fluminis, ' along the bank of the river,' S. 
 
 458. Ptiella, see in Lex. IL and cf. on mrffo E. 6, 47. — Note the delicacy 
 with which Virgil, instead of mentioning Eurydice's death, intimates it by the 
 single word moriiura^ Con. 
 
 459. The water-snake is lying in the grass on the bank, Con. 
 
 460. Chorus aegualis Dryadum for aegualium, i. e. una cum ea nutritarum, 
 ' the choir of Dryads, her companions ' or ' mates.' In Ov. M. 10, 9, she is 
 strolling with the Naiads when she is bitten by the serpent; and Virgil may 
 have meant her to be with them when she is pursued by Aristaeus, Con. — 
 Supremos, i. q-. summos, ' the tops of,' K. 
 
 461. Modopeiae. Cf. on E. 6, BO.—Arces. Cf. on G. 1, 240. 
 
 463. Actias OritJiifia, ' Attic Orithyia.' She was carried off into Thrace 
 by Boreas, and is here mentioned as the nymph of the country, J/., ff. 
 
 464. Ipse, i. e. Orpheus. The pronoun is often thus used to recall us to 
 the principal personage of the narrative, Forb., Br. — Solans, see in Lex. IL — 
 Aegrum, see in Lex. 3. 
 
 465. Te. Observe the pathetic force of the repetition of fe; Gr. § 324, 13. — 
 Secum, ' by himself.' Cf. on G. 1, 389. 
 
 466. Becedente. Cf. on E. 2, 67. Forb. also compares Hor. Od. 2, 9, 10: 
 nee tibi vespiero surgente deceduni amoves, nee rapidum fugiente solem. 
 
 467. Taenarias. The entrance at Taenarus is apparently mentioned to 
 keep up the Greek coloring to the narrative, Con. 
 
 468. Nigra formidine^^tenehns formidolosis, H., Wr. ; or see formido in 
 Lex. II. — Lucum, of the abode of the spirits. Con. 
 
 469. This and the next line are meant to intimate that he preferred his 
 request to Pluto, if not that he prevailed, while the language suggests a notion 
 of the difficulty of the attempt. Con. 
 
 470. Nesciaque, etc. A paraphrase of Homer's epithet andh^^oi "AiSrji. 
 Volebai dicere regem corde nescio mansuescere, H. 
 
 471. At cantu, etc. Construe, at umbrae ienues, etc., cantu commotae^ 
 'moved,' 'roused,' Erebi de sedibus ibant, scil. ad eum. Gr. § 205, Exc. to R. 2. 
 
 472. Umbrae, see in Lex. B. 2. — Ibant, scil. ad eum, K., i. e. ' came to him.' 
 — Simulacra luce carentum is from Lucr. 4, 39. Cf. on v. 255. 
 
 473. Quam multa, i. e. (tarn multa) quam midta millia, — ' as the many thou- 
 sands ' avium (quae) condunt se in, etc. 
 
 474. Hibernus=^procellosus, H. — Agit, scil. eas. — De moniibus. Heyne com- 
 pares G. 1, 374, where the cranes take shelter in the valleys, Con. 
 
 475. This and the two following lines are repeated A. 6, 306—308: they 
 are derived from Od. II, 38, sq. — Corpora heroum— heroes, H. Corpora is 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 821 
 
 applied to the phfule,-, A. 6, 303: here we may say that, as in v. 477, he con- 
 founds the dead body on earth with the spirit below, Con. 
 
 478. Quos drctan, etc. (vs. 478 — 480,) i. e. quos Cocytus el Styx a reditu 
 prohibent, H. — Circuia with ulli(jat, 'binds' or 'holds fast on all sides.' — 
 Dilformis, ' unsightly.' 
 
 479. Pahs. He calls the Cocytus a palus, on account of its sluggishness 
 and its spreading itself widely, K. Conington suggests that Acheron may 
 be meant hy pnhts. 
 
 480. Interfusa, ' flowing between,' because, flowing nine times round the 
 region it is supposed to enclose parts of it between each fold. Con. 
 
 481. Ipsae: not only the patients, but the agents, the prisons and torturers 
 themselves, Con. — Tntima Leii Tartara^ ' the inmost Tartarus of Death,' i. e. 
 ' the depths of Tartarus, where death dwells.' Intima Tartara is rightly made 
 by Wagner epexegetic of domus, (like urhem et promissa Lavini moenia, A.^,!, 
 258), both being constructed with Leti, Con. 
 
 482. Caeruhos imjjlexne angues crinibus. Cf. on E. 1, 55. The sense seems 
 to be that the Furies had snakes twisted among their hair, i. e. growing from 
 their heads and matted or entwining themselves with the natural hair, Con. 
 
 483. Eumenides. Cf. on G. 1, 278. — Tenuity 'restrained,' of abstinence from 
 b:n-king. — Inhians, ' gaping,' a-gape on Orpheus, Con. — Cerberus. This dog 
 witli three heads guarded the entrance of the infernal regions. 
 
 484. Ixlonii rota orbis, ' the wheel of Ixionic circle,' i. e. the wheel of Ixion 
 of circular form; cf. on G. 3, 38; E. 9, 58: or perhaps oi^bis, ' the wheel,' rota^ 
 ' the rotation.' — Vento, ' by the wind,' i. e. cessante vento^ qui rotam circumage- 
 bai, Wr. ; cf. on E. 2, 26. The wind is supposed to be the cause, not the 
 efl'ect of the wheel's motion; it is charmed to rest by Orpheus' music, and its 
 rest is made the cause of the wheel's standing still. Con. 
 
 485. Virgil simply indicates the giving of the consent, by the epithet red- 
 diia, and only mentions the condition parenthetically, as an after-thought, 
 Con. — Pedem ref evens, ' withdrawing,' ' returning.' 
 
 487. Legem, ' condition.' Again we are left to collect from the context, 
 that Orpheus was specially ordered not to look back. Con. 
 
 488. Dementia cepit. Cf. E. 2, 69; 6, 47. — Amantem, 'lover.' 
 
 489. Manes, ' the infernal deities.' 
 
 490. Luce sub ipsa, ' on the ver}'- verge of light,' K. 
 
 491. Viitus aniini, ' overcome in mind,' 'overcome,' scil. by longing. Gr. 
 § 213. Cf. G. 3, 289, and amens animi, A. 4, 203. 
 
 492. Effusus, ' wasted,' ' spent to no purpose,' ' vain.' — Immitis seems to 
 imply that the condition was a cruel one, and that Pluto will not relent even 
 thus far a second time, Con. 
 
 493. Foedera,- 'the condition.' Cf. on v. 487, and G. 1, 60. — Fragor, 'a 
 crash.' The best commentary. Con. saj^s, on ierque fragor stagnis auditus 
 Avernis is Martyn's citation of Milton, Par. Lost, 9, 782: 
 
 " Earth felt the wound; and Nature from her seat. 
 Sighing through all her works, gave sign of woe, 
 That all was lost." 
 
322 BOOK lY. NOTES. 
 
 And again, ib. 1000: 
 
 " Earth trembled from her entrails, as again 
 
 In pangs, and Nature gave a second groan ; 
 
 Sky lowr'd ; and, muttering thunder, some sad di'ops 
 
 Wept at completing of the mortal sin 
 
 Original." 
 
 Voss's opinion that the sound is occasioned by the force exerted to bring Eu- 
 rydice back would surely spoil the poetry of the passage, Con. — Stagnis Aver- 
 nis, ' from the Avernian lake.' 
 
 494. Here as well as in the next line quis goes with tmitus Juror, Con. 
 
 495. Furor is the dementia of v. 488, Con. — lierum. We need not take 
 iterum in the sense of rursus, as Forb. thinks. It is true that the Fates were 
 not calling Eurydice a second time retro, but they were calling her a second 
 time, and there is nothing strange in supposing Virgil to have combined the 
 two forms of expression, vocant retro and vocant iterum, Con. 
 
 496. Gondii, see izi Lex. 11. B. — Natantia, ' swimming.' We use this word 
 in the same sense, of the ej-es of a person at the point of death, K. 
 
 497. Ingenti circumdata nocte, a contrast to the light into which they Avere 
 just emerging, v. 490, as in no7i tua we have another contrast to Eurydicen 
 suam, Con. 
 
 498. Invalidas palmas : in uinb)'ae tenuitatem reductas, Serv., the Homeric 
 aiievr]v6s, Con. 
 
 499. Ceu fumus commixtus, (scil. ai^ra, fugit) in auras tenues. 
 
 500. Diversa, ' a different way,' ' in an opposite direction.' 
 
 501. Prensantem umbras, ' grasping the shadows,' i. e. clutching the dark- 
 ness in the hope of embracing his wife, Con. Forb. takes umbras to mean 
 * the shade ' of Eurydice. 
 
 502. Praeterea, see in Lex. ill. — Portiior Orci, see in Lex. portitor, A. 2. 
 
 503. Objectam. Cf. on G. 3, 253. — Passus, scil. est ilium. — Paludem seems 
 here to be the Styx, Con. Cf. on v. 479. 
 
 504. Se ferret, ' betake himself.' 
 
 505. The latter part of the line seems merely to repeat the former. Manes 
 being extended so as to include the powers below as well as the shades 
 subject to them, as in v. 489: numina is elsewhere applied to the mfei-nal 
 powers, Con. 
 
 506. This verse adds much to the force and beauty of the passage, serving 
 at once to complete the picture of hopelessness as presented to Orpheus' 
 mind, and to balance her fate with his, which is described in the subsequent 
 lines. Con. — Jam seems to go with frigida: all the warmth of life by this time 
 had left her, and she was a ghost again, Con. 
 
 507. Ex ordine, see in Lex. ordo, I. B. 3. 
 
 508. Eupe sub aeria, a picture like E. 10, 14, Con. — Deserti, ' deserted,' 
 i. e. 'lonely,' K. 
 
 509. Haec, i. e. casus suos, If. — Ecolcisse, see in Lex. L B. 1, and H. B. 
 
BOOK lY. NOTES. 323 
 
 510. Tigres. Tliere were no tigers in Thrace ; but in like manner Shak- 
 spcare talks of a lioness in the forest of Ardennes in France, K. — Agentem, 
 i. e. ducentem. Cf. on E. 8, 17, K. 
 
 511. The celebrated simile which follows is compounded from Od. 19, 518, 
 sq., and 16, 216, sq., the former of which describes the nightingale singing as 
 if in lamentation for her lost Itylus, while the latter speaks of vnltures 
 screaming for the real loss of their young, Con. 
 
 514. Noctem, ' all night,' ' the Avhole night long' ; Gr. § 236. 
 
 515. Integrat, 'renews' or ' repeats,' the nightingale constantly recurring 
 to the same notes,, Ckm. 
 
 516. Venus^ ' love,' ' passion.' — Eymenaei^ see in Lex. II. B. 
 
 517. Eyperhoreas. Cf. on G. 3, 196. 
 
 518. Numquam viduata, ' never bereft of,' i. e. * never free from.' 
 
 520. Spretae^ etc., ' by which tribute the Ciconian matrons being slighted,' 
 i. e. feeling themselves slighted. 3funus is technically used of funeral 
 honors; hence quo mimere means, 'by a tribute like this,' or as we might 
 say, ' by this Avay of honoring his wife,' Con. This, which is in substance 
 the interpretation also of Voss, H., Wr. and Forb., seems a satisfactory ex- 
 planation of this disputed passage. — Matres seems at first sight a strange 
 word for the marriageable women of Thi-ace, but it seems to be applied to 
 them as Bacchanals, like dvovaav "AlSov ixrirep', Aesch. Ag. 1235, Con. 
 
 521. Nocturni, because the orgies were celebrated at night, ff. — The story 
 as told by Ov. M. 11, is that the Thracian women, while in the midst of their 
 orgies, accidentally saw Orpheus, remembered his scorn, and so tore him in 
 pieces. Con. 
 
 523. Marmorea, ' white as marble,' see in Lex. 11. B. 
 
 524. Oeagrus Avas the father of Orpheus, so that Oeagrius here=pater- 
 nus, Con. 
 
 525. Vox ipsa, the mere voice, as if it were a separate organ, like the 
 tongue. Con. — Frigida. Cf. on v. 506. 
 
 526. Voccibat, ' cried out ' ; not that he invoked her in death, which the 
 mode of the address contradicts, but that he went on lamenting her in death 
 as in life, Con. 
 
 527. Toto Jlumine, ' through the whole stream,' seems to mean over the 
 ■whole breadth of that part of the stream down which the head floated while 
 it still retained its power of speech, Qm. — Eeferebant, ' repeated,' ' answered,' 
 * echoed back.' 
 
 528. Haec Proteus, scil. dixit. — Se jactu dedit, i. e. 'threw himself,' 
 'plunged.' Jrtcte expresses the mode, like lajjsu effugiunt, A. 2, 225, cursu 
 tendil, ib. 321, Con. 
 
 529. Qu.aque dedif, i. e. ' and where he plunged.' — Spumantem undam, etc., 
 ' he wreathed the water in foam under the eddy ' ; the poet's object being to 
 give the two images, of a body shooting down and sending up water, and 
 of the eddy that agitates the surface. Con. Heyne makes sub veHice torsit 
 equivalent to vertice or in verticem torsit ; ita 2it vertex Jieret, ' whirled in an 
 
824 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 eddy,' caused the water to whirl so as to form an eddy: so Wr., Forh. and 
 others. 
 
 530. At non Cyrene: some verb generally equivalent to dedit and iorsit 
 must be inferred from the preceding sentence, as we might say, ' but Cyrene 
 did not leave him thus abruptly,' Con. — Ultro, 'without waiting to be 
 addressed,' or as we might render it, 'spoke at once,' Ckm. See in Lex. 
 tinder ulter^ III. B. c. 
 
 531. Proteus having told the cause of the loss of the bees, Cyrene sup- 
 plies the mode of recovering them, K. — Dtponere^ ' to dismiss.' 
 
 532. Hinc, etc. The order is, hinc Nyrnphae, cum quibus, etc., misere apibus 
 miserabile exitium. Hinc, see in Lex. IIL 
 
 533. Ilia, i. e. Eurydice. — Chores agitabat, ' used to celebrate choral dances,' 
 ' used to dance.' 
 
 585. Tende, ' hold forth,' ' ofl'er ' ; this pictures the attitude of suppliance, 
 outstretched hands with gifts in them. Con. — Pacem, see in Lex. L B. — 
 Faciles^placabiles, H. 
 
 586. Votis, connected with dabunt, as if he had said j^i^^canti, Con. 
 
 537. Ordine dicam, — 'in order,' 'in due order' ;=:i|?7y7(7o//at, ordine ex- 
 pressing ritual exactness of detail. Con. 
 
 588. Eximios. This word is said by Festus (s. v.) and Macrob. (Sat. 3, 5) 
 to be primarily used, as here, of cattle selected for sacrifice, Con. — Praes- 
 tanti corpore, 'of superior beauty ' : he often uses this expression; see A. 1, 
 71; 7,783, K. 
 
 539. Lycaei. The locality here agrees with his title, Arcadius magister^ 
 V. 283, but scarcely with the topography of the present story, v. 817, Con. 
 
 540. Intacta, scil. jngo, ' never yoked.' 
 
 541. Dearum, \. e. Nympharum, v. 532. 
 
 542. Demitte, ' let down,' i. e. cause to flow down upon the ground, Forh. — 
 Cruorem corporaque ipsa. Cf. on. G. 2, 297. 
 
 545. Inferias, ' as funeral offerings,' Con. — Orphei. Cf. on E. 4, 57. — 
 Lethaea. Cf. on G. 1, 78. — Paimvera: nothing is said by the commenta- 
 tors to illustrate or explain this offering of poppies, in what form it M^as 
 made, etc. : — is it possible that the reference may be to the (ifXiTTovra, or 
 honey-cake, placed by the side of the corpse, and intended probably for 
 Cerbenis, which we may assume to have been made with poppy seed ? Con. 
 — Miites, ' you shall offer,' or ' make.' 
 
 546. Nigravi mactahis ovem: so Aeneas (A. 6, 249, sq.) sacrifices a black 
 lamb to Night and Earth, Con. 
 
 547. The genuineness of this line is disputed by Heyne and Wagner, 
 and as it is commonly understood, as if it were merely an additional in- 
 junction, {praeterea Earydicen vitula cnesa placahis, Jahn), there is cer- 
 tainly some awkwardness in its position after lucumque revises, and without 
 any introducing particle: but the line will gain greatly in force and pro- 
 priety, if we suppose it to contain an intimation from Cyrene that her son 
 
BOOK IV. NOTES. 325 
 
 v/ill find his bees restored, and that then he is to offer a calf as a thank- 
 offering to Eur jdice : ' you will go back to the grove . . . and then, finding 
 Eurydice appeased, you will honor her,' etc. Con.^ Lade. The sacrifice of the 
 bulls and the offerings to Orpheus have appeased Eurydice, being really 
 offered to her as well. Con. 
 
 651. Ducit, ' leads to the altar,' Con.— The repetition of the lines that have 
 just occurred is an imitation of the Homeric narrative, Con. 
 
 552. Induxerat, ' had ushered in,' into the sky. Con. 
 
 554. Monstrum, ' a prodigy,' ' wonder.' — This passage and vs. 308, sq. 
 illustrate each other. Here the bodies of the oxen are not bruised, but 
 the dead flesh becomes deliquescent, and the sides give way, when the bees, 
 which are supposed to form in the stomach, force their way through. Con. 
 
 555. Aspiciunt, i. e. Aristaeus and those with him. — Viscera. Cf. on G. 3, 
 559; 4,302. 
 
 556. Stridere . . . effervere, etc., Gr. § 272, R. 5. These infinitives may be 
 taken either as depending on aspiciunt, (Wr.) or as in apposition to monstrum, 
 (Wch. and Forb.) 
 
 557. The swarming of the bees is described much as in vs. 58, sq.. Con. — 
 Arbore, Gr. § 254, R. 3. 
 
 558. Uvam demiitere is doubtless suggested by PorpvSdv Se nirovTai, II. 2, 89, 
 Con., ' letting down a cluster,' i. e. hanging down like a cluster of grapes. 
 See in Lex. uva, II. B. 
 
 559. Haec, i. e. the Georgics, Serv. — Super cultu=zde cultw, see in Lex. stir- 
 per, II. B. b. Cf. A. 1, 750, multa super Priamo rogitans, super Heciore multa. 
 — The summary of the contents of the Georgics is more rapid and less exact 
 than that with which the poem opens. Bees are omitted altogether, as the 
 poet doubtless felt that his reader was not likely to forget them. Con. Serv. 
 and Forb. think the bees are included in pecorum. — Canebam . . . dum fulmi- 
 nat. Cf on E. 7, 7. 
 
 561. Fulminat, ' thunders,' like fulminat Aeneas armis, A. 12, 654, where 
 the image is that of Jupiter hurling his thunderbolts on the world: so the 
 Scipios are called fidmina belli, A. 6, 842, Con. — For the event here referred 
 to cf. on G. 2, 171. The meaning is evidently that the poem was finished 
 while these Eastern operations, which were the work of some time, were 
 taking place, Con. — Volentes, some of the nations having sent embassies to 
 him, H.—Bello, <with' or 'in war,* Gr. § 247, 3, or 2. 
 
 562. Per populos dat jura=leges imponit pqpulis, Wr. Dat jura, of gov- 
 erning, is frequent in the Aeneid, Con. — Affectat, ' enters on.' — Olympo, i. e. 
 ad Olympum=ad immortalitatem; cf. v. 325, and on E. 2, 30, G. 2, 306. 
 
 563. Vergilium. This is the older and more correct spelling of this word, 
 Wr. It is adopted also by Forb. , Lade, and Con. — The contrast between the con- 
 queror and the poet, which had been hinted in the previous lines, is here 
 drawn out, not only the occupations being compared, but the places, and 
 even the names. Con. 
 
 28 
 
326 BOOK IV. NOTES. 
 
 564. Partlienope, i. e. Naples, see in Lex. — Siudiis florentem, * abounding 
 in the studies,' ' fully occupied with ' or ' full of the pursuits,' ff. — TgnoUUs, 
 ' without honor,' ' inglorious,' i. e. as compared with the fame acquired by 
 military exploits and distinguished civil, services, ff. — Oti, ' inactivity,' ' ease,' 
 opposed to active life. 
 
 665. Carmina pastorum is not carmina pastoralia, but refers to the actual 
 Bongs of shepherds in the Bucolics, Con. — Lusi, see in Lex. IL A. 
 
 566. Tityre, etc. Cf. E. 1, 1, which shows that sub tegmine fagi refers to 
 Tityrus, Con. 
 
METRICAL KEY 
 
 ECLOGUES AND GEORGICS OF VIRGIL. 
 
 ECLOGUE I. 
 
 33. peculi— cras/s, Gr. § 306, 1, (5). 
 39, aberat— caeswm, Gr. § 309, (1). 
 
 50. insueta — synaeresis, Gr. \ 306, and (3). — The ue in suesco audits deriva- 
 
 tives is ahoays, in Vir(/il, a single syllable. 
 69. tugui-i — crasis. 
 
 ECLOGUE IL 
 
 24. Actaeo — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 53. prima — a not elided^ Gr. § 305, 1, (3). 
 65. — interj.^ never elided, here made short, Gr. § 305, 1, (1). 
 
 ECLOGUE IIL 
 
 6. pecorl — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 58. delnde — synaeresis. 
 
 63. lauri — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 79. vale — e not elided, and shortened before the fidhioing vowel, Gr. § 305, 1, (2). 
 
 96. reice — synaeresis. 
 
 97. erit — caesura. 
 
 ECLOGUE IV. 
 
 51. terrasque — caesura. 
 
 55. Or])hews—diphthon(/, Gr. § 283, L Exc. 6, Note 2, and § 9, 3. 
 
 57. Orphel — this Greek dative may either be used as a dactyl, or reduced 6y 
 
 synaei'esis to a spondee. In G. 4, 545, 555, it is a spondee. Gr. § 54, 5. 
 61. tulerunt— s?/s<o/e, Gr. § 307, (2). 
 
 327 
 
328 METRICAL KEY. 
 
 ECLOGUE V. 
 15 delude — synaeresis. 
 
 ECLOGUE VL 
 
 30. Orphea — synaeresis. 
 
 42. Promethei — synaeresis. 
 
 44. Hyla, Hyla — in ike first the a not elided^ and retained long: in the latter 
 
 unelided and shortened lefore a vowel. 
 53. fiiltus — caesura. 
 78. Terei — synaeresis. 
 
 ECLOGUE VIL 
 
 7. deerraverat — i. e. derraverat — synaeresis. 
 
 23. facit — caesura. 
 
 53. juniperi — castaneae — caesura — quantity preserved — a spondaic line. 
 
 54. sua, i. e. swa, synaeresis, Gr. § 806, (3). 
 
 ECLOGEE Vm. 
 
 41. peril — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 44. Ehodope — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 ' > Orpheus — a diphthong. See on E. 4, 55. 
 56. ) 
 
 81. eodem — synaeresis — un' eo, a spondee. 
 
 108. qui — unelided, hut shortened before a. 
 
 ECLOGUE IX. 
 
 66. puer — caesura. 
 
 ECLOGUE X. 
 
 12. Aonie — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 13. lauri — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 69. amor — caesura. 
 
 GEOEGIC L 
 
 4. pecon — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 31. Tethys — caesura. 
 
 106. deinde — synaeresis. 
 
 138. PleTfadas — caesura. 
 
 153. lappaeque — caesura. 
 
 164. tribulaque — caesura. 
 
 221. Eoae — caesura — quantity preserved — a spondaic line. 
 
 279. Typhoea — synaeresis, like Orphea, E. 6, 30. 
 
 281. conati — caesura — quantity preserved. — Pelio — the o preserved and short- 
 ened. 
 
 295. humor 'Et — synapheia and elision, Gr. § 307, 3, and 305. 
 
METRICAL KEY. 329 
 
 341. agni — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 352. aestusque — caesura. 
 
 371. Eurique — caesura. 
 
 -S97. tenuia— i. e. tenwia, Gr. § 306, 1, (3). 
 
 437. Glauco — the o unelided: — Panopeae — the ao unelided, hut made short. 
 
 482. fluviorum— i. e. fluvyorum, Gr. § 306, 1, (3). 
 
 GEORGIC n. 
 
 5. gravidus — caesura — a spondaic line. 
 
 71. fagus — caesura, if a nom. sing. 
 
 79. delude — synaeresis, 
 
 86. i-adil — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 101. AU—crasis for diis, Gr. § 306, 1, (5). 
 
 121. tenuia — synaeresis, i. e. tenwia. 
 
 129. miscue — a dactyl by systole, or a spondee by synaeresis. 
 
 144. oleae — caesura — quantity pi'eserved. 
 
 180. tenuis — i. e. ten wis, synaeresis. 
 
 200. deerunt=:deriiut — synaeresis. 
 
 211. enituit — caesura. 
 
 233. deeruntz=derunt — synaeresis. 
 
 344. qu' Inter — synapheia and elision. , 
 
 443. qxi' Hinc — synapheia and elision. 
 
 453. alveo — synaeresis. 
 
 464. Ephyreia— Gr. § 283, Exc. 6, (1). 
 
 487. Spercheos— Gr. § 283, Exc. 6, (1). 
 
 488. Tayget'— Gr. § 283, Exc. 6. 
 
 GEORGIC III. 
 
 44. Taygetl— Gr. § 283, Exc. 6. 
 
 60. pati — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 76. ingreditur — caesura. 
 
 118. labor — caesura. 
 
 155. pecori — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 167. dehinc — e not elided, but shortened before the i. 
 
 168. assuerint syncope for assueverint, Gr. § 162, 7. — assue — synaeresis, see 
 
 on E. 1, 50. 
 
 189. invalidus — caesura. 
 
 242. ferarumqii' Et — synupheia and elision. 
 
 283. miscuerunt— See on G. 2, 129. 
 
 332. Jovis — caesura. 
 
 377. totasqu' Advolvere — synapheia and elision. 
 
 385. lappaeque — caesura. 
 
 565. deinde — synaeresis. 
 
 28* 
 
330 METRICAL KEY. 
 
 GEOEGIC IV. 
 
 34. alvearia — synaeresis. 
 
 38. tenuia — i. e. tenwia, synaeresis. 
 
 92. melior — caesura. 
 
 137. tondebat — caesura. 
 
 161. delnde — synaeresis. 
 
 222. terrasque — caesura. 
 
 225. deind' — synaeresis. 
 
 232. Taygeti— Gr. § 283, Exc. 6. 
 
 233. Plias— Gr. § 300, Exc. 1. 
 
 243. stellio et — i. e. stell' j'et — elision and synaeresis, Gr. § 306, 1, (4). 
 
 270. centaurea — a spondaic line. 
 
 297. parietibus — i. e. paryetibus, Gr. § 306, 1, (3). 
 
 336. Drymoque — caesura. 
 
 343. Ephyre — caesura — quantity preserved. 
 
 355. Penei — synaeresis. 
 
 388. Proteus — diphthong. 
 
 392. 'Kerens— diphthong, Gr. § 283, Exc. 6, Note 2. 
 
 422. Proteus — diphthong. 
 
 429. Proteus — diphthong — consueta — synaeresis. See on E. 1, 50. 
 
 447. Proteu — diphtliong. 
 
 453. nullius — caesura. 
 
 461. Ehodopeiae — the ae unelided, hut made short before a vowel. 
 
 463. Getae — caesura — quantity preserved. — Orithyia — yi a single syllable, as in 
 
 the Greeh — the verse spondaic. 
 
 628. Proteus — diphthong. 
 
 ' I Orphei — synaeresis. 
 553. ) 
 
 564. Oti — crasis for otii. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES 
 
 BUCOLICS AND GEORGICS OF VIRGIL. 
 
 SHORT FINAL, SYLLABLES LENGTHENED BY THE CAESURA. 
 
 Aberat, E. 1, 39. 
 Erit, E. 3, 97. 
 Terrasque, E. 4, 51. 
 Fultus, E. 6, 53. 
 Facit, E. 7, 23. 
 Puer, E. 9, 66. 
 Amor, E. 10, 69. 
 Tethys, G. 1, 31. 
 Pleiadas, G. 1, 138. 
 Lappaeque, G. 1, 153. 
 Tribulaque, G. 1, 164. 
 Aestusque, G. 1, 352. 
 Eurique, G. 1, 371. 
 
 Gravidus, G. 2j 5. 
 Fagus, G. 2, 71. 
 Enituit, G. 2, 211. 
 Ingreditur, G. 3, 76. 
 Labor, G. 3, 118. 
 Livalidus, G. 3, 189. 
 Jovis, G. 3, 332. 
 Lappaeque, G. 3, 385. 
 Melior, G. 4, 92. 
 Tondebat, G. 4, 137. 
 Terrasque, G. 4, 222. 
 Drymoque, G. 4, 336. 
 Nullius, G. 4, 453. 
 
 FINALi SYLLABLES PRESERVED FROM ELISION BY THE CAESURA, 
 RETAINING THEIR NATURAL QUANTITY. 
 
 Actaeo, E. 2, 24. 
 Pecori, E. 3, 6. 
 Lauri, E. 3, 63. 
 Hyla, E. 6, 44. 
 Juniperi, E. 7, 53. 
 Castaneae, E. 7, 53. 
 Perii, E. 8, 41. 
 Rhodope, E. 8, 44. 
 Aonie, E. 10, 12. 
 Lauri, E. 10, 13. 
 
 Pecori, G. 1, 4. 
 Eoae, G. 1, 221. 
 Conati, G. 1, 281. 
 Agni, G. 1, 341. 
 Eadii, G. 2, 86. 
 Oleae, G. 2, 144. 
 Pati, G. 3, 60. 
 Pecori, G. 3, 155. 
 Ephyre, G. 4, 343. 
 Getae, G. 4, 463. 
 
 331 
 
332 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES. 
 
 PRESERVED UNELIDED UNDER DIFFERENT CIRCUMSTANCES. 
 
 Pruna, E. 2, 53. Glauco, G. 1, 437. 
 
 LONG SYLLABLES UNELIDED BEFORE VOWELS, AND MADE SHORT. 
 
 0, interj., E. 2, 65. 
 Vale, E. 3, 79. 
 Hyla, E. 6, 44. 
 
 Qui, E. 8, 108. 
 Pelio, G. 1, 281. 
 Panopeae, G. 1, 437. 
 Ehodopeiae, G. 4, 461. 
 
 CRASIS AND SYNAERESIS. 
 
 EA. 
 
 Orphea, E. 6, 30. 
 Typhoea, G. 1, 279. 
 Alvearia, G. 4, 34. 
 
 EE. 
 
 Deerraverat, E. 7, 7. 
 Deerunt, G. 2, 200. 
 Deerant, G. 2, 233. 
 
 EL 
 
 Deinde,(a) E. 3, 58. 
 Reice, E. 3, 96. 
 Promethei, E. 6, 42. 
 Terei,(/i) E. 6, 78. 
 Penei, G, 4, 355. 
 Orphei, G. 4, 545 and 553. 
 
 EO. 
 
 Eodem, E. 8, 81. 
 Alveo, G. 2, 453. 
 
 I equivalent 'to Y. 
 Fluviorum, G 1, 482. 
 Stelli' et, G. 4, 243. 
 Parietibiis, G. 4, 297. 
 
 XL 
 
 Peculi, E. 1, 33. 
 Tuguri, E. 1, 69. 
 Dis,(c) G. 2, 101. 
 Oti, G. 4, 564. 
 
 U equivalent to W. 
 Sua, E. 7, 54. 
 Teiiuia, G. 1, 397. 
 Tei:iuia, G. 2, 121. 
 Tenuis, G. 2, 180. 
 Tenuia, G. 4, 38. 
 
 UE. 
 
 Suesco and its compounds, everywhere 
 in Virgil, have sue a siiigle syllable. 
 
 Miscuerunt, G. 2, 129, see tinder Sys- 
 tole. 
 
 Miscueruut, G. 3, 283, see under Sys- 
 tole. 
 
 m. 
 
 Cui,(cZ) E. 1, 38. 
 }imc,{d) E. 1, 21. 
 
 The Greek diphthong YI. 
 Orithyia, G. 4, 463. 
 
 (a) In 37 places ia which deinde occurs in Virgil, it is, as here, uniformly a trochee 
 by synaeresis. 
 
 (h) Many more examples occur of the gen. in ei from nominatives in eus diphthong; 
 and in all such cases Virgil invariably makes the ei a single syllable. 
 
 (c) This crasis of dii and diis is of very frequent occurrence in Virgil. 
 
 (</) Wherever Virgil has used cui or hide at the beginning of a foot it is accounted as 
 a long syllable by synaeresis. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES, 333 
 
 SYNAPHEIA. 
 
 Humorem, G. 1, 295. Ferarumque, G. 3, 242. 
 
 Caloremque, G. 2, 344. Totasque, G. 3, 377. 
 
 Cupressosque, G. 2, 443. 
 
 SYSTOLE. 
 
 Tulerant, E. 4, 61. Miscuerunt, G. 3, 283. See on G. 2, 
 
 Miscuerunt, G. 2, 129 ; 129, Metrical Key. 
 
 see also Orasis and 
 
 Smaeresis. 
 
ORTHOGRAPHIA VERGILIANA. 
 
 The orthography which Virgil employed differed in many respects from 
 what is regarded as the prevalent usage, and which we have in most instances 
 followed in the text of this edition. We give below the more prominent of 
 such peculiarities in his orthogi-aphy. 
 
 A, unchanged in the compounds attractare, detractare, adspargine. 
 
 A, interjection^ instead of ah. 
 
 Abl. often in i, Gr. § 82, Exc. 5, (rt); as tridenti, G. 1, 13; sorti, G. 4, 165. 
 
 Ace. sing. 1st decl. in an or en in Greek proper names in as or es, as Hylan, 
 Anchisen: bid Italian proper names have ani: Lucam, Numam. 
 
 Ace. sing. 2d decl. in om for um: acervom, aevom, alvom, cavom, clavom, 
 ignavom, laevom, novom, vivom. 
 
 Ace. sing. Sd decl. of proper names in is or es ends in im, unless the metre re~ 
 quires in, as in E. 5, 52. 
 
 Ace. pi. Zd decl. of masculines and feminines usually in is, if the gen. pi. ends 
 in ium, Gr. § 85, Exc. 1, «wJ 114, 2: as, amnis, artis, auris, civis, crinis, 
 finis, hostis, ignis, ovis, vitis, dulcis, gravis, ingentis, omnis, talis, tris, tris- 
 tis, for amnes, etc. 
 
 Achilles, gen. Acliillis and Achilli, Gr. § 73, Rem. ; ace. Achillen, Gr. § 80, IV. 
 
 Achivom, for Achivorum, Gr. § 53. 
 
 Aclydes for aclides, A. 7, 730. — Acragans, Atlans, for Acragas, Atlas. 
 
 Adcelero, adclinis, adclivis, adcommodo, adcommodus, adcumulo, for acce- 
 lero, etc. So d is retained in compounds before the letters f, g, 1, n, as adfor, 
 adgredior, adloquor, adgnosco for affor, aggredioi-, alloquor, agnosco ; hut 
 not in aggero, alligo. So adpareo, adpello, adpeto, adplico, adpono; adqui- 
 ro; adscio, adscisco; adsensus, adsentior, adscrvo, adsiduus, adsimilis, ad- 
 simulo, adsisto, adspecto, adspergo, adspiro, adsto, adstringo, adsuetus, ad- 
 sultus, adsum, adsurgo, for appareo, acquiro, ascio, etc. 
 
 Adicio for adjicio. — Adque for atque. — Aecus for acquus. 
 
 Afui, afore, for abfui, abfore. — Alcyones for Halcyories. — Allecto for Alecto. 
 
 Alia not allia, E. 2, 11. — Ammenta for amenta. — Amurga for amurca. 
 
 Ancora for anchora. — Anticus for antiquus. — Arruns for Aruns. 
 
 Appenninicolae, Appenninus for Apenviinicolae, etc. — Artus y*or arctus. 
 
 Autumnus not auctumnus. — Avolsus for avulsus. — Avonculusyor Avunculus. 
 
 334 
 
ORTHOGEArHIA VERGILIANA. 335 
 
 Baca, bacatum for bacca, etc. — Baccharis for baccaris. 
 
 Bipinnis for bipennis. — Bovom for boum. — Bracchia for bracbia. 
 
 Caedrus for cedrus. — Caenum for coenum. — Cohortus for coortus. 
 
 Condicio for conditio. — Conexus, conixus, conubium, for connexus, etc. 
 
 Conicit for conjicit. — Conlapsus, conluceo, conloquium conlustro ybr col- 
 lapsus, etc. 
 
 Conpages, conpleo, conplectoi-, conplexus, conpono, conprendo, for com — . 
 
 Contunsus for coiitusus. — Cum for quum. — Curaba for cymba. 
 
 Cymaeus for Cumaeus. — Damma for dama. — Dicio for ditio. 
 
 Donysa for Donusa. — Ebysus for Ebusus. — Ecus for equus. — Ei for hei. 
 
 Elleborus for helleborus. — Erinys for Ei-innys. — Ems, erilis for herus, etc. 
 
 Est, preceded by a word ending with a vowel, loses its vowel and coalesces with 
 the preceding word, as dolorest, laborumst, secutast, for dolore est, laborum 
 est, secuta est. 
 
 Euhoe, Euhadne, eulians, for evoe, etc. — Exira for exin. 
 
 Faeiiilia /or fenilia.— Felix /or filix, G. 2, 189; 3, 297. 
 
 Fluvidus for fluidus. — Fulvos for fulvus, nom. sing. A. 12, 247. 
 
 Genesta/or genista. — Gen. of subs, in ium and ius in i not ii. 
 
 Glaeba for gleba. — Grai for Graii. — Grypes for grypbes. 
 
 Halaesus for Halesus. — Harcna for arena. — Harundo for arundo. 
 
 Hebenus for ebenus. — Heia for eia. — Hiberus/o?' Iberus. — Hiemps/or hiems. 
 
 Hirquus for hircus. — Hister for Ister. — Holus for olus. — Honos for honor. 
 
 landudum /or jamdudum. — Idcirco for iccirco. — Idem, isdem, not iidem, etc. 
 
 In, always tinchanged before ], as inlabor, inlacrimo, inlecebrae, inlido, inludo, 
 inlustris, inluvies: so inr woHrr, as inridere, iurigare, inritus, inrumpo, in- 
 ruo: so in before m, as inmanis, inmemor, inmensus, inmitis, but not in im- 
 miiieo, immolo, imniunis: and in is generally retained before p, as inpar. 
 inpatiens, inpiger; but impetus, impius. InbelHs for imbellis. 
 
 Incoho for inchoo. — Inicit for injicit. — Intiba not intuba or intyba. 
 
 J. This consonant uniformly represented by the character 1. 
 
 Karthago /oj' Carthago. — Licuntur, licunt for liquuntur, etc. 
 
 Milia, milibus for millia, etc. — Moerorum for murorum, A. 10, 24. 
 
 Murra 7iot mnrrha or myrrha. — Nequiquam for nequicquam or nequidquam. 
 
 Nisus, subst. for nixus : part, nixus ; so adnixus, conixus, enixus, obnixus. 
 
 Noviens /w novies. — Novos for novus. — Nuntiare, nuntius, for nunciare, etc. 
 
 Obtunsus for obtusus. — Oblicus for obliquus. — Occassus for occasus. 
 
 Olli awe? olhs, /or illi and illis; not so in the Eclogues or Georgics, and in the 
 Aeneid only in calm narration, never in speeches ; as A. 1, 254; 4, 1C5; 5, 10. 
 
 Onites not Onytes. — Opstipesco for obstupesco. — Optutus for obtutus. 
 
 Orontes, gen., Oronti, Gr. § 73, Bejn., ace, Oronten, Gr. § 80, IV. 
 
 Os and on, 2d decl. He generally uses these Greeh forms in names of islands^ 
 as Lesbos, Samos, Naxon, Paron: in the names of countries, mountains and 
 rivers, sometimes the Greek and sometimes the Latin form, as Epiros, Aegyp- 
 tos or Aegyptus, Pelion, Ismarus, Pactolus : almost always the Latin form 
 for the names of cities, and rarely the Greek form for the names of men, as 
 Epeos, Mnasylos. 
 
336 ORTHOGRAPHIA VERGILIANA. 
 
 Parvos for parvus, «o?/i. sing. — Paenitet for poeiiitet. 
 
 Perf. Zd pi. act. He uses both forms, erunt and ere. In the middle of a verse 
 the metre determines the form , at the end he gives the preference to ere, as 
 less harsh and strong, except when the perf is to have its full meaning of 
 
 ■ ^have,^ as in E. 3, 111, sat prata biberunt. 
 
 Phalarica for falarica. — Pinna not penna. — Pistrix for pistris. 
 
 Plemyrium for Plemmyrium. — Porsenna for Porsena. — Praegnas fm^ praeg- 
 nans. 
 
 Prius quam for priusquam. — Propincus for propinquus. 
 
 Querella for querela. — Quidquid for quicquid. — Quotiens for quoties. 
 
 Recocunt, relincunt for recoquunt, etc. — Reicio for rejicio. — Retunsus for 
 retusus. 
 
 Repperit, reppulit, rettulit, for reperit, etc. — Rivos for rivus, nom. sing. 
 
 S, preceded by a long vowel or a diphthong is doubled in many words, as, adessus, 
 ambessus, cassus, cassurus, caussa, eaussando, exessus, incusso, obessus, 
 recusso, semiessus, for adesus, etc. 
 
 Saeculum for seculum. — Saepes, saepire for sepes, etc. — Saturi for satyri. 
 
 Saeta, saetiger, saetosus, for seta, etc. — Scaena, proscaenium, for scena, etc. 
 
 Secuntur ybr sequuntur. — Sepulchrum not sepulcruni. — Serpullum not ser- 
 pyllum. 
 
 Sescenti for sexcenti, A. 10, 172. — Setius not secius. — Si quid for siquid. 
 
 Solacium not solatium. — Succipio for suscipio. — Sulpur not sulfur. 
 
 Submerge, submitto, submoveo, subremigo, subrideo, subrigo for summer- 
 go, etc. 
 
 Superlsitiyes, of wo7^ds of more than three syllables in imus; other superlatives, 
 except pessimus and ultimus have umus, as, raaxumus, optumus, plururaus : 
 so decumus, septumus. 
 
 Tneter for teter. — Tegumen for tegimen, — Tempto for tento. 
 
 Tinguo for tingo. — Tinia for tinea. — Torvos for torvus, nom. sing. 
 
 Totiens for toties. — Tremesco for tremisco. — Triboli for tribuli. 
 
 Umerus for humerus. — Umor, umens, umidus, umecto, umesco, for hu- 
 mor, etc. 
 
 Unguo for ungo. — Urgueo for urgeo.— _Vaesanus for vesanus. 
 
 Vergilius not Virgilius. — Virecta for vireta. — Vivos for vivus, nom. sing. 
 
 Volcanius, Volcanus, volgare, volgus, volnero, volnificus, volnus, volsus, volt, 
 voltis, voltur, voltus, for Vulcanius, vulgare, etc. 
 
 Volvont, volvontur, for volvunt, volvuntur. 
 
 i T 
 
 ^Tgxm^|.^ 
 
 JaBl51863 
 

 
 ^'^"%'^1 
 
 % ^ 
 
 . ^ • » , % 
 
 
 
 A^' "^^ 
 
 
 
 '^.^^«,. 
 
 

 .-^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^.^:;^^'^^ < 
 
 
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 003 060 455 6 
 
 i 
 
 ill 
 
 ifi! 
 
 i( 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 iiiiiii 
 
 
 m 
 
 li. 
 
 Ill